May 2010

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt  on 4th May, 2010.

 

I go into perception and reality. Most folk think they’re living in it simply because everyone else can agree with them on most topics. In fact you all talk about the same topics never realising that most of them are put out there for you to talk about. That’s a creation of a reality for the people. They create trends of topics and everything else and people ‘twitter’ and ‘tweet’ and ‘chat’ about them like little birdies. But they never realise that they’re being manipulated. Their minds are being manipulated and the time you could be spending finding out what’s really going on has gone to waste. You’re simply rehashing stuff that’s already hashed out for you to talk about and twitter about and tweet about and all of that kind of stuff.

Reality is vastly different. It’s been different for an awful long time. If you go back into the Middle Ages to get good writing on how millions of peasants were controlled by religion and how they used religion to give them the only reality they knew since they were utterly illiterate, at least most of them.

 

I’m talking about reality and perceptions and how even things we take for granted today. We take things for granted because everyone else is taking the same things for granted. That’s your ‘peer group’ you might say and of course we live in a new type of peer group making, where they give you total strangers and various people’s names across the world to ‘twitter’ with and ‘chat’ with and ‘tweet’ with and you all have pretty much the same opinions about the topics that are given out to you. Everyone’s heard about the same topics because the trends are created for everyone at the same time and that stops us really from thinking beyond the walls that have been created around us to get into the next room; the rooms where the guys that make all the trends that happen to link and communicate with eachother and decide on these trends that you’re all going to chat about, how you’re going to think about them, how you’re even going to feel about them.

They also keep the pulse on the people who are doing the ‘tweeting’ and the ‘chatting’ constantly; constantly. I’ve got so much data from the big players, IBM and all these guys, and how they’re projecting the whole future and basing their business plans on it. Actually, what they do is base their business plans at that level because it’s all part of the military world industrial complex and they create the future that you’re all going into. That’s why they gave you all of this technology, to monitor you and have a totally controlled, in what they call themselves, a completely interdependent world society.

Getting back to the Middle Ages though, if you were a peasant back then and you didn’t have television, you didn’t have radio, everything was word of mouth and you would know as much as the next peasant as you worked on the fields for the Lords.

You didn’t have to pay taxes in those days. They just took most of the stuff that you grew and left you with a little bit of ‘fodder’ for yourself if you were lucky. But things have improved now. They’ve got a better system. They call it ‘money’ and they take 60% of yours back in taxes. They used to leave the peasant 40% of his crops and so that hasn’t really changed that much when you think about it, but money’s more efficient and we now live in a monetary system.

The peasant really would talk to his wife in the evenings and all they would chat about was what’s happening on the farm; the different animals, maybe the children and what they’d heard at the church on Sunday and they’d chat and ask themselves what this particular sermon meant and all the rest of it. That was it. It was their entertainment and their intrigue as well at the same time and their mystery.

Of course, as time went on we had to get basic educations because all the peasants were moved off the land into the new cities; the slum cities; the ‘red brick’ cities as they were called, which were constructed for them to work in the factories for the big boys who ran the money systems. They’d kind taken over from the old feudal system.

We’ve really emerged out of that post-industrial and that industrial system has been moved to China for the meantime. We’re just a service economy now. However, we’re going through the biggest transformation since they moved the peasants into the cities in the industrial revolution, the biggest transformation now is into the global society but not any old global society. It’s a preordained, pre-planned society where every facet of it is worked out down to the minutest detail. Nothing is left to chance.

When you look through the big reports for the insiders for the big companies, like IBM, and as I say they’re definitely part of the big military-industrial complex, you see they even talk about themselves and how they can’t allow variables to creep into this system they’re building up and really working hard towards right now.

They talk about the intercommunication of all things in many different terms and phrases for the same thing.

We’ve heard about the world being covered with these ‘nano’ particles and so on all communicating. We’ve heard the World Wildlife Fund talking about them; the UN talking about it as well, where the whole planet will be one big vast kind of net if you like, where everything’s communicating data back in real time about every single thing. That includes you as well.

All your behaviour patterns, according to IBM, are already completely fixed and they understand you perfectly and can predict what you’re going to do outside some aberrant thing coming in, such as mental illness that would throw you off your usual pattern. Even then they’ll have projections, due to your family histories, if that’s even likely to happen; no kidding.

In other words, you think of totalitarianism as some small tiny little group somewhere trying to take over a world system. You don’t really get it. No, the world has been taken over a long time ago; a long time ago.

They set it up from the banking systems alone. They set up institutions. They set up their foundations to run and lobby governments and they can put their own people into governments.

This was verified by Carroll Quigley who said that every leader in the US for instance, every president, regardless of the party for 60 years, when he wrote his book ‘Tragedy & Hope’ in the 1960’s, he said had been a member of this organisation; this world organisation. They were comprised and set up by bankers. He went into the Council on Foreign Relations, how it ran the US. Its parent body in Britain was called The Royal Institute of International Affairs.

They also set up the banking system as we know it today with the World Bank and the Bank for International Settlements and the International Monetary Fund. They also ‘encouraged’ you might say, by every means possible, they’ve been doing the same thing with the Islamic countries right now to get central banks, because then they get the central banks to communicate directly with their ideas to the Bank for International Settlements, as they’ve been doing with all of us since the early 1900’s.

So one way or another you either join them or they bomb you out of existence. It’s hard to imagine that because it doesn’t appear in the papers, mainly because the owners of the newspapers are members of the Council on Foreign Relations and all the top journalists certainly are too. All of your presidents are and your prime ministers are as well. They have many branches, specialised little branches with little areas that deal with particular problems and as I say, you have to look at all the divisions of the banking system, the world banking system, and the history of it to understand how it all works together.

Now you know that the International Monetary Fund is like the ‘heavy’. They play the part of the collecting agency. They’re the ‘heavies’. That was also set up by the same group, The Royal Institute for International Affairs/CFR a long time ago. They actually set it up at the end of World War I, supposedly with the BIS, to make sure that the reparations, meaning the punishment money from Germany, would get paid forever to the rest of the participating opponents that they had called the allies in the West.

But it never stopped there. It started to dictate in peacetime too, to all the so-called peaceful countries, via the central banks. In other words, the central banks really had more of a communication and direct working relationship with the BIS and the IMF than even the president, some of the presidents and lesser presidents; the ones behind them on a lower level I should say.

Now, when the IMF goes in it takes over your whole economy to as they call it ‘balance the books’. It’s got an awful history, these heavies. It’s like everything else under the United Nations umbrella that was also set up; the UN was set up by the Royal Institute for International Affairs. They were the guys who backed it in fact and financed it into being. It was all their members that paid for their various buildings and so on, even the setting up of the UN building in New York by the Rockefellers.

As I say, the IMF comes in and they slash your pension funds that you’ve paid into. They’ll make people work longer after retirement too, until they drop, hoping that you’ll never claim any pension. That’s already being mandated in some countries right now because of the latest manufactured crash. Because they plunder the countries at least twice a century at minimum, that’s standard.

They also come in and open all your books and they start cutting back on your healthcare. They slash healthcare. They love national healthcare systems because it comes under government and they can do what they want with it. When it’s private they can’t really get their fingers in there you see, to slash healthcare. So they love governments to have a national healthcare system to get into and slash it big time, as they’re doing in Britain and elsewhere.

Well, Greece has been picked recently to be the poor man of Europe. They’ve chosen them to be the target and a lesson to the rest of them too, not to let this happen to you. It’s a kind of threat. They love using certain countries for teaching other countries to toe the line.

There’s an article for instance about the Greeks rioting right now. It says;

“Rioting Greeks throw petrol bombs (that’s gasoline bombs) at police” and that was from 1st May, 2010. It says;

“Greek protesters have clashed with riot police in Athens as anger about financial reform boils over.”

“Several hundred protesters waving red flags and wearing red bandannas confronted the police in the Greek capital on Saturday morning.

Two petrol bombs were hurled at the police lines, and armed police fired tear gas to dispel the crowd. Angry protesters set fire to rubbish cans (garbage bins) and two television broadcast vans.”

(Alan: So that’s what happens when chaos ensues because your money is suddenly worth nothing and in comes the IMF and they’re running the government. And what their slogans say are)

“”No to the IMF’s junta!”…”

(A: That’s what they’re saying.)

“…protesters chanted, referring to the military dictatorship which ruled Greece from 1967 to 1974.”

(A: And that’s true. They put the IMF in then and put dictatorships in. It says)

“…”Hands off our rights! IMF and EU Commission out,…””

(A: See the EU, they know this now. The EU is not some big wonderful thing that’s going to help you out and give you benefits. It’s really a gang that you’ve got to join or you don’t get business put your way. They can cut off business or bypass business around your country. Everything’s done, you see, in this real banking system, by pure blackmail and it’s called ‘free trade’ ‘if you join us’ and everything else that comes with it in the fine print at the bottom.)

Back with more after these messages.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m talking about the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund and all the other big consortiums that run the world’s financial system and how they go into countries like Greece and they teach them a lesson for the rest of the world to see and watch and learn from. In other words be very afraid. They ‘slash and burn’ as their tactics; ‘slash and burn’. A country never really recovers from their presence to be honest with you. It’s not meant to.

This article here is talking about how the police have been shooting at the people and have shot a boy already, probably more by now, and how the people are retaliating with gasoline bombs and so on. The signs are all about the getting out the IMF and the EU, that’s their parliament, their commission out. This European parliament, this incredibly big, remote parliament that’s the ‘super government’ over the whole of Europe, the new ‘Soviet Bloc’ you might say, on behalf of the bankers.

It says…

“Shops were closed, ships stayed docked and the streets of the capital were unusually empty except for protesters marching towards parliament, meters away from the Finance Ministry where EU and IMF officials have been meeting for days to agree a new set of austerity measures.

(A: Now, you better understand it. We’re hearing that word ‘austerity’ in all the countries now. This ties in with the plan as it is because the plan is that you’re post consumer. This is what they really mean. We heard all that before the crash came along. We’ve got to change our whole way of consumption and stop consuming so much while they’re going to make sure that you’re austere because now you’ll pay for everything.

The banks won’t suffer because you’ll be paying everything still through the banking system but it’ll be in the way of carbon taxes and multiple fees and so on to a thousand different government agencies, all to do with the environment, property and all that kind of stuff.

They’re simply transferring the idea and getting you to keep paying, keep paying but it won’t be for the right to buy things. It’ll be to pay for fees and the right to live and exist. It says)

“Union leaders are hopeful that the May Day protests will highlight Greek resistance to the wage cuts, tax rises and pension reductions expected to be implemented.

(A: And that’s what they always do; cut the wages, massive tax increases, pension reductions, lots of layoffs in the so-called public service industry; healthcare etc, and they’ve done this in other countries before. But they’re really going to town on Greece to make a real example to the rest; that you’re next if you don’t do it yourself in other words. That’s really what it’s about. There’re also alot of different groups in Greece. They definitely have communistic groups and anarchistic groups and so on, who are definitely going to it there, and it’s unfortunate at the same time.

But I understand everybody’s mindset at the moment because they’ve a better understanding of what’s really happening with the IMF and who they really, really are. It’s very important to know who they really are because we don’t live in a world of local bankers at the top. These aren’t local bankers. These are boys who are international money lenders who also set up the Milner group that became the Royal Institute for International Affairs/CFR.

They set up the UN. They set up the world to be run on a socialistic fashion for the people by themselves who are the obvious Fascists at the top.

Carroll Quigley was the official recognised historian for the Council on Foreign Relations who wrote the book about these bankers and the Council on Foreign Relations and how it was all set up by them to bring in a world global society, ruled by this banking elite. They believed that the banking elite were the only ones with a true understanding of history, the trends in history etc. because after all, they dealt with the fashion industry, the weapons industries; all the different loans.

They knew how loans were paid off, how they were defaulted on. They found ways to stop the defaults so that loans would still get paid off by the losers and that still goes on today; all to do with economics and keeping themselves in power.

They believe they’re the only ones, and they’re actually right. They’re the only ones keeping an alternative version of history as opposed to the other versions of history which was just about kings and queens and their conquests. They were keeping a version of history to do with commerce and trading across the world, a long, long, long history. It was already a science you might say.

They were the guys who were doing marketing before they called it marketing in universities. Carroll Quigley, who wrote the book ‘Tragedy & Hope’ and explained alot of this, and he wasn’t too popular amongst the CFR for doing so, he said this in it, in the book.

“The power of financial capitalism had a far reaching plan; nothing less than to create a world system of financial control, in private hands, able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole”

Now that’s quite ambitious isn’t it? He’s reading it form the official records of the Council on Foreign Relations, as the official historian, of the Council on foreign Relations. He says…

“This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences.”

So they were the first to set up central banking systems. Remember they also funded communism too. Remember one of the planks of communism was centralisation of all government but they also meant the banks as well; a central bank for each country. It says…

“The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank, owned and controlled by the central banks which were themselves private corporations.”

Back with more on this after these messages.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m reading what Carroll Quigley said; a little bit in his book where he disclosed quite alot actually. He did say that there was a group running the world and had been doing it in secrecy for 60 years when he wrote his book in the 60’s. He also said they put every president of the US into power and every politician in the main Western countries as well into power. He goes on to talk about who set it up. He gives you the history of the Rhodes boys along with Rothschild who set up the Rhodes scholarships to train guys to become prime ministers and presidents and give them scholarships.

They didn’t limit it to the US or Britain, but the whole British Commonwealth countries and some other countries, even Germany they’d put their own boys in too. They put them all through the bureaucratic systems but they also put them into their central banking systems. He said here, again for the hard of thinking, and there are a lot of people who have hard of thinking problems I’ve noticed. It says here…

“The power of financial capitalism had a far reaching plan; nothing less than to create a world system of financial control…”

A world system; have you got that? It’s very important.

“…in private hands, able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole”

That’s exactly what they’re doing in Greece and some other countries right now and forcing the rest of the world into.

“This system was to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world,…”

Meaning that they would not go through your congresses or your parliaments. It would never be mentioned. And it says…

“…by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences.”

“The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank, owned and controlled by the central banks which were themselves private corporations.”

And still are.

“Each central bank sought to dominate its government.”

I’ll say that again for the hard of thinking.

“Each central bank sought to dominate its government by its ability to control treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country and to influence cooperative politicians.”

Meaning, ‘cooperative politicians’ by subsequent rewards in the business world like Tony Blair for instance and many others.

You’ve got to read that book – ‘Tragedy & Hope’ and his other fantastic book where he explains even more in some detail and that’s – ‘The Anglo American Establishment’.

In ‘Washington’s Blog’, it’s quite a good blog this, there’s a bit of a history of it in here as well from April 26th 2010.

“America Is Losing Its Imperial Status, And Global Institutions Such As The IMF, G20 And BIS Are Filling The Void”

“When the International Monetary Fund or World Bank offer to lend money to a struggling third-world country (or “emerging market”), they demand “austerity measures”.

As Wikipedia describes it:

In economics, austerity is when a national government reduces its spending in order to pay back creditors.”

(A: To these big private banks you see.)

Austerity is usually required when a government’s fiscal deficit spending is felt to be unsustainable.

Development projects, welfare programs and other social spending are common areas of spending for cuts.

(A: That’s when they come in; the IMF. The IMF comes in and they cut it all.)

In many countries, austerity measures have been associated with short-term standard of living declines until economic conditions improved once fiscal balance was achieved (such as in the United Kingdom under Margaret Thatcher,…”

(A: Yep, they were in then.)

“…Canada under Jean Chrétien, and Spain under González).”

(A: They’ve been in all these countries.)

“Private banks or institutions like the International Monetary Fund (IMF), may require that a country pursues an ‘austerity policy’ if it wants to re-finance loans that are about to come due. The government may be asked to stop issuing subsidies or to otherwise reduce public spending. When the IMF requires such a policy, the terms are known as ‘IMF conditionalities’.

Wikipedia goes on to point out:

Austerity programs are frequently controversial, as they impact the poorest segments of the population and often lead to a wider separation between the rich and poor. In many situations, austerity programs are imposed on countries that were previously under dictatorial regimes, leading to criticism that populations are forced to repay the debts of their oppressors.

What Does This Have to Do With the First World?

Since the IMF and World Bank lend to third world countries, you may reasonably assume that this has nothing to do with “first world” countries like the US and UK.

But England’s economy is in dire straights and rumours have abounded that the UK might have to rely on a loan from the IMF.

And as former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker said :

People seem to think the [American] government has money. The government doesn’t have any money.

Indeed, the IMF has already performed a complete audit of the whole US financial system, something which they have only previously done to broke third world nations.

Al Martin – former contributor to the Presidential Council of Economic Advisors and retired naval intelligence officer – observed in an April 2005 newsletter that the ratio of total U.S. debt to gross domestic product (GDP) rose from 78 percent in 2000 to 308 percent in April 2005. The International Monetary Fund considers a nation-state with a total debt-to-GDP ratio of 200 percent or more to be a “de-constructed Third World nation-state.”

What “de-constructed” actually means is that a political regime in that country, or series of political regimes, have, through a long period of fraud, abuse, graft, corruption and mismanagement, effectively collapsed the economy of that country.

The IMF is – in fact – now saying that the U.S. must live more austerely.

As the Washington Post noted Saturday:

In the lingo of the International Monetary Fund, the future of the world hinges on “rebalancing and consolidation,” antiseptic words that would not seem to raise a fuss.

But the translation is a bit ruder, something on the order of: “Suck it up. The party’s over.”

To keep the global economy on track, people in the United States and the rest of the developed world need to work longer before retiring,…”

(A: They hope you’ll die before you collect any money. They want your money off you but they don’t want you to claim it back in pension funds.)

“They want you to pay higher taxes,…”

(A: Very much higher taxes.)

“… and expect less from government. And the cheap imports lining the shelves of mega-chains such as Wal-Mart and Target? They need to be more expensive. “

(A: That’s exactly what they’re doing as they inflate, basically, the cash.)

“That’s the practical meaning of a series of policy papers and statements issued in recent days by IMF officials, who have a long history of stabilizing economies…”

(A: And that’s a lie too. They don’t stabilise them. They plunder them. They technically own them for ever after. That’s really the plan anyway, isn’t it?)

“…and solving global financial problems, as they plot a course to keep the world economy growing and reduce the risk of another “great recession.”

(A: No, you see, we’re supposed to go into a great recession to bring out the new type of system of austerity; permanent austerity. That’s what it’s really all about. But you’ll find too that the IMF’s been criticised heavily in the past. They’ve supported about 50 or 60 dictators. In fact they’ve even brought the dictators in. There’s a whole list of them here as well. The thing is too that most of these countries had very little debt when they brought the dictators in and they had a massive debt by the time the dictators left; all backed by the IMF.

Remember too what Carroll Quigley said, what he said about the Council on Foreign Relations. He said, ‘We don’t care if we deal with communist and bring communists in or dictators or whoever they are as long they’re all on board with our policies, we’ll bring them in’ and the IMF is just one branch of this whole big conglomerate. It’s quite fantastic.

If we go into all the different stuff they’re into it’s amazing.)

The Guardian really is one of the so-called world ‘lefties’ which really works for the conglomerates. They want to have the austere society. They want the greening projects because the bankers want the greening projects and the carbon taxes that are coming out of it; a massive new economy in carbon trading.

They actually put out a fantastic write up on it and they say that the IMF proposals get the big picture right. They’re all for it. They’re all for the whole greening agenda. They’re all for the carbon taxes, the greening and bring it back to nature and so on; too many humans and ya de ya de ya. They’re really a mouthpiece for them; a mouthpiece.

I’ll put some of these links up on my site www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com at the end of the show about the BIS too, the Bank for International Settlements because there’s a fantastic site here too that’s put alot of the history of the Council on Foreign Relations up, the central banks all working together with this BIS, the Bank for International Settlements, how they really do control the economies of all the world and all their trading and spending power and they already have been doing this since World War I. That other site goes through the Bilderberger group too and how they’re all part of the same particular conglomerate, the Trilateral Commission of course and how they’re also working in their specialised area to bring in the Trilateral Agreement, including the NAFTA agreement, completely binding the system of a united Americas that’s supposed to happen now in fact. This year will be the last year when they sign the last part of it supposedly and then we’re totally integrated. We’ll see how that works out.

They also go into the BIS.

It says…

“ The BIS is the world’s oldest international financial institution set up in 1930…”

(A: It says here but it was actually before that.)

“…with the twin aim of coping with reparations and loans from and to a very unstable post World War I Germany and, more importantly, to act as a forum for central bankers in the future. As such it was the epitome of supranationality, able to circumvent all those orthodox ideals that had over the years, become synonymous with the concept of the nation-state, such as ‘love of country’…”

(A: So it was supranational. It was post nations. It was global. And it says of course…)

“…such circumvention of patriotism by any of its board members could lead them to be accused of treasonable offences.”

(A: So they still played the game. It wasn’t quite right to go global totally then to the public.)

“In order to appreciate what follows it is essential to offer a brief resumé of the political economy at the turn of the century, the 20th century.

The Industrial Revolution having fostered the rapid growth of a capitalist economy, inevitably gave birth to an ideal dogma exposing the social and political discord inherent within that same system, which was based on the concept of one comparatively small group of people garnering profit from the wealth created by the labour of a much larger group. Thus was Marxism born – leading to the Bolshevik revolution in 1917.”

(A: That’s really what brought in the Bolsheviks, and by the way, the same boys at the Royal Institute of International Affairs helped fund that Bolshevik Revolution. The bankers funded it into existence to play the dialectic for a long time and standardise a big chunk of Europe under one system and it’s really the same system today; same schooling system, same bureaucratic system, governmental system. That’s what they’ve left behind them. It’s the fastest way to do it.)

“The USSR, now perceived by the industrial nations as representing the antithesis of capitalism was henceforth the enemy. The Cold War had begun and its most blatant expression was the birth of Fascism in the aftermath of the Bolshevik Revolution.”

(A: So they created a dialectic you see, and the bankers lent to all sides. The intent was also through a World War II to bring in this new globalised system. They tried to get it under the United Nations right after World War II. They were confident that the public were ready to accept a world government but it wasn’t to be because they had alot of opposition, mainly from Britain and some parts of Europe, like France and so on. They didn’t want world government just then.

So they circumvented all that by making up, by creating all these banking systems that would force the world into their banking world system; the fastest way to get it through. But it says…)

“By the late 1930’s the Bank for International Settlements had assumed an openly pro-Nazi bias, much of it disclosed by Charles Higham in his book, ‘Trading with the Enemy’.”

(A: And of course, even the Bush’s predecessors, the family were part of that. They were actually charged with trading with the enemy; the Walker side of the family.)

“Higham years later collaborated with a BBC Timewatch film ‘Banking with Hitler’ broadcast in late ’98.

Two examples of such bias, there were many more, were the Bank for International Settlements…”

(A: These are the guys who work with the IMF folks.)

“…had arranged transfers into the accounts of the German Reichbank of $378 million dollars of what was in effect gold looted from the coffers of the invaded countries of Austria, Czechoslovakia, Holland and Belgium; and, in the summer of 1942, plans for the American invasion of Algeria were leaked to the governor of the French National Bank who immediately contacted his German colleagues in the Bank for International Settlements, SS Gruppenfuehrer Baron Kurt von Shroder, of the Steinbank of Cologne, and transferring 9 billion gold francs to Algiers via the BIS.”

(A: This is your UN banking system folks.)

“The Germans and their French Subsidiaries made a killing of $175 million dollars in this dollar exchange scam.”

They was scamming all through World War II, these same these same banks that are now in there, in Greece today and in other countries with another branch of them, the International Monetary Fund. There’s a long history to all this. Most folk will never read the history therefore they’ll never really understand it and they’re quite content just going ‘ah! Oh!’ and ‘what’s happening with the world today?’ and twittering to eachother.

I’ll this link up there as well. It gives a quite good history; quite a long history in fact, of the workings of the Bank of International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund and the central banks of the countries, all working in unison, from World War I, right through World War II, post World War II to the present time and they’re the ones who are pushing for the new post-consumerist society, a world controlled by bankers remember. That’s what Carroll Quigley said and it’s also what Mr. Rockefeller said in one of his major speeches.

They mean what they say. Why not when you’ve got all the money in the world? You just make it out of thin air and you lend it to other countries. Every nation…see they love governments because every nation has you down as a citizen which means that you’re now the guarantor of every loan; you, every one of you and your children’s children.

The banking system is ancient. When you owe money, you’re a slave and your children will be slaves too, until that’s paid off. That’s ancient. It’s in the Old Testament, all that stuff. It’ll never change. Nothing changes, nothing changes. That’s the real world folks. I’ll put this link in as well and let you read through it for those that have patience and the ability to concentrate for more than 15 seconds. The rest of you can go and ‘tweet’.

Anyway, we also see another side of this too and that of course is eugenics. That’s all part of that. You look at the families of bankers. Bankers looked a long, long time ago, in ancient times, at royal families and it’s well known in royal families that often they’d marry their sisters even to keep the power, the blue blood as they say; the royal blood in the same family. Some of the pharaohs did the same thing. Not only that, some of the big boys in Britain were doing it too, such as Charles Darwin and I’ll read this article about his family lineage when I come back from this break.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting through the Matrix.

Just before I touch on Darwin, I mentioned before in ancient times that pharaohs and so on used to marry their sisters but the ancient bankers saw this system and thought ‘well, these guys are all dependent on us’ and they owned the traders and the trading groups, they owned commerce and they thought ‘well, we’ll do the same thing.’ They were very wealthy and they started marrying eachother; intermarriage with the bankers. That’s what the Rothschilds were all about too and many more too from the same commercial classes. Not only them, alot of them in the scientific classes also had little agendas. Those like Charles Darwin’s father for instance also wrote a book about basically evolution. You can actually still get a hold of it yet; and Charles was obviously trained to push it even further through The Royal Society. They were the ones who really pushed him. He was a nobody one day and the next day he was a star. You can make anybody a star. It was the same in those days too. You just kept saying a genius was going to expose something wonderful to the world, build it up for a few weeks and then bring forth the name Charles Darwin and he’s guaranteed success. It’s much the same today in fact.

Anyway, this article’s from The Sunday Times, May 2nd 2010, and it reiterates some of the stuff I’ve talked about Charles Darwin before from Ian Taylor’s book ‘Darwin and the New World Order; a very good book. Ian Taylor is a scientist by the way, a very good scientist who first enlightened me about this and the inbreeding that the special families were doing in Britain and in America and elsewhere. And it says here…

“THE children of Charles Darwin, whose theories on evolution revolutionised science, may have been genetically blighted themselves — because of generations of inbreeding in his own family.

Researchers have linked a series of marriages between cousins from Darwin’s family, and that of Emma Wedgwood,…”

(A: The Wedgwood family of potters.)

“… who became his wife, to the high levels of infertility and premature death that beset both their wider families as well as their children.

Charles and Emma, who were also first cousins, had 10 children, of whom three died early while three were infertile.

Studies of Darwin’s ancestors show a history of intermarriage between the Darwins and Wedgwoods that could have produced multiple genetic defects.

Such marriages were so common in Darwin’s family, according to research from James Moore, professor of science history at the Open University, that both of his maternal grandparents and his mother were Wedgwoods.”

(A: Actually when Charles’ wife died, who was a Darwin, he married his wife’s sister. Yeah, no kidding.)

“He said: “In Victorian times it was quite common for cousins…”

(A: Well it wasn’t really. It was only in a certain small class.)

“…to marry but the level of intermarriage in these families was unusual even then.” Moore found that:

– Darwin’s maternal grandfather, Josiah Wedgwood, the founder of the pottery dynasty, had married his own third cousin, Sarah, and had eight children.

– The couple’s eldest daughter, Susannah Wedgwood, married Robert Darwin, her cousin. Charles was their child.

– Meanwhile, Josiah and Sarah’s second eldest son, also Josiah, had nine children, of whom four, including Emma, married first cousins.

(A: They all married the same families.)

“Moore, who is about to publish a research paper on Darwin, said: “The results of this unintended experiment…”

(A: I wouldn’t say it was unintended at all. It was definitely deliberate.)

“…in close-cousin breeding are striking — 26 children were born from these first-cousin marriages, yet 19 of the offspring did not reproduce. Five died prematurely, five were unmarried and considered deficient, and nine married without issue.”

(A: Meaning that they were infertile.)

So they were already doing Plato’s guardian class stuff back in Darwin’s day. They probably had done a long, long time before that too. Lots of these families did. And I’m sure they were all rectified with their genetic manipulations today with science.

From Hamish and myself, in Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

For the newcomers out there look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. Scroll down and bookmark the sites I have up there because the ‘com’ goes down once in a while. That way you can always get the latest shows for download for free if the ‘com’ goes down. It’s amazing how they can give you an automatic extension of bandwidth, and that’s what you’re paying for, and when you try it one night, it doesn’t work. Then they tell you, with all their staff worldwide, they just can’t figure out your particular problem but it’s on their end and they’ll get to work with it. I’ve had this before with them so if you get problems with the ‘com’ you can always look into the other sites.

Now remember on all these sites I have up there you get English transcripts of the talks I give too for download and print up and if you go into www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu you can also get transcripts in different languages as well as the audios. They all have audios. They all have English transcripts but only the ‘sentinel’ site has the foreign languages too.

Remember too, you’re the audience that brings me to you. The ads you hear on this show are paid by advertisers directly to RBN. That pays for this airtime, their staff, their equipment and their bills so it’s up to you to keep me going. So buy the books I have for sale. They’re different from the other books you’ll read. I try to teach you to think in a non-linear fashion. There’re many ways to see or to get to a particular destination and if you understand the different techniques used by the big players and strategists who don’t think linearly, they know we do of course. They’ve trained us to think that way from schooling. They go all over the place to get to their objectives and that’s why most folk never really figure it out until it’s too late. You’ve actually gone along the paths they’ve set out for you to go, even with your protests.

So, buy the books, discs and so on I have for sale and that’ll help me just tick over because expenses here are pretty high.

Remember too from the US to Canada personal cheques are good or you can use International Postal Money Orders from your post office. You can also use Paypal for donations or for purchasing the books or discs. If you want to purchase something with Paypal just send a separate email along with the Paypal donation and give me your name and address and order and I’ll get it out to you. Moneygram and Western Union are good too; same across the rest of the world. Some people just send cash in fact to cut out the guy with the podgy fingers who’s always getting us into trouble. You can order through Western Union, Moneygram, cash or Paypal from any country, so far. So far I say because those things are changing fast everywhere with the IMF and so on.

For those who get the discs passed to them, you can get in touch with me [listed above].

Remember too that the topics I mention, I usually give links to these topics so that you can look them up for yourself. I don’t make up stories. I don’t speculate either. I use the official sources at least because they’re too many people speculating these days. Even then I try to work through the stories with the mainstream to show you what else is behind it; the stuff they don’t tell you in the particular story.

Most of these news articles are meant to lead us along the path, again of linear thinking, until one day we’ll breathe a sigh of relief. For example, when the IMF takes over the planet on behalf of the World Bank. We’ll say ‘thank goodness they’ve fixed it at last’ but they’ve got to take you through a period of chaos first.

They’re very old techniques and we go through them all the time down through the centuries. That’s how the world is really run. It’s run by very wise men who are taught from archives of histories in economics. Economics is a very, very old science.

I’ll be back with more after the following break.

I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I was saying before that economics is a very old science and it truly is. It’s probably something that’s been of vital importance in keeping records; keeping records of money owed to countries, owed by countries and to whom and all the rest of it and trends and histories that go down through the ages.

Bankers really, ran the commercial routes in ancient times, owned the fleets of ships that did the trading. They still do today alot of them. They really had to keep records of how the rises of nations and empires happened and they’d often guide them along in fact and sometimes they’d even take them down if the empires turned against them for some reason or another or they owed them too much money. So it was an exact science of manipulation and the bankers learned their trades very well. These were international bankers even in ancient times. It goes back as far as we know about money itself, even before they coined money when they used to weigh it out, the bankers were heavily involved in lending money to different nations and even introducing money into certain areas through warfare from countries that they’d already conquered through economic means and they would build up empires.

It’s a fascinating story when you read the histories that we know of; the little that’s been given to the public about the Phoenicians and different peoples down through the ages. But this has never been lost; never been lost. Whereas in our schools and universities tended to focus on the rise of nations, conquerors, generals and that kind of stuff, the bankers were teaching their offspring the true history that ran all this stuff and manipulated it and brought them up and brought them down, down through time. They’re very important sciences.

What we’re going through today is just the shakeup of the beginnings really the end of the first part of the New World Order, at least this New World Order; there’ve been many in the past, a truly World Order for the first time, a truly World Order. Many have tried it before. Many have had ambitions but they didn’t quite succeed, although in a sense, each major war or world war, tended to bring us closer to its setup, for instance, the institutions that are bringing in this World Order, the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, the Bank for International Settlements and so on.

These are all the instruments to bring in a truly World Order.

Now, people when they start classes in economics are told off the bat is that economics really is what every country’s system revolves around so money is at the heart of it all.

All your laws, even to do with prison sentencing or the death penalty or whatever, all revolve around economics. Believe you me, if it suits the people to have more people in prison and behead them they’ll do so or vice versa. They’ll go back and forth either way and they have done that down through history too.

So all of your laws, all of your taxation systems, everything comes down through economics, including the particular system if you’re going to be a nation of workers or employees rather than employers and of course many of the countries in Europe; Britain is a very good example where they’ve been training their students for many generations to be employees. They certainly never encouraged them to get into private business.

There are people who design these systems. There are people who manage the systems inter-generationally and bring them to their final destination. The other systems which also the same people control, that they’ve tried down through the ages, the Nazi type or fascism type and the so-called democratic type and they’ve also controlled the soviet type.

The soviet type is a form of collectivisation and even the soviets remember would often call themselves democratic. Democratic simply means that the ones at the top get to vote. It doesn’t really matter if the masses get to vote or not.

They often say that Greece was the home of democracy but really about 25% of the people there were actually called citizens because they had to prove their genealogies for a few generations; very much like the Nazi regime in fact and the bulk of the population were basically nobodies although they did all the work and the rest were all slaves, an awful lot of slaves.

However, those at the top were allowed to vote on all major decisions. So in a sense you had fascists running a democracy. In fact I’ve often said that democracy is the greatest cover for fascism.

You know, Hamilton, Alexander Hamilton himself, who was widely read and hated by the patriot community because he did prefer tyrants and powerful people down through the ages, according to Thomas Jefferson’s writings, when he met Hamilton on a few occasions. When Jefferson asked him why he admired tyrants he said, well, when you have a tyrant things tend to go smoothly for a while. There’s less interference. In other words there’s very small government. He also said, that if the guy gets too bad for the people, very unbearable, you might have to suffer him for one generation and you’ve only got him and his family to keep and his little army sort of thing; whereas if you have a government with lots of bureaucrats and democracy, he said you’ve got thousands and their families to keep in luxury and they’re there for perpetuity.

So who’s right if you think about the two systems? So really democracy is the greatest cover for fascism because it always ends up with a special elite class and it’s inter-generational, often inter-familial. There are generations and generations from the same families and the up and coming psychopaths of course, that join them and go through the universities, get the right contracts because they’ve played the game and they’re allowed in and allowed to be voted upon into power to get their piece of the pie.

But they’ve already proved themselves to the existing elite at the top or they’d never get a chance of getting in. The guys at the top are always pre-picked as Professor Carroll Quigley said, by the Council on Foreign Relations. It doesn’t matter what party they come from.

Now we truly have really the beginnings of a World Order with one economic system and we see the chaos that’s rolling out across Europe. That’s planned chaos by the way, just the same as 9/11 was definitely planned because they couldn’t have kicked off the massive surveillance society without 9/11 happening. A surveillance society is imperative to bring in a totalitarian regime across the whole planet and a whole new way of living. You either knock people into shape physically to go along with what you want, and take care of the riots which will obviously ensue when people lose their sovereignty, or you give them other reasons for binding together. Even in ancient Greece they had alliances. They started off alliances with different little islands and city-states around them and eventually dominated them like an empire. That’s how democracy always goes.

Under the guise of democracy, these guys and the bankers behind them, have literally, with the setting up of the IMF and World Bank, and the chaos to bring them step by step to their true goal, which is running the total world economy from one major source, that’s how it’s done. It’s done through chaos and planned chaos and they always come out at the end and say ‘we’re here as the saviours, here’s the plan’ and even by that time even though we’ve lost almost everything, we want to keep that little bit left. So we say ‘thank goodness, maybe we can hang onto this little piece here of what we had.’

That’s an old, old technique but we never really catch on. Most folk still think that governments are national governments. They haven’t been national for an awful long time. It was decided even during the Cold War in different publications, official publications, that if the soviet system didn’t take over the world then those who would defeat the soviet system would have to take over the world. The exact same excuse that ancient Greece took for taking over all the countries round about it to save them all against Persia. ‘Let’s bond together against Persia.’ Then of course Greece simply dominated all, or Athens dominated all those countries and became tyrannical with heavy taxations, they took all their food, their grain and so on from them and turned lots of people into slaves.

That’s really what World Orders are about. It’s really about who’s going to be the bosses, how many bosses do you need to run the people and how many slaves are you going to have. Slavery can take so many forms and ‘wage slaves’ of course is what you call employees. That’s what they’ve always been called. You sell your labour. If you’re getting paid back in a fair deal for your labour, or whatever’s been decided upon, or whatever your boss has decided upon I should say, then a good chunk of that is simply taxed back by the governments that are there to keep you safe. As they keep you safe, they live very well at a very high standard of living, way above whatever you could afford and that’s the system of what they call democracy where they bring in what’s called ‘equality’.

It’s a strange concept you know. You have to do alot of mental gymnastics to even try and pretend you believe in it and lots of people do. They never even question it at all. In fact most never question anything. They just go along with what is. What exists when they’re born, what they live through, that’s what is. That’s as far as they get and what is, is. It’s good enough for them.

If you look at what’s happening in Greece right now, and I knew they would use Greece as the testing bed for the rest of Europe. They’ll blame Greece for alot of the causes. What they said at the beginning was that Greece had fudged all its books to get into the EU and to be allowed to trade with the EU. Of course, if they didn’t join the EU they’d have been bypassed and cut off from all the goodies. You’d be bypassed from even exporting your own stuff to the rest of the EU. That’s the deal. It’s a gangster thing you see.

‘Trade with us, go under our laws and rules, give up your sovereignty and you’ll be allowed to trade with us. If you don’t, no-one’s going to trade with you. We’ll make sure of that.’

So they’re blaming Greece for all the problems. They’ve got to blame somebody you see. But they all fudged their books because bookkeeping is just that. It’s all fudging books isn’t it? I don’t think one single country in Europe has ever been honest about what it owes to anybody.

Anyway, here’s an article here from Reuters, May 4th, 2010, and it’s about, “A renewed selling frenzy gripped the Euro zone financial market on Tuesday” because they’re concerned about a financial meltdown beginning with Greece because it’s going to spread throughout Europe.

Back with more after these messages.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m reading an article about the Greek crisis right now and Greece as I say is getting blamed for so much and every country involved really has done the same bookkeeping fudging as I’m sure Greece did. They did get the big boys in to validate their books before they joined the EU. I think even Goldman Sachs was in there fudging the books for them. This article here, May 4th 2010 from Reuters goes into it and says…

“A renewed selling frenzy gripped euro zone financial markets on Tuesday as concern mounted that a record EU/IMF bailout for Greece would not stop a debt crisis spreading in the single currency area.”

Now that was another part of joining the EU. They forced this EU coinage, or money system, on you as well you see, again taking more and more sovereignty out of the hands of the countries. That was the intention of it but not the total intent. The intent ultimately was to go into a world system under the IMF. The IMF wants to get into everybody’s bookkeeping and take away that bookkeeping from governments. This is what it’s about for the World Order you see? All the money that’s already been bailed into Greece, apparently it hasn’t been enough to stop the fall in the money system so that means that all that money that was borrowed from the World Bank by the EU countries has just gone to ‘money heaven’ just like the big last crash we had; it went to ‘money heaven’ you know. I’d like to see who are the guardians of ‘money heaven’. It must go somewhere. It says…

“Spanish Prime Minister Jose Luis Rodriguez Zapatero dismissed as “complete madness” a market rumour that his country would soon ask for 280 billion Euros in aid from the euro area.”

(Alan: Because they think Spain’s going to be next.)

“The euro sank to a one-year low of beneath $1.31 and the risk premium on Greek, Portuguese and Spanish bonds soared amid jitters about a possible Greek debt restructuring and worries over the fiscal health of other southern European countries.

In Athens, striking public workers challenged Greece’s 110 billion euro ($146.5 billion) bailout-for-austerity deal,…”

(A: I love that ‘bailout-for-austerity deal’.)

“…starting a 48-hour national strike that shut down ministries, tax offices, schools, hospitals and public services.”

(A: You see, the IMF go in as I say and they strip the country of all its national services, healthcare, pension funds, wherever they can slash and burn they do so to make sure that the big boys that lent the money in the first place all get paid back at massive interest.)

“There is no faith in what the EU and the IMF have proposed for Greece,” said Dean Popplewell, chief currency strategist at OANDA, a foreign exchange brokerage in Toronto.

“Capital markets are betting on a Greek default,…”

(A: See there again there’re guys, because we don’t understand this currency trading stuff, there are sharks at the top. As I say they’re taught it since they’re weaned on this stuff because they belong to the right families. They make money off people going down. They bet on people going down. It says…)

“Capital markets are betting on a Greek default, as Greece’s own populace is not going to accept the terms of this rescue, and contagion is a real concern hurting the euro,” he said.

News that Greece has appointed debt restructuring specialists Lazard…”

(A: The Lazard brothers.)

“…to provide “general financial advice” fuelled speculation that some form of orderly rescheduling or payment moratorium may be likely, despite vehement official denials.”

(A: And so on it goes.)

But this is all to go to a world government you see. A whole new way of doing things where the World Bank will rise up to its proper status because that’s what they put it there for; to take over, and the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International Settlements will do the bookkeeping of every country forever. Your governments won’t have to do that anymore. It’s taken out of their hands. That’s the ultimate goal for the whole planet.

Then we go onto an article here. It’s a good site actually. It’s ‘Spotlight On Sovereignty – Global Governance Watch’. It says…

“G-20 and IMF Officials Institutionalize Economic Global Governance” April 28th, 2010.

“In particular, we are floating the idea of a new multilateral surveillance procedure. . . . I believe the world is ready for a shift to this more “systemic” vision of IMF surveillance.”

(A: That’s what they’re calling it – International Monetary Fund Surveillance; the whole world.)

“A clear indication is the G-20’s…”

(A: That’s all the group of 20 that all your presidents and prime ministers join and go and go in there as a group, bypassing what you think is national democracy. It says…)

“…launch of the Mutual Assessment Process. The so-called MAP aims to reduce risks to the system by making the world’s largest economies accountable-to each other-for ensuring the global consistency of their economic policies. . . . Of course, there is a much broader range of international policy challenges than those currently being considered by the MAP. And an enhanced multilateral approach, with increased accountability between countries, is essential for finding lasting solutions. I see a role for the IMF to help address these kinds of multilateral problems.”

(A: That’s right on track with them taking over.)

“~ From an address by Dominique Strauss-Kahn, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund, at the Bretton Woods Committee Annual Meeting, Washington D.C., February 26, 2010. “

“The Group of Twenty (“G-20”) nations, the new Financial Stability Board (“FSB”), and the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”) are progressing on two fronts: the monitoring and revision of national and regional economic plans to facilitate global economic governance…”

(A: That’s the purpose of it; to facilitate global economic governance.)

“…and the pursuit of a financial industry regulatory reform agenda. The recent remarks of IMF Managing Director Strauss-Kahn indicate that these two areas may only be the beginning and that efforts will be made to globally govern other economic and industry-specific areas…”)

(A: I’ll be back with more on this after this break.)

Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m reading from an article by ‘Global Governance Watch’; a very good article. It’s a very good site actually and you’re not quite sure whether it’s for the globalism or not but they also got alot on NGO’s and it shows you what they’re into as well. It’s going on about the IMF basically taking over and it’s using quotes and so on from Strauss-Kahn from the IMF and so on.

“Thus, corporate executives, employees, shareholders, and other stakeholders in industries such as energy, pharmaceutical, and food whose products (or lack thereof) pose “risks” that conceivably contribute to global poverty should be prepared for a new global level of monitoring, intervention, and regulation by the G-20, IMF, World Bank, and other international organizations.”

(A: In other words they’re telling you that whatever corporations or whatever are in your countries will no longer be self-enterprising units. They’ll be under the auspices and the watchful eye of the World Bank because the World Bank will be into everybody’s books by law. They want a world law for this to let them into every country’s books and actually eventually do all of the book keeping. That’s utterly the end of sovereignty for anybody, you see?)

“In a previous article, this author explained that, in a November 2009 communiqué, titled “A Framework for Strong, Sustainable and Balanced Growth: Developing the ‘Mutual Assessment Process,” the G-20 announced the mutual assessment process (“MAP”), pursuant to which G-20 members would present national and regional economic plans by the end of January 2010 for review by the FSB and IMF so that alternative policy options could be developed that would enable the global management of national and regional economies.”

(A: OK, that’s the important part. They’ve already agreed to it through all the big boys in the G20. They’ve enabled “the global management of national and regional economies.” That also means managing all the taxation systems ultimately as well, which of course, is the goal of these guys under the auspices of the UN. These are very interesting articles here and I’ll put these links in at www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website at the end of the show and you’ll find them along in the archives section as well along with the audios.)

Now, just to prop that up too, here’s an article coming out of India I think it is actually and it says…

“BRIC must create a New World Order.”

“The BRIC group of the world’s four biggest emerging powers has a fundamental role in creating a new world order, Brazil’s President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva said on Thursday.

Lula was speaking at the end of a summit in Brasilia with the leaders of China, India and Russia. The countries reiterated their call for developing nations to have a bigger role in global economic and financial decision-making.

PM pitches for close cooperation among BRIC nations

Noting that India, Russia, China and Brazil are resource-rich, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh on Friday pitched for close cooperation among them in the fields of energy and food security besides tapping potential in other sectors like trade and investment, science and technology and infrastructure.”

So there’s that phrase again; a New World Order. It’s ok when the big boys say it themselves like Mr. Brown in Britain when he addressed the G20 before and called it the New World Order and many others; George Bush Senior, but when we say it it’s like we’re some kind of paranoid crazies, even though we’re simply using their material and quoting them, but that’s really what’s happening. That’s what all this chaos today is all about, planned chaos mind you. It’s not just happening now either. They’ve been working at this for an awful, awful long time; an awful long time.

There’s a very good article here and I’m going to put in the link as well. It’s called…

“Reinventing the government corporation”

This was done on April 11th, 1996 and it’s from A. Michael Froomkin

“In this article, Professor A. Michael Froomkin takes a comprehensive look at federal government corporations,…”

(A: “…federal government corporations,…” It’s very interesting these corporations; other countries call them ‘Crown Corporations’, they’re untouchable, very private. They do have shareholders but they’re not available for the public. It says…)

“…focusing on the legal implications arising from their character as both public and private entities. Federal government corporations often enjoy public advantages, including national establishment, tax and securities law exemptions, sovereign immunity, and privileged access to capital. As a result, they face diminished market discipline and may not be as efficient as their proponents claim unless they have similarly situated competitors. Because some federal government corporations are owned wholly or partly by private parties, yet maintain control over public funds and functions, their legal status raises important constitutional questions concerning accountability, separation of powers, and non-delegation.

In his 1993 Reinventing Government program, Vice President Al Gore encouraged the proliferation of federal government corporations,…”

(A: And that’s true. During that era they sprung up all over the place, under the auspices of Al Gore, Clinton and so on.)

“…obscure government devices whose legal status remains unclear even after 200 years as part of our national life. Professor Froomkin suggests that some regulatory reform is needed before this suggestion is adopted. After a critical analysis of existing proposals, he offers alternatives designed to increase accountability to both government and market discipline, thus ensuring that private parties do not profit at public expense, and limiting taxpayer liability in the event of insolvency.”

I’d like to see that happen where the big boys go ‘belly up’ and we have to bail them out as usual but then, pigs might fly one day too with enough genetic engineering I should say.

But that’s what we’re going through.

Now we’ve all to go through this austerity stuff as the IMF goes into every single country and takes over basically the book keeping and that means it always follows the same routine, as I say, slashing hospital care, slashing your pension funds and robbing you actually and cutting back on all the stuff you’re supposed to have built up through your tax money, all the different services that the government is supposed to run.

This is from the Times, April 30th, 2010.

“Austerity Britain will hate its new Government, says King”

“The Governor of the Bank of England was at the centre of an electoral storm last night after saying that the austerity measures needed to tackle Britain’s budget deficit would be so unpopular that whoever wins next week would not get back into government for a generation.

Mervyn King’s opinion, revealed hours before the prime ministerial debate on the economy, came as a respected think-tank predicted that taxes would have to rise by the equivalent of a 6p-in-the-pound increase in income tax over the next ten years.

(A: Well that’s tiddlywinks. It’s going to be up by alot more than that; alot more than that.)

The Governor’s prediction was made to the American economist David Hale, who passed on the remarks in an Australian television interview. Mr. Hale, who has known Mr. King for many years, was commenting on debt levels in major economies when he turned to the British election. “I saw the Governor of the Bank of England last week when I was in London, and he told me whoever wins this election will be out of power for a whole generation because of how tough the fiscal austerity will have to be,” he said.”

So, we’re in for wonderful times it would seem; just wonderful; wonderful times, wonderful times.

Now this site is very good too and it links up with a previous one too that I’ve talked about on the G20 and it’s from the AEI which is supposedly a Conservative sort of think tank but they have branches across the whole world and it’s supposed to be to limit government and all that but it’s also about globalism. I’ll put this link up too. It says…It called…They have a ‘Shadow Financial Regulatory Committee’. It’s one of their projects; a ‘Shadow Financial Regulatory Committee’. What’s a shadow? A shadow is something that’s put off by a body. There must be a body there somewhere. I wonder who the body is. Anyway it says…

“The Shadow Financial Regulatory Committee is a group of publicly recognized, independent experts on the financial services industry who meet regularly to study and critique regulatory policies affecting this sector of the economy.”

About the Committee
The Shadow Financial Regulatory Committee works to identify and analyze developing trends and ongoing events that promise to affect the efficiency and safe operation of sectors of the financial services industry; explore the spectrum of short- and long-term implications of emerging problems and policy changes; help develop private, regulatory and legislative responses to such problems that promote efficiency and safety…”

(A: And blah, blah blah. When you look down the side of it, they’ve got alot of good spin-off sites they look into such as Non-Governmental Organisations, who runs them and it shows you the power of some of these Non-Governmental Organisations as they lobby, not just politicians, but actually lobby against investing companies. Of course they’re all followers you see, except for their leaders. The leaders have a boss. The boss is generally some very rich foundation owner who tells them what to protest against.

It’s quite fascinating to see how they work and how the Non-Governmental Organisations actually will go into companies that are trying to invest pension funds and so on and if they don’t like what they’re investing in, they’ll do all they can to stop it. That’s what you call incredible organisation and power.

You see, organisation is behind everything. That’s how the Soviets talked about taking over by communism. It was all through organisation; massive organisation, where everybody instantly obeys those above them right to the pyramid top, strict obedience. There was no deviation from the line. That’s how these NGO’s are run with the foundations that really are the parallel government on the top telling them what to protest etc.

Now here’s a little aside too. I talked about these Crown Corporations a minute ago and these private national corporations or governmental semi-private companies.

Here’s a little article that snuck through, and it wasn’t in the mainstream media except for this one and it’s the Tehran Times from Iran.

“UK to repay Iran $650 million for tanks”

(A: That’s military tanks. It says…)

“LONDON (UPI) — An international trade court ordered Britain to pay Iran $650 million for failing to deliver some 1,300 tanks after Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi was toppled in the 1979 Islamic revolution, officials said.

The ruling ended a bizarre legal battle which was fought over 30 years largely behind closed doors in the arbitration court of the International Chamber of Commerce in The Hague with little public knowledge.”

(A: You’re darn right.)

“The settlement is between International Military Services Ltd, the state-owned company used by Britain’s Defence Ministry…”

(A: You see? That’s one of these protected companies; these Crown Corporations. It’s private. It’s funded through tax money as well but there are shareholders who profit from it but they’re not allowed to tell us who they are and they don’t put the shares up for bids for sale. It’s all the elite of course who are the shareholders, including members of the royalty. That’s the International Military Services Limited. They do all the main military trading of all the weapons industry for Britain.

Anyway it says…)

“… the state-owned company used by Britain’s Defence Ministry that concluded the Chieftain deals in the 1970s, and Iran’s Ministry of Defence.

Britain’s The Independent newspaper noted that the settlement “”will bring to an end one of the more tortuous and murky sagas in that most opaque and scandal-riddled area of international affairs — nation-to-nation arms deals.””

(A: Yet Britain’s always created the best enemies that money could buy, believe you me. And through The Hague, even those who lose will have to pay it back. They’ve got all these global deals already made through the international courts and the Bank for International Settlements.

You know, when Britain went to war with Argentina over the Falklands, Britain had sold pretty well every ship that they used, the enemy used, to them. And of course, they found too that Argentina had taken loans out from all the usual international money lenders to buy those ships and they were still in the process of buying them when Britain sunk them. So, Britain sold them the ships, Britain sunk the ships and Argentina, even though they lost, had to pay back the bankers and then the money went back to Britain.

The best enemies money can buy eh? And the folk never catch on. And all the young characters are just dying to dress up and play soldiers and go off and fight for some fun and all that kind of stuff and get a little tin star, a wee medal. That’s all they need and suddenly they’re somebody. If they survive it, they’re somebody until the novelty wears off and they’re just Joe Nobody once again. But it says here…)

In the 1970s, the shah’s government was favoured by the United States and Britain as a vital bulwark against Soviet expansion to the strategic oil-rich Persian Gulf.

From 1971-76, his government ordered 1,500 Chieftains and 250 FV2404 armoured repair vehicles, which retrieve damaged tanks from the battlefield, all manufactured by the Leyland Co….”

(A: That’s the big car manufacturers in Britain.)

“…and Britain’s state-owned Royal Ordnance Factories.”

(A: Again “state-owned Royal Ordnance Factories”. That’s really your Crown Corporations; these secretive corporations.)

“At that time, the FV4030/1 Chieftain was Britain’s primary main battle tank. When it was unveiled in 1967 it had the most powerful main gun of any tank in the world…”

(A: And then they go on about what they could fire from it and all that kind of stuff. The stuff that little boys are really awfully interested in.)

“The contracts were worth 650 million pounds, today worth around $1.04 billion,…)

(A: Boy, that shows you inflation eh. So back in the 70’s it was 650 million pounds and today it’d be worth around 1.4 billion (dollars))

“…and were paid in full in advance from the shah’s treasury, then overflowing thanks to Iran’s oil wealth.

Those funds were crucial in keeping Britain’s defence industry going at a time of slumping sales.”

(A: They’ve got to keep wars going when there’s a slump in sales you know.)

“But by the time the shah was toppled in January 1979 and went into exile, Britain had delivered 187 of the 55-ton FV4030/1 Chieftains, which the Iranians dubbed Shir-1. The British halted deliveries to what was deemed a hostile government in Iran after the U.S. Embassy in Tehran was stormed on Nov. 4, 1979.

(A: In other words, they still owed them all those tanks for the money that they took. They didn’t give them back the money you know and they didn’t give them the tanks either. So they’ve been ordered to pay back the difference.)

It just shows you, as I say, it doesn’t matter who wins/loses or how things come and go in history, the bankers must be paid, one way or another. It doesn’t matter if you’re winners or losers you’ve got to pay the piper because they have international laws about that at the top and it goes through The Hague; the court at The Hague. It’s wonderful isn’t it, wonderful.

We the little people hardly know anything about what’s really going on in the world at any particular time. We’re the last to be told any kind of close truth; any close truth whatsoever.

Now here’s a laugh too because this whole emissions stuff is a new economy. Do you understand that? It’s to take over from a real economy where you produce things; a production economy.

“Anti-fraud investigators swoop on EU emissions traders”

(A: For fraud. So fraud over fraud is quite an interesting thing.)

Back with more after this break.

Hi, I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

This article here’s about an anti-fraud investigation into EU emission frauds where they’re making all the money off of nothing; no outlay, nothing. It’s fantastic. They just trade carbon and it’s really worked out through mathematical processes where they imagine how much CO2 will be produced in the manufacturing of this or that, and they convert energy to CO2 and all that kind of stuff and it’s supposed to sound complicated to cover the fact that it’s all nonsense. However, they’re going to make an awful lot of money out of it because this is the new economy. We’ll all be paying through the nose, or through the mouth depending on how you breathe, for CO2 for as long as you live and these guys don’t even collect it. It’s fantastic isn’t it? No outlay! You don’t have to get into plastic bags and sell it or blow up balloons with it and trade balloons. You just imagine it’s there and you trade with these credits, we all pay for it and big bankers get rich. It’s fantastic isn’t it?

Anyway, here’s…

“Anti-fraud investigators swoop on EU emissions traders”

“EUOBSERVER / BRUSSELS – Traders involved in Europe’s flagship climate change programme, the Emissions Trading System – some of whom work at Germany’s biggest banks and energy firms – were the focus of a series of raids and arrests by British and German prosecutors in part of a massive pan-European crackdown on CO2-credit VAT fraud.

(A: Isn’t that amazing eh? They’re getting people on fraud even though they’re dealing in legitimate fraud, which is the CO2 scam and trading and it says here…)

“A total of 25 people were arrested amid a blitz by authorities on hundreds of company offices in the two countries, including Deutsche Bank and energy firm RWE, in a case involving the theft of an estimated €180 million from government coffers.

On Friday (30 April), it was revealed that UK tax authorities had raided 81 different offices and homes earlier in the week, arresting 22 individuals – 13 in England and further eight in Scotland.

The swoop, which occurred two days earlier, involved roughly 450 staff from Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs.”

(A: Not Britain’s but Her Majesty’s because everything in Britain’s democracy is owned by Her Majesty you see?)

“German authorities simultaneously raided 230 premises, including the headquarters of Deutsche Bank in Frankfurt and the offices of RWE

Three individuals in Germany were arrested. Seven of the suspects were employees of Deutsche Bank, although none were among those taken into custody.

The operation, which targeted a total of 50 companies and some 150 suspects in Europe’s biggest economy, involved around a thousand investigators from Germany.”

(A: By God, they’re top-heavy for investigators. It goes through all the other countries that took part, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, The Netherlands, Portugal and Norway ya de ya de ya.)

“Computers, mobiles, memory sticks and business records were seized, as well as undisclosed sums of cash.”

“The criminal activity the raids focussed on relates to what is known as “carousel fraud.” Criminals establish themselves in one EU member state and open a trading account with the national carbon credit registry. They then buy carbon credits in a different country, which makes them exempt from VAT. These are then sold to buyers in the original country, but with VAT slapped on, although the VAT then just disappears along with the trader and the money never arrives in government coffers.”

Whatever scam they come up with, it’s only crooks who can figure it out and how to use it. Do you ever realise that? It takes the crook’s mind, the streetwise guy, to understand the con games that are going on anyway and they take advantage of them. The ordinary person, again with linear thinking, never figures that out; the same as you never figure out how guys can make such money on betting on companies folding or even countries going bankrupt and they can make a profit off of it. It’s beyond our comprehension. It’s totally beyond our comprehension. The crooks can do it. The rest of the crooks are in government working for them and in the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix on May 6th 2010.

For newcomers go into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website Scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there because I’ve got trouble again with the ‘com’ and if you bookmark these sites you can always download the latest shows for free; all the audio shows. Now remember while you’re at it that all the sites listed there have English translations of the shows as well, for transcripts that is and you can download those transcripts for print up and pass them around to your friends.

If you go into www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu, that’s also on that site, you get transcripts in the other languages of Europe as well. Of course the ‘sentinel’ site also has all the same audios as all the rest. They all carry the audios. While you’re there you can also see the books I have for sale, CD’s and discs.

If you can buy them it might help you to come out of your linear thinking and see how the world really works and believe you me it’s a drastic change from your conditioning and how you’ve been taught to see it.

You’ll see the cons, you’ll be able to see through the cons and you’ll realise that most of society and the way it’s run, the structure of society as it was taught to you and spouted at you by the media and the money bag men every day, is all a big giant con. It truly is a big con. The more complex they try to make it sound, and scientific, the less you’re inclined to delve in and try to understand it. That’s what they count on in fact.

You can also, as I say, order the books through personal cheques from the US to Canada. Outside Canada personal cheques unfortunately are not accepted to Canada but from the US they are. In the US you can also get an International Postal Money Order to Canada. That’s accepted here as well. Outside the US and Canada they’re not. They used to be but they’re all stopped now but since Canada and the US are really one country now, there’s no big deal about it. We get to even share the same area code. ONE.

You can pay by Western Union, Moneygram and cash for the books or you can donate through Paypal or use the donation Paypal button, send the appropriate amount and a separate email with your order and I’ll get it out to you. So that goes for the rest of the world as well, same deal, Moneygram, Western Union and cash or Paypal for ordering or donating. Just send a separate email along with the donation and I’ll get your order out to you.

Lots of folk get the discs burned because they don’t use computers or they used to and they’ve gone off computers. They play the CD’s on their players at home. You can get in touch with me at [listed above].

If you want to get in touch with me I’ll get in touch with you back, whichever method you prefer.

As I say, lots of folk have gone off computers because they’ve had the wisdom to realise that really it’s all out there to track and trace and do your personality profiles on. That’s really the reason they gave it to the public and to be honest with you, people have asked me as well, even mainstream shows I’ve been on, ‘does the computer and the internet really help people in their understanding?’ It’s a bit of yes but alot of no as well because the big boys made sure that there’d be so much conflicting information put out on the same subjects that it’d be very hard and even more difficult for the average person to find the truth on any particular thing.

You can certainly fascinate the public by giving them lots of truth and lots of sci-fi mixed with it or supposed spiritualism and so on. That fascinates them but really keeps them going in loops. They’re all intentional, folks. That’s how they run your minds. They’re not there to free you.

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’ve spoken many time before about the big system that runs this world and I’ve read from the various textbooks put out by professors who were involved for instance with the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute for International Affairs, the same thing really and their branches across the world through all the British Commonwealth countries and how they wanted, on behalf of the bankers who already ruled the world; the international bankers, on behalf of the bankers to bring a system, a society, a world society where they would be in charge of everything.

From their point of view, and you can understand their point of view too, they were the only ones really, these hereditary families, that had kept a kind of history of the world for thousands of years, on buying, lending, trading, all commerce and how it works; all the stuff to do with debt, interest etc, wars and what happens with wars; who gets paid afterwards; how can you get your money back if you’ve lent to a country that’s been defeated etc.

At the turn really, at the end of the 1800’s and the start of the 1900’s they set up their institutions to attempt to try to bring the world under their control. Professor Carroll Quigley, being the historian for this group; and they have historians in every generation, they have their own private archives. He was allowed into them to update their archives and he had access to their histories. He was all for what they were doing. He believed too that the people were just too dumb, stupid and illiterate to manage their own lives. He also believed that if you left it to the up-and-coming general psychopaths, the general ones as opposed to the economic ones, they would want to become very important military people and conquer by conquest and looting countries and basically bring in alot of disorganisation, especially for commerce and so on.

So their plan was, because they were the historians who understood the world better and how it functioned through economies, then they would take the world over themselves.

It’s interesting too that the same bankers who started it up, the Royal Institute for International Affairs, that started off really as the Milner Group, Lord Milner and the Rhodes Society. The Cecil Rhodes Society combined with Lord Rothschild as the co-founder basically of both parties.

They’d already been lending money to countries for centuries, Britain and other countries for warfare purposes and that was their big problem. How can you ensure that a defeated country would pay back the loans they’d borrowed from these particular, these same bankers?

They wanted international courts to be set up to arbitrate and work out deals so that the bankers would get paid back. That was one of the first reasons really, one of the real reasons, behind the setting up of the League of Nations which became the United Nations.

Therefore they would have a two-pronged attack; one was to take over by pure centralisation of government. That meant putting their own people into governments in all member countries and centralising the control, standardising all the laws throughout any particular country, taking away the rights from local areas or local states, as they say, and federalising them. Then eventually, through the United Nations, they would bind them by treaties; ever deepening treaties, until they could never back out. Then also, they wanted them to establish central banks. That was a ‘must be’. They already had it planned for Europe. It might take them 100 years they said, to establish central banks throughout the whole of Europe which would then combine into a giant central bank and at the same time they got the politicians to join in a bloc or a union and that’s what they have in Europe. They have a European Union. They each have their central banks too but they’re all responsible to an even bigger central bank for Europe. That in turn will be responsible to the World Bank.

Now, it’s really a small group of men at the top of the world bankers; really 12 banking families who are the lenders to every country, every major country in the world. It’s a hard thing for us to comprehend that they have the right to basically issue, really cheques to countries to give them permission through the central banking systems. The central banking systems remember are privately owned but the same boys in the World Bank control the heads of those central banks. It’s one big consortium. That’s how it really works.

Now they’re going for the big push and that is to standardise the world into giving the World Bank, their World Bank, with the IMF and the Bank for International Settlements total power over everybody’s book-keeping. In other words, they’re taking over the book-keeping of the planet. That’s their goal.

What we’re experiencing right now is a manmade recession or depression, it depends if they want to go far enough with it, to bring all the countries under the heel; to shock the people enough into literally getting the last bit of sovereignty they have. It’s kind of like someone coming…It’s kind of like your boss at your work coming into your home and going over your own book-keeping to make sure that you’re spending your money wisely. That’s what they want to do to all the countries and when the IMF comes in, that’s what it does literally and they all work for the same group at the top. There’s nothing independent about them whatsoever. They’re all part of one big long-term plan which is culminating about now in its final; at least this part of the final plan which is consolidating all of the world’s markets, all of the world’s money and financial systems, lending and borrowing all through their own particular world bank.

You understand that the United Nations was set up during World War II. It transformed from the League of Nations to the United Nations. At the end of World War II they were very bold about their projections to where they were going with it. They really wanted to push through the United Nations as being more than just a place where countries went to negotiate or air arguments and come to solutions. It was more than a bargaining table. It was meant to be set up as the embryo of world government with all these financial institutions and military institutions as well eventually underneath it and that’s what they’re pushing for today.

This lesson here is to teach us that we can’t manage things ourselves. We’re in such a mess. We’ve got to go through the experts at the top and they will dole out the cash to every region as they like to call them, blocs of nations and we will simply take what we’re given and we’ll be told to manage the books ourselves.

Now it’s the same thing as they go for the department of agriculture at the United Nations. Their goal, and it states it in their mandate, you can look it up yourself, is eventually to be in charge of the entire world’s food supply and they will dish out portions to every country and region and eventually you will be forced in those regions to maintain your population numbers by whatever means you deem necessary. That literally is their mandate, all to go through the United Nations.

NATO as we know, NATO is just a branch of the United Nations, the military branch, their attack branch for countries that don’t quite go along with certain things or they won’t go along fast enough. NATO’s been into other countries when they don’t want to establish their central banks or they’re trying to keep more sovereignty and they pummel them into the ground.

Under the UN auspices they also go into the Middle East and standardised them too. We don’t realise that the Middle East have different customs, at least they had up until now. They’ve different customs of handling money. Their religion is their tradition. Their religion is their way of life and they didn’t have the central banking system with borrowing money from the world bankers and that’s a no-no. You’ve got to have alot of debt or you’re of no profit to the world bankers. They live on debt you understand. Bankers live on debt. They don’t live on lending you money and getting the same money back. They live on the debt you accumulate through the interest charges they put on your loans.

So they’re standardising every country they go into and UNESCO are one of the first ones in under the UN too, to make sure that one generation, the first generation, is taught in their schools and they give them all the Western ideas to be ‘democratic’. Democratic, as I say, is just the greatest front ever devised for fascism; it truly is. It even began off in ancient Greece with really fascists at the top using democracy to build a world empire and start up a League of Nations; the first League of Nations which they then dominated. Then they got everybody into a central banking system there too in ancient times, while the top bunch of hereditary aristocracy, who pretty well owned most the stuff, benefited enormously from all these wars that they had and the conquest and plunder they could get out of it too.

Nothing changes in this world really. The bankers of ancient times, I think it was Mark Twain who put it pretty well. He said that in ancient times, different peoples looked around for different ways of gaining power and prestige amongst themselves and other peoples, and some people did it by war, becoming the general and getting all the praise etc. Others did it through other means, he said, but the bankers really realised that money was the key. Everybody worshiped money, even the generals. They needed money to get their wars going even in ancient times to the present. You can’t do a darned thing without money.

That was the king of all. Money was the kingpin of all. So certain people dedicated themselves to being the money lenders and it hasn’t changed today. That’s still the kingpin. Money is still the key to everything that runs this particular system. It doesn’t have to be. It certainly doesn’t have to be, but it’s the only way we’ve been allowed to be taught, that it’s the only way there is, and we have been for a couple thousand years in the Western world.

Religion helped that too because even the big church needed money coming in from the peasants.

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just talking about a little bit of the history of money itself, just very briefly touching on it. They always say it’s a means of exchange or a medium of exchange but many things, basically bartering, is a medium of exchange too. You barter a sack of oats for a sack of lentils or whatever else you decide to barter. It’s up to you. The only honest trading really is when two people exchange their sacks or whatever and decide upon what’s worth what; half a bag of this for a whole bag of that or whatever they want to do because price remember is an idea. It’s not fixed in stone. It doesn’t come from heaven. It’s just someone’s idea to see how much they can gouge off you generally and to see how you go for it.

That’s why in the Middle East, for instance and Asia, haggling is really a way of life. People are taught to haggle. In fact, they’ve got no respect for you if you don’t haggle. So that really is what it’s about. A price is just someone’s idea.

Of course we’re not taught any of that when we grow up and especially in the Western world we’re taught to just walk into a store and you buy and that’s the price and that’s it and you use this thing called money.

When I was small I can remember asking my folks, because they were always talking about needing a pay rise every year you see, and I’d say ‘well, why do you get a pay rise?’ and they’d say ‘well, because it’s customary that you get one every year’ and I’d say ‘well why is it customary?’ and they’d just…because they’d never thought about it themselves, they’d always give you that answer they’d give children, ‘well it’s because it just is, that’s why.’ Then you’d see that the prices of everything, your little bar of chocolate, went up every year and everything else went up every year and that’s why you had to get a pay increase every year. So it told me that there were different sides and factions working together to make sure that everything went up every year.

What you learn later on is that they have this thing called ‘inflation’ which is supposedly due to the over-printing of money and putting too much money out; too much cash out there amongst the public, which doesn’t make any sense to me either. I didn’t see why that should make any price go up or down. Of course, the economists who are really another form of voodoo to be honest with you, and some economists have left. They’ve even done documentaries years on the BBC, where top economists and professors who have left the profession saying it was alot of nonsense and they said a truth, which was that if we understood what we were doing we’d never end up in these messes. And isn’t that the truth?

However, with banking and money being a fixed thing in a society and being taught from generation to generation as being as normal as air, no-one questions it. But those guys at the top who deal with it and the big bankers; I’m talking about the ones who distribute to the central banks which they can create actually. Central banks are private banks but they create them or they make sure their boys are in there and create them. They run the countries and they run the economies and they lend to government.

Every government was supposed to have at one time its own ability to mint its own coin and they didn’t need extra bankers to do it. They would buy the gold and all the rest of it then they’d mint it and then they would sell it off to some of the other banks and banks would regain extra cash above that by loaning it out. That’s how it used to work. When they did away with anything to back it up with, then the sky was the limit for the international bankers because really, what they give to a central bank is permission to print up cash and then distribute it. But the central bank through the government, through a deal with government, must pay the central bankers back who probably just gave them a cheque. They have to pay them back with real goods or real wealth. That’s not a bad deal, isn’t it?

If I give you a piece of paper and permission well you’ve got to give me half your country if you default. You know, ‘land for debt swap’ or something like that. That’s not a bad deal at all, yet we’re all taught that this is somehow normal and there’s not one party in the world, left wing, right wing, up, down, whatever that will ever challenge that and get into power. It’ll never happen. You’ll never see it in your lifetime. That will never happen because they’re all hand-picked by the same people and backed by the same people through various funding means and channelling cash for campaigns. They’re bought and paid for when they’re even selected. Before you even hear their names, they’re bought and paid for and they’ll keep the same system going on behalf of the bankers.

It’s interesting that whenever a prime minister, of Britain or a Commonwealth country, a British Commonwealth country gets in, the first person he’s got to go and see is the guy in charge of the bank; the bank that he’s going to go to, to borrow money.

Now why are governments who are rolling in taxes of all kinds; taxes you don’t even hear about because you’re paying them all the time through everything you buy through hidden taxes, they’re rolling in so much money, why do they have to go to these guys in the first place and borrow money, when they’ve got all that coming in? Why?

It’s never ever explained to the public, and as I say, no person is going to run for office and ever go against that and stop that system and make the country itself responsible for creating its own money so that you don’t have to go to outsiders or private banks to do so. It’d be quite simple. That was the whole idea in the US when they started it up. They knew the cons that were already going on; they were very, very old in their days, of the banking systems of Europe They understood it very well. They didn’t intend for a central bank to come in; a private bank to come in and do all their cash. That wasn’t intended at all but that was mandated by the moneylenders themselves who planned this world; the future we now live in which is the present.

Back with more after these massages.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just explaining some of the simplicity really of the con of money and governments too, which are simply extensions now of the banking system, and those in the banking system ensure that the top members of the parties are all members of the Royal Institute for International Affairs. That way it doesn’t matter who gets in. They will be faithful to their masters because, as I said at the beginning of the show, the bankers who sat around with Cecil Rhodes and Rothschild and then the Milner Group; the Milner Group were all bankers initially and became the Royal Institute for International Affairs; a private organisation that literally decides the world. They’re the biggest think tanks that advise all governments on everything. So they would take over the political system of course, which they did. They’ve owned it for well over 100 years of every country and Quigley admitted that too for the US. They would also make sure that the political boys would go hand in glove and work with these incoming central bankers and establish the same system across the world and that’s what they’ve been doing up to the present and as they amalgamate and amalgamate, not just the banks to centralise banks into a conglomeration of centralised banks, they put them into the big bank like the one they’ve got in Europe now that they’ve got the whole of Europe together in a bloc.

Karl Marx also talked about this because he really worked for the same boys, whether you like it or not, he worked for the same boys. He wanted a controlled society where the stupid people, you know, the masses would be guided by the intellectual ones who knew better how to do things. It’s the same as the bankers, no difference whatsoever. His was just a faster way to make the public conform into a new system and that’s why he was based in London and financed through certain parties for his manifesto although his name didn’t even appear in it until much later.

As I say, the bankers truly believe they understand how the world runs and that they’re the best ones for the job. That’s why there’s a famous statement by one of the Rockefellers who, I think it was at a Bilderberger meeting, (Trilateral Commission 1991) on the one hand he thanked all the newspapers for going along with him and never mentioning what happened at the meetings, that secrecy was important, that they could never have gotten this far without their help he said etc. Because you see, all the top guys in newspapers and journalism are members of the Council on Foreign Relations.

He also said it was far preferable that bankers and intelligentsia should basically rule the world; organise and rule the world, rather than leave it to independent sovereign nations making their own destiny and causing conflict on the way. That’s how they rationalised it, through consolidation and using economies as the big stick and economics as the big stick and debt as the big stick. They could rule the world much easier with less fallout. That’s what’s been happening today.

The US, Canada and Mexico and I think Chile as well plus a few other countries are to come in under the big North American Bloc because Karl Marx talked about Europe being the first Bloc they’d create followed by the American Bloc and they were also going to have an Asian Pacific Rim Bloc and that’s what we have today.

If you read Professor Carroll Quigley’s book ‘The Anglo American Establishment’ and ‘Tragedy & Hope’, you’ll get the whole history of this group and how they set it up. The names are all documented too, the meetings they attended, the operative agents they sent out across the world, generally their own sons, the bankers actually initially and how they set up the same system in every country, using the British Commonwealth system as the embryo for world government. That’s what they were to build on, the British system. That’s why you have today this Anglo American alliance. It’s often called different names, our ‘special relationship’ etc. That’s why whenever Britain invades a country the US goes in with it and vice versa. There’re no questions asked. There’re already signed in a pact to do so.

That’s really what’s happening today. We’re going through a shake-up to terrify the public more than anything else, to be honest with you, to accept a new type of system. The boys at the top of politics in every country know darn well what’s going on. They know what the next phase is to be; consolidation with a world bank, the IMF and so on, but they have to play the game. This is to teach the public just to accept this new system and as the bankers get richer off the new system, in a world they decided would cut back on resources, they still want the same profits and bigger profits. So they invent something called ‘carbon taxes’, energy taxes and so on.

All the money you used to have to purchase things with will go back in fees and so on now; fees and taxes. That’s how the bankers will stay incredibly rich and stay on top of the whole world system and they’ll still run it for the next God knows how long. You see, that’s what it’s about. That’s what it’s about.

This is all based on a thing called money, something that the major religions use. They have no problems using the money. It’s interesting that the Catholic Church forbid usury amongst Christians but that really left a gaping hole for non-Christians, as we all know, to come in and fill that gap and they were allowed to use usury so naturally they ended up on top of the financial system. That’s only common sense, isn’t it?

Because they used money for the Catholic Church; they wanted to have tithes etc and to build big fancy monuments and have wonderful robes for archbishops and so on, then they wanted money to flow in through donations and contributions and tithing and all the rest of it and big lots of nice places in Rome, which they did.

Then the Protestants came in and really the Protestants were updated for a new type of model of even working for an industrial system; a heavy industry system as opposed to an agricultural system. That’s why really the Protestant sects were invented and I say invented because I really think they were for that purpose, for the money boys behind them.

You know, we think in such small time spans and a youngster will think that life is going to be eternal, that you’re always going to look like this, you’ll never get old. Older folk are a different species to you. You can’t imagine getting old. You live for the moment and the day and that’s it and yet you’re impatient for anything. You want something and you want it now. Or you start building something and you want to see it finished very quickly and because of that you’ve trapped yourself already in a mindset.

You don’t realise, and this is true too as Professor Quigley said himself, that the big boys set up foundations and each foundation has its own mandate to accomplish a set goal, which might take 100, 150, 200 years and they’ll hire and retire; hire, train and retire generations to accomplish that goal. So they do get what they want. They can work generations just like the old stonemasons. That’s often why they use the terminology of masonry into freemasonry. They used generations of stonemasons making the big cathedrals in Medieval Europe and the ones right up to the very end, only the ones at the end saw the finished product.

Some of them took 6 generations, 7 generations that never saw it. They all built towards it. They called it a ‘great work’ which is what freemasonry uses for the world as well.

Everyone gets fooled at different levels. They’ve used groups. They’ve used revolutionary groups as well down through the centuries to make this all happen because money cannot simply get it all done by itself. It needs groups. It needs political groups to work for it to sign legal agreements and then they say, ‘well we’re in it now, we’ve joined the union now, we can’t get out now, see it’s in writing, it’s the law.’ We all go with that too thinking, ‘well that’s it, it’s like something written in stone.’ Even if it is written in stone, break the stone. I mean, Moses broke the first set of stones he brought down the hill. We don’t think about that, but all your politicians tell you, ‘no, we can’t go back on that, that’s breaking the law, breaking the treaty.’

If something’s not working you fix it, obviously. So what we really need is a new way of thinking about things altogether. It has to be a different system than the ones that have been pushed out for us to follow by what we’re taught to think of as experts.

Just keep in mind that the plan we’re going through today was probably envisaged 100 years ago, this part of it too. We need a different system altogether and nations number one.

See, if you’re in your own local area, in Medieval days it’s a good way to go back to is Medieval times, even the tradesmen, a journeyman was a journeyman because tradesmen could only go to work in a place or a house or an estate in a day’s journey from where he lived. That was the distance you covered in a day and you were called a journeyman. You could also attend local meetings about things that’s mattered in your little area and you could have a direct say. That was the only true democracy you could have. Anything outside that area you didn’t really have any say in at all. You didn’t even know what was going on and that’s why nations were so great when they federalised nations.

That’s why the US itself is the biggest experiment with different states within this big continent. Because they knew that if something got too big, then it was out of the grasp of the people living in a particular state. When you have a remote central government somewhere, believe you me, they have very little in common with you. They certainly won’t have the lifestyle that you have in common because the capital is where all the big boys live; the rich and wealthy, who deal with the big problems etc, stuff of course that benefits them very well. Really they don’t care about your plumbing system in the town of so-and-so or anything else. They just want taxes off you.

When you end up conglomerating these countries into whole regions like they’re doing with Europe and they have done with Europe, you’re even further from them. You have no say at all. You feel helpless. It’s outside your control. You’d be as well basing the head of the EU in Beijing because once you get past a certain distance away it doesn’t matter how far away; or put it on Pluto. The people at the head of the European commission are then into their own particular world, cut off from all of you. There’s no way they can handle the problems in your local area at all or do they care to. It’s disastrous. It’s a disastrous thing to do and yet none of the countries were given a say in this. None of the countries were given a say. When countries voted not to join the Union, they were threatened, cajoled, given mini recessions and all the rest of it and kept coming back and back and back until they voted it right. Either that or they fudged the vote, which of course is a normal thing to do as well.

That’s the reality of the world we live in. During the ‘Free Trade’ negotiations which were the precursor of the NAFTA, the North America Free Trade negotiations, they discussed a central government for the Americas and all the prime ministers and the president of the US attended these meetings and they said at the time that they’d base it in Montreal. That’s what they wanted. They were supposed to be finished with the amalgamation of economics, the taxation system, the customs duties, the intelligence services and the police services by this year. This is the final year to sign the last integration deal and that’s to take place shortly in fact I believe and then we’ll see what comes out of that.

They might even use this big deal with the IMF and the planned crisis and all the bubbles that they made sure were going to happen. They could have kept the bubbles going for another 20 years. They’d always done it before without a problem.

When they crash the system it’s because they want to change it to the next phase now and that’s what we’re seeing and I guarantee you they’ll bring up, ‘it’s better if we integrate the Americas; see we can’t manage alone anymore; we’ve got to compete with Europe.’

Incredible isn’t it? Incredible!

Before you know, people could live fairly independently in their own country but no. Now you’re told you’ve got to compete with Europe and China as you race to the bottom trying to compete with eachother. How can you compete with the labour of China? Yet economists put this crap out in the media for us every so often and where’s the loudest cry coming from? The CFR telling us we‘ve got to do this.

Well I don’t fancy competing with the peasant in China. It’s impossible.

So we’re going into a new system. Bit by bit we’re being trained into it and being scared into it. You always use fear, you see, then offer the solution and the solution was always the goal in the first place and we always accept because we’re given no choice; at least we think we’re given no choice. That’s how your politicians will present it to you.

Now, they’ve picked Greece for the poor man of Europe as an example to start with to terrify the rest of Europe to panic and go along with the IMF on everything. There’s an article in the Guardian there where it says…

“UK budget deficit ‘to surpass Greece’s as worst in EU’”

(Alan: So why did they pick on Greece? Because they’re not too afraid of Greece, that’s why, and Greece doesn’t have enough members, big boys in the big club that Britain does with the very old families, you know? But that’s from Wednesday, May 5th. It says…)

The European commission forecast for the UK budget deficit is higher than Alistair Darling’s

“Whoever wins the election must make sorting out the public finances the top priority, the European commission warned on the eve of the poll, as it predicted the British budget deficit would swell this year to become the biggest in the European Union, overtaking even Greece.”

(A: Would this have happened if Britain had joined the Union? Do you know that Britain pays hundreds of billions of dollars a year now? Or millions, hundreds of millions of dollars a year to the European Union central bank on top of paying all the dough to their own central bank? It’s all part of it. Wouldn’t they be better off if they didn’t have to pay that extra now to the European Union? Wouldn’t France be the same or any other countries or Spain be the same? So how come all these things are always going to be better for us and end up apparently disasters for us? It’s not bad planning. Never ever mistake it for bad planning. The boys at the top know exactly what they’re doing. It’s incredible.)

Then you have articles galore. I’ve got so many I won’t even read them but here’s one here. It says…

“Crisis, what crisis?”

“EU demand Britain and other countries pay £7Bn more in 6% budget boost”

(A: They want more money coming in even although they’ve got to pay £176 million already to the EU this year. They want £7Bn more, for who? For the commission at the top of the EU, the guys who want the big, big cars you know. That’s the 29th April 2010 from the Mail Online. It says here…)

“European bureaucrats last night brushed aside the economic crisis…”

(A: Yeah they can do that. Quite simple isn’t it?)

“… – and announced plans for an astonishing 6% budget increase.”

(A: That’s for all the member countries. It’s amazing isn’t it? It says…)

“They pointed out that the increase comes despite the fact that auditors have refused to sign off the Commission’s accounts for 15 years in a row because of concerns about fraud”

(A: The guys who are demanding it, this European commission at the top, the secretive bunch, won’t even show you the books of where the money’s been for the last 15 years. It’s all corrupt folks.)

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt.

I’m just talking about the nonsense of the present crash and so on and bubbles and all that nonsense because as I say they’ve had bubbles forever. It just depends when they want to burst them. It’s strange how so many folk had a few years of knowledge of when it was going to happen and they could then make all their bets on what would fall and collapse and they made alot of money off it too; something that’s way above our heads you see. Again we’re taught to be linear thinkers and simplistic in our thinking because linear thinking really is not natural at all. It’s not natural whatsoever linear thinking. There’re so many variables we don’t even look at or even think are there. We have no notice of them at all. That’s how the big boys can do what they do to you.

But the big bankers, as I say, that formed the Milner Group that became the Royal Institute for International Affairs, when it combined with the Rhodes Society and the Rothschilds, it’s so interesting to study because you’ll find that Milner himself was given a partnership. He was offered a partnership with the Morgan boys, the big Morgan company, and he found it safer and better for their world enterprise that they were embarking on to become the head of a few different banks. One became Barclays and a few other big ones. So the bankers themselves were the Milner Group, which were the big boys at the top of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and really nothing’s changed. They’re at the head of the CFR in the US.

They also you’ll find, these big banks, also own the pharma industries. They go hand in glove down through the centuries; money, debt, lending, they run the commercial systems, they own commercial systems, fleets of ships and so on, but they also run pharma. They’ve done that for hundreds and hundreds of years.

It’s interesting that the US and every other country was gouged for all these, useless and dangerous actually, flu vaccines for non-existent flu, which they got their newspapers which they own as well to hype out of all proportion to terrify the public. They gouge us over and over. It’s like getting raped over and over again. Raped over and over again; that’s what we are and these boys do it as a way of living. It’s their nature to do this.

Of course they use their same group with the Rockefeller boys in the US and other ones in Britain to direct the pharma industry since they own it and here’s an article here; a very good article by Minnpost.

“Ex-editor of NEJM tells how Big Pharma has corrupted academic institutions”

(A: Now I’ve told you they run academia now; all academia and political correctness and all the trends that come out of academia, are given to them to push. They have their professors, their selected professors and they get into the heads of the students and give them their ideas to run with and that’s what happens.

“In the May/June issue of the Boston Review, Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor-in-chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, details the sordid story of how corporate dollars have corrupted research and education at academic medical centers — including at her current place of employment, the Harvard Medical School.

The article is adapted from a talk she gave at Harvard last December. Angell, of course, has written about this topic many times before, most notably in her 2004 book, “The Truth About the Drug Companies.””

Then she goes on and tells you how they did and how they’re doing it and so on. It’s a very good article; it’s good book to read I’m sure too. I’ll try to get a hold of it myself too. It only confirms what you already know. The bankers, even the Rothschild’s Bayer company is theirs. They all have their pharma companies and front ones too under different names and we’re gouged over and over in every way possible; wars, drugs, plagues, etc.

That’s their world and we want them to save us? Really? That’s what your politicians will tell you.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

If you can buy them it might help you to come out of your linear thinking and see how the world really works and believe you me it’s a drastic change from your conditioning and how you’ve been taught to see it.

You’ll see the cons, you’ll be able to see through the cons and you’ll realise that most of society and the way it’s run, the structure of society as it was taught to you and spouted at you by the media and the money bag men every day, is all a big giant con. It truly is a big con. The more complex they try to make it sound, and scientific, the less you’re inclined to delve in and try to understand it. That’s what they count on in fact.

You can also, as I say, order the books through personal cheques from the US to Canada. Outside Canada personal cheques unfortunately are not accepted to Canada but from the US they are. In the US you can also get an International Postal Money Order to Canada. That’s accepted here as well. Outside the US and Canada they’re not. They used to be but they’re all stopped now but since Canada and the US are really one country now, there’s no big deal about it. We get to even share the same area code. ONE.

You can pay by Western Union, Moneygram and cash for the books or you can donate through Paypal or use the donation Paypal button, send the appropriate amount and a separate email with your order and I’ll get it out to you. So that goes for the rest of the world as well, same deal, Moneygram, Western Union and cash or Paypal for ordering or donating. Just send a separate email along with the donation and I’ll get your order out to you.

Lots of folk get the discs burned because they don’t use computers or they used to and they’ve gone off computers. They play the CD’s on their players at home. You can get in touch with me at [listed above].

If you want to get in touch with me I’ll get in touch with you back, whichever method you prefer.

As I say, lots of folk have gone off computers because they’ve had the wisdom to realise that really it’s all out there to track and trace and do your personality profiles on. That’s really the reason they gave it to the public and to be honest with you, people have asked me as well, even mainstream shows I’ve been on, ‘does the computer and the internet really help people in their understanding?’ It’s a bit of yes but alot of no as well because the big boys made sure that there’d be so much conflicting information put out on the same subjects that it’d be very hard and even more difficult for the average person to find the truth on any particular thing.

You can certainly fascinate the public by giving them lots of truth and lots of sci-fi mixed with it or supposed spiritualism and so on. That fascinates them but really keeps them going in loops. They’re all intentional, folks. That’s how they run your minds. They’re not there to free you.

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’ve spoken many time before about the big system that runs this world and I’ve read from the various textbooks put out by professors who were involved for instance with the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute for International Affairs, the same thing really and their branches across the world through all the British Commonwealth countries and how they wanted, on behalf of the bankers who already ruled the world; the international bankers, on behalf of the bankers to bring a system, a society, a world society where they would be in charge of everything.

From their point of view, and you can understand their point of view too, they were the only ones really, these hereditary families, that had kept a kind of history of the world for thousands of years, on buying, lending, trading, all commerce and how it works; all the stuff to do with debt, interest etc, wars and what happens with wars; who gets paid afterwards; how can you get your money back if you’ve lent to a country that’s been defeated etc.

At the turn really, at the end of the 1800’s and the start of the 1900’s they set up their institutions to attempt to try to bring the world under their control. Professor Carroll Quigley, being the historian for this group; and they have historians in every generation, they have their own private archives. He was allowed into them to update their archives and he had access to their histories. He was all for what they were doing. He believed too that the people were just too dumb, stupid and illiterate to manage their own lives. He also believed that if you left it to the up-and-coming general psychopaths, the general ones as opposed to the economic ones, they would want to become very important military people and conquer by conquest and looting countries and basically bring in alot of disorganisation, especially for commerce and so on.

So their plan was, because they were the historians who understood the world better and how it functioned through economies, then they would take the world over themselves.

It’s interesting too that the same bankers who started it up, the Royal Institute for International Affairs, that started off really as the Milner Group, Lord Milner and the Rhodes Society. The Cecil Rhodes Society combined with Lord Rothschild as the co-founder basically of both parties.

They’d already been lending money to countries for centuries, Britain and other countries for warfare purposes and that was their big problem. How can you ensure that a defeated country would pay back the loans they’d borrowed from these particular, these same bankers?

They wanted international courts to be set up to arbitrate and work out deals so that the bankers would get paid back. That was one of the first reasons really, one of the real reasons, behind the setting up of the League of Nations which became the United Nations.

Therefore they would have a two-pronged attack; one was to take over by pure centralisation of government. That meant putting their own people into governments in all member countries and centralising the control, standardising all the laws throughout any particular country, taking away the rights from local areas or local states, as they say, and federalising them. Then eventually, through the United Nations, they would bind them by treaties; ever deepening treaties, until they could never back out. Then also, they wanted them to establish central banks. That was a ‘must be’. They already had it planned for Europe. It might take them 100 years they said, to establish central banks throughout the whole of Europe which would then combine into a giant central bank and at the same time they got the politicians to join in a bloc or a union and that’s what they have in Europe. They have a European Union. They each have their central banks too but they’re all responsible to an even bigger central bank for Europe. That in turn will be responsible to the World Bank.

Now, it’s really a small group of men at the top of the world bankers; really 12 banking families who are the lenders to every country, every major country in the world. It’s a hard thing for us to comprehend that they have the right to basically issue, really cheques to countries to give them permission through the central banking systems. The central banking systems remember are privately owned but the same boys in the World Bank control the heads of those central banks. It’s one big consortium. That’s how it really works.

Now they’re going for the big push and that is to standardise the world into giving the World Bank, their World Bank, with the IMF and the Bank for International Settlements total power over everybody’s book-keeping. In other words, they’re taking over the book-keeping of the planet. That’s their goal.

What we’re experiencing right now is a manmade recession or depression, it depends if they want to go far enough with it, to bring all the countries under the heel; to shock the people enough into literally getting the last bit of sovereignty they have. It’s kind of like someone coming…It’s kind of like your boss at your work coming into your home and going over your own book-keeping to make sure that you’re spending your money wisely. That’s what they want to do to all the countries and when the IMF comes in, that’s what it does literally and they all work for the same group at the top. There’s nothing independent about them whatsoever. They’re all part of one big long-term plan which is culminating about now in its final; at least this part of the final plan which is consolidating all of the world’s markets, all of the world’s money and financial systems, lending and borrowing all through their own particular world bank.

You understand that the United Nations was set up during World War II. It transformed from the League of Nations to the United Nations. At the end of World War II they were very bold about their projections to where they were going with it. They really wanted to push through the United Nations as being more than just a place where countries went to negotiate or air arguments and come to solutions. It was more than a bargaining table. It was meant to be set up as the embryo of world government with all these financial institutions and military institutions as well eventually underneath it and that’s what they’re pushing for today.

This lesson here is to teach us that we can’t manage things ourselves. We’re in such a mess. We’ve got to go through the experts at the top and they will dole out the cash to every region as they like to call them, blocs of nations and we will simply take what we’re given and we’ll be told to manage the books ourselves.

Now it’s the same thing as they go for the department of agriculture at the United Nations. Their goal, and it states it in their mandate, you can look it up yourself, is eventually to be in charge of the entire world’s food supply and they will dish out portions to every country and region and eventually you will be forced in those regions to maintain your population numbers by whatever means you deem necessary. That literally is their mandate, all to go through the United Nations.

NATO as we know, NATO is just a branch of the United Nations, the military branch, their attack branch for countries that don’t quite go along with certain things or they won’t go along fast enough. NATO’s been into other countries when they don’t want to establish their central banks or they’re trying to keep more sovereignty and they pummel them into the ground.

Under the UN auspices they also go into the Middle East and standardised them too. We don’t realise that the Middle East have different customs, at least they had up until now. They’ve different customs of handling money. Their religion is their tradition. Their religion is their way of life and they didn’t have the central banking system with borrowing money from the world bankers and that’s a no-no. You’ve got to have alot of debt or you’re of no profit to the world bankers. They live on debt you understand. Bankers live on debt. They don’t live on lending you money and getting the same money back. They live on the debt you accumulate through the interest charges they put on your loans.

So they’re standardising every country they go into and UNESCO are one of the first ones in under the UN too, to make sure that one generation, the first generation, is taught in their schools and they give them all the Western ideas to be ‘democratic’. Democratic, as I say, is just the greatest front ever devised for fascism; it truly is. It even began off in ancient Greece with really fascists at the top using democracy to build a world empire and start up a League of Nations; the first League of Nations which they then dominated. Then they got everybody into a central banking system there too in ancient times, while the top bunch of hereditary aristocracy, who pretty well owned most the stuff, benefited enormously from all these wars that they had and the conquest and plunder they could get out of it too.

Nothing changes in this world really. The bankers of ancient times, I think it was Mark Twain who put it pretty well. He said that in ancient times, different peoples looked around for different ways of gaining power and prestige amongst themselves and other peoples, and some people did it by war, becoming the general and getting all the praise etc. Others did it through other means, he said, but the bankers really realised that money was the key. Everybody worshiped money, even the generals. They needed money to get their wars going even in ancient times to the present. You can’t do a darned thing without money.

That was the king of all. Money was the kingpin of all. So certain people dedicated themselves to being the money lenders and it hasn’t changed today. That’s still the kingpin. Money is still the key to everything that runs this particular system. It doesn’t have to be. It certainly doesn’t have to be, but it’s the only way we’ve been allowed to be taught, that it’s the only way there is, and we have been for a couple thousand years in the Western world.

Religion helped that too because even the big church needed money coming in from the peasants.

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just talking about a little bit of the history of money itself, just very briefly touching on it. They always say it’s a means of exchange or a medium of exchange but many things, basically bartering, is a medium of exchange too. You barter a sack of oats for a sack of lentils or whatever else you decide to barter. It’s up to you. The only honest trading really is when two people exchange their sacks or whatever and decide upon what’s worth what; half a bag of this for a whole bag of that or whatever they want to do because price remember is an idea. It’s not fixed in stone. It doesn’t come from heaven. It’s just someone’s idea to see how much they can gouge off you generally and to see how you go for it.

That’s why in the Middle East, for instance and Asia, haggling is really a way of life. People are taught to haggle. In fact, they’ve got no respect for you if you don’t haggle. So that really is what it’s about. A price is just someone’s idea.

Of course we’re not taught any of that when we grow up and especially in the Western world we’re taught to just walk into a store and you buy and that’s the price and that’s it and you use this thing called money.

When I was small I can remember asking my folks, because they were always talking about needing a pay rise every year you see, and I’d say ‘well, why do you get a pay rise?’ and they’d say ‘well, because it’s customary that you get one every year’ and I’d say ‘well why is it customary?’ and they’d just…because they’d never thought about it themselves, they’d always give you that answer they’d give children, ‘well it’s because it just is, that’s why.’ Then you’d see that the prices of everything, your little bar of chocolate, went up every year and everything else went up every year and that’s why you had to get a pay increase every year. So it told me that there were different sides and factions working together to make sure that everything went up every year.

What you learn later on is that they have this thing called ‘inflation’ which is supposedly due to the over-printing of money and putting too much money out; too much cash out there amongst the public, which doesn’t make any sense to me either. I didn’t see why that should make any price go up or down. Of course, the economists who are really another form of voodoo to be honest with you, and some economists have left. They’ve even done documentaries years on the BBC, where top economists and professors who have left the profession saying it was alot of nonsense and they said a truth, which was that if we understood what we were doing we’d never end up in these messes. And isn’t that the truth?

However, with banking and money being a fixed thing in a society and being taught from generation to generation as being as normal as air, no-one questions it. But those guys at the top who deal with it and the big bankers; I’m talking about the ones who distribute to the central banks which they can create actually. Central banks are private banks but they create them or they make sure their boys are in there and create them. They run the countries and they run the economies and they lend to government.

Every government was supposed to have at one time its own ability to mint its own coin and they didn’t need extra bankers to do it. They would buy the gold and all the rest of it then they’d mint it and then they would sell it off to some of the other banks and banks would regain extra cash above that by loaning it out. That’s how it used to work. When they did away with anything to back it up with, then the sky was the limit for the international bankers because really, what they give to a central bank is permission to print up cash and then distribute it. But the central bank through the government, through a deal with government, must pay the central bankers back who probably just gave them a cheque. They have to pay them back with real goods or real wealth. That’s not a bad deal, isn’t it?

If I give you a piece of paper and permission well you’ve got to give me half your country if you default. You know, ‘land for debt swap’ or something like that. That’s not a bad deal at all, yet we’re all taught that this is somehow normal and there’s not one party in the world, left wing, right wing, up, down, whatever that will ever challenge that and get into power. It’ll never happen. You’ll never see it in your lifetime. That will never happen because they’re all hand-picked by the same people and backed by the same people through various funding means and channelling cash for campaigns. They’re bought and paid for when they’re even selected. Before you even hear their names, they’re bought and paid for and they’ll keep the same system going on behalf of the bankers.

It’s interesting that whenever a prime minister, of Britain or a Commonwealth country, a British Commonwealth country gets in, the first person he’s got to go and see is the guy in charge of the bank; the bank that he’s going to go to, to borrow money.

Now why are governments who are rolling in taxes of all kinds; taxes you don’t even hear about because you’re paying them all the time through everything you buy through hidden taxes, they’re rolling in so much money, why do they have to go to these guys in the first place and borrow money, when they’ve got all that coming in? Why?

It’s never ever explained to the public, and as I say, no person is going to run for office and ever go against that and stop that system and make the country itself responsible for creating its own money so that you don’t have to go to outsiders or private banks to do so. It’d be quite simple. That was the whole idea in the US when they started it up. They knew the cons that were already going on; they were very, very old in their days, of the banking systems of Europe They understood it very well. They didn’t intend for a central bank to come in; a private bank to come in and do all their cash. That wasn’t intended at all but that was mandated by the moneylenders themselves who planned this world; the future we now live in which is the present.

Back with more after these massages.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just explaining some of the simplicity really of the con of money and governments too, which are simply extensions now of the banking system, and those in the banking system ensure that the top members of the parties are all members of the Royal Institute for International Affairs. That way it doesn’t matter who gets in. They will be faithful to their masters because, as I said at the beginning of the show, the bankers who sat around with Cecil Rhodes and Rothschild and then the Milner Group; the Milner Group were all bankers initially and became the Royal Institute for International Affairs; a private organisation that literally decides the world. They’re the biggest think tanks that advise all governments on everything. So they would take over the political system of course, which they did. They’ve owned it for well over 100 years of every country and Quigley admitted that too for the US. They would also make sure that the political boys would go hand in glove and work with these incoming central bankers and establish the same system across the world and that’s what they’ve been doing up to the present and as they amalgamate and amalgamate, not just the banks to centralise banks into a conglomeration of centralised banks, they put them into the big bank like the one they’ve got in Europe now that they’ve got the whole of Europe together in a bloc.

Karl Marx also talked about this because he really worked for the same boys, whether you like it or not, he worked for the same boys. He wanted a controlled society where the stupid people, you know, the masses would be guided by the intellectual ones who knew better how to do things. It’s the same as the bankers, no difference whatsoever. His was just a faster way to make the public conform into a new system and that’s why he was based in London and financed through certain parties for his manifesto although his name didn’t even appear in it until much later.

As I say, the bankers truly believe they understand how the world runs and that they’re the best ones for the job. That’s why there’s a famous statement by one of the Rockefellers who, I think it was at a Bilderberger meeting, (Trilateral Commission 1991) on the one hand he thanked all the newspapers for going along with him and never mentioning what happened at the meetings, that secrecy was important, that they could never have gotten this far without their help he said etc. Because you see, all the top guys in newspapers and journalism are members of the Council on Foreign Relations.

He also said it was far preferable that bankers and intelligentsia should basically rule the world; organise and rule the world, rather than leave it to independent sovereign nations making their own destiny and causing conflict on the way. That’s how they rationalised it, through consolidation and using economies as the big stick and economics as the big stick and debt as the big stick. They could rule the world much easier with less fallout. That’s what’s been happening today.

The US, Canada and Mexico and I think Chile as well plus a few other countries are to come in under the big North American Bloc because Karl Marx talked about Europe being the first Bloc they’d create followed by the American Bloc and they were also going to have an Asian Pacific Rim Bloc and that’s what we have today.

If you read Professor Carroll Quigley’s book ‘The Anglo American Establishment’ and ‘Tragedy & Hope’, you’ll get the whole history of this group and how they set it up. The names are all documented too, the meetings they attended, the operative agents they sent out across the world, generally their own sons, the bankers actually initially and how they set up the same system in every country, using the British Commonwealth system as the embryo for world government. That’s what they were to build on, the British system. That’s why you have today this Anglo American alliance. It’s often called different names, our ‘special relationship’ etc. That’s why whenever Britain invades a country the US goes in with it and vice versa. There’re no questions asked. There’re already signed in a pact to do so.

That’s really what’s happening today. We’re going through a shake-up to terrify the public more than anything else, to be honest with you, to accept a new type of system. The boys at the top of politics in every country know darn well what’s going on. They know what the next phase is to be; consolidation with a world bank, the IMF and so on, but they have to play the game. This is to teach the public just to accept this new system and as the bankers get richer off the new system, in a world they decided would cut back on resources, they still want the same profits and bigger profits. So they invent something called ‘carbon taxes’, energy taxes and so on.

All the money you used to have to purchase things with will go back in fees and so on now; fees and taxes. That’s how the bankers will stay incredibly rich and stay on top of the whole world system and they’ll still run it for the next God knows how long. You see, that’s what it’s about. That’s what it’s about.

This is all based on a thing called money, something that the major religions use. They have no problems using the money. It’s interesting that the Catholic Church forbid usury amongst Christians but that really left a gaping hole for non-Christians, as we all know, to come in and fill that gap and they were allowed to use usury so naturally they ended up on top of the financial system. That’s only common sense, isn’t it?

Because they used money for the Catholic Church; they wanted to have tithes etc and to build big fancy monuments and have wonderful robes for archbishops and so on, then they wanted money to flow in through donations and contributions and tithing and all the rest of it and big lots of nice places in Rome, which they did.

Then the Protestants came in and really the Protestants were updated for a new type of model of even working for an industrial system; a heavy industry system as opposed to an agricultural system. That’s why really the Protestant sects were invented and I say invented because I really think they were for that purpose, for the money boys behind them.

You know, we think in such small time spans and a youngster will think that life is going to be eternal, that you’re always going to look like this, you’ll never get old. Older folk are a different species to you. You can’t imagine getting old. You live for the moment and the day and that’s it and yet you’re impatient for anything. You want something and you want it now. Or you start building something and you want to see it finished very quickly and because of that you’ve trapped yourself already in a mindset.

You don’t realise, and this is true too as Professor Quigley said himself, that the big boys set up foundations and each foundation has its own mandate to accomplish a set goal, which might take 100, 150, 200 years and they’ll hire and retire; hire, train and retire generations to accomplish that goal. So they do get what they want. They can work generations just like the old stonemasons. That’s often why they use the terminology of masonry into freemasonry. They used generations of stonemasons making the big cathedrals in Medieval Europe and the ones right up to the very end, only the ones at the end saw the finished product.

Some of them took 6 generations, 7 generations that never saw it. They all built towards it. They called it a ‘great work’ which is what freemasonry uses for the world as well.

Everyone gets fooled at different levels. They’ve used groups. They’ve used revolutionary groups as well down through the centuries to make this all happen because money cannot simply get it all done by itself. It needs groups. It needs political groups to work for it to sign legal agreements and then they say, ‘well we’re in it now, we’ve joined the union now, we can’t get out now, see it’s in writing, it’s the law.’ We all go with that too thinking, ‘well that’s it, it’s like something written in stone.’ Even if it is written in stone, break the stone. I mean, Moses broke the first set of stones he brought down the hill. We don’t think about that, but all your politicians tell you, ‘no, we can’t go back on that, that’s breaking the law, breaking the treaty.’

If something’s not working you fix it, obviously. So what we really need is a new way of thinking about things altogether. It has to be a different system than the ones that have been pushed out for us to follow by what we’re taught to think of as experts.

Just keep in mind that the plan we’re going through today was probably envisaged 100 years ago, this part of it too. We need a different system altogether and nations number one.

See, if you’re in your own local area, in Medieval days it’s a good way to go back to is Medieval times, even the tradesmen, a journeyman was a journeyman because tradesmen could only go to work in a place or a house or an estate in a day’s journey from where he lived. That was the distance you covered in a day and you were called a journeyman. You could also attend local meetings about things that’s mattered in your little area and you could have a direct say. That was the only true democracy you could have. Anything outside that area you didn’t really have any say in at all. You didn’t even know what was going on and that’s why nations were so great when they federalised nations.

That’s why the US itself is the biggest experiment with different states within this big continent. Because they knew that if something got too big, then it was out of the grasp of the people living in a particular state. When you have a remote central government somewhere, believe you me, they have very little in common with you. They certainly won’t have the lifestyle that you have in common because the capital is where all the big boys live; the rich and wealthy, who deal with the big problems etc, stuff of course that benefits them very well. Really they don’t care about your plumbing system in the town of so-and-so or anything else. They just want taxes off you.

When you end up conglomerating these countries into whole regions like they’re doing with Europe and they have done with Europe, you’re even further from them. You have no say at all. You feel helpless. It’s outside your control. You’d be as well basing the head of the EU in Beijing because once you get past a certain distance away it doesn’t matter how far away; or put it on Pluto. The people at the head of the European commission are then into their own particular world, cut off from all of you. There’s no way they can handle the problems in your local area at all or do they care to. It’s disastrous. It’s a disastrous thing to do and yet none of the countries were given a say in this. None of the countries were given a say. When countries voted not to join the Union, they were threatened, cajoled, given mini recessions and all the rest of it and kept coming back and back and back until they voted it right. Either that or they fudged the vote, which of course is a normal thing to do as well.

That’s the reality of the world we live in. During the ‘Free Trade’ negotiations which were the precursor of the NAFTA, the North America Free Trade negotiations, they discussed a central government for the Americas and all the prime ministers and the president of the US attended these meetings and they said at the time that they’d base it in Montreal. That’s what they wanted. They were supposed to be finished with the amalgamation of economics, the taxation system, the customs duties, the intelligence services and the police services by this year. This is the final year to sign the last integration deal and that’s to take place shortly in fact I believe and then we’ll see what comes out of that.

They might even use this big deal with the IMF and the planned crisis and all the bubbles that they made sure were going to happen. They could have kept the bubbles going for another 20 years. They’d always done it before without a problem.

When they crash the system it’s because they want to change it to the next phase now and that’s what we’re seeing and I guarantee you they’ll bring up, ‘it’s better if we integrate the Americas; see we can’t manage alone anymore; we’ve got to compete with Europe.’

Incredible isn’t it? Incredible!

Before you know, people could live fairly independently in their own country but no. Now you’re told you’ve got to compete with Europe and China as you race to the bottom trying to compete with eachother. How can you compete with the labour of China? Yet economists put this crap out in the media for us every so often and where’s the loudest cry coming from? The CFR telling us we‘ve got to do this.

Well I don’t fancy competing with the peasant in China. It’s impossible.

So we’re going into a new system. Bit by bit we’re being trained into it and being scared into it. You always use fear, you see, then offer the solution and the solution was always the goal in the first place and we always accept because we’re given no choice; at least we think we’re given no choice. That’s how your politicians will present it to you.

Now, they’ve picked Greece for the poor man of Europe as an example to start with to terrify the rest of Europe to panic and go along with the IMF on everything. There’s an article in the Guardian there where it says…

“UK budget deficit ‘to surpass Greece’s as worst in EU’”

(Alan: So why did they pick on Greece? Because they’re not too afraid of Greece, that’s why, and Greece doesn’t have enough members, big boys in the big club that Britain does with the very old families, you know? But that’s from Wednesday, May 5th. It says…)

The European commission forecast for the UK budget deficit is higher than Alistair Darling’s

“Whoever wins the election must make sorting out the public finances the top priority, the European commission warned on the eve of the poll, as it predicted the British budget deficit would swell this year to become the biggest in the European Union, overtaking even Greece.”

(A: Would this have happened if Britain had joined the Union? Do you know that Britain pays hundreds of billions of dollars a year now? Or millions, hundreds of millions of dollars a year to the European Union central bank on top of paying all the dough to their own central bank? It’s all part of it. Wouldn’t they be better off if they didn’t have to pay that extra now to the European Union? Wouldn’t France be the same or any other countries or Spain be the same? So how come all these things are always going to be better for us and end up apparently disasters for us? It’s not bad planning. Never ever mistake it for bad planning. The boys at the top know exactly what they’re doing. It’s incredible.)

Then you have articles galore. I’ve got so many I won’t even read them but here’s one here. It says…

“Crisis, what crisis?”

“EU demand Britain and other countries pay £7Bn more in 6% budget boost”

(A: They want more money coming in even although they’ve got to pay £176 million already to the EU this year. They want £7Bn more, for who? For the commission at the top of the EU, the guys who want the big, big cars you know. That’s the 29th April 2010 from the Mail Online. It says here…)

“European bureaucrats last night brushed aside the economic crisis…”

(A: Yeah they can do that. Quite simple isn’t it?)

“… – and announced plans for an astonishing 6% budget increase.”

(A: That’s for all the member countries. It’s amazing isn’t it? It says…)

“They pointed out that the increase comes despite the fact that auditors have refused to sign off the Commission’s accounts for 15 years in a row because of concerns about fraud”

(A: The guys who are demanding it, this European commission at the top, the secretive bunch, won’t even show you the books of where the money’s been for the last 15 years. It’s all corrupt folks.)

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt.

I’m just talking about the nonsense of the present crash and so on and bubbles and all that nonsense because as I say they’ve had bubbles forever. It just depends when they want to burst them. It’s strange how so many folk had a few years of knowledge of when it was going to happen and they could then make all their bets on what would fall and collapse and they made alot of money off it too; something that’s way above our heads you see. Again we’re taught to be linear thinkers and simplistic in our thinking because linear thinking really is not natural at all. It’s not natural whatsoever linear thinking. There’re so many variables we don’t even look at or even think are there. We have no notice of them at all. That’s how the big boys can do what they do to you.

But the big bankers, as I say, that formed the Milner Group that became the Royal Institute for International Affairs, when it combined with the Rhodes Society and the Rothschilds, it’s so interesting to study because you’ll find that Milner himself was given a partnership. He was offered a partnership with the Morgan boys, the big Morgan company, and he found it safer and better for their world enterprise that they were embarking on to become the head of a few different banks. One became Barclays and a few other big ones. So the bankers themselves were the Milner Group, which were the big boys at the top of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and really nothing’s changed. They’re at the head of the CFR in the US.

They also you’ll find, these big banks, also own the pharma industries. They go hand in glove down through the centuries; money, debt, lending, they run the commercial systems, they own commercial systems, fleets of ships and so on, but they also run pharma. They’ve done that for hundreds and hundreds of years.

It’s interesting that the US and every other country was gouged for all these, useless and dangerous actually, flu vaccines for non-existent flu, which they got their newspapers which they own as well to hype out of all proportion to terrify the public. They gouge us over and over. It’s like getting raped over and over again. Raped over and over again; that’s what we are and these boys do it as a way of living. It’s their nature to do this.

Of course they use their same group with the Rockefeller boys in the US and other ones in Britain to direct the pharma industry since they own it and here’s an article here; a very good article by Minnpost.

“Ex-editor of NEJM tells how Big Pharma has corrupted academic institutions”

(A: Now I’ve told you they run academia now; all academia and political correctness and all the trends that come out of academia, are given to them to push. They have their professors, their selected professors and they get into the heads of the students and give them their ideas to run with and that’s what happens.

“In the May/June issue of the Boston Review, Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor-in-chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, details the sordid story of how corporate dollars have corrupted research and education at academic medical centers — including at her current place of employment, the Harvard Medical School.

The article is adapted from a talk she gave at Harvard last December. Angell, of course, has written about this topic many times before, most notably in her 2004 book, “The Truth About the Drug Companies.””

Then she goes on and tells you how they did and how they’re doing it and so on. It’s a very good article; it’s good book to read I’m sure too. I’ll try to get a hold of it myself too. It only confirms what you already know. The bankers, even the Rothschild’s Bayer company is theirs. They all have their pharma companies and front ones too under different names and we’re gouged over and over in every way possible; wars, drugs, plagues, etc.

That’s their world and we want them to save us? Really? That’s what your politicians will tell you.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on May 7th, 2010.

For newcomers, look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. I always stress that you should bookmark the other sites I have listed there for future use because I do get problems every so often with the ‘com’ site. It’s a Yahoo site and I pay for unlimited upload and bandwidth and all the rest of it. Right now in fact I’m getting the same hassle as I get maybe 2 or 3 times a year with them, where they’re telling me to actually take stuff off my site to help me upload, to make it easier for me to upload, you see, because they’ve put a ‘choke’ on my uploading it turns out.

So I’ll go through this farce with them again, for maybe 2 or 3 weeks, and they’ll go through the farce of saying that they don’t really know what’s causing it and suddenly it’ll be taken off again and hopefully I can upload. So bookmark the alternate sites I have listed there and remember that on all the sites you can get all the audios and you can also get transcripts in English of the same audios.

If you go into www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu you can get the same audios plus transcripts in the various languages of Europe. That’s a ‘must do’. You’ve got to bookmark these sites. When you’re at it, look into the items I have for sale, the book, the discs and the CD’s that keep me going. I don’t ask advertisers or take money from advertisers. Most folk make their money by bringing on folk who are really selling stuff and you’ll listen to one hour ads really and they do alot more of when there’s always alot of tragedy in the world, in the economic system, going on. However, I don’t do that so I depend on you to back me up and donate to me and buy the books and so on. The ads you hear on this show are paid by advertisers directly to RBN and that pays for airtime, the transmission of this show, the staff, equipment and bills that RBN gets in.

So it’s up to you to keep me going. From the US to Canada, to order or donate, you can use personal cheque. You can use International Postal Money Order. You can use Paypal to donate and to order, just send a separate email along with the Paypal donation and I’ll get the order out to you. Moneygram is good and Western Union. Some people just send cash remember and it’s the same across the rest of the world; Moneygram, Western Union, cash. That’ll get to me or Paypal for donations and for purchasing.

Lots of folk get the discs burned and passed to them. They’ve gone off the computer or they never went on it in the first place. They get them at meetings and play them on their CD players. You can get in touch with me [listed above].

When you’re not authorised to be out there, leading people in circles, you get hassles with uploads all the time, either through the satellite company, which is really a subsidiary of the Hughes Corporation, the military-industrial boys. They own the satellites and the rest rent from them and you get the same problem with uploads. It’ll crawl at nights. Very, very often it crawls and you’ll be up until 2 or 3 in the morning uploading this particular show after the particular broadcast I’ve done and I also get ‘chokes’ now.

‘Chokes’ are put on some of the major sites and they know that the ‘com’ site’s the most commonly used one so that’s why they go for that, although last year they hit me with all 3 sites at the same time.

That’s what they do to you, hassle and hassle and hassle, trying to wear you down and wear you out and waste your time. Last year it took me 2 extra days to upload all the stuff I’d missed on the ‘com’ site, through the same nonsense, but I got no refund.

Back with more after these messages.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I let that guitar wail once in a while because it’s a Friday and you kind of feel like wailing. We’re supposed to wail at the moment of course because this is the age of chaos when we’re all supposed to be terrified of everything and people are always terrified of change and what the big boys are getting us all lined up for really is a planned change; a very, very long ago planned change and that’s what this shake-up of the world is all about right now.

We’ve all been taught that we’re in chaos and the solution will be offered. That’s really the point of the whole exercise and we will get on our knees, thank them, kiss them and get screwed once again. That’s how it happens when bankers run the world.

It’s not the first time that they’ve done this sort of stuff to get more and more power into their own hands. Of course the congressmen in the US and the politicians elsewhere across the world always go along with this because they pretend not to understand the financial system at all and they go to the bankers themselves supposedly and ask advice.

Well, they always get screwed when they do so but that doesn’t change anything. We still vote the same idiots back in.

I’ve talked about Carroll Quigley many, many times before. You’ve got to understand how all of this was set up; this group, a long time ago, about a hundred years ago now, to set up a world financial system, starting with forcing countries to get central banks in place that would really be private banks and how all the private bank members and appointees would be the sons of the guys that would run the World Bank and relatives of them – and they still are today in every country – and in the IMF as well, the International Monetary Fund. They’re all related. They’re given their wives. They all inter-marry to keep it all in the one big club. That was always the plan and Carroll Quigley, not just a professor but a professor who was really esteemed in the high echelons of power in congress and the foreign department and so on.

He taught many, many different bureaucrats at the high levels. He taught people who would be doing their diplomacy across the world. He was right into the military-industrial complex as well. He was all for globalism. He was part of the Council on Foreign Relations which he was so proud to be a member of. He was the historian of them and he thought it was time to give out some of their history for the first time at all and he wrote the book ‘Tragedy & Hope’ and another book, a companion book, you have to read them together, called ‘The Anglo American Establishment’ and he outlines the plans. He tells you all about all of the workers who worked this plan into existence from the beginning right up into the 60’s and 70’s and of course it continues today and you’ll still see the same names in the big banking families today and they’re all over the media right now to do with the supposed crash across Europe.

It’s the same offspring, the same multi-generational offspring, who’re managing today’s affairs right on cue to get the power to run the whole world by bankers because they believe they know best how to organise the planet and of course to keep themselves in power. They’ve always been in power above any president or prime minister of any country. They’ve taken countries down. Twelve of them can take whole countries down. In fact, three of them can take countries down.

Soros boasted in the newspapers in Britain a few years ago how he’d taken Britain down. He’d bankrupted it basically by phoning two of his buddies and he laughed at the fact that the prime minister had to go to the World Bank, the IMF, cap in hand to borrow money to bail them out. That inflated the British pound and the value of the currency and people were paying twice as much for everything that used to pay for before. They pulled this stunt and he made millions and millions of pounds out of it and he boasted about it. He got a half page in the newspaper and there’re no laws written anywhere that he did anything illegal, you see, so they can keep doing the same thing, over and over again.

Whenever you find that you’ve got chickens going missing in the henhouse, it’s a bad idea for your head chicken to go and ask the fox how to stop it. It’s a very simple children’s fairy story. It’s very simple with a very simple moral.

But humans like complex nonsense like economics and advisors and stuff like that with a whole bunch of terminology that means sweet damned all really. The proof is in the pudding isn’t it? Always!

What’s your buck worth today? What’s it worth tomorrow? What happened? That’s where the proof is. You don’t need a ‘Masters’ for that.

Now, there was a ‘pie in the sky’ attempt to audit the US Fed and this is from May 7th, The Wall Street Journal; another attempt and of course it wasn’t going to go anywhere. It says here…

“Last-minute manoeuvring in the Senate allowed the Federal Reserve to sidestep legislation that would have exposed its interest-rate decision-making to congressional auditors.

Pressure from the Obama administration …”

(Alan: It’s a show for the public folks)

“…led Senate lawmakers to alter a provision pushed by Sen. Bernie Sanders (I., Vt.) that was gaining momentum despite opposition from the Treasury and the Fed. It would have largely repealed a 32-year-old law that shields Fed monetary policy from congressional auditors.”

Does anyone really pin hopes on it? They’ve been running your country forever, they really have.

Carroll Quigley goes into this in ‘Tragedy & Hope’. At first he tells you how they set up the ‘left wing’ parties; by the way, they did, the same group he talks about, the Council on Foreign Relations set up the ‘left wing’ parties and funded them through the foundations, owned by the bankers and they set up the ‘right wing’ parties to create the dialectic. After talking about the ‘left wing’ and how the ‘right wing’, the real ‘right wing’ responded, the ordinary American people, that wanted rights and freedoms and so on, he tries to ‘pooh-pooh’ all their allegations. Then he goes on to say on page 950…

“This myth, like all fables, does in fact have a modicum of truth. There does exist and has existed for a generation…”

(A: This is in the 1960’s. So he’s talking about 60 years or so already existing)

“…an international Anglophile network which operates to some extent in the way the radical right believes the communists act.”

(A: Remember the Reece Commission in the 1950’s when Senator Dodd went there? The heads of the foundations told him that their job was to alter the culture so vastly in the Western world that they could blend seamlessly with that of the Soviet Union when they brought the two together. He says…)

“In fact, this network which we might identify as ‘round table groups’…”

(A: That comes off the Council on Foreign Relations)

“…has no aversion to cooperating with the communists or any other groups and frequently does so. I know of the operations of this network because I’ve studied it for 20 years and was permitted for 2 years in the early 1960’s to examine its papers and secret records.”

(A: He was the historian for them and he updated their history.)

“I have no aversion to it or to its aims and have for much of my life been close to it and many of its instruments. I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies, notably that its view that England was an Atlantic rather than a European power and must be allied and even federated with the United States and must remain isolated from Europe. But in general, my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.”

(A: He wanted Britain to be amalgamated with Europe which it is.)

“The ‘round table groups’ have already been mentioned in this book several times, notably in connection with the formation of the British Commonwealth in Chapter 4 and in discussion of appeasement in Chapter 12.”

(A: They used to have clubs in those days. They still do have clubs today like the ‘Cliveden Set’ and all that kind of stuff.)

“At the risk of some repetition the story will be summarised here because the American branch of this organisation, sometimes called ‘the Eastern Establishment…”

(A: Which is now called the Council on Foreign Relations.)

“… has played a very significant role in the history of the United States in the last generation.”

“The Round Table Groups were semi-secret discussion and lobbying groups organized by Lionel Curtis, Philip H. Kerr (Lord Lothian), and (Sir) William S. Marris in 1908-1911. This was done on behalf of Lord Milner,…”

(A: From the Cecil Rhodes Group and the Milner Society which became the Royal Institute for International Affairs. I added that bit there because it’s in the book too.)

“…the dominant Trustee of the Rhodes Trust in the two decades 1905-1925. The original purpose of these groups was to seek to federate the English-speaking world along lines laid down by Cecil Rhodes (1853-1902) and William T. Stead (1849-1912), and the money for the organizational work came originally from the Rhodes Trust.”

(A: And it was taken over by the co-founder of the Rhodes Trust by the way who was Lord Rothschild who was also left with the will of Cecil Rhodes. He goes on about the different banks that were involved in it and still are. He says…)

“The leaders of this group were: Milner, until his death in 1925, followed by Curtis (1872-1955), Robert H, (Lord) Brand (brother-in-law of Lady Astor)…”

(A: Who set up the Fabian Society and still put prime ministers in today in Britain like Blair and then Brown.)

“…until his death in 1963, and now Adam D. Marris, son of Sir William and Brand’s successor as managing director of Lazard Brothers bank.”

(A: They’re big boy players right up there with the IMF today in fact, dealing with Europe.)

“The original intention had been to have collegial leadership, but Milner was too secretive and headstrong to share the role. He did so only in the period 1913-1919 when he held regular meetings with some of his closest friends to coordinate their activities as a pressure group in the struggle with Wilhelmine Germany. This they called their “Ginger Group.” After Milner’s death in 1925, the leadership was largely shared by the survivors of Milner’s “Kindergarten,”…”

(A: That’s what they called their group when they brought newcomers in for trainees, their kindergarten’)

“…that is, the group of young Oxford men whom he used as civil servants in his reconstruction of South Africa in 1901-1910.”

(A: By the way, this same group caused the Boer War and he tells you in the book how they caused it and blamed it on the Boers so that they could get the British army in and take over and of course Milner and we find, Cecil Rhodes who owned de Beers company, grabbed all the diamonds and gold and the British taxpayer funded it and the armies and all the rest of it.)

Back with more after these messages.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just giving you some background history that really is pertinent to today because everything that’s happening today was planned an awful long time ago by the very group that I’m talking about here that Carroll Quigley talks about. He was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations/Royal Institute of International Affairs and he worked with all the big foundational front organisations they had to bring in their world government. He really believed that the big bankers who would also use the intellectuals of academia, they would run the world much better than people who were in it for themselves; politicians etc.

They have brought on depressions, planned depressions as they garnish everybody’s work that’s already made up, their little factories, little shops and all the rest of it, and they buy them for peanuts during depressions when everybody crashes, and then amalgamate them into big corporations.

It’s the same with the farming industry. That’s what they did as well. In other words, you look at a country (and ask): ‘What does a country need to be self-sufficient? What do people need to be self-sufficient?’ Then you simply crash them and take them all over. That’s where your big agri-food businesses came from too, in what was the last great depression. That’s when they really started amalgamating them then, as they bought up massive farmlands; stock, animals, everything for peanuts.

Now it’s factories and now it’s even countries they’re buying up for peanuts under the guise that they’re there to serve you.

As I say, when the henhouse is being raided and you can’t find out who’s doing it, don’t go and ask the fox. In other words, don’t go to the bankers. On page 951, Quigley who was a member of this group and all for this type of rulership over the world, goes on to say…

“The chief backbone of this organization grew up along the already existing financial cooperation running from the Morgan Bank in New York to a group of international financiers in London led by Lazard Brothers. Milner himself in 1901 had refused a fabulous offer, worth up to $100,000 a year,…”

(A: At that time. It would be in the millions today)

“… to become one of the three partners of the Morgan Bank in London, in succession to the younger J. P. Morgan who moved from London to join his father in New York (eventually the vacancy went to E. C. Grenfell, so that the London affiliate of Morgan became known as Morgan, Grenfell, and Company).

Instead, Milner became director of a number of public banks, chiefly the London Joint Stock Bank, corporate precursor of the Midland Bank. He became one of the greatest political and financial powers in England, with his disciples strategically placed throughout England in significant places, such as the editorship of The Times,…”

(A: All those in this group were given strategic jobs all across newspapers etc)

“…the editorship of The Observer, the managing directorship of Lazard Brothers, various administrative posts, and even Cabinet positions.”

(A: That’s government positions)

“Ramifications were established in politics, high finance, Oxford and London universities, periodicals, the civil service, and tax-exempt foundations.”

(A: They filled the civil service with their own members and they also set up and created and staffed the tax-exempt foundations that now run the non-governmental organisations that lobby government, who are only happy to see them and say ‘thank goodness, we’ve been waiting for you. We’ve got all these bills that you want drafted and ready to go.’ That’s how the Soviet system worked as well by the way)

“At the end of the war of 1914, it became clear that the organization of this system had to be greatly extended. Once again the task was entrusted to Lionel Curtis who established, in England and each dominion,…”

(A: That’s the territory of the British Commonwealth)

“…a front organization to the existing local Round Table Group. This front organization, called the Royal Institute of International Affairs,…”

(A: That’s what it is folks. The guys who put out what the CFR, their own monthly magazine even today and tell you where they’re taking the world and they’re always right on the money)

“…had as its nucleus in each area the existing submerged Round Table Group.”

(A: They’re the ones who hammer out the strategies)

“In New York it was known as the Council on Foreign Relations, and was a front for J. P. Morgan and Company in association with the very small American Round Table Group.”

(A: And it’s still on the go today and managing the American affairs)

“The American organizers were dominated by the large number of Morgan “experts,” including Lamont and Beer, who had gone to the Paris Peace Conference and there became close friends with the similar group of English “experts” which had been recruited by the Milner group. In fact, the original plans for the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations were drawn up at Paris.”

(A: I think it was in 1918 or 1919)

“The Council of the RIIA (which, by Curtis’s energy came to be housed in Chatham House, across St. James’s Square from the Astors, and was soon known by the name of this headquarters) and the board of the Council on Foreign Relations have carried ever since the marks of their origin. Until 1960 the council at Chatham House was dominated by the dwindling group of Milner’s associates, while the paid staff members were largely the agents of Lionel Curtis.”

(A: By the way, you can get alot of the books by Curtis. There were alot turned out by Curtis himself)

“The Round Table for years (until 1961) was edited from the back door of Chatham House grounds in Ormond Yard, and its telephone came through the Chatham House switchboard.
The New York branch was dominated by the associates of the Morgan Bank. For example, in 1928 the Council on Foreign Relations had John W. Davis as president, Paul Cravath as vice-president, and a council of thirteen others, which included Owen D. Young, Russell C. Leffingwell, Norman Davis, Allen Dulles,…”

(A: The guys who were all involved with the CIA boys)

“…George W. Wickersham, Frank L. Polk, Whitney Shepardson, Isaiah Bowman, Stephen P. Duggan, and Otto Kahn.

Throughout its history the council has been associated with the American Round Tablers, such as Beer, Lippmann. Shepardson and Jerome Greene.”

(A: It’s a fascinating book and you’ll never know what’s happening today unless you understand their big plan, which is all in the book by the way.)

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks. I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just giving some background on how, not only the 20th century was run but their plans for the 21st century where they’re supposed to fulfil the century of change you see. What they mean by that is that the proper change by the proper people will properly run the world as they see fit you see? They’ll have a brand new way of living as you’re all little serfs.

In this actual book, you’ll find that Professor Carroll Quigley said that the new system will be a new feudal system where your new feudal overlords will be the CEO’s of international corporations, the big banking boys and you down below doing what you’re told; to serve them; the way it should be worked out you see.

They’ll keep the populations at the right numbers and just make sure there’re enough workers bred for the work that has to be done and you know that you won’t be purchasing little toys made in China anymore that fall apart in a week or two, you’ll be paying everything back in fees and taxes. That’s how it’s going to work.

It’s a privilege to live under these guys you see? Everything’s a privilege.

Now, Professor Quigley also goes on to the New York Branch and who dominated it through the Morgan Bank. He says…

“For example, in 1928 the Council on Foreign Relations had John W. Davis as president,…”

(A: He goes on to name them all; the well known families, whose sons and daughters are still working yet in the same organisations and then he goes into academia because, you see, they started to control all academia and all research and all directions of all research, including all the political correctness as well, because they gave them massive grants and then they put their own boys in there as professors. It says…)

“The academic figures have been those linked to Morgan, such as James T. Shotwell, Charles Seymour, Joseph P. Chamberlain, Philip Jessup, Isaiah Bowman and, more recently, Philip Moseley, Grayson L. Kirk, and Henry M. Wriston. The Wall Street contacts with these were created originally from Morgan’s influence in handling large academic endowments. In the case of the largest of these endowments, that at Harvard, the influence was usually exercised indirectly through “State Street,” Boston, which, for much of the twentieth century, came through the Boston banker Thomas Nelson Perkins.

Closely allied with this Morgan influence were a small group of Wall Street law firms, whose chief figures were Elihu Root, John W. Davis, Paul D. Cravath, Russell Leffingwell, the Dulles brothers and, more recently, Arthur H. Dean, Philip D. Reed, and John J. McCloy.”

(A: It’s hard to see here. I’ve got a little lamp here that’s not working very well. It’s one of these ‘save energy’ things that gives off less light than a candle)

“Other non-legal agents of Morgan included men like Owen D. Young and Norman H. Davis.”

(A: They’re based at the Harold Pratt building in New York. That’s their centre in New York and at Chatham House in London)

“On this basis, which was originally financial and goes back to George Peabody,…”

(A: The Peabody family that were related to the Rothschilds through marriage)

“…there grew up in the twentieth century a power structure between London and New York which penetrated deeply into university life, the press, and the practice of foreign policy.”

(A: They ruled it all folks and they still do, actually more strongly now than they even did then)

“In England the centre was the Round Table Group, while in the United States it was J. P. Morgan and Company or its local branches in Boston, Philadelphia, and Cleveland. Some rather incidental examples of the operations of this structure are very revealing, just because they are incidental. For example, it set up in Princeton a reasonable copy of the Round Table Group’s chief Oxford headquarters, All Souls College. This copy, called the Institute for Advanced Study,…”

(A: It’s very good. You can go in there and look for yourself on their websites. It’s fascinating stuff, with all the big names associated with it. They direct the world of science; all sciences and PC, political correctness. It says…)

“…and best known, perhaps, as the refuge of Einstein, Oppenheimer, John von Neumann, and George F. Kennan, was organized by Abraham Flexner of the Carnegie Foundation and Rockefeller’s General Education Board after he had experienced the delights of All Souls while serving as Rhodes Memorial Lecturer at Oxford.”

(A: See how they’re all tied together, these foundations?)

“The plans were largely drawn by Tom Jones, one of the Round Table’s most active intriguers and foundation administrators.”

“The American branch of this “English Establishment” exerted much of its influence through five American newspapers (The New York Times, New York Herald Tribune, Christian Science Monitor, the Washington Post, and the lamented Boston Evening Transcript). In fact, the editor of the Christian Science Monitor was the chief American correspondent (anonymously) of The Round Table, and Lord Lothian, the original editor of The Round Table and later secretary of the Rhodes Trust (1925-1939) and ambassador to Washington, was a frequent writer in the Monitor. It might be mentioned that the existence of this Wall Street, Anglo-American axis is quite obvious once it is pointed out.

It is reflected in the fact that such Wall Street luminaries as John W. Davis, Lewis Douglas, Jock Whitney, and Douglas Dillon were appointed to be American ambassadors in London.”

(A: They’ve run your governments for 100 years and Britain too and now pretty well all of them in Europe as well. Now they didn’t just stop there. You see they wanted a united Europe and they thought that World War II, if World War I didn’t do it then World War II might just bring it on and that was a stipulation at the end by Truman and others, taken over by Eisenhower. They wanted to give their lend-lease aid package on condition that the whole of Europe, including Britain, would unite together. They also wanted a united Americas and a Pacific Rim organisation to unite Australia, New Zealand, China and all the countries over there. It says here…)

“This double international network in which the Round Table groups formed the semi-secret or secret nuclei of the Institutes of International Affairs was extended into a third network in 1925,…”

(A: That’s how far back they decided to set up the Far East as well)

“… organized by the same people for the same motives. Once again the mastermind was Lionel Curtis, and the earlier Round Table Groups and Institutes of International Affairs were used as nuclei for the new network. However, this new organization for Pacific affairs was extended to ten countries, while the Round Table Groups existed only in seven. The new additions, ultimately China, Japan, France, the Netherlands, and Soviet Russia, had Pacific councils set up from scratch.”

(A: See, they worked through other countries too, this same organisation, just to confuse anybody who investigated)

“In Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, Pacific councils, interlocked and dominated by the Institutes of International Affairs, were set up. In England, Chatham House served as the English centre for both nets, while in the United States the two were parallel creations (not subordinate) of the Wall Street allies of the Morgan Bank. The financing came from the same international banking groups and their subsidiary commercial and industrial firms. In England, Chatham House was financed for both networks by the contributions of Sir Abe Bailey, the Astor family, and additional funds largely acquired by the persuasive powers of Lionel Curtis. The financial difficulties of the IPR…”

(A: The Institute for Pacific Relations they called it at the time)

“…Councils in the British Dominions in the depression of 1929-1935 resulted in a very revealing effort to save money, when the local Institute of International Affairs absorbed the local Pacific Council, both of which were, in a way, expensive and needless fronts for the local Round Table groups.”

(A: They revived it later on too and again that’s why you have this apex group right now to do with the Pacific Rim countries for amalgamation; the same boys behind it. These guys just literally went into everything and by the way, during World War II, they set up the OSS which became MI6 after World War II for Britain and the CIA for the United States of America. The headquarters were at Chatham House folks. The headquarters were at Chatham House; the headquarters of the Royal Institute for International Affairs, a private, banking owned organisation and these boys were the international moneylenders for the planet.

One of their members actually boasted that he literally held sway over every country’s finances across the globe. It says here…)

“The chief aims of this elaborate, semi-secret organization were largely commendable…”

(A: Because he’s all for it of course)

“… to coordinate the international activities and outlooks of all the English-speaking world into one…”

(A: Starting with them of course; the English ones)

“… (which would largely, it is true, be that of the London group); to work to maintain the peace to help backward, colonial, and underdeveloped areas to advance toward stability, law and order,…”

(A: But only under their rule through the IMF)

“…and prosperity along lines somewhat similar to those taught at Oxford and the University of London (especially the School of Economics and the Schools of African and Oriental Studies).”

(A: So they really have been at it for an awful, awful long time and the public haven’t a clue. We’re just hit with a crisis that seems to come out of nowhere because we’re not supposed to understand finances or who’s behind things and who really runs your governments; who put the men up for you to vote for; who backed them; how much did they pay them; what was their association before the guy who could even run for president with them, all of that stuff. Who trained them?

We’re supposed to be dumb and stupid and go by the media which they also own; they also own. Then he goes through many pages here on how they set up their philanthropic organisations/foundations to run their non-governmental organisations across the whole world and bring in a common public/private political pressure for all governments to agree to pass the same laws at the same time on the same topics they were given to lobby.

It’s a fascinating book. But you’ll never understand anything if you don’t understand it at all, if you don’t get it.)

And what does the media give you? It gives you this rubbish here and this is from Yahoo News just today…

“The (British) pound slumps over hung parliament fears”

(A: This is what the media…They own this media.)

“The pound has been punished by the prospect of a hung Parliament as the currency took big losses against the dollar and the euro. Sky News.

Gordon Brown’s announcement that he had asked the civil service “to provide support on request” to parties in talks over forming a Government triggered a fresh sterling…”

(A: That’s the sterling silver it’s supposed to be based on)

“…sell-off amid worries over political paralysis.

Fears over delays in tackling the UK’s yawning deficit sent sterling down 2% to a year-low below 1.45 against the dollar, with a 1% fall also seen against the euro at 1.14.

But it recovered some ground minutes later as Liberal Democrat leader Nick Clegg said the party with the most votes and seats – the Conservatives – should have the first right to seek to govern.”

And this is how they play this nonsense to the public. It doesn’t make any difference who you think is getting in. Because who you think is getting in, is not who you think they are at all. They’re all put in there by the same bankers that have run us for well over 100 years. That’s who puts them in and I’m reading about them right now in this particular book, as I say, ‘Tragedy & Hope’, by a member of the group who wasn’t telling tales on them because he had fallouts with them.

He was very proud of his participation in it and thought it was time the public realised just how much of the history they’d lived through was influenced and actually brought on by this group. After all, they started wars. These groups started wars and they would bring in their own reporters from their own newspapers, which they owned, to write complete fiction and say that certain countries were killing off English peoples like the Boers. It wasn’t happening. On the contrary, they used a group of mercenaries to attack the Boerlands and start that war. Then they had this writer write back and published it in the British papers, ‘well the Boers did it all’, and in come the British army; the British army, funded by the taxpayer who paid for the whole Boer War so that these bankers could take over the diamond mines, the gold mines and the territory of South Africa and he was the historian with access to the histories of this group that’s running the world today.

Look at every prime minister, every president. Yeah, you’ll get the Fabian Society which this group also runs, but they seldom tell you they’re all members of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs; every prime minister for 100 years has been that in Britain. Every president in the US, since the First World War, has been a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, the American branch. Amazing!

There’s an interesting little aside on page 60 when he goes into the setting up of this group actually.

“In the various actions which increase or decrease the supply of money, governments, bankers, and industrialists have not always seen eye to eye. On the whole, in the period up to 1931,…”

(A: Going through the depression)

“…bankers, especially the Money Power controlled by the international investment bankers, were able to dominate both business and government.”

(A: “…business and government”. It hasn’t changed)

“They could dominate business, especially in activities and in areas where industry could not finance its own needs for capital, because investment bankers had the ability to supply or refuse to supply such capital. Thus, Rothschild interests came to dominate many of the railroads of Europe, while Morgan dominated at least 26,000 miles of American railroads. Such bankers went further than this. In return for flotations of securities of industry, they took seats on the boards of directors of industrial firms, as they had already done on commercial banks,…”

(A: These guys are literally on the boards of everything and all academia by the way)

“…savings banks, insurance firms, and finance companies. From these lesser institutions they funnelled capital to enterprises which yielded control and away from those who resisted. These firms were controlled through interlocking directorships, holding companies, and lesser banks. They engineered amalgamations and generally reduced competition,…”

(A: That’s the idea of bankers, you eliminate all competition)

“…until by the early twentieth century many activities were so monopolized that they could raise their non-competitive prices above costs to obtain sufficient profits to become self-financing and were thus able to eliminate the control of (lesser) bankers. But before that stage was reached a relatively small number of bankers were in positions of immense influence in European and American economic life. As early as 1909, Walter Rathenau, who was in a position to know (since he had inherited from his father control of the German General Electric Company and held scores of directorships himself), said, “Three hundred men, all of whom know one another, direct the economic destiny of Europe and choose their successors from among themselves.”

(A: That hasn’t changed. It’s still 300 they always have on the board at the top of the bankers; still, still today and their offspring are all in the IMF and the World Bank and elsewhere)

“The power of investment bankers over governments rests on a number of factors, of which the most significant, perhaps, is the need of governments to issue short-term treasury bills as well as long-term government bonds.”

(A: And then we’ll go into that when I come back from this break)

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just skimming very quickly through a little bit of the history to do with financing and the bankers who run the world and the organisations that they own and front for them, the foundations they own, the fact that they also have seats as directors on lots and lots of boards across the planet and how they’ve been manoeuvring for an awful long time to have a world run by this conglomeration of bankers that belong to this certain club and how they’ve been very successful and how they’ve financed wars. They funded both sides of World War I and World War II.

Their members did write and you’ll find that in his great other book ‘The Anglo American Establishment’ how they thought that through bringing on the wars people would come to their knees, nations would give up their sovereignty and then they could amalgamate nations into big blocs just like the Soviet Union, an idea they had which they have now call The European Union and how they’re doing the same with the Far Eastern countries and it all makes perfect sense.

They’ve never ever deviated from their goals. They don’t have to because they run the money world and we all are strangely and crazily enough going along with them and their advice and their domination even though governments, if they were real and genuine, which they never have been, could change that overnight with a stroke of the pen and start creating their own money. You don’t borrow money from anybody if you’re a nation and you don’t become a banker either and give money to other countries; or borrow money in fact to give to other countries and all this kind of stuff.

That’s nowhere in any constitution of any government and they put us all down as the guarantors to pay it and our great, great grandchildren.

No, that’s a banker’s system of creation of slavery and perpetual slavery to ensure they stay in control and that’s rather obvious.

Now they’re destroying Greece as a token to the rest of them. They always have a sacrifice with someone to terrify everyone else to make sure you all toe the line. That’s what we’re going through now; the culmination of it all to raise the IMF which they control. The World Bank and the IMF were set up by the Royal Institute of International Affairs and all the bankers involved. It’s a culmination of their goal. It says here on page 62 where they’re talking about the conflicts they sometimes had with governments along the way and how they would literally bring governments down by controlling exchanges, gold flows, discount rates and so on to bring countries down. It was done over and over again to countries that did not comply with them. It says here…

“Mr. Norman…”

(A: One of the guys; one of the big bankers here who was in charge of it. It says here…)

“…Mr. Norman himself before the Court of the Bank…”

(A: That was of England)

“…on March 21st, 1930, and before the Macmillan Committee of the House of Commons…”

(A: That’s the British parliament)

“…five days later. On one occasion, just before international financial capitalism ran, at full speed, on the rocks which sank it, Mr. Norman is reported to have said, “I hold the hegemony of the world.””

(A: That’s what he said)

“At the time, some Englishmen spoke of “the second Norman Conquest of England”…”

(A: As a joke to his name)

“…in reference to the fact that Norman’s brother was head of the British Broadcasting Corporation.”

(A: See, they run what you think are your national media; propaganda institutes as well, the BBC)

“It might be added that Governor Norman rarely acted in major world problems without consulting with J. P. Morgan’s representatives, and as a consequence he was one of the most widely travelled men of his day.”

(A: He was all over the planet and he did, just like Soros, Soros fronts for Rothschild, bring down nations when he wanted to. He made a massive profit and laughed up his sleeves and he would write about it in the mainstream media.)

That’s your boy; that’s the boys who have you all ready for rags folks and you’re going to vote in the next bunch of their front men we call politicians.

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Intro: The Secret Truth. Through forgiveness we awaken, transforming information and knowledge into wisdom. And now our co-host Charlotte Littlefield and George Butler.

George Butler: Welcome to the Secret Truth. I’m George Butler along with…

Charlotte Littlefield: Charlotte Littlefield.

George: We welcome Alan Watt to our program. We certainly appreciate you being with us this evening.

Alan Watt: It’s a pleasure to be back on, George.

George: Oh, I tell you, there’s a lot going on, out here, isn’t there?

Alan: Oh, yeah. You can’t rest for a second and there’s a big change somewhere in the world, at breakneck speed, and we can’t even keep up with it to be honest. Apart from that, we’ve got to figure out ourselves what’s really going on, because the media isn’t of much help to us.

Charlotte: No, it’s just propaganda.

Alan: There’s no in-depth explanation.

George: You do a lot about predictive programming, and stuff. Do you see this unfolding like they had planned? How about the plan? What about the plan?

Alan: Well, even this part of it, to do with this extended bank crash, and then the incredible bailout of the same banks by the taxpayer, which really was all planned in advance, because they knew two or three years before it, that it was going to happen. That’s been announced now, and admitted to by a lot of the big players. And so, we’re ripped off, and then they’re going into the next step of the crash, but really, what it’s to do, it’s to bring up the International Monetary Fund, and the World Bank, and the Bank for International Settlements. These are all really one group that were set up, some of them before World War II, and some during World War II, but these were set up by a handful of bankers, really, banking families, to bring in a new system for the entire planet. So what we’re going through really is just the planned chaos so they can come forward and tell us, we’ve got to give all the power of national bookkeeping for your own government over to the IMF, because we can’t manage it. That’s really what they’re pushing in Europe right now, and the IMF has gone into every country there and doing the bookkeeping. What they want is the right to do it for perpetuity. They aren’t going to just go in, clean up the mess, and walk out again. They want to stay in your books, and do your books, and keep an eye on your books for you. It’s a World Bank, you see, that we’re going under. And this is all part of the strategy. They’ve got to terrify us all into the usual state of hysteria, until we beg them to do something. And what they do is exactly what they wanted to do in the first place. This is the typical technique that’s used.

George: Some people have thought that there would be like a big false flag operation in America or something. Do you think it might take the form of just a financial crash, that could create enough chaos and hysteria and so forth?

Alan: I’ll tell you, it really will take whatever is necessary. Whatever is necessary. These guys at the top have a constant stream of information. They’ve got the pulse of the public. They know what we’re up to, what we’re thinking, what we’re worried about. They know if we’re blasé about something, and not worried enough about something, and they can step it up. And they’ll do whatever it takes to get their plan through. We’ve got to remember that the group of international bankers, that run the world, was well documented by Professor Carroll Quigley in his book Tragedy and Hope, and he talked about the whole goal of this cabal of men, and he worked for them, remember. He was a member of their group. The CFR is the branch in America, and the Royal Institute of International Affairs is the British Branch, and he was the historian for them, but he said the whole plan was for bankers and intellectuals to come to the fore over generals and presidents and prime ministers and petty politicians, and run the world, the way they thought it should be run. And this was all part of it, was to take over the money supply of the entire planet, step by step, and gradually. And they’ve done that, really step by step. We forget that at one time everybody was on a gold standard. Every nation was on a gold standard. They did not have at one time fractional reserve banking, which they’ve had up until fairly recently. With fractional reserve banking you only have to keep about 1/10th of the deposits in the bank at any time, and you’ll lend out 90% of it. Then for each one they lend out to, they can do the same thing again, 90%, 90%, 90%. So each time the bank gives a loan out really, they’re creating money out of nothing, and they’re adding to the debt to the country. So it’s a complete fiat scam in the first place. It’s like the global warming. If they can pull off the banking scam, which has been very successful obviously, because most folk think it’s normal, then they can literally get us to pay and pay and pay for carbon credits and fees to save the planet, while they trade carbon credits with each other. And it’s the best scam ever, because Al Gore helped set it up, on behalf of his masters, you know. The Rothschild came forward in France and the one in Britain, and they said that all the carbon taxes that’s going to be brought in, will go through their bank, their private family bank in Switzerland. What a great deal. So here you have a carbon credit economy going to take over from the old consumer society, where the peasants pay everything back in taxes and fees, for the privilege of living, and the bankers don’t have to put any outlay out for anything. They create nothing. They don’t have to store carbon or anything else, they just get these carbon credits that we all pay for the privilege of being alive. I mean, we’re living in Disneyland right now, and it’s been taught to the people, that it’s all quite natural. That’s the power of predictive programming.

George: Boy, I tell you, what about the drug trade out there? Is the big money controlling that from behind the scenes?

Alan: It always has. Always, if you go into the history of the banking families, what you’ll find, they’re very, very old. I mean, banking, it doesn’t surprise me that bankers would form a cabal in the 1800s, and decide to take over the world. You see, we’re taught through movies, and the silly history books we get, that it’s always men who want to wear uniforms and be generals and conquer the world. And that’s what we get, Alexander the Great and so on. It never dawns on most people that the bankers also want to take over the world. And that you do have powerful rich families, just like Ancient Rome, that are intermarried, just like any other Royalty, and in fact, banking is a form of royalty. They’re intermarried to keep their wealth, and then they end up controlling the royalty in some cases. They have histories of economics. Now very few people wrote true histories on any particular technique or science in ancient times, but bankers certainly did. They knew the trades, the trade routes they owned as well. They knew how they could rise economies by bringing great wealth into it, via gold or silver, even before they made the coinage, they used to weigh it. And they kept records of sales too, and commerce. So they also knew that they could lose out at times if countries went to war, especially if they financed them, and perhaps one of the countries would lose, there was no international settlement. They didn’t have a bank of international settlement to make the loser pay off their debts to them. So they rectified all that, down through time. Basically, you’re looking at a science in techniques of the histories of different countries and the rising and falling of different empires down through time through bankers’ eyes. They kept records of how everything happened. So, we go into the 20th Century with a system of Central Banks. Now, Central Banks are private banks, owned again by the same guys, the dozen families that own the World Bank. There’s only about twelve banking families that are international money lenders. And they put their own people in these Central Banks of each nation. So they’ve got that all sewn up already. Now the Central Banks generally don’t have to disclose their bookkeeping or their profits or where money is going to any government audit. In fact, when the Rothschilds took over the Bank of England, that was the first condition that they made, that the government would never, ever, through the generations in perpetuity again, they would never audit the private bank of Rothschild. And that’s still the same today. There’s never been an audit done. And it’s the same with the U.S. too, the Federal Reserve and so on. These are all Central Banks.

Charlotte: And when we come back, perhaps we could talk about Ron Paul’s effort to audit the Federal Reserve.

(Commercial Break)

George: Welcome back to the Secret Truth. I’m George Butler, along with…

Charlotte: Charlotte Littlefield. And welcome back Alan Watt. Alan, before we get too much further in the program, I’d like to let the listening audience know about your website, cuttingthroughthematrix.com. And you have a very extensive website, Alan, and if people would go to your website, what are some of the things that you hope to show them?

Alan: I hope to show them really how we’ve been trained from birth, really, into accepting a system that we think is very official, and legally recognized, and all above board to do with not just the money system and the banking system, but also our very reason for being here. Most people are taught to be employees for instance, at school. They don’t really promote independence and small business. And most folk, you know, never even think about that, they go straight from school to work, chasing a carrot, you know, ‘anybody can make it’ sort of idea, and then pay their taxes. Well, the big boys of course that run the banking system and commerce for the world, have been living off our taxes for well over a hundred years. And yet, it’s strange too that most people will vote the same parties in, left wing, right wing, whatever, time and time again, and yet we still end up with massive debt, and if you could find the taxes that you pay personally from your property taxes to your income taxes, to your purchase taxes that are hidden in everything that you buy, I mean, it’s staggering the amount of cash that flows towards the government, but there’s never enough. There’s never enough, and supposedly they have to go and borrow from bankers. Well there’s something awfully wrong with your governmental system, in every country by the way. They’re all the same now, they’re all standardized. There’s something awfully wrong if they can’t keep afloat with the money that comes into them. And not only that, then the governments will tell us, well, we give billions away every year to Third World countries and various projects and so on, and we also borrow money from the World Bank to lend to Third World countries, and they put the citizens, you and I, down as the guarantors for the deals that always fall through. Since when did your government become a bank in itself by lending money out to other countries, money that they’ve borrowed? I mean, this is written nowhere, nowhere in any country’s constitution; there’s nothing to do with that. Where are you going to find that your government can literally borrow money from foreign and private banks, and lend it out to other countries, and put you and your children’s children down as the guarantors to pay off that debt for the money they borrowed to give away? This is incredibly crazy, and yet we think it’s all normal, simply because we’ve been trained that we’ve got to listen to experts. And until a well recognized and very popular expert comes on mainstream television and tells the people what I’ve just told them, no one is going to believe it.

Charlotte: Well, they’re born into it, Alan, right from the birth certificate, the whole process. People are born into it, they can’t see it.

Alan: And their parents didn’t know.

Charlotte: Yeah, and they’re not taught. And it’s quite shocking when you finally see the system and the racket for what it is. It’s quite shocking.

Alan: And it is a racket, you’re right on, that’s the word for it. It’s an incredibly good racket. And it’s been going on for a long time. And as I say, Professor Carroll Quigley, who was a member, high-ranking member, and the official historian for the American front group that runs on behalf of this banking cabal, he wrote about it in his own book Tragedy and Hope. And he was all for the idea that bankers should, and intellectuals and academia in other words, experts and scientists should run the world. If you notice, when Obama came in, there’s a whole string of people that have been appointed behind him, and they’re calling them science czars and other kinds of czars. That’s a very interesting term that the media itself has coined, because that’s what they called them in the Soviet Union, the Commissars, you know.

Charlotte: Oh yeah.

George: Does some of this structure go back to Rome? And some of that, you know, organization there?

Alan: Well, ancient Rome, you’re talking about in Ancient Rome?

George: Yes.

Alan: Ancient Rome had a form, you understand, there’s never ever really been a true democracy, there never has been in the world. Supposedly Greece started it, but when you look at the history of Greece, it was only people who were very wealthy in Greece that could get a vote. Maybe 25% of the people, and it was very much based on what later became in the 20th Century, the Nazi system, that you had to prove in Greece that your family had been there for maybe 2, 3 ,or 4 generations. So the genealogy came into it as well. Most of the folk had no vote at all, and the rest were slaves. The bulk of the population ended up being slaves. And that’s what you find, by the way in countries that they call democracies. Most of the folk are slaves in one form or another. And then Rome took the same system over. Rome was very uninventive really. It copied everything from Greece, and they also went out to conquer. And what’s astonishing is that you find the banking families existed back then too. International banking families. It takes money to set up armies and get them off to war. It takes money and the know-how in bookkeeping to supply them for their supply lines and so on. And you find that the international bankers would send out their representatives along with the invading armies of Rome, and they would then be the paymasters, the tax collectors over the conquered countries, and that they would take a good chunk for themselves as well. I mean, there’s always been slavery in one form or another. And that’s exactly what Charles Galton Darwin said in his book, the Next Million Years, and he was all for this slavery system, another elitist, where he thought academics and scientists should rule the world. That the experts should rule it, not just the want-to-be politicians that do it for personal gain. So, all down through the ages they’ve bandied this term democracy. Even Plato said democracy had been tried in Greece, as all the other types, and fascism and so on, and he says, Democracy always ends up with totalitarianism and eventually a sort of dictatorship, a form of Communistic dictatorship. And we see it happening today, the same kind of system coming in. Collectivism is what they’re calling it. World collectivism, under the United Nations. A single banking system run by the World Bank. The guys who run your central banks, the IMF basically, and eventually they’ll take over not just the money supply, but also the entire food supply of the world, according to the UN’s Mandate. The department of agriculture have stated in their mandate, that one day they will dish out the food to each region of the world, in an attempt to force down population. So they’ll give food to say, the Americas. There will be a joint Americas, a unified Americas, and you’ll get the same quota every year. And if your population goes up, then it’s your problem. You’ve got to find a way to bring it down, because you’re getting no more food. They’ve actually said this. So the public are kept in la-la land, you know.

George: Has there been a concerted effort by the people that really control things to make a collective world system, but with a fascist overlord type of flavor? Is something like that going on?

Alan: That’s right. You see, I’m fascinated by studying what they call Socialist. I’ve heard so many different versions of Socialism and even Communism.

George: Okay, let’s go into a little more detail when we come back on those differences, and why they’re moving that, and moving the world in that direction. We’ll be right back. Thank you for being with us, Alan.

Alan: Sure.

(Commercial Break)

George: Welcome back to the Secret Truth. I’m George Butler, along with…

Charlotte: Charlotte Littlefield. And welcome back, Alan Watt.

Alan: It’s a pleasure.

Charlotte: Of cuttingthroughthematrix.com.

George: Alan, we ended that last segment talking about Socialism and so forth and Communism. Give us your view on how that’s evolved and what’s really behind that. Who’s behind all that?

Alan: Well, the bankers like Socialism. Socialism is where the government really goes to the bankers all the time to borrow more money for their big spending and building projects. That’s really the key to Socialism. So bankers really helped set up a Socialistic system across the world. They like that system, and they get the government themselves to be the collection agencies through the IRS and different methods of getting money off the people. That’s really what Socialism is. And the Communistic type as Stalin said himself, he said that the Soviet system or Communism was just Socialism in a hurry. And he’s quite right about that, because if you were to try and combine all the little countries that eventually formed the Communist old Soviet Bloc, it would have taken you maybe another hundred and fifty years, through little wars and skirmishes and treaties and agreements to bind them all together. So the fastest way to unify them all was simply to conquer them all under the Soviet regime, and standardize one system, across the whole lot of them. And really, when you look at how they’ve left their system, their school system is standardized. Their bureaucratic system is standardized, it’s almost a mirror of Great Britain’s system. So it was ready to join into this new union, you see. Even though they call themselves independent today, and independent countries, they’ve still got the same system as Britain and elsewhere. So the world has been standardized in Europe faster than most areas, through the totalitarian regime of Communism, so that’s what it really is, is a fast way to standardize it. It’s the same thing if you look at Vietnam. Vietnam used to be a country of a few hundred warring tribes, much like Afghanistan. And they had tried the Communist party in there before, to unite the public, but the tribes kind of liked it that way. Each warlord liked his little realm, and his cuts and so on, and living the good life. He didn’t really want it. So they needed a foreign enemy, and it had to be somebody that was really foreign to them, so they brought in America. And by the time America left there, the only party that ran the country was what was now the most popular party, and that was the Communist system. So, it was a very fast way to unite all those people in time to join the United Nations and the Blocs and so on. So, you’ve got to understand how it really works. Bankers like Socialism, where government is top heavy. Everything is run through bureaucracies and agencies of government. Socialism can also have public/private partnerships, which they also love, because generally the private partnerships are the world bankers. And the bankers run the whole show to be honest with you, because every Socialist country is always buried up to its neck in debt. That’s the key to it.

George: Yeah, we uncovered that one of the world economic forums that they were pushing that public/private partnership, big time. I mean, it was unbelievable how they were indoctrinating all the people, the attendees there at that forum there in Davos, Switzerland, you know.

Alan: Yes. And with the private partnerships you see, government really can say to the public, who can complain about certain agencies, well, it’s nothing to do with us. We can’t do anything about it. They’re really a private organization. And that’s true. They come under a different set of rules, than the government themselves. The government must at least try to appear that they’re open to the public and answerable to the public, whereas the private partnerships get them off the hook with that. They just say, oh, we can’t do anything about it, they’re a private company. You see.

George: Yeah, there’s a company out of Spain, B.A.A. that owns all the British airports.

Alan: Yes, that’s what’s happening. Canada, actually, most of its troops, it was revealed in the papers recently, for the last 8 years or so, have been trained by the Blackwater corporation. That’s who’s been training our troops. These mercenaries have been training the Canadian troops.

George: What’s interesting about B.A.A. is that they took over another company in Spain called Cintra, and Cintra has been instrumental in Texas in operating some of these toll roads.

Alan: That’s right. That’s another key to it too, is what’s fascinating with public/private is that you see, the public pay for the building of these big projects, such as highways and so on. We pay, and once we’ve paid it, the government turns around to its pre-planned sales guys, and say, we’ll give it to so-and-so. They put it up for tender, supposedly, but it’s all planned in advance who’s to get it. And they get it for peanuts. For pennies.

George: You know there’s an interchange there, west of Dublin, when I was over there in 2006, and I went through there, and it was privately built like we’re talking about. And the private company that owns this big interchange is to funnel them into the other, you could say, divided highway system there, you know in Dublin. But it’s fascinating. They offered it back to the Irish government for four times what it cost them to build it.

Alan: Yeah, exactly. It’s beautiful isn’t it? It’s a beautiful con, but they’ve done this you see. Britain was the prototype for private/public partnerships. And how Britain used to do it, and Britain is a template for the world, you see. Everything is tried there first. They used to…

George: Well, under Thatcher, was it not true that under Margaret Thatcher they started this privatizing into their own hands?

Alan: Yes they did.

George: Is that right?

Alan: That is correct. Under Thatcher, by the way, the IMF was running Britain. Most folk didn’t know that until recently. The IMF admitted, they had to go in and do the books for Britain, it was so bankrupt. And they started selling off the so-called public gas works, the coal industry, they sold off so many industries to these private corporations. Even the water supply is owned by a private, for the whole country, is owned by one company.

George: Right. There’s a company out of Belgium called Suez company. They used to own the Suez Canal, along with the French and British interests, and they are operating all kinds of infrastructure throughout the world, water projects, and so forth. It’s just amazing what they’ve been able to accumulate into their hands.

Alan: It’s astonishing. Well, again, the beauty of the public private deal is, the public not only pay for the building of it, and then it’s given or sold for a token payment by the buyers, the private guys. The public continues to pay for the upkeep and repair of it. So the private guys are reaping nothing but profit. That’s the beauty of it. We continue with the upkeep.

Charlotte: And frankly, it keeps the general population confused, because we think we’re dealing with governments, but we’re actually living in a very corporate, communist world. Corporate as in commercial, Communist/commercial world.

Alan: That’s right. Now, that’s how Carroll Quigley explained it. He said it’s a new feudal system.

Charlotte: We think we’re living in a governmental system and we’re not.

George: The listening audience, if they go back to that Fabian Society that you studied in the past, Alan, is that a key, sort of to seeing what’s going on?

Alan: That’s right. The Fabians themselves remember, were started by a bunch of people who belonged to the Royal Institute for International Affairs. And the Astor family gave most of the money to start it up, and he became Lord Astor of course. They were all international financiers who started up all these organizations. In America, they had the Ford, the Carnegie, and the Rockefeller foundations to do the same kind of thing. And so, they bypassed your governments by creating parallel governments, and that’s what Quigley called them. A parallel government, which wasn’t responsible to the public, that could, by using philanthropy, setting up thousands of non-governmental organizations, they could start a new type of democracy, where governments would respond to those with the largest groups, which are now NGOs by the way. That’s the only ones who get access to government and demand things, and the government are only too happy, because they’ve already arranged that the NGOs should demand these particular laws be passed and so on. That’s how they get Socialism in.

George: Yeah, another one of the keys to seeing this too, is that these corporate institutions that were created and so forth, it looks like to me that it was a way to usher in administrative law vs. constitutional law.

Alan: You’re right, absolutely. In fact in their own writings, the Council on Foreign Relations, which is just the American branch of the same group, they said themselves, and it was in Foreign Affairs magazine, quite a few years back, since they couldn’t alter the Constitution, they had tried. You know, they’d tried. They said they’d have to do a run around it, instead. And how they did it was by setting up international treaties, through the United Nations, that would supersede the laws of the land. And that’s what we’ve done from here on in. That’s why your governments can borrow from a world bank.

Charlotte: Universal, what is that, UCC, Universal Commercial Code.

Alan: Yes, that’s right, and so they bypass the Constitution.

George: Everything, right. I mean, they’ve turned everything into different corporations, institutions.

Alan: Yes.

(Commercial Break)

George: Welcome back to the Secret Truth, I’m George Butler, along with….

Charlotte: Charlotte Littlefield.

George: Welcome back, Alan Watt. And gosh, what can we do to turn this thing around? And what recommendations would you make to our listening audience?

Alan: Well, for what’s coming up, first of all, they themselves should try and get out of debt, personally. And for those who can get out of cities, they should be out anyway, if possible, to be self-sufficient as possible, because I think we’re in for a rough, long, long term ride here. So if you’re in a little area, where you can make a few friends who generally help each other out in times of trouble, you’re far more secure then you would be in a city. In a city you’re dependent for your food, water, everything from without, outside the city. It all gets piped in or brought in through trucks. The more self-sufficient you are, the better. But, to be honest with you, I think we might have to get to almost the stage of a crash or hyperinflation, before the public are ready to listen to those who could lead them into a new way, instead of going the way that the World Bank will lead them, which they will. They’ll send out the right people at the right time to con us again. We should try to get our own people in, and the first thing they have to do, and it should be on their mandate as well, for election, is they’re going to end the private banking system that runs governments. They’ve got to end that, and start minting their own coin again, and their own currency, as they were intended to do in the first place. That’s the only way you’ll get out of this. As long as you’re under the heel of private international bankers, and every government is off to borrow from them, we’ll never get out of trouble. We’ll do what they bankers say.

George: Right, go ahead, Charlotte.

Charlotte: Well, I was going to say, I think you hit the nail on the head there. We need to get to the point where our own local and state banks charter our own banks that are independent of the collapsing Federal Reserve System, because there’s a high probability that this has actually spun beyond their own control. It seems to me that they did not quite, what do you think, Alan? Do you think this has actually gone too far, even?

Alan: No, no. There’s not, in fact, the Bank for International Settlements is responsible for the flow of capital from country to country. They’ve been running this show for the last fifty years. And so, they can, and remember, all the currency is fiat to begin with. There’s nothing to back it, except the faith of the people.

Charlotte: It’s a lie, period.

Alan: Yeah, it’s all a big lie. So technically, every country could start afresh, write off the debt. Each country could do that, write off all the debt. You cannot possibly have governments going to the private banks, borrowing money, and then selling that off as debt, to people who collect it, and who actually make profits as countries sink. We’ve got to stop this awful, corrupt system, and get back to the fact that government should be responsible for their own internal affairs, and never borrow from outside. And never borrow either, from any planted, private bank. There’s no need for it. The government is supposed to be in charge of the creation of money, and then they sell it off to the private banks. That’s how they cover their costs for the making of the money. And that’s how, and then the banks lend it out to us. The government would have no need then to go and borrow money from elsewhere; but then again, you wouldn’t have the totalitarian bunch at the United Nations running the show either. And that’s the whole point of the fiat currency, is to give more power to private bankers, the international bankers. That’s got to be done away with or we’re all done for. And it could be. It could be done away with.

Charlotte: Well, the fractional reserve aspect, absolutely has been enslavement for mankind. It’s like we supposedly, we’ve thrown off serfdom and slavery, but we’ve not thrown off economic slavery, and that economic slavery is the fractional reserve banking system.

Alan: Sure.

Charlotte: Are you familiar with the new documentary, the Secret of Oz, by Bill Still? He did that, the Money Master Documentary, that was about 3 1/2 hours long, in 1995. Yeah, he came out, and he’s advocating for local/state banks basically, as part of the solution. Where they self-charter, they create the currency, they spend it into circulation, but when the loans come back in, they destroy it, so that they don’t hyper inflate their local.

Alan: That’s right.

Charlotte: And I think it’s a great concept. And that documentary is called the Secret of Oz, and he basically brought to life, what was happening around the turn of the 19th Century, or you know, the 20th Century, the 1900s, and the person who actually wrote the Wizard of Oz, was actually the same tale, but Hollywood kind of changed it when they changed Dorothy’s slippers, from being silver, meaning the yellow brick road, and then the silver, the people that tried to come in with silver, but Hollywood changed her slippers to be emerald, which totally threw off the meaning, the whole meaning of the story. And I just thought that was fascinating. And are you familiar with this new documentary called The Secret of Oz?

Alan: I haven’t heard of that one, but I know of the stuff behind the making of the movie and the symbolism in it too. And you know the tin man, the straw man, and so on, were highly symbolic again of the con game. And at the very end of the movie, of course, the one you’re all afraid of, is really a man behind a curtain, speaking through amplifiers and bullhorns. Just an ordinary guy, after all, meaning the whole thing was an illusion. Your fantasy of something can keep you in absolute terror.

Charlotte: It’s just like mankind. We can take control at any time. We don’t have to give them our power.

Alan: We don’t have to at all, and Jefferson said it. You see, what we’re talking about tonight is exactly what they were talking about 200 years ago. Jefferson said that no generation can be born into a pre-existing debt, born and brought on by a previous generation. Because that’s then slavery. You’re born into a slavery system in that case. You should not be responsible in your generation for paying off the debt from a previous borrower. That’s incredible. That’s ridiculous. That truly is slavery. And we think this is all normal? No, it’s not normal at all. This is an ancient system, and to be honest with you, they could write off it. Since it’s all fiat, who’s losing out? It’s nothing. It’s backed on nothing. I mean, we’re not passing gold bricks around or anything. It’s all fiat, it’s a con game.

Charlotte: It could be forgiven.

Alan: It could absolutely be forgiven. It could be torn up.

Charlotte: And of course they want to keep the big game going, and the general ignorant population will continue, you know, to go forward, unfortunately, not fully understanding that it’s all a con.

Alan: It truly is.

Charlotte: And I certainly hope that somebody, do you think Ron Paul, I mean, he was good for a lot of things, but do you think he truly understands the whole thing?

Alan: To be honest with you, I don’t know. I look at lifelong politicians as lifelong politicians. They’re lifers. Politicians are known eventually to compromise on various things, which they shouldn’t. Even if they’ll stand firm on one or two, they shouldn’t be compromising on all the other stuff that’s wrong as well. So I’m very suspicious of lifelong politicians. And he went on about auditing the Federal Reserve, and the Wall Street Journal just this week talked about the fact that the latest attempt to audit the Fed had been turned down. And that was in the May 7th’s Wall Street Journal, Plan for Congressional Audits of Fed Dies in Senate. So, that will never happen. We need a cleaning out of the entire system, to be honest with you. And it might take a real crash, a brought-on crash to make the public wake up for the first time to the fact that the whole thing’s a con game, an absolute con game. It’s so incredible. You were talking about the Wizard of Oz, I think about the carbon taxes that we’ve all to be hit with. It’s the greatest thing, it’s beyond the Wizard of Oz. I mean, there’s nothing even tangible to look at as they trade. There’s nothing there. It’s a complete fantasy, CO2.

George: Yeah. One piece of advice that I’ve always heard from very wise investors and so forth is that you can take some of these fiat dollars, so to speak, and if you can convert those into tangible real property, or into something that’s real, would that be good advice?

Alan: Absolutely. That’s why they call it real estate.

Charlotte: (Giggle, laugh.)

Alan: That’s true. If you hold no land then everything is unreal.

George: There’s a little levity in you still, right Alan?

Charlotte: It’s all in the language, to be sure. You know, someday I’d like to talk to you Alan about just the meaning of the language that we use between us.

George: You’ve made a study of that, haven’t you, words and language and how it affects us?

Alan: That’s how they run us, is by the technique of language and how they can actually bring us to the conclusions they want us to come to, by giving us a specific type of language, giving us the problem in a set format, knowing our logic, just like a computer, our logic kicks in, and we will come to the very conclusion that they planned we’d come to. You’re absolutely right. It’s a science, and actually, it’s called neurolinguistics, and psycholinguistics by the marketers.

Charlotte: Alan, we need to have you on, and we need to have a show dedicated just to that.

Alan: Yes.

George: Well, if we do, that would be fascinating, just to dedicate a show to that. Alan, thank you very much for being with us. And Cuttingthroughthematrix.com is his site.

Alan: It’s been a pleasure.

George: Thank you very much, Alan.

Alan: Bye, now.

Charlotte: Thanks, Alan. Bye-bye.

Alan: Bye, now.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on Monday, 10th May, 2010.

Newcomers I usually suggest you go into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com and that’s another story I’ll mention after this little talk here but bookmark all the other sites I have up because I get hassles from Yahoo once in a while, more and more recently in fact and I might even put something up on the website to show you the correspondence between me and Yahoo as they try to get me off their sites. Anyway, bookmark these other sites you see listed there for future use and that way you’ll always get the latest downloads for free.

Remember that it’s you the audience that brings me to you so you’ve got to buy the books I have made for you to buy. You can purchase the DVD’s and CD’s I’ve got for sale as well and from the US to Canada remember you can always use a personal cheque or you can go into the post office and get an International Postal Money Order. Moneygram is good, Western Union is also good. Some people just send cash. It’s the same across the rest of the world, Western Union, Moneygram or cash. You can order as well through Paypal. There’s a ‘donation’ button on the sites. Donate the roper amount and I’ll get the order out to you if you send a separate email with your order and your address.

What’s happened recently; it happens every year actually, it’s how Yahoo goes through the same routine. This happened last year. I couldn’t upload for two or three weeks on my ‘com’ site and Yahoo claimed they didn’t know anything about it and it must be my end, but I was paying for unlimited disk space. They advised me, and I fell for it because I was stupid enough, to temporarily take off a bunch of audios and then I could upload again because they hadn’t put the limit up you see on my disk space, my unlimited disk space. Once I’d done it, it took them 2 weeks supposedly to fix it and then it took me another 2 weeks to re-upload all the shows that had lagged behind, so that was a really clever idea on their part.

This time they tried to get me to do the same thing after I noticed that I couldn’t upload very fast at all to the ‘com’ site just last week there after they’d done a ‘maintenance’ check after I couldn’t upload one night.

What they actually did and they’ve admitted too is that they’ve put a ‘choke’ on my site. Now, they say they’ve got the right to do this, to dissuade you from uploading. Well, why are they taking my cash for unlimited disk space when at the same time they’re trying to throttle me from doing my uploading? It’s quite something, isn’t it?

That’s what I’m saying, that if you’re not authorised to be up there you get hassles from uploading through the satellite company, you’ll get hassles from Yahoo or the other servers that get leaned on. And of course, I’ve said before in the past, these big, big players didn’t come out of nowhere. They’re all big fronts for the big globalist system, the same as Bill Gates with his Microsoft and all the rest of it. These were all put there in front because they could never truly allow free competition and manage the system at the same time. It’s the same with Yahoo and Google as you all know.

Once in a while they go through this rigmarole of giving out personal information to the CIA and MI6 and MI5 and on and on and on; no, that’s who they front for. That’s who they front for, folks.

You couldn’t keep a handle of control, total control in the information age, unless you made sure that the biggest companies eliminated all the smaller companies that tried to get up there. It would never happen. They’d lose control and they’ve got to keep total control and if you’re not authorised to be up there… I could be shoving porno up like crazy and I wouldn’t get a peep from them or spouting the usual left wing socialist stuff, ‘let’s all be one, we’re all one big lovely happy family on the globe’ and I’d be left alone believe you me.

They’d probably give me a discount. But if you’re exposing the truth this is the hassle you have to go through.

Back after these messages.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just ‘beaking’ off about Yahoo and how they give me this hassle once in a while. They’ve given me many different reasons for it in the past, like the automatic disk space increase doesn’t kick in properly, on my side only mind you and they use their world boffins to try to figure this amazing problem out. This year they’ve actually admitted they’ve put a ‘choke’ on my upload to my site, even though it’s the same amount, about 60MB a week that goes up on that site, that’s all; 60MB and they’re beefing about that.

It’s not that at all as you know. It’s because anything that’s exposing the real nonsense that’s going on out there, and is not authorised to be out there and controlled by the big boys, is taboo and they try to make it as hard for you as possible to do anything and eventually to put you off and make you walk away.

If you were to sit here to upload to your sites for 4 or 5 hours a night, they know, they know what they’re doing. They know how long I’m on uploading. They know everything about you and what you’re doing with your computer. When it’s not them doing it, it’s Hughes Satellite Company through their subsidiaries and the same kind of deal. I’ve had hassles with them as well.

Here’s what they said to me because this started on the 28th April and I put in a complaint and said that the FTP upload speed to the www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com has dropped to extremely low speed. The upload speed varies from 40kbps to 50kbps and does not go higher.
This has happened repeatedly over the last week.

I said too that the other sites are ok. They’ve all got the same amounts on them so I asked them if this was to discourage uploads; I was right to the point saying, if the upload speed has a ‘cap’, lock or limit, please remove and restore the site to the previous settings before their so-called ‘maintenance’. I love their maintenance. They put a ‘choke’ on it and that’s called ‘maintenance’.

So I got a reply back from Yahoo and it said…

“As I understand you’re experiencing slow FTP upload speeds. Please note that I’ve examined your account and it looks like you’ve uploaded a lot of MP3 files that have taken up a considerable amount of your disk space.”

Now, it’s unlimited remember. That’s what you’re paying for. It says…

“In order to improve your FTP upload speeds I would request you to clear a few of your files and reduce your disk space usage.”

(Alan: That’s the con they pulled last year that set me back a month because once I’d fought it out with them, it took me 2 weeks to get all the uploads I’d missed back up there again and the stuff I’d rubbed off; that I wiped off. So I didn’t fall for it this time so I replied to Mr. Randhir from wherever; his name is Randhir.)

“I went through this with Yahoo last year. I pay for unlimited disk space. I’m not going to remove files to increase speed since I paid for ‘unlimited’. Unlimited means all the disk space I need for my FTP uploads without a cap or lock or limit to slow my speed. I do not want to go through the weeks of complaints, phone calls and mystification on Yahoo’s end only to eventually get the unlimited disk space and accompanying speed that I pay for, so please go into my account and remedy this as you did last year.”

So here they are trying to get you to actually drop alot of stuff off your site and here’s what they came back with.)

“We have tested your account and have determined that the FTP upload speeds you are experiencing are within our acceptable operating parameters…”

(A: See, they’ve remade the rules just for me, you see, so 40kbps is what they’ve given me and they say that’s ok within their parameters. I’d like to see the rest of you lot out there if you had to go through what I go through here. It says…)

“While we do not have a specific limit on the amount of disk space that an account may use, we do reserve the right to limit the growth rate of accounts. This is to prevent extremely large and fast growing accounts from unduly impacting the performance of other accounts.”

What utter rubbish; utter rubbish! It’s not videos I’m putting up there, lots of folk are, but that’s the sort of run around I’m getting now so you’ve got to bookmark the other sites I have.

At www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com bookmark all the other sites because I’m going to get more trouble here obviously, you see? And just to let you know, anyone who wants to complain to them and tell them what you think of this shitty deal they’ve decided to put on me.

There’re much, much bigger sites out there on Yahoo than mine; much, much bigger so what’s the real reason? This is political. This is for political reasons. Private businesses are very good to be used for politics because you can’t complain to your government about it can you? That’s how it goes.

So I’ll probably put this letter on the site tonight and let you have a peruse for yourself just to let you know how the world really runs and it’s nothing about fairness and fair policies and all that kind of stuff. If they want you, they get you; they get you.

Now, there’s an article here on Arizona. Strange that years ago I mentioned on the air when I was reading a book by Jacques Attali called ‘Millennium’. The subtitle was ‘The winners and losers in the coming New World Order. Attali was a big player, he is a big player right now at the United Nations and he was also the chief advisor to various French presidents. In fact really, people came to see him rather than to see guys like Mitterrand. He was the guy you went to see. He was a sort of Kissinger for France.

He wrote the book and he said that because of free trade and all the signatories to the GATT treaties and so on, the international free trade and all that stuff, that America would go down and down and down as they helped to pay for the Third World to come up a little bit. He said eventually there’d be no manufacturing and it would be a service economy and at the same time more people from South America would be coming up into the US looking for work and so on.

Before even that happened he said, or during that period, they’ll start seeing more and more gangs coming up because they’re more ‘adventurous’. They’re looking for easy money in an easy, pacified country. They wouldn’t get off with it in their own country where they’re gunned down by the drug dealers and all those guys so they’d come up to the US. He said there’d be hordes of them and he likened it to the attacks on ancient Rome by the Huns and the Goths and all the Visigoths etc. over a period of time and that this was just an unfortunate period which might last a generation or two as they sort out the chaos.

What they meant by chaos was that there’d be lots of murders, rape and pillage going on and that kind of stuff until it was sorted out. Then eventually a good part of the US, he said, would be Spanish speaking. That’s to be the outcome over a period of one or two generations.

He was speaking as part of one of elite who sit in on the big world think tanks and their foreign policies. So here is Breitbart with today’s news in Arizona for instance. It’s the first one (state) really to take a stand on all of this. It says…

“Arizona governor has serious video message for President Obama”

I’ll put the link up on my sites at the end of the show, if I still have any, and you can see it for yourself the video of her actually giving her talk.

You’ve got to understand too that lots of farmers have been killed down that way too; ranchers, and they’re finding dead bodies of Mexicans who’ve been running drugs then get killed off by the drug runners. They’ve got across safely and now they want no witnesses so they kill them after they get the drugs off them. It’s quite something; a daily occurrence in some parts yet the federal government is refusing to even look into it. So it’s quite something.

Then again, you tie it in with Hollywood. Hollywood is the big predictive programmer for the world for culture, the cultural changes and how to fascinate youngsters into a new way of living in virtual reality. They program you for what’s to come so here’s an article here. It’s called…

“Machete: The illegal trailer” by Amy de Miceli, 7th May, 2010 and it was first published in ‘Agenda, Social Engineering’ and it says…

“A new movie from Robert Rodriguez called Machete is not scheduled to be released until September but that didn’t stop him from updating a trailer just in time for Cinco de Mayo.

The trailer begins with a “message to Arizona”…”

(A: Isn’t that a coincidence. This was put out a year ago. It hasn’t come out yet but they started making this a year ago)

“…”message to Arizona” and ends with Jessica Alba screaming “we didn’t cross the border, the border crossed us”. No doubt about it, his message is to protest the new Arizona law aimed at outlawing illegal immigrants, and meant to fuel the fire that is already burning on the Mexican/American border. Once again Hollywood looks to create reality, this time – deadly violent, Robert Rodriguez style.

(A: And this is from ‘Ain’t it cool news’ it says, I guess it’s a review)

“Well, the way things are in Arizona at this moment – it is kinda insane that there is a movie that was shot over a year ago waiting to be released that is about – THIS EXACT ISSUE… but if, Danny Trejo and buddies went Revolution Wacko as a result. Make no bones about it, this is a pure Mexploitation film, but like real exploitation at its height, that s**t was pulled straight out of the headlines, even sometimes slightly before the headlines were the headlines. ”

(A: Predictive programming all ready for today but of course most folk will just say it’s coincidence of course. That’s how it works with most people who live in worlds of coincidences and listen to mainstream media.)

It’s quite the world they’re bringing in though, the one they’ve been talking about for such a long time; the controlled society, the managed society, the scientifically designed and run society that even Quigley talked about and all the hopes and dreams of those who talked about bringing in world peace.

When you go into their talks about world peace you have to understand how they determined they would get to world peace. Since they decided that the violence and so on was really inbuilt into man himself, then they’d have to alter man. They discussed this at many, many think tanks. Some of them wrote books about it who worked for think tanks under the United Nations; Arthur Koestler wrote the book ‘The Ghost in the Machine’. The ‘ghost’ really is you; the kind of ‘wild’ you, the one who’s got survival capabilities which we normally submerge in a pacified, law abiding society, but he found ways to get round that chemically by injecting you with stuff to make sure you didn’t get violent.

Back with more after this break.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just talking about the fact that people were hired by the United Nations back in the 60’s and 70’s to find ways of literally targeting areas of the brain of the entire human population, except for the ones who would rule the planet of course, because they must retain their capacities for instinct and survival. They actually said that the public wouldn’t need their instincts because the state would be making all their decisions for them; you wouldn’t have those necessary wild instincts that would help you survive. That was their idea of peace for the world and of course they had behaviourists there using ‘Skinnerian’ technology and programming starting with very young; well babies really onwards, trying to see if they could literally create the type of human that they desired; nice and passive, easy going, that would accept very little in the way of reward and be a good worker.

They also found other ways too to deal with the problem of people objecting, which they call violence. If you object to the state being overpowering, overbearing and domineering and you object and get a little angry, and of course governments all over the world are always in fear of going too far as they plunder the public, and the public purse, and having rebellions on their hands.

So they thought that they could maybe lobotomise them and make them much easier to handle. Of course, everyone’s heard of the simple ways of doing it in the very old and tried traditions of putting fluoride in water supplies. The fluoride itself remember first came out with reports from an island in Japan, off Japan, where the people were very placid and easy going and they found that they had a high concentration of fluoride in their natural water.

Even recently bodies across the world have advocated this purpose for putting it in the water, nothing to do with your dental care but to make us all easy going and less stressful. In other words, we’ll accept more of what comes down the pike from government.

During the UN’s look into all of this when they were doing their investigations and their trials, they also talked about lobotomy. They had teams working on lobotomising people. They talked about chemical lobotomy where they could literally target specific areas of the brain to kill off ‘the ghost in the machine’, wild part that is YOU; your survival part.

They really understood at that time how to make certain chemicals ‘piggyback’ onto enzymes and amino acids and get character specific receptors in the brain. It was already an exact science. Then you had other ones talking about using injections to carry this stuff to the brain and other means of lobotomising our ‘thinking noggins’ as they say.

That’s been going on for an awful long time and they have been implementing alot of this. They also decided a long time ago, with the League of Nations, before they became the United Nations, when they first set up their Department of Population, which is population control, that the public would never…They could never see a time when the public would actually volunteer for sterilisation, so they thought they’d go ahead anyway, do it covertly and simply not tell the public.

It’s no coincidence that since the 1950’s the sperm count in the Western male has plummeted to only about 25% of what he had in the 1950’s; a sudden drop. Nothing happens in nature without a sudden change in something in your environment whether it’s something you’ve ingested or it’s been injected into you or whatever, but nothing happens in nature suddenly like this. Something was introduced into our bodies and what happened back then? It was the mass inoculations to be put out there by various governments, especially those that were setting up national health services. It’s definitely tied together and as the UN trots out its statistics every year, they’re happy to tell us their statistics and they make comments on different ones but when it comes to infertility in the West, they just give you the statistics and go onto the next thing. The reason they don’t comment on it is because it’s not a crisis from their point of view because, you see, it’s the agenda and that’s telling them it’s working, otherwise, obviously it would be a crisis; everything else is apparently according to the UN.

People will never really catch on to all of this. It’s the same with autism, the massive rising in autism along with the injections. You can put graphs next to eachother and they’re just the same, you know, injections for a state here and autism going up as well at the same level on the graph. It’s quite startling.

Lots of people at the top know this now that didn’t believe it before but they can’t do anything with it because again it’s covert, it’s mandated by very powerful institutions and that’s the agenda folks. That’s the agenda; a dumb, stupid public for world peace which truly means peaceful management by the managers. That’s what they meant by that because those at the top truly are eugenicists. They believe that they are the most evolved species on the planet and that somewhere in the past there was a great leap forward and they’ve proven it by getting to the top and getting the high academic positions and getting into positions in business, to manage business, make billions of dollars and hold onto it through generations through special, very selective breeding, like Plato suggested. They believe that they’re the highest on the planet and that we’re all Plato’s ‘its’ down below.

People are very confused if you ask them, “What is government?” Ask people in the street, “What is government?” It’s generally something they’ve never been asked at all because they’ve never really thought much about it. Some people will tell you that it’s an institution that’s there to manage your system or our system and only a few will tell you that it’s a system set up to, like Charles Galton Darwin said, it’s a new form of slavery that handles it better for the masters.

Back with more after these messages.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just mentioning how people react in different ways when you ask them to define what government is. It’s something that’s always here. It’s like the guys that run the money. Money’s always here. These are the things you take for granted. Why do you pay taxes? Where do the taxes go? What are they for? It’s just the way it is, it’s just the way it is. That’s what they’ll tell you. Some people think that government is there to help them. They have no idea. They are the most naive people of all; the nicest people too. They’re always the nicest people but so naive. They haven’t a clue. They don’t care to hear anything negative, like the New Agers for instance, negative about how they’re being run. That’s called denial you see?

If you don’t know what’s happening or there is an enemy out there or there’s a train coming towards you and you want to plug your ears, it won’t stop you being hit by the train just because you don’t like the idea of it doing so. That’s pure denial.

Most folk, as you know, will go out and vote for whoever promises them the most. Most of them today just promise to try to not make it any worse than it already is because that’s really what people want. People really want ‘leave me with all the toys, the internet and the fun I’ve got today and the pub that I go to and so on, blah, blah, blah; leave it like that and let me afford to have a few drinks at the weekend’ or whatever it is you’re into, or buy yourself a little present for slogging it out for a month at work. That’s what people really want; stop time, ‘stop time, just don’t make it go any worse.’

It’s almost like the scene…I’ve actually heard people say that they’re not really interested in some other country getting banged harder than they are like Greece for instance. ‘Well, what’s that got to do with us? Better them getting it than us.’ That’s the sort of thing they’ll say. It’s the same when it comes to war. ‘It’s better that they’re slaughtering and clobbering the Afghanis and Iraqis over there than doing anything with us.’

They never realise that this is a world agenda that eventually comes around to you and the big eating machine, whether it’s eating up your finances or your civilian population through warfare, eventually comes around to you.

Why do you think they’re using US drones, flown out of, or at least controlled from, the same military bases inside the US by these guys that sit at their desks and bomb people in Afghanistan? Then they come out into the LA sunshine afterwards and go for dinner with their families. Why do you think these guys are based in the US and why do you think they’ve got drones over the US? I can’t understand how people can’t put 2 + 2 together. They’ll show you them on television, these drones going in and blowing people up, and it’s been admitted many times by the Pentagon that ‘yeah, if they kill 200 innocents around the one person they’re after, that’s ok, that’s within acceptable limits.’

What are we dealing with here? What kinds of mentalities are ruling over us in this new type of governance, this world governance scenario they keep talking about? Are they really there to serve you? Who really believes anymore that government is there to serve them? The idea that government was there to serve you ended when they created the political parties. The reason they didn’t want political parties; there were massive arguments when they started the US system up, was because they knew it fractured the people and the parties themselves become powerful as competitors and they turn to natural organised crime, like bribery, to get in and dominate so they decided to have a Republic in the US which didn’t last long because the parties came along.

What happens when you talk to the little psychopath that’s running for your local government or your federal government and comes round your door, who promises you this and he’s very attentive and he agrees with everything you say, he’s a good, smooth talker and you’ll like them? Psychopaths are very likeable people.

Then they get into power and when you say, ‘What happened? You said you were going to do this for our area. You’re our representative.’ And he says, ‘Well I can’t, I have to go with the party and the party’s got other plans.’

Well, why do you vote for them? They’re not your representatives, obviously, so political parties are a con and that’s the excuse they want. Without parties they couldn’t give you that excuse. They’d have to give you some other excuse, but they say, ‘Well, the party won’t go for it. They won’t allocate the funding for what we need built in this community.’ The party, the party, the party and people never catch on because all mammals are born into a system looking to adults to warn them of what they should be wary of. If the adult doesn’t know, the young mammal grows up completely naive and will go out to dinner with the wolf. We’re the same.

Now, we get hit with so much at the same time and really it’s all on track as far as I’m concerned with the economic war on one side, the massive weather control debates going on on the other side, another side, another front. You also have the reason that’s behind all of it is that there’re ‘too many people’. So you’ve got the overpopulation crew on a third side and of course, people can’t keep up with all this all at once. There’s so much hammering away at the same time. It’s meant to disassociate you from taking any kind of action on anything since you’ve got such a variety of things to choose from.

It’s to make you think that you’re utterly helpless in the face of it all. Remember what Bertrand Russell said? “Eventually we’ll have to use the technique of creating apathy.”

How do you create apathy? You make everything that’s affecting your life personally, from big institutions and government, seem so far away and remote from you that you’re despondent. There’s nothing you can do you think and you give up; apathy.

When you’re apathetic, government can rule you like a stampeding herd through fear in any direction they wish and you go along with it because you’re not really thinking logically at all. You’ve got fear and apathy.

Remember that this New World Order is completely tied into the United Nations, which is a front group in itself, that was set up to encourage whole areas of nations to join together into regions and eventually to come under the direction of the United Nations itself as a form of world government.

With all governments you have a banking system and the banking system would control the money of the whole world. The idea was to create central banks, initially in every country. Central banks are private banks. They’re not your government’s banks. These central banks would be staffed with relatives, by the way, of the world bankers at the World Bank under the United Nations. It’s still a private bank, the World Bank. The IMF is too. It’s one of these strange deals whereby they actually take in candidates from each country that are sent to them who then swear allegiance to give up their nationality while they work at the IMF.

So they deal with the economic warfare on the public and they decided before World War II that they would eventually start to reduce the population. They’d have to reduce the consumption rate that the US was beginning to show and after World War II it increased, so they really went to task on that one.

They got all the World Wildlife groups and all the so-called ‘nature’ groups started up. They started them up as fronts again all to unite together to help the United Nations and give a voice, a bigger, bigger voice to the United Nations to propagandise us into reducing the population, lowering consumption and all the rest of it.

All we’re going through today is part of the process of the culmination of the agenda to this particular point. The IMF will be in charge of each country’s books. That’s what they’re pushing for right now. That’s what primarily this so-called reshuffling of the financial system is all about. Therefore no nation will be in charge of its book keeping anymore. They want every other nation to be able to look into every other nation’s books because the IMF will be in charge of it.

Remember, they’re private. You don’t vote these guys in. They’re also the guys who recall loans from countries and if you can’t pay, they come right in, that’s the deal they make, and they run your government. They’re unelected and they come in and run your government.

Last week I put up a list of countries they had gone into and they’d been in Britain during Margaret Thatcher’s reign. That’s when they had massive cutbacks everywhere. They always slash your healthcare first. They fire whole bunches of civil servants. Sometimes that’s a good thing when they’re top heavy at times in certain areas and they can also cut back on any opposition that they have in a certain country like the miners in Britain. That’s why there were all the miner’s strikes in Britain because Thatcher was told; ‘You’ve got to close down all these mines’ for interdependence. Margaret Thatcher started to import coal from communist Poland. It was still under communism at that time and folk wouldn’t even question it.

People won’t even question why would a top capitalist country fighting the Cold War be closing down their ability to produce coal in their own country and importing it from a communist country? You see? We were already global. We already had been global for a long, long time. There was no communist. There was no capitalist opposition.

That all came out in the 1950’s from the Reece Commission and you can see that up on YouTube with Norman Dodd who talks about it. He was one of the investigators, sent out by the congress and the senate to find why these foundations were funding all these left wing movements.

These are tax-free foundations that hand out billions of dollars every year to philanthropic causes, ones which they rule and control, mainly to do with sterilisation across the planet and things like that. That’s the real world.

You see, we’re under a consortium, or a cartel you might say, with its own specialised departments like money, population control, the whole idea of political correctness is all part of it too. They experimented with that in the Soviet system; political correctness using Pavlovian techniques in school and that’s the direct translation from the Russian; Political correctness. We use it here every day now as they introduce new ways of seeing things or dealing with things and talking about things and people adapt in Orwellian style. Whatever is new today you adapt to. They use social approval and social disapproval if you won’t go along with it.

Goodie two shoes and especially the upper middle class adapt into it right away because they, and it’s been proven and I’ve read the articles before and studies, they don’t want to be the odd one out in their class so they’re immediately politically correct with whatever’s new, no matter how crazy it is, or disgusting.

Now, on the Sunday Times on May 24th, 2009, an article came out and it said…

“Billionaire club in bid to curb overpopulation”

“America’s richest people meet to discuss ways of tackling a ‘disastrous’ environmental, social and industrial threat”

(A: And it’s by John Harlow from Los Angeles)

“Some of America’s leading billionaires have met secretly to consider how their wealth could be used to slow the growth of the world’s population and speed up improvements in health and education.”

(A: You’ve got to understand that when they’re talking about health they’re talking about sterilization)

“The philanthropists who attended a summit convened on the initiative of Bill Gates,…”

(A: Why would Bill Gates, whose supposed expertise is in a completely different area, be on board with the same agenda as all these other elitists at the top; the exact same agenda. It says…)

“…the Microsoft co-founder, discussed joining forces to overcome political and religious obstacles to change.”

(A: Remember, the century of change? Change is good, prattle, prattle, prattle like a parrot for the voters)

“Described as the Good Club by one insider it included David Rockefeller Jr, the patriarch of America’s wealthiest dynasty,…”

(A: By the way I think the guy’s been put in charge of the Royal Society in Britain now, I can’t remember his first name, Paul Nurse his name is, worked at the Rockefeller foundation before he got his big prize at the UN and was put into the Royal Society. He’s also a geneticist. So these geneticists are working hard on ways to sterilize us. Anyway, that’s an aside. They all come out of the Rockefeller Society. So David Rockefeller Jr. was there as ‘the patriarch of America’s wealthiest dynasty’)

“…Warren Buffett and George Soros,…”

(A: Another guy whose sunk countries with his pals and plundered them for loot a few years ago)

“…the financiers, Michael Bloomberg, the mayor of New York, and the media moguls Ted Turner and Oprah Winfrey.”

(A: All wanting to bring the population down. All these people from…Oprah Winfrey? She’s got the ears of millions of people who are totally mesmerized by the act that she puts on and the political agenda that they can’t even recognise but sinks into them)

“These members, along with Gates, have given away more than £45 billion since 1996 to causes ranging from health programs in developing countries to ghetto schools nearer to home.”

(A: Most of it goes to health programs to do with sterilization)

“They gathered at the home of…”

(A: There it is, Sir Paul Nurse who worked at the Rockefeller foundation)

“…a British Nobel prize biochemist…”

(A: He’s a geneticist as well)

“…and president of the private Rockefeller University, in Manhattan on May 5th. The informal afternoon session was so discreet that some of the billionaires’ aides were told they were at “security briefings”.

(A: So that’s what they had on that one)

And here’s an article here from World Net Daily TV.

Bill Gates, he says this in a speech. You can see it here in this video.

“Bill Gates: Use vaccines to lower population”

“Billionaire advocates curbing CO2 by reducing earth’s inhabitants” March 8th, 2010.

“One of the world’s wealthiest men and the founder of Microsoft, Bill Gates, has suggested vaccines as one method of reducing the world’s population.”

(A: What do you think that means folks? I often wonder. You know, there’ll be mums rushing out yet with the next scare that comes out by pharma as they lobby the governments to buy their latest chemical soup and biological soup mix of dead tissue to save their child. They’ll be rushing out because they’re so trained into it; you know, ‘fear,’ save your child. Do you know that the US has got over 70 million shots they can’t do anything with from the last big con that went on? Or is it $70 million worth? Maybe it’s true, maybe those who are the dead have to go. Let the dead bury their dead, in all ages.)
Back with more after these messages

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix

I’m just reminding you remember because you see, these foundations and these philanthropies are not responsible to the public for what they do. That’s why Quigley called them the real government. He called it the ‘parallel government’. It’s the real government that gets the real jobs done because when they go ahead and do things, who are you going to complain to?

The government says ‘they’re not part of us’ even though they have members on their boards, appointed on governmental boards across the world now, to save the environment you know, and so on. It’s the transitional phase. It’s the ‘age of change’, the ‘century of change’ and what’ll happen at the end of this century will be so incredibly different, from the life that you knew, that you couldn’t possibly imagine what it’ll be like.

I guarantee you one thing. There’ll probably be about one third of the population or less.

Now there’s Lark form Texas on the phone. Are you there Lark?

Lark – Hello Alan.

Alan – Hello

Lark – I was just given a thought a few moments ago listening to you speak. It occurred to me that this worldwide communitarian agenda, which is more fully coming into view, it seems to me that the only way that we can really attack this thing and/or force it back, is to utilise language that people understand, like ‘organised crime’ and ‘theft’, ‘white slavery’, ‘fraud’, ‘genocide’ and ‘murder’. Do you think that perhaps people would understand these words more clearly if enough enlightened people got together and decided… “You know what? This is what we’ve got with organised crime; again, theft, fraud, murder, genocide.”

Alan – Yes, that’s what they use. I watched a recent, some marketers on that documentary, it was called ‘Digital Nation’ and one of them said when they were actually accused of getting children into escapism and adults too, he said, “We don’t like the word ‘escapism’ ” he said, “It’s got negative connotations. We call it alternative realities.”

So in other words, they use…the boys who understand how to use the language condition us into the path they want us to follow. They don’t want you using specific words against them but you’re quite right. The problem is that the impact of the words like ‘robbery’, ‘theft’, ‘murder’ and ‘planned genocide’ aren’t even having the impact anymore because we’ve watched this our whole lives through the media; what they do abroad with their wars. We need even harsher language that’s repeated and repeated. ‘Repetition’, as Russell said, is a technique they use against us for new terminology. But you’re right. We’ve got to find the language to use against them but it’s got to have the impact that shatters the complacency of the average person in the street.

Lark – I think that anybody that keeps their television set on at all anymore is a fool because they’re just simply unwitting dupes. They’re uneducated and it’s just too bad. As far as the marketers go, I’ve brought this idea before to your attention regarding memetic branding and imprinting. It seems to me that this may be the way to cut through the matrix, what I’m suggesting, by utilising cultural words and expressions which brand this uncivil behaviour in its proper terms where people will fully understand the crimes that are being committed against us on a daily basis.

Alan – You’re right. They have used signs and slogans…In fact Lenin said that they would bring in communism through repetitive slogans. We’ve got to get the right slogans and keep using them with the right words in them. You’re right.

Lark – That’s what they’re doing to us.

Alan – That’s what works. Thanks for calling Lark.

Lark – I enjoy your broadcast.

Alan – Thank you.

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, It’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 11, 2010. For the newcomers, I suggest – at least for the meantime – look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the other sites I have up there because I do have problems with the .com site right now; Yahoo is trying to get me off. So bookmark the other sites for future use in case I do go off and that way you can get the latest shows for free, for download. [Official sites listed above.] While you are at it, look at the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale. You are the audience that keeps me going. I don’t take money from advertisers. The ads on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN to broadcast the show and for the technical staff, equipment and the actual transmission itself. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by buying the things I have for sale or donating to me and that helps me just, maybe, sometimes cover the bills that come in here. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Lots of folks get disks burned by people on computers to play on their CD players. They don’t use computers and I don’t blame them; we know where it is all going. You can get in touch with me at [address above].

As I said last night, Yahoo has put a choke on my upload as a way to sort of put me off using them all together it would seem. They still want the money off me, of course. I am paying for unlimited disk space but they want me to reduce my uploads, which is only about 60 megabytes per week maximum. It’s not videos that I’m putting up here, it’s just audios. So when you are not authorized to be out there putting out the information and you are definitely getting through to an awful lot of people over the years, that’s how the real forces come against you. If they can’t do it legally in some way or another, or defame you in some way, they simply make it hard for you to operate. That has happened to other people before me, I know that. I’ve had troubles with different servers before on the same problem. At least this time they’ve actually admitted – and it’s on the web site, my queries to them and my responses from them – where they admit they’ve actually put a max upload speed of 40 kilobits per second. So that’s what they do to you. It’s there for you to go and see.

Tonight, to get back on topic of things that really matter, while we can talk about them, I should really like to talk about the amount of mail I get from people who are always asking when is the grand finale going to come. They still think in apocalyptic, almost biblical terminology where some big ending comes here and it all works out in some big battlefield and there are different sides in upheaval with each other. That’s not the way it works. It works very slowly in fact. It works INTERGENERATIONALLY and you don’t realize you’ve been going through, and so were your parents, PLANNED CHANGES PER GENERATION for the last couple of hundred years at least; very well planned too. I’ll be back with more after this break.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just addressing something that happens to most people when their bubble bursts for some reason or another, some crisis comes into their life, and they start to ask questions, sometimes for the first time, at least seriously. Before they think about things seriously, they go along with the flow. Everyone goes along with the time period in which they are born. They go along with the conditioning they are born into and you ARE born into conditioning; it’s there at the beginning. Your parents were conditioned before you and you don’t know that they themselves were conditioned from their parents and their schooling.

If you go back into the writings of people who where brought over to set up the education systems across Europe, it’s quite fascinating to see that they really had a coordinated plan to bring up what they called, not servile citizens, but very OBEDIENT citizens who would go along with the dominant minority’s plan for each country. The writings of Webster are quite fascinating when he talks about this. He talks about making the United States citizen a very obedient, loyal, but he stressed the obedience part of the citizen. Of course everyone who rules, the dominant minority, always wants a fairly passive society who won’t question things too deeply, who will be quite happy, or at least fairly happy with the wages they get, they lifestyle and the class that they’re are assigned to. That’s how rulership goes.

It’s interesting looking into the writings of Huxley and listening to even the Berkeley speech by Aldous Huxley where he talks about the “dominant minority”. He said, there has always been a dominant minority and I expect there always will be. Of course he came from a long lineage himself, going back to the Norman era and the Norman invasion of England. They were the conquerors who, to this day in fact, still really rule England through royalty and so on. They made it clear in their writings, being the descendants of these long lineages, that have often been in and out of royal courts or parliaments or scientific groups, scientific groups that especially were designed, or set up, on behalf of the royal government. He was a spokesman in a sense, as was his brother Julian Huxley, about the future that the planners… they were planners themselves; they were involved in the big planning for the future. They were involved in setting up the SYSTEMS that we are now living through today.

It’s fascinating to see how many acquaintances that the Huxley’s had, all involved in the same projects of creating a new society. This gained momentum through the Eugenics Movement. It was on the go for a long time. Julian Huxley in fact changed the name from ‘eugenics’ to ‘TRANSHUMANISM’; it sounded gentler… especially after World War II and Hitler. Hitler based his whole ideas on eugenics and the death camps on the writings of Darwin and others who advocated the fact that the lesser types might out-breed the better types and so they would have to be eliminated eventually. Darwin and others belonged to an era of the Royal Society. The Royal Society was commissioned by royalty itself to exist as the premier voice for all scientific investigations. They designed and directed investigations towards solving this problem FOR the elite, how to manage people and how to keep them in check in a population, and that type of stuff.

We’ve gone from transhumanism and eugenics into what they also call BIOETHICS. Bioethics is a more modern, kinder term for various professors and universities who are on the cutting edge of genetics; at least they think they are, I’m sure there are ones much higher above them, in special places, well funded, that are way ahead of anything taught at the university level. Bioethics sounds kinder and gentler.

Part of the big plan from the very beginning was, how can they find ways to stop people from becoming agitated and forming groups – forming even the unions, the early unions – that they saw starting to emerge in the early 20th century and how to maintain the power balance. They thought they could try and sterilize the people as much as possible without them knowing it. That was a big deal because they realized that the male and the female in a marriage formed a small tribe with a family and they would – as they well knew from long experience – eventually rebel against overburdened taxes or whatever it happened to be that the ones at the top wanted to take from them. So if you take away their reasons for fighting and created a form of apathy and even, Bertrand Russell said, a form of apathy and NARCISSISM, EGO-CENTRISM, where people would just simply have the world revolving around THEM. They wouldn’t care about those around them and then it would be very difficult to get people to bond together in a common battle against injustice.

Many, many meetings were held across the world – still are – annually and sometimes biannually, and there are many, many associations involved in EVERY COUNTRY across the world. There are members from Japan, China, Australia, and all over that attend these world meetings on DEPOPULATION. Now naturally, we see the people like Bill Gates who’s in the media all the time now, the great philanthropist he supposedly is, putting so much money out and meeting in the Billionaire’s Club – in the newspapers – talking about depopulation and using medicine or vaccines to do so… as he’s talking about helping the people at the same time. Doublespeak. It’s always been the agenda for the elite, you understand, to bring the population down to this manageable size.

Part of it too, was to take away the drives, the instinctive drives in human nature that cause us to fight in the first place, and make us aggressive toward those who are aggressive towards us. Sterilization seemed a simple way to do it. Charles Galton Darwin talked about this in his book The Next Million Years, ways to basically use hormones, for instance, to alter the physiology of the male and how they could introduce it in WATER, FOOD and various other means. They could do the same with the female.

Now it’s no secret, as I say; it’s no secret whatsoever since it’s published every year from the United Nations itself on its statistics, to do with population and they mentioned that the male sperm count is down by about 85% of what it was in 1950. That doesn’t happen by chance, as I mentioned last night; it’s done by design. Many young people too, many young men are losing their sexual drive before they are 30… which is, again, a new phenomena. Well, you must tie that in with the writings, again, of Charles Galton Darwin and others who talked about this very need and why they would want to do this. And why ISN’T it a crisis, for instance? Why isn’t it a crisis? It’s not a crisis because, you see, it’s PLANNED. That’s why no one is making any big deal about it.

I’ve gone on about the bisphenol-A and other chemicals that are in the plastic bottles that they made awfully popular. Don’t go away without your little spring water bottle; they made a big fad out of it. Meanwhile people were soaking up this bisphenol-A and other chemicals. They knew from the 1800s what this did to the male especially. They also knew it would reduce the sperm count. They also had this stuff in all the different shampoos and cosmetics that women were putting on themselves during pregnancy. They also knew, as in the early 1900s, what this did on the male fetus between the ages of 8-12 weeks, a VITAL period. It literally would interfere, FOR LIFE, with the production of sperm in that baby. So nothing happens by chance. When the evidence is there, why would they go and promote the very things that cause sterilization and ASEXUALITY, you might say, unless it suits their agenda, which of course it does.

Another big part of their planning in their world meetings was to talk about ‘The Century of Change’. They had planned and changed the 20th century but they had planned for the 21st century to be the culmination of all of this. During the 20th century they tried their best to bring the whole world together through a FREE TRADE system under a global governance system. That’s what the United Nations was set up for and in fact that’s why World War 1 and 2 took place. They needed wars to bring us to our knees and get everyone bonded together in regions under a singular governmental system. They set up the United Nations, at least the founders of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations set up the UN to be a FRONT group.

Part of this Century of Change was to be an age of ‘singularity’, as they like to call it, where they would train everyone in the same exact way using new technology. TECHNOLOGY was to be pushed to the fore. Now, that’s ALL of technology remember; that’s not just playing with computers and chips that get implanted in you. It’s also the sciences, the chemistry of your body, hormones and everything else was to be severely attacked. Remember, again, going back to the writings of Charles Galton Darwin, The Next Million Years, he said in there too, that man is essentially a wild creature and that’s natural; that’s how we SURVIVED this long. He also maintained that the royal families, just like his ancestor before him, Charles, the royal families were the natural inheritors of the planet because they had, through special breeding – by having their mates selected for them from other winners of warring tribes over the many, many centuries – they were the natural leaders. They were the epitome of evolution and they should still remain as the dominant minority, and all their relatives. I hear the music coming in, but I’ll carry on with this after this break.

I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the agenda as it unfolds because, as I say, people look towards some final cataclysm and hope someone jumps in to save them and that kind of thing, or a hero comes along like the movies and makes it all better for you. It doesn’t work like that because those who are not conscious will go down with the ship, you might say. It’s only the ones who are conscious that are able to do anything about it, or even communicate to others who have the ABILITY to at least start learning what’s really going on, and to break their paradigm, their paradigm that’s been instilled in them by the media and the hype and all the wonderful things that they are saying about the coming technologies.

The other night I watched a movie, a DVD, Digital Nation. I saw the same kind of rah-rah characters we saw back when they were pushing the drugs in Britain, when it was all coming into vogue and how wonderful it was and how exciting this new teenage generation was going to be. Really, the whole thing was to break the bonds partly of the preexisting structure of society and family unity. Believe you me, when you are out of control of your own life, you are under the control of authorities because these are the ones who step in and take over, which they certainly did, in fact, with all the fallout and the chaos that ensued. The same kind of characters were on Digital Nation promoting that the very occupations that they were involved in it, obviously, which was the coming interconnectedness of everyone, all connected together, one big beehive and how wonderful it was going to be.

Let’s jump back again to Charles Galton Darwin book, The Next Million Years. He said that man essentially is a wild animal, as I said before, and he praised royalty, etc, for conquering people down through the centuries, intermarrying the winners, other king’s daughters, that kind of stuff. In other words, the PSYCHOPATHIC types who maintained power and therefore they had the RIGHT to rule over the lessers and do as they wished with the lessers, and if necessary, cull them off… if they became a threat to their betters. When you join all that together you understand what the singularity really is all about because they’ve had so many global meetings about ways to make people give up their individuality. That’s where the singularity all comes in. Everyone interconnected, everyone trained that there is no privacy. Not only trained, but most youngsters today don’t even think about it. You see, they’ve been trained through school, through the last couple of generations.

We’ve already had people growing up going into school being searched, going through scanning machines, all training them – long before 9/11 and what happened then – to get ready for the future that THEY would grow up in to. You understand? This is how it was done. They use the guise of drugs and so on as an excuse to do all that. They ALWAYS train you in advance of what’s to come and they always go for the youth FIRST. That particular generation were also the generation that were given their own personal credit cards, the IN thing at school. SNOB APPEAL was put into it, different types and classes of cards, and that affects their parents because the marketers got in on the act too, to create the snob appeal. Oh, your child doesn’t have a credit card? Oh… and that kind of stuff, you see. We are ALWAYS trained… always trained, apart from the media and entertainment and everything else that goes along WITH this.

The singularity, as I saw it, in this particular documentary on Digital Nation was more frightening really, because they showed you the ADDICTION of even 7-year-old children to their games. They couldn’t get off these games. They’d spend the whole day and night, just like Aldous Huxley talking at Berkeley, when he made his little humorous comment about the rats. They had inserted wires into their brain centers at the pleasure principle where they’d feel tremendous sexual orgasms and eventually they’d rather die than press the lever for food, and he chuckled, of course, because that appealed to his mind. Well, when you see these youngsters being addicted in the same sort of way, by forces which they don’t even understand are affecting them, believe you me there ARE people who design these games who DO know how it’s affecting them. They certainly do.

What’s interesting too, is that their self-evaluation of their own worth and of abilities of multi-tasking was completely out of whack with reality. They interviewed different ones who thought they could do texting, computer work, and talk the phone at the same time, and a whole bunch of things. When they tested them and in the actual tests, they found they were NOT GOOD AT ANY SINGLE ONE TASK they were attempting to do. So it’s definitely altering the perceptions of themselves and giving them a false sense of who they are. But that’s the singularity, where they’re all sitting quietly, all together, and NO ONE TALKS TO ANYONE ANYMORE. That’s a scary thing. If you came from another world or planet or time and saw that, children sitting right next to each other, lines and lines of computers, and each one is sitting with their mouth wide open, and fascinated by that light that shines on their face…

That’s all part of this system, and they are being trained to have no privacy; you don’t want privacy. They are also being trained, of course, in reality that they can be losers, as they play their games and play their games. They are never… How many people can you get at the top as a winner in anything? It doesn’t happen. Then you tie that in with all the different shows on TV like Survivor where people get together and compete, compete, compete and then they throw out the ones that are the failures, the ones who don’t make it. Does it really help your self-worth playing games? Of course not. Who does it benefit? Those who rule you. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about how we are trained intergenerationally for the next step and the next step and the next step. I mentioned before about the great drug era where people who – it’s now admitted to – belonged to the CIA. They were going around giving tours at universities about the wonders of LSD and so on. This was all meant to fracture the exact society as it already existed, especially the bonding and what they called the traditional family. And it certainly had an effect because afterwards, in their ‘free love’ period as they called it, and all the mayhem that ensued with it too and the things that came out of it, which we all know about as well, you had the reclassifications of the ‘new’ family. The new family, we are still getting reclassifications of even ‘newer’ families, different kinds of families. So they were very successful there.

The next step overlaps. They always overlap one step with the next obviously, since they are training, they are always going for the young ones especially in any particular generation. You have this overlap of them being trained to be egocentric, exactly as was planned; narcissistic, me, me, me, ‘the me generation’ and they are not really so concerned about each other. They have shallower affect towards each other because you can’t really be real when you are communicating to another person when they are maybe 100 miles away or thousands of miles away. You are never really yourself. There are a whole bunch of different languages, such as body languages and so on, that you can only see when you are sitting next to a person, not some make up doll called a virtual you in a virtual world. That’s not you at all. It’s completely fake. But the idea is to make you want more and more of this and get more realistic until you’ll feel that you ARE that virtual doll. Can you imagine…

What was interesting too, how the marketers got guys to play with dolls, for instance. Little boys are boys, you see, and they don’t want to play with dolls. They had the Barbie dolls out and all that kind of stuff. Well, they just sat down and said, okay, like any psychologist, let’s study the boy, what is different about him, what is his mentality? He wants to be rugged, independent. He wants to be a little fighter and so on. So you give him an action man. You don’t give him a doll; you give him an ACTION MAN. And because he has peer pressure with his own group, you give him a UNIFORM, you see, which is obviously a military uniform. So he plays with an action man dress up in a military uniform. Now he’s playing with a doll. You are still playing with a doll. They get what they want. Your perception had been altered so easily.

Now they have adults. Well, do adults play with dolls? No. What do they give them? A virtual world where you get basically a figure of a doll and you dress it up; you are playing with dolls. Then other dolls come in and you have all these different people ACTING, adults acting with each other through dolls basically. And they really think they know each other, as dolls. It’s absolutely fascinating to see how this is working with different ones in society. There is always a segment that gets hooked right away. Always a segment, they get hooked on whatever they are given in fact, and what’s been promoted to them. The more unhappy you can be made to feel, the more they want to escape. By the way, in marketing, they don’t use the word ‘escape’. Escapism is a bad word; they have other terms for it, you see, which are positive terms.

That’s how they work, by altering your perception of everything. Whenever you get to the core of some nasty business, they simply bring out new terminology and it doesn’t sound so bad, just like ‘eugenics’ and ‘the master race’, to ‘transhumanism’, which is the SAME group, ongoing by the way, and also to their professors that are bioethicists, the ones who suddenly appeared out of nowhere when Dolly the sheep was first presented to the public. They said look at this wonderful Dolly, this clone. Then they went into the preplanned debates they’d have on television about it, all preplanned to make us go back to sleep thinking, well, thank God there is a group of experts dealing with this problem… that’s eventually going to be foisted upon us, this GENETIC TAMPERING. That’s how easy it is to control the people. As soon as they say there are EXPERTS there and they have nice demeanors and they seem concerned about it all, then we can go back to sleep and play… because we’ve been taught to play, you see. Not to participate but to play, along authorized means and methods of play, always from the top.

The planned society, that’s what the Century of Change is. The end of nations, of course, was a big part of it too. We’ve had exposés from Britain as the prototype really, where not only they LED the amalgamation of the British Commonwealth countries together and the free flow of people, supposedly- which wasn’t so free after all- but also they have the end of the family unit as we know it, really; it’s in absolute shambles. If you are watching BBC television and their dramas that they put on, there is nothing in it that would make you bond with anybody for very long, or even at all the way some of these characters are portrayed. That’s all AUTHORIZED from the top.

Believe you me, if the ones at the top, the dominant minority, did not want a particular type of society, it would NOT be shown. It would never get off the ground. Everything is authorized from the top down. Plato, an aristocrat in ancient Greece, said the same thing… that there is always a dominant minority and if something that was truly grassroots sprung up, they’d have to squash it, unless they could use it to their advantage… because any unforeseen ripples coming from the grassroots could have unforeseen consequences on the control by the elite. It’s always been that way. He said, they used DRAMA to influence the masses with stage plays and MUSIC and FASHION as well because PEOPLE MIMIC WHAT THEY SEE. Always been known.

Getting back to the youngsters today, they think they are connected but they are NOT connected. In reality, you are lucky to get through life and really hold on to 2 or 3 friends… and I mean FRIENDS. Friends are people who know you intimately and who will stand up for you under any circumstances, and vice-versa. You don’t have to guess what they look like or guess what they really are through some silly doll avatar, made by a programmer by the way. It’s not the person whatsoever. This also was discussed by various kinds of professors and scientists who were into information technology years ago and some became very famous, like Marshall McLuhan who was eventually brought down to the United States. I’ve no doubt a lot of his work went to the Pentagon because anything to do with controlling people and futurism, as they say, how they could blend technology for control purposes and when you’re talking about the mind, how it would change, how it would effect society, is immediately snapped up and generally funded through the big forces like the Pentagon.

We forget that even the internet was GIVEN to us because they had already used it for warfare purposes for many years before. They didn’t give it out to us so that we could break free from finding some other way to live. They KNEW where they were going to take it and HOW we were going to live in the future. That’s why we were given it. It would all be monitored, a totally controlled society. And they have the little dolls of us, little avatars, made up already IN the Pentagon and I’ve read the articles FROM the Pentagon where your DAILY information, all your communiqué is fed into it. Daily fed into it, to update your little avatar so that you can be predictable. They can actually do it so well; they can feed questions into it and problems, and if you were going to do a particular thing, how would you respond, and set up these little demonstrations and they are generally correct. They have so much information on you. The big companies – as we well know – the biggest servers and so on, and Google, the search engines, are ALL PART of the Military-Industrial Complex. That’s who funds research and development; through them. We fund it, really, through government, and then it goes through them to particular areas to maintain control and always GUIDE control of and over society.

Youngsters today have no idea what privacy is. None, none whatsoever. And they’ve been taught that is doesn’t really matter. In fact, they are being taught by the social behaviorists and psychologists that privacy means you are a BAD person, you are ANTI-SOCIAL. I’ve talked about this before, how they are using the same techniques they used in China. In China, for abortion for instance, for a second child it was mandatory that you get an abortion. They use to use the local militia who would drag off the woman and take her to the clinic. Now they don’t have to do it; they have trained the citizenry, through schooling, so well that they will come, your NEIGHBORS will come and grab you and take you off to the clinic. I think the BBC and other companies have done documentaries on this. It’s called, CREATING SOCIAL APPROVAL and SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL. The people are utterly, completely indoctrinated and trained; “your child will take food from someone else’s mouth.”

We are getting the hints now of the same kind of thing in the Western societies, since we went into this great information age which is nothing more than the SURVEILLANCE AGE. TOTAL SURVEILLANCE on everyone and it hasn’t stopped; we haven’t even got halfway there yet, to where they are going to take us. They won’t have a safe society until EVERY person is COMPLETELY predictable and under observation 24 hours per day. That’s where it’s going… and most folk don’t mind… and those people are gone. So really, shows like this are only for the ones who have the ability to retain some semblance of themselves, and have some kind of chance, maybe just for themselves, maybe for others too.

As I said, NOTHING is given to the public; NOTHING is given to the public that could be to the detriment of the dominant minority. Nothing. All those things you think come out of nowhere because, oh, they just don’t have regulations out to stop it yet and stuff like that, is ALL bunkum. Research and development into these areas is carefully selected for go-aheads by a dominant minority. And the repercussions of them are thought out in think tanks and hammered out before they say it’s of use TO the dominant minority for control. Here is an example. This is from the Wise Up Journal on March 1, 2010. They’ve got an article here from The Daily Mail in Britain.

wiseupjournal.com / March 1, 2010

Facial recognition phone application described as a ‘stalker’s dream’

Daily Mail / 01.03.2010 / By Daily Mail Reporter

A prototype camera phone application that enables the user to find names and numbers of complete strangers has been labelled a ‘stalker’s dream’.

The application, called Recognizr, has been developed to find personal information through facial recognition software.

The user simply has to take a picture of a person and hit the ‘Recognize’ button. (Alan: You’ll be standing in a bar, sitting in a café, on a bus, whatever.)

The photo is then compared to shots on social networking sites including Facebook and Twitter (A: What a coincidence, eh.) before personal information, which can include phone numbers, addresses and email addresses, is sent to the user.

The software developer, Swedish company The Astonishing Tribe, is currently testing the software, which works on phones with a camera of five or more megapixel resolution.

Simon Davies from Privacy International said: ‘It takes the dangers that already exist and increases them infinitely.’

There are also fears the application could lead to an increase in people being stalked by those who have obtained their personal information. (A: Who really benefits from this? Who do you think benefits because, you see, everyone with one of these phones, these phones are sending the data back to SECURITY AGENCIES, your own government agencies as well, all the time.)

Dr Ian Brown from the Oxford Internet Institute said: ‘A guy could take a picture of a girl in a bar and find out all sorts of information.’

Tom Gaffney, from security software firm F-Secure, added: ‘This application looks like it could be a stalker’s dream.’

Full article (A: The link to this is on here too. Remember, I’ll put these links from these articles up on my site at the end of the show, IF the satellite guys who are also after me give me enough upload speed. Then I have to contend with Yahoo’s choke on my site but I’ll try and get them up tonight; it just takes twice as long. That’s how they try and wear you down.)

____________

Chat Roulette: Exploring the disturbing webcam service that connects you with strangers

Daily Mail / 01.03.2010 / By Claire Bates

First came Facebook, which connects you with close friends (A: Really?) and school mates you don’t really talk to anymore. Then came Twitter where you could ‘follow’ and be followed by complete strangers.

So it was perhaps inevitable that the ever evolving internet would push the social boundaries one step further, resulting in Chat Roulette.

Chat Roulette is a service that puts you face to face with a random stranger via your webcam.

You then have the choice of either chatting to them or disconnecting and being matched with another user from around the globe. (A: It’s like shopping isn’t it? It’s like shopping and you think you are safe. You THINK… you THINK you are safe. I stress ‘think.’ And it goes on and on.)

Hal Niedzviecki, author of ‘The Peep Diaries’, said: ‘Chatroulette is stark because it feels like television. It’s like sitting in front of the TV flipping channels, except the people are real.’

Let’s connect this with another one. We know what the military is about; at least I HOPE you know what the military is about. It’s there to SERVE THE DOMINANT MINORITY. People are trained, especially young boys who go right from school into the military, maybe coming off a couple of years of unemployment, then they go in; that’s generally the class that goes into it. They are suddenly a somebody. That used to be the slogan for advertising for the military for recruitment was “BE SOMEBODY”, you see. BE all you can be. I used to spell it BEE… all you can be. This article here is from Wired.

Pentagon Turns to Brain Implants to Repair Damaged Minds

(A: This is how they lead off the article, remember.)

By Katie Drummond May 7, 2010 | wired.com

An estimated 10 to 20 percent of troops coming home from Iraq and Afghanistan are suffering from traumatic brain injuries, or TBIs, which afflict 1.7 million Americans each year. Now the Pentagon’s rolling out a revolutionary initiative to treat the condition: brain implants that one researcher likens to “replacement parts” for damaged gray matter. (A: Then they go through the usual stuff from the usual bioengineers and usual universities like Stanford and so on. It says…)

“Our goal is to understand — and then be able to change — how a brain responds to trauma.” (A: Well, they are working about how the brain can be made to respond to anything, is what they are doing.)

No surprise that military extreme science agency Darpa (A: You know, those lovely guys that are monitoring all of you and have all your data and have already used a brain chip, maybe a few in fact, in different paraplegics because they CARE about paraplegics. That’s what DARPA is there for. That’s what the Pentagon is there for, of course, isn’t it folks? Isn’t it?) is behind the project, which is called REPAIR, or Reorganization and Plasticity to Accelerate Injury Recovery. (A: That’s the music coming in and I’ll go on with more of this after these messages.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading an article here from Wired. They always present this from the military that they are out to HELP people. You know my whole life I’ve watched charities, money and investigations into curing various diseases. I haven’t seen a single disease cured in my entire life. But I’ve certainly seen what they can do to people with their technologies and so on… because that’s the real aim of all of this stuff. They talk about these electrodes they are going to put into injured soldiers’ brains, they say.

Then they go on to tell you the truth down below… that eventually this will have many civilian applications as well.

And while Darpa’s interested in ailing vets, the implants could have broad civilian application.

That’s what it’s all about, to pinpoint, literally, specific neurons and stimulate them with these pulses of light and so on.

Let’s jump back to Aldous Huxley’s little laugher period when he talked about how they could insert WIRES, in his day, into the brains of animals and humans, by the way, because he went to Tavistock [Institute] where they actually did this on humans, and have them in a wonderful state of orgasm, orgasm perpetually, so much so they’d give up food rather than give up the stimulation. How would you feel if your neurons are being stimulated in a situation where, no, you are no longer the wild animal that can survive – a wild animal needs all of its survival instincts intact. The elite have said only THEY will need them because the state will be making all their decision for you, the people. So how would you feel going around in some happy little fog when really, you should be terrified of your life and running in some direction… rather than staring at some kind of screen, or something that seems to be happening in your mind. The totally controlled society is what it’s all about. Not to help poor guys who’ve had brain injuries; they are just the guinea pigs for all of us.

There is a caller from Oklahoma; it’s Chris. Are you there Chris?

Chris: Hi Alan. I wanted to… if anybody doubts that the population control agenda is going on, they can take a look at a document that’s available on the internet. It’s the Memoranda 200. It was declassified in 1980. It was put out by Henry Kissinger in 1974.

Alan: That’s right. I’ve got in on my site, in fact. It’s in the archives.

Chris: Yeah. If you go in and look at this, it goes into… Like in section 4 it goes into family planning services, information and technology.

lifesitenews.com

National Security Study Memorandum

NSSM 200

Implications of Worldwide Population Growth

For U.S. Security and Overseas Interests

(THE KISSINGER REPORT)

December 10, 1974

Section IV Provision and Development of Family Planning Services, information and Technology

A. Research to Improve Fertility Control Technology

B. Development of Low-Cost Delivery Systems

C. Utilization of Mass Media and Satellite Communications System for Family Planning

It’s basically how they are going to bring about a reduction of the population. And if you take a look at that, then go to a web site; it’s gavialliance.org. It’s the Global Alliance for Vaccinations and Immunizations. You will see that exact same groups that are listed in the NSSM 200 are also members of this vaccination alliance. That includes UNICEF, The World Bank, The World Health Organization. They’re all in there.

Alan: They’re all in there. You’re absolutely dead on there. They’re all interconnected because they’re all getting funded from the same source and they’re all CHOSEN by the same people that chose them for all the different groups. And they don’t ask for volunteers. They do it because they know they won’t get the volunteers, so they have to do it through stealth and deceit and they think it’s their right to do that, being the dominant minority. Thanks for calling.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 12, 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. I always stress that you bookmark all the other sites you’ll see there because I DO have trouble with the Yahoo/.com site right now and eventually I’ll probably get pulled. So look at the alternate sites, bookmark them and you can download the latest shows from my other sites; they are all on that site and listed there. [Official sites listed above.] While you are in there, look and see the books that I have for sale, the DVDs, the CDs I have for sale because that helps me to trickle over, along with the occasional donation. It’s expensive to do what I do. Believe you me, it’s more than any full-time job; I wouldn’t pick this in a million years if it was just for money. But it’s up to you the audience to keep me going and you can do so by buying the books and disks or donating to me and passing the word around of what I’m doing. Bring more people into the show, although there are lots coming in all the time. The more the merrier, because this is a war to the finish here for things that are and things that will be. The things that will be are not to our liking, believe you me, when they are coming down the pike. They are inside now, in fact, all the things that we are about to have hoisted upon us. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Lots of folk just get the disks burned and passed to them; they’ve gone off computers all together because it’s been in all the newspapers for the last year or so just how much data they are storing on everybody and the fact that they are monitoring every single person, every day, and storing all their communiqué. So they’ve gone off of them all together; they play these CDs on their CD players. You can get in touch with me at [address above].

As I said before, all the things that are coming down, the things that WILL BE are now turning the bend in the creek and we are seeing them manifest themselves. Those at the top who’ve been working in institutions for these long-term goals of theirs are rejoicing because they really believe they have us in an enough stage of chaos that we will accept everything. A whole new way of living, a new REGIMENTED society from cradle to grave, with so many agencies controlling us all through our lives, that we will simply be too content playing video games, watching TV, staring at porn, and all of that kind of stuff, as the entertainment really ramps up into more violent, more sexual themes all the time. That’s how they are countering this too; keeping people from thinking about the hard facts, to keep them in a form of double mind and double speak. They partly know what’s going on, partly, a little bit at the back of their minds; the rest of it is mixed up in with their media, their mainstream news, which is like a circus. It’s PRESENTED like a circus as you go from horrific deeds and murders and rapes on your news, over to Afghanistan and drones blowing up hundreds of people that happen to be standing around, and everything is a big, surrealistic circus. They don’t care. They are out of the picture. They are out of the running. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The matrix I always describe, it’s where everything comes from. Your whole reality, it’s given to you, really. You are born into this reality. It has many other realities within it. You are given one at the bottom level, generally. There are different classes of people given HIGHER realities. Then you have those who help run the world system who are given more hard facts and data from archives, a different education completely, too, on the past and a lot of it is to do – just like the ancient pharos being taught by the priest, they get taught by their fathers and their uncles – how the world REALLY runs and how the cons of rulership – because that’s all rulership is about, it conning people really, these days – how they are carried out and how you can use mass manipulation by using the subconscious urges of the great unwashed masses.

Part of the plan, I’ve gone over it so many times it gets so sickening but unfortunately that’s what we are in. If you are in a war and you were fighting every single day, you’d have to get together with your captains and your majors and so on, and you discuss the war and your strategies. You’d get pretty sick of it too, but you’ve got to do it every day because you ARE in a fight for life and death literally and this is no different. It’s no different at all because those at the top who believe they are the most evolved of all can have the right to dominate us. Not just dominate us but now reduce and cull off, definitely cull off a lot of us, as they have been doing with inoculations and now the GMO food until we have populations that are coming down with incredible allergies.

Everybody has amazing allergies. Children are BORN with them now. Children, some children have their skin peeling off them… and they just don’t understand what’s happening, this NEW phenomena. Like the sterilization, which is strange too, they just don’t know why the men are going infertile. Then, other scientists will say, here it is and they give you all the data and why, and it’s ignored again and you are back to the beginning question mark, we don’t know what’s causing it.

There is an article that I was going to read earlier and I didn’t bother because it’s terrifically horrible, but it’s also kind of passé in this day and age. I’ll say what I mean by that when I get through this little story. It was from the Sunday Times.

Doctors sterilise Uzbek women by stealth

Mark Franchetti / From The Sunday Times April 25, 2010 / timesonline.co.uk

WHEN her baby died soon after delivery, Gulbahor Zavidova, 28, a poor farmer’s wife, longed to be pregnant again. After months of trying she and her husband visited a doctor who told her she could never have another child because she had been sterilised. (Alan: She didn’t know it.)

The procedure had been performed immediately after she gave birth, by doctors who did not ask her consent. On learning she could not bear children, her husband left her.

“Not a day passes without me crying,” she said. “I was outraged when I found out what they had done. How could they do such a horrible thing without asking me?” (A: This is what the point of it is. You have to go into the writings of all of these eugenicists and elitists at the top, like John Holdren and the book he participated in, EcoScience, to do with bringing the population down by stealth. Holdren said, they could do it in the third world countries where there is less education and get away with it quite easily; they wouldn’t have to be terribly devious, just don’t tell the patients what you are doing to them. But he said, for the West – for the United States and Canada and Europe – they’d have to use stealth methods, where they would have to use something in the food or the inoculations to carry it out. He’s up there with Obama now; we should be VERY afraid, I keep telling you that. They are there for a reason now. They are there for a very good reason now. There are no coincidences when these guys get in and they get appointed on the boards of governments across the world, ALL at the same time. Back to the story…)

According to human rights groups, tens of thousands of young women like Zavidova have been sterilised without their consent in the authoritarian former Soviet state of Uzbekistan.

Uzbek sources say the measure was ordered by Islam Karimov, the president, who has ruled with an iron fist for 20 years. The policy is aimed at keeping down the country’s poor population (A: See, they don’t want the POOR to breed, same as Charles Galton Darwin in his book, The Next Million Years.) — with 28m people, it is Central Asia’s most densely populated state.

Activists say mass sterilisation began in 2003, but was eased after two years following an outcry. It is said to have restarted in February this year, when the health ministry ordered doctors to recommend sterilisation as an “effective contraceptive”. (A: Sterilization as an “effective contraceptive”.) Critics claim every doctor was told to persuade “at least two women” a month to have the procedure. (A: You see, that’s National Health Care folks. When a doctor works for the health care system of the government, he’s an AGENT of government. People better get that through their heads. They do what they are told.) Doctors who failed faced reprisals and fines.

The reason I didn’t mention this one before was because I was thinking about what’s been happening in the West. I’ve gone through so many articles over the years on fertility in the West plummeting and the phthalates, the Bisphenol As and so on, and the chemicals that get into the mother’s body, by design, when the baby boy is between about 8-12 weeks. Literally, they actually produce some sperm then and if that could be stopped right then, with the phthalates and Bisphenol-A which is in the cosmetics and different things that the woman uses every day pretty well, it sterilizes the male for life. They know all this; they’ve know it for 50, 60, 70 years… so it’s not an accident.

In Wise Up Journal, he’s got an article from The Daily Mail…

The infertility timebomb: Are men facing rapid extinction?

wiseupjournal.com

Daily Mail / 10.05.2010 / By Tamara Sturtz

One in five men could suffer from fertility problems. And scientists have warned that it’s just going to get worse… (A: It’s amazing. They don’t know what’s causing it but they know it’s just going to get worse.)

There’s a crisis brewing, but it has nothing to do with the economic deficit or the current political uncertainty. Scientists are warning that rising levels of male infertility have become so perilous that it is a serious ‘public health issue’. And some go even further.

One science writer even suggested, in starkly terrifying terms, that if scientists from Mars were to study the male reproductive system, they would possibly conclude that man was destined for rapid extinction.

And if it continues, this trend could indicate men are on a path to becoming completely infertile within a few generations.

Reports claim that as many as one in five healthy young men between the ages of 18 and 25 produce abnormal sperm counts. (A: It’s actually much higher; I’ll find that link from one I put up last year. It was The Disappearing Male from the CBC Canada, a good documentary. It’s much higher than that. It was more like 5 in 25 had some kind of motile or moveable sperm; the rest were dead.)

Only 5 to 15 per cent of their sperm is good enough to be classed as ‘normal’ under World Health organisation rules – proving that infertility is not just a female problem. Indeed, among those experiencing difficulty with conception, a male fertility problem is considered important in about 40 per cent of couples.

But women trying to get pregnant are facing another astonishing claim: that the core problems of male fertility – while they may be exacerbated by environmental issues – start in the womb.

(A: So they know that this is happening. One of the experts in the field said that…)

‘Sperm counts are declining and there is mounting evidence that the problem starts even before birth,’ says Dr Gillian Lockwood, medical director of Midland Fertility Services.

She cites growing evidence that although the process of sperm production – known as spermatogenesis – starts in adolescence, the crucial preparations are made in the few months before and after birth.

Factors such as women eating a lot of beef (A: They actually go into beef eating and rubbish like this and it’s nothing to do with that. It does actually mention that the chemicals, the damaging chemicals that can come out too, from pesticides etc, plastics of course, from the Bisphenol-A and the phthalates and even soya beans.) during pregnancy – which means they have consumed a diet rich in polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) that are potentially damaging chemicals – to the issue of obesity during pregnancy and a woman’s exposure to smoke, pesticides, traffic fumes, plastics and even soya beans are all thought to have a bearing on a male foetus’s future fertility.

Experts talk of a ‘window’ of testicular development that begins in the growing foetus and ends in the first six months of life. Problems in this period mean that the baby boy may never be able to produce babies of his own.

So, it’s on track. It’s working, you see. That’s the stealth method that Mr Holdren said in the book the he was working on with Paul Ehrlich, another guy who wanted to drastically eradicate all the useless eaters on the planet when they wrote the book EcoScience. Folk will never really get it, will they? They will never, EVER really get it, what’s really going on. It’s strange that, how it must always be someone else that’s got it… or that’s going to get it. That’s how we think, like Russian roulette. I think people see the news now and read things and it doesn’t affect them. That’s why when they are told that all their private material has been stored for government agencies, they don’t really want to believe it and they carry on in denial. In a purposeful, choiceful denial… and that’s their problem.

Remember too, that I mentioned an article last year as well, where the UN World Health Organization had, with its umbrella group it sent in, all these NGOs. The UN supplied all the abortion kits and they aborted lots of babies and sterilized women in Peru, THOUSANDS OF THEM. I think it was something like 400,000 had been sterilized without their knowledge. That again was done by stealth; they just simply didn’t tell them and now they’re all sterilized under the wonderful United Nations. Isn’t that just great. I’ll try and find that too and put it up tonight on my web site.

Peruvian Government Shelves Investigation into Massive Forced Sterilizations of Indigenous Women

By Matthew Cullinan Hoffman, Latin America Correspondent / lifesitenews.com / Friday June 19, 2009

Remember too, you’ll find the links that I put up are in the audio section archive at the end of the show. You’ll see it on the front page and then it goes into the archives along with all these other links I mention.

What a world we are in to. What a world, it’s just incredible… absolutely incredible. And they haven’t stopped there, folks. I’ll tell a little story about how they used prisoners to test what I’m going to talk about now, to BLAST the sperm in the male testes, sonically. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I read parts of a book on the air maybe a couple of years ago and it was called Acres of Skin. It was a history of prisoners that had been used in the United States in prisons, who were used to test out various nefarious chemicals and inoculations and other things. Some of them even had, I think it was radiation applied to the genital area to see how fast they could sterilize them, stuff like that. These were all officially sanctioned by the United States government. It’s a horror story.

The reason it was called Acres of Skin is because the Mengele type character who was in charge of this, when he saw all the prisoners at his disposal for his tests, that’s what he said himself… ahh, we’ve got acres of skin. That was his field. Then he went to work on it and made an awful mess of a lot of these lives. He killed a lot too of course, all under the guise of experimentation, to SAVE people in the future and all that nonsense that they give us. It’s the same with DARPA, as they are wanting to brain-implant quadriplegics. That’s what the Military-Industrial Complex is all about, helping quadriplegics, right? No. It’s about death and destruction in the future. Anyway, this put me in mind of this article here and it’s from the Mail Online, today.

The male Pill? Ultrasound hailed as new contraceptive for men

By Daily Mail Reporter / 12th May 2010 / dailymail.co.uk

(A: It’s the testes blaster, that’s another name, or sperm blaster.)

Ultrasound is being hailed as a cheap, reversible (A: Reversible… really?) contraceptive for men, offering a potential new birth control option for couples throughout the world.

Scientists claim a one-off blast of ultrasound is enough to stop sperm production for up to six months. (A: I’d say that’s quite the blast folks.)

Clinical trials currently underway suggest the technique could finally provide the male equivalent to the female contraceptive Pill.

Lead researcher Dr James Tsuruta said: ‘We think this could provide men with up to six months of reliable, low-cost, non-hormonal contraception from a single round of treatment.

‘Our long-term goal is to use ultrasound from therapeutic instruments that are commonly found in sports medicine or physical therapy clinics as an inexpensive, long-term, reversible male contraceptive suitable for use in developing to first world countries.’ (A: I wonder how many deformed children will be born out of this, as it deforms the sperm and everything else, when it supposedly wears off.)

One all ‘sperm reserves’ have been depleted the man will be temporarily infertile, researchers from the University of North Carolina claim. (A: I guess they’ve been testing it on prisoners down there somewhere.)

Ultrasound, which produces waves of energy with a frequency above the human hearing range, is commonly used on pregnant women to produce scans of unborn babies, and to treat sports injuries. (A: Again, I read an article last year on that because it became so common for women to get little photographs to send on their Facebooks to all their, you know, millions of friends across the world. They found that these children have much slower learning abilities than the ones who hadn’t had ultrasounds at all. Who knows what else it’s caused. What they did say, it was because the brain was enclosed in such a thin skull at the time and this stuff vibrates in a very high frequency and it isn’t much different really at that frequency than microwave radiation. It was a very in-depth article. So here they want to use it on men. Well, I’m sure some will go for it.)

The university has been given £67,000 from the Bill and Melinda Gates foundation (A: Those wonderful guys that just jump from one field to another. It’s always to do, mind you, with reducing the population. Remember, he attended the Millionaires’ Club, that they called it, last year. It was published again in the Irish Free Press. Their whole topic was about reducing the world’s population. Oprah Winfrey and all those characters were there too, remember. It was held somewhere in New York and Mr Rockefeller, obviously, was there too.) to allow them to push ahead with further trials.

But experts warned the long-term effects of the treatment remained unclear.

The Male Contraception Information Project’s Elaine Lissner said it had not been proved whether fertility would continue to return if a man was subjected to ultrasound blasts over a number of years.

‘The exciting thing (A: Oh, there is the end here…) is that we’re getting started finding out,’ she said. (A: Oh, it’s EXCITING… exciting.)

You know, if folk knew what was happening today, we’d have to make Hitler a Boy Scout… and Mengele maybe a Cub Scout. You know, because what’s happening today is WAY BEYOND what they did back then. It’s way beyond it. IT IS HAPPENING FOLKS. It’s happening all the time. You should read the book, Acres of Skin; what an eye opener of what they have been doing the United States and no doubt other countries too, with prisoners. Just astonishing… astonishing.

Everything has changed in our day that we live in. Everything has changed. Morality is utterly gone, out the window, because it was the kind of morality that at least HELD people together and give us a sense of what was right and wrong. Here are the rules, and it was simple to follow. People were decent. People would help you out. They didn’t have the TV shows where the cops ran in or bust through your doors with black outfits and machine guns. They hadn’t got to that stage then. It was still the local cop. That’s how they portrayed this in places like Britain with silly programs like Dixon of Dock Green who was kind of half social worker, half father-figure to the young, and the rest cop. I’ll explain this when I come back from this break what’s happening now in Britain.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. This article I’m about to read is about what happened to a woman who was drowning and what had to be done to save her.

Hero students leap into river to save drowning woman…

as police officers REFUSE to help

By Daily Mail Reporter / 12th May 2010/ dailymail.co.uk

Three students risked their lives by jumping into a river to save a drowning woman because police refused to rescue her because they said it was not their responsibility.

The 18 year olds took action and after spotting the victim shouting for help and struggling to keep her head above the water level.

Police were at the scene but said it was up to the fire and rescue service to save the 37 year old.

Instead, officers held back the crowd from the edge of the river, Clyde’s bank. Lifebelts were thrown into the water but were out of the woman’s reach.

Graham McGrath, Rosie Lucey and Rhys Black who were walking along the Clyde towards Glasgow Green jumped into the river near Albert Bridge after it became apparent the officers were not going to do it.

After dragging the unconscious woman to the bank and Lucey performed CPR on the victim who’s lips were blue. They were told the woman was close to death and that they had saved her life.

Mr McGrath said: ‘There was a woman in the water shouting for help. There was somebody throwing lifebelts to her, but she couldn’t get to them. ‘

The police were holding people back from the edge of the bridge.

‘It became apparent nobody was doing anything else. She was getting lower and lower in the water.’

Miss Lucey said: ‘We realised we were watching someone drown.’ (A: So they jumped in and pulled her to the bank.)

Mr Black jumped in and dragged all three ashore.

The trio, who are all 18-year-old first-year students at Glasgow University, yesterday recalled the rescue, which happened at around 1.30pm on Saturday. (A: Then they go through the whole scenario, her lips were blue, and what was happening.)

(A: What did the police say?…)

The police spokesman said that a woman jumped in the Clyde, was rescued by a member of the public, prior to the arrival of the emergency services. (A: Well, by the time they arrived she would have been long gone, you see.)

Everything is COMPARTMENTALIZED now. It’s like when the hurricane hit Louisiana and New Orleans, the neighbors were told not to help neighbors if they were drowning. You had to allow FEMA to do it. And FEMA would stop anyone… they’d arrest you, in fact, if you tried to help. But these cops are standing there. I’ll guarantee you if they were told to kill some Arab suspect who was drowning in the water, they’d be blowing his head off, for fun. But to go and help somebody who’s drowning, no, no, they won’t go and help you. This is the society we live in now. This is the society we live in. I’ve said before, guys who hang about in CROWDS, I don’t care if it is a gang, an army, or the police, are technically COWARDS… you understand that. They need permission from each other to go as the gang and do something. Then they are all very brave. On their own, no, it’s a different story all together. Now you have the divisions of labor in all of their forces. Oh, that’s not our particular department. So what are they going to do? Stand and watch a person drown. These same guys, if you dropped a piece of paper, or a £5 note, would fine you for doing so… immediately. That’s the society we are in today.

All the structured fabric that held us together has been systematically destroyed through the culture creating industry and the school system. Ego-syntonic behavior was encouraged, ego-centric behavior too, hedonistic behavior, me, me, me. That’s all people care about is me, me, me and a culture like that cannot stand up against tyrants. That’s what the tyrants also know. That’s why they promoted THAT kind of culture and lifestyle. They are easily managed. When everyone thinks they are doing their own thing and they don’t help each other out, they are ALL under Big Brother. Big Brother is organizing and ordering them about. There is always a boss.

What you have is a dysfunctional society today, very dysfunctional. What’s even more dysfunctional about it is that we are now allowed to read the horrific things that are being done across the world. It’s getting us trained that this is all going to be done to us. Now, when the Department of Defence in Britain, followed by the US military, the big boys, their think tanks, came out with the SAME reports, one month after another, to do with the projection for the next 30-odd years, they talked about flash mobs arising in the US, Canada, the European countries and how the authorities were preparing to deal with it. There would be food shortages, strangely enough, because you see only the 5 food companies have taken over the entire supply of the world. They’ve got us at their mercy. All the small farmers, almost all the small farmers are gone… by design.

We’ve seen what they’ve been talking about to do with drones, spy drones and all the rest of it. They can blow up people in Afghanistan and people are forgetting that now they are sending them over the United States. They can also blow up YOU. What do you think all this is for? Why would they be flying drones all over the United States? Just to spy you think? JUST to spy? No, this is all part of a possibly collapsing system to make sure that the dominant minority stay in power. Last night I read about DARPA, who loves to give us their stuff on brain chipping. Here is another article about DARPA right here, an interesting one. Popular Science…

Out of the Blue, DARPA Seeks Means to Manipulate Lightning

By Clay Dillow Posted 12.21.2009 / popsci.com

Lightning Mother Nature has it. DARPA wants it.

China and Russia try to control rain clouds and the Dutch use technology to keep low-lying inland areas from flooding, so why shouldn’t the United States be able to manipulate lightning? In an attempt to better understand one of nature’s most powerful processes, DARPA issued a broad agency announcement yesterday asking for ideas on how to best protect (A: Right, “protect”…) American personnel and resources from dangers and costs associated with lightning strikes. To wit:

Lightning causes more than $1B/year in direct damages to property in addition to the loss of lives, disruption of activities (for example, postponement of satellite launches) and their corresponding costs. A better understanding of the physics underlying lightning discharge, associated emissions, and related processes (for example, tribocharging in the clouds) (A: TRIBOCHARGING, they call it.) may lead to revolutionary advances in the state of the art of lightning protection.

At the bottom of the article it actually says that a lot of folk will actually see this as weaponry, which of course it REALLY IS. It is forms of CREATING lightning and directed lightning for weaponry. A couple of years ago I read article and I’ve read article since to do with strobing the clouds with laser beams and so on. This is all tied in to the same thing. They’ve been doing it for quite a few years. One night in the summer when it wasn’t raining, which I think was about 1 day in the summer last year, I sat and watched this strobing effect going across the clouds. It was like someone from north to south playing a piano keyboard; just running their fingers up and down it in sequence. And incredible flashes; no noise at the time at all. But they eventually built up thunder and lightning.

It’s all to do with the big scientists, the scientific community, who truly have been risen to the top in the scientific dictatorship type of mentality that Aldous Huxley and others talked about. They were all kind of for it, so was Lord Bertrand Russell. That’s why they have all these supposed, supposed experts and science czars appointed to the US government now, and across the British government and every other government… and population experts, which really means depopulation experts, by the way; that’s what it means.

I’ve mentioned too, that whatever comes along the pike we are conditioned into it before it happens. We are conditioned without even knowing we are being conditioned, sometimes by little bit and bytes of TV. That’s how you get presented with news now, bits and bytes of things, never in-depth anything or reasons for the things often. They are just presented in bits and bytes that scatter around your fragmented brain’s hard drive. You are being programmed, predictive programming. The youth are always programmed primarily through movies. It’s even in their video games too, the coming scenarios, and they will take it all as quite natural.

A few years ago I mentioned that the first Loyola University meeting of world science took place, hosted by Newt Gingrich, and then the scientists followed Newt Gingrich’s speech. They talked about brain implants and setting up regional area computers that would basically interface remotely, broadband wise, directly with the brains of people with implants. They had experts on all of these subjects from all over the world talking. A scientist from Japan said that it was ready to go and all they had to do really was convince the public to go along with that. That’s why we are getting more and more articles now with brain implants; this is getting you prepared. Of course, they are using the guise that it’s going to HELP people. That’s not the reason at all. The scientist from Japan actually said at that meeting that once this is installed in the brain there will be no more INDIVIDUALITY. He said, think of it more like the beehive; you’ll hear the whispers of commands from central/regional computers going out to those around you and you will hear the whispers coming back from those around you back to the central computer. That’s exactly what you saw in those movies with Star Trek, with the Borg. When they showed you the Borg, they all lived in this… their heads were full of whispers from the computer. But that’s what they said at that meeting, their only problem now is to convince the public over a few years to take it, to accept it… and it was ready to go. Ready to go…

They said what would happen to get it familiar to the public were that movies would get pushed out very quickly to get us used to the idea and they came out with the movie, The Final Cut. That was about a chip that was put in your head when you were very young, maybe at birth even, and it would see through your eyes, records what you hear. That’s how they presented it, a human interest type story, they always have a human interest story as a hook, you see. AT the funerals, once you died, they can take this out and edit out all the bad bits and leave you a nice picture of a person growing up, going through their lives, loving everybody, that’s shown at their funerals. They had other movies since with a similar kind of thing. That’s how they said they’d do it. They also said that they’d pay novelists to write it into their stories in science fiction; they’ve always done that, mind you.

Here is from TechMan.

TechMan: Want a record of your whole brilliant life?

Sunday, May 02, 2010 / By Ced Kurtz, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette / post-gazette.com

Ever think what it would be like to have a record of your entire life — everything you wrote, watched, heard, e-mailed, spoke?

It sounds daunting and maybe a little absurd, but Gordon Bell and Jim Gemmell at Microsoft are working on it. Their MyLifeBits project is composed of two parts: software to retrieve captured materials and an effort to completely document the life of Mr. Bell.

TechMan heard Mr. Bell speak about the project at the opening of the Seagate Research Center in the Strip District. The research center is gone, but the idea lives on. Mr. Bell and Mr. Gemmell have written a book about the project called “Total Recall.”

Before coming to Microsoft in 1995, Mr. Bell already had a distinguished career that included teaching computer science at Carnegie Mellon University and helping to design the PDP and VAX line of computers for the Digital Equipment Corp. He also co-founded the Computer History Museum.

He freely admits that he stands on the shoulders of Vannevar Bush with this idea. Mr. Bush was in effect the first presidential science adviser. In 1945, he wrote an article in the Atlantic Monthly magazine proposing a machine called a memex that could record knowledge and allow its retrieval. The idea foreshadowed the World Wide Web.

To build a modern-day memex, you need devices to record the information. For information in digital form — which is increasingly all information — the hardware is out there. For recording things in the analog world, scanning technology has advanced to allow fast input of written and printed materials.

But how do we record things we see and hear each day? Microsoft has developed the SenseCam, a device containing a camera and embedded sensors worn around a user’s neck that automatically takes a series of thousands of still images and records ambient light levels, temperature and movement. (A: That’s just PART of the predictive programming to get you for the chip because they could put the chip in you right now. It’s much easier to do it step by step; it doesn’t spook the people.)

Researchers at CMU have used the SenseCam to allow elderly people to review their experiences during the day as a way of aiding short-term memory.

Once we capture this huge amount of data, how do we store it? Advances in hard drive capacity are the answer. A 1 terabyte (1,000 gigabytes) hard drive now starts at about $75, and drives are getting bigger and cheaper every day.

What can 1 terabyte store? (A: and all the other technology they can add to that to store it, more and more and more as they go along.)

Mr. Gemmell and Roger Lueder have written database software that makes annotation easy, adding a text “note” to files, even by voice, so they can be found. Advances in facial recognition and video and audio search soon will make it easier to find any kind of material.

So you see how everything works together, and you are always given it first… Generally you are given it after world meetings and scientists and so on but it’s presented to you through movies and little science blurbs on television. They are trying to get trendy, in science fiction especially. The youngsters are fascinated by this idea. They think it’s going to give them lots of powers. Some of them actually think that they can go into this virtual world and fight, and win, never realizing that just like the Matrix movie, as Neo was told by the Grand Architect, that there wasn’t a single move that he couldn’t do because it was all PREDICTED. Every possible move he could do was predicted by the programmer. So you can’t fight on an equal term on anything.

We’re on a FAST, fast decline into really the end of a part of a system until they bring in the new. We’re getting sterilized. We’re dying off. There are lots of nice new diseases on the go. At the same time, they want everyone chipped and monitored… and we’re allowing it all to happen. The folk in the cities have no privacy whatsoever, but most don’t mind. They’re already gone folks and you have to accept that. Most are already gone. Don’t waste your time with those ones. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and just before I go to a caller, one last article, I’ll put the link up too, and it’s from The Mail Online in Britain, talking about the cops who won’t help people who are drowning.

Pagan police win the right to take time off for festivals

By Daily Mail Reporter / 11th May 2010 / dailymail.co.uk

Pagan police officers have been given the right to take days off to celebrate festivals where they leave food out for the dead and take part in ‘unabashed sexual promiscuity’.

I’ll go to the callers now and there is Mark from Wisconsin. Are you there Mark?

Mark: Yes, I am. Hey, don’t you think it’s kind of funny how whenever you see those ultrasounds on TV the baby is always jumping around?

Alan: That’s right. [Alan and the caller laughing.] I think I’d be doing the same thing if I was getting bombarded with those.

Mark: It’s probably blowing his eardrums out. I was going to mention how, you know, in Brave New World, they oxygen-deprived the babies to make them stupid, to make them into slaves?

Alan: That was the Betas or the Thetas; that’s right.

Mark: Right. They started clamping the umbilical cord sometime here in the United States, I believe in the early 70s and I can’t find any medical facts on why they did it or why they are still doing it.

Alan: You know something? They are testing on the public all the time in different areas. I watched a DVD recently that was sent to me about how the US medical, different hospitals were actually working with the government and they injected PLUTONIUM into peoples’ arms and legs, with massive syringes. Of course the doctors were all wearing lead gloves and shields, telling these patients that they had cancer and this treatment could cure them. Then they told you that they didn’t have cancer at all. They didn’t have cancer at all; they lied to them from the beginning and used them as guinea pigs. They all died of awful, terrible cancers that were caused by the radiation. You wouldn’t believe what they are really doing in private, in secret, amongst the populations.

Mark: Yep. The experiments go on. Could you go over some time this Ayn Rand and Atlas Shrugged? I’ve been doing a little research on her and she seems to come from the usual suspects. She lived in Crimea, the settlement, and she had a Bolshevik education. Then she comes over here and she writes 2 best-selling books and she’s writing Broadway plays. What can you tell me about this lady?

Alan: I think it was Alisa Rosenbaum that her name was; she changed her name. She went right over and became the mistress of Lord Rothschild for a while; it was the first guy she was a mistress of. Then she went right over to Hollywood where she mixed with the big Hollywood crowd and became a mistress of various ones at different times. If you simply reverse the logic of the followers and see it from her point of view, she is saying that those who are already masters of the world and geniuses should not be held back by the masses. Tie that in with today, the Rothschilds are taking over. They’ve got the World Bank on the go, the Land For Debt Swap which they get through the IMF. They’ve got the carbon tax thing. They’ve got the whole world under their belt. She’s basically not for the little guy with his little gold pieces; she’s not talking about them. She’s talking about the geniuses who have got control already shouldn’t be held accountable by the laws of the general population and they should be allowed to do what they want; that’s what she was really saying.

Mark: That’s objectivism. So where did she get all this money to run all these social and psychological experiments on people in New York?

Alan: Look at the company she kept. There are photographs out there; Einstein was one of her best pals. Lord Rothschild and a whole bunch of other Lords were funding her and I’ve no doubt she was getting money funneled through even all the big banking family channels too.

Mark: Thick as thieves. Thanks a lot.

Alan: Thanks for calling.

Yes, nothing is ever as it seems and followers should always check and see it from the leader’s point of view. She was talking about the ultra elite, THEY were the ones that should go on and not be held accountable to the general public.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 13, 2010. I always suggest to the newcomers – at least temporarily, until I get another web site – to go into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and bookmark all the other official sites I have listed there because I am getting trouble with Yahoo, at the .com site right now and they have given me problems uploading. So bookmark these alternate sites and you can always download the latest shows, hopefully, as long as I can keep going here. While you are at it, look at the books I have for sale. Look at the CDs and the DVDs. Figure out what you want. There are sometimes 50 shows on one single CD. You can buy them at a good price and that kind of keeps me ticking over. That’s all I do here is tick over, in many different ways too. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them – who have given up on the computer or they were wise enough not to bother in the first place, they play them on their CD players – you can get in touch with me at [address above].

Changes… change is what we are going through. This is the Century of Change. You can go back through the various UN web sites and you’ll see so many of the top people over the past few years, at the United Nations, different departments: The International Monetary Fund, Director General and so on… They always bring up in their speeches the coming Century of Change. Well, we are in it now. It wasn’t just to be a few changes in the monetary system, a few changes here or there with trade. It was to be CONSTANT change. Constant change, so much so that your whole way of life, for those who are living it now, will really be turned upside-down and eventually those who are born and grow into the new system, as it’s changing, will adapt and accept it all as quite normal, as they go through their planned changes as well. That’s how the world is run, on a scientific basis.

There is nothing new in this, really. There is nothing new at all. We can go back into the 1800s and find the big foundations, the so-called philanthropies – generally staffed by aristocrats from all over Europe and the wealthiest magnates of their day – having meetings about a planned, organized society. Then once Darwinist came in to kick off the ‘no rights, no wrongs’ idea – tossed all religions out the window which at least had given some set of guideline to the public – then there is nothing to stop them. That’s why they went through the laissez-faire/capitalist period where they put children and women down the mines if the husband couldn’t work; there was no welfare in those days so the whole family had to take his place until he could get back to work. And that was okay in those days. That was a fair profit, by using all means possible. We see the same thing in China today. It doesn’t bother us in the West that children are locked up in factories because they say, well, you see, China’s coming through their industrial revolution later. No. China was SET UP by the West to take over from the old squalid factories that we had here. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just looking at things overall. Sometimes you have to live long enough to really catch on to what’s happening. Some catch on very young in life. Some simply rebel against what they see as some big con going on somewhere; generally it’s everything. Many turn to drugs to try to quiet their brain, others to booze, or both, and then they end up as a real mess. Some come through that phase, a FEW come through that phase and they manage to really get into what’s really going on by getting away from the mainstream primarily and going into those old, dusty books that they had in places they used to call libraries, before they tossed them.

It’s interesting, even in the 80s and 90s I noticed in Canada and elsewhere in the world, libraries were dumping vast hoards of books into garbage dumps. People who would live in these countries could always go to these garbage dumps and see them coming in. Thousands and thousands of books, with lots of histories which of course are much different than the histories that have been rewritten for today, and a lot thicker books too compared to these little magazine type things they call books as well today. So the history has always been covered up as we go through generation by generation and that’s something that most people really miss out on.

Another interesting part of understanding what the big picture is, is when you are going through all of this, you get waylaid into different traps. I always liken waking up to coming out of a tunnel from under ground and into a field. At the end of the tunnel you see the field, you see the forest across the field that you want to get into and on the way to the forest there are all these signs saying, ‘this way,’ or ‘I’ve got it,’ or ‘here is the answer’ and you go around in loops and loops and loops. For the young, they put out so much to do with the occult, which is meant to really take them into endless loops because your imagination is very good when you’re young. When you’re older you’re a bit jaded so it doesn’t work so well. But when you’re young anything seems possible in a sense.

We also have some truths to the occult… meaning that some organizations were started up with fronts. Everything is a front for everything. In the past, a lot of ‘gentleman’s clubs’ as they called it, especially in the 17-1800s also had these SIDE lodges as they called them, where they’d have their riotous parties, especially the French ones. You see, those who joined them were generally, in those days, aristocrats themselves and the nobility. They were jaded, bored stiff and sex, drugs and they didn’t have rock and roll then but everything else made up for it. They dressed up in fancy dress and did the Eyes Wide Shut type of idea. However, that’s come down to the present time and it still fascinates people thinking they are members of various cults or groups. In a sense it’s true; any belief system that starts off is always called a cult at the beginning. Every one, even all the mainstream ones all began as cults.

You can also take it further and go into the REAL cults because the real cults are to do with beliefs even in science, such as Darwinism. When you look at Darwinism, you can’t take it and be a scientist today, or go and study science today in university. You can’t simply take Darwinism and leave it at that. You’ve got to accept ALL of this religious theory that goes with it which is a form of secular humanism. It’s a secular humanism where you have MORAL RELATIVITY. Nothing is really right or really wrong. It’s Cabalistic in a sense, which is true. It’s Cabalistic in that for whatever happens that seems unfortunate to ONE group of people over there will benefit these other people over here.

Darwin himself went through a lot of this to talk about the fact that most people on earth are really part of nature, in all strata – that’s classes – and that the real function of the lower classes was to, in today’s terminology I would say that we are the rocket stages to put the elite up into space, you might say, to make them evolve to the top. He gave examples of how before a tree can grow in a certain part of the earth, it’s the microbes that have to come in and aerate that soil, different bacteria and so on move in, different plants move in and die leaving minerals behind and THEN that seed for the tree can come in and it will grow. That’s how he likened society. He gave that as the example.

That’s drummed into people who go into science today, that there is nothing BUT science and therefore whatever they decide in academia at the top, being all of the intelligentsia as they like to call themselves, they have the right to do so over the lessers. Out of that also came various philosophies about GLOBAL sciences and socialism and the planned society and the scientifically planned society, with a scientific elite running the show. That’s what Lord Bertrand Russell was always on about. He belonged to think tanks that were planning not just a good part of the 20th century, in his lifetime, but the century we are in today. In fact he was the first guy in Britain to be given a Royal Charter to break all the rules against using children in experiments and even when Pavlov was doing it in fact. He was promoting intergenerational sex in these experimental schools WITH THE INTENTION to see if they could break the bonding that would occur, if you could separate the sexual act from mental bonding, emotional bonding, because they didn’t want families in the future for their planned society. The state was to be ALL POWERFUL and therefore the family had to be annihilated.

From the 1970s onwards, we saw this heavy trend, and again, the drumbeat through the media as they pushed and pushed for the ‘new traditional’ families. I think we are in the Mark 4 now, the Mark 4 or Mark 5 traditional family; I’ve lost count. But they keep pushing the same drumbeat to show you that the old one is dead and they have nothing really in their way. When government wants to talk down to you, there is no family around you to stand up. You won’t have any… By the way, all your friends on Twitter won’t stand up for you either. But when government comes for YOU there is no one to stand up on your behalf and speak for you… or even given you moral support. That’s what government always wanted. That’s why George Orwell gave you that impression in his book 1984. Government, Big Brother really talked right down to you; there was no one else there around you, just you.

So you are living through a planned society and a world of changes. The Century of Change where you’ll have CONSTANT changes. Also, scientists have come out at the top again and talked about what some of these changes will be for the average person and it’s a constant TRAINING. They start the training when you are finishing the training to the next step, and they are actually starting the training of the step beyond that at the same time to overlap with it. When I first read this, it was in a book written by the Red Bishop or the Red Archbishop of Canterbury who was a far-left socialist in the 1940s and in the 50s. He was involved in the United Nations. He put a book out about changes and he was so vague. He was talking to those in the inner circle obviously, those who were IN the various institutions such as the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Yet to the outsider, it seemed as though he was just talking about constant upgrading of the public through some kind of ongoing education, like night school; that’s how you would think of it. It wasn’t until the end of the book you realized, no, he’s literally talking about using scientific techniques to constantly upgrade the average individual from their birth to their death to suit the needs of those who rule. Constantly. No breathing space.

In many ways this was introduced even in the 70s and 80s when they started to take out the employment of the West and the factories of the West and put them in China. They talked about, well, the days of the lifelong job is over; you’ll need 2 or 3 jobs in the future JUST to survive and pay your rent. That got hammered like a drumbeat too for a few years and sure enough, that’s what came into being. Most folk today out there in the world, they don’t know that every government through the United Nations signed, and the World Bank signed the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs which gave permission for all your domestic employment and factories to go overseas to China. Not only that, we paid for them. The taxpayers paid for the uprooting of the companies, the building of their new plants in China, and their transportation, and we also guaranteed their losses for the first 10 years. What a deal.

And don’t think for a minute that the bosses who run your country, and I’m not talking about these little Prime Ministers and Presidents, the front men they give you. I’m talking about the real bosses that run your country and your economics. Don’t think that for a minute they would say, okay, we’ve done that, what will happen now; oh, my God, we’ve nothing to replace it with. Of course they knew what was coming. The KNEW what was coming NOW. Not only knew what was coming, they would increment the changes in phases. That is what we are living through today.

Remember, part of this big world plan set up long ago was to set up a world bank, a WORLD bank. It IS there. There is a World Bank. The World Bank is comprised of the 12 BANKING families that something somewhere in some ancient holy book we haven’t seen yet gave them permission to BE the international money lenders, because they don’t actually lend gold or anything to any countries anymore. What on earth do they lend? They lend PERMISSION… to central banks to print up money. That’s what they do. But they demand payment back and all that, with their interest, in REAL goods, or land, or minerals, or gold, or whatever. That’s how it’s run. And we are taught to think that this is somehow quite normal. As I say, I haven’t found a book yet that gave permission for these 12 banking families to be at the top of the tree, since nations all have the right, if they wanted to, to run their own money system and have no debt whatsoever. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the changes, it’s the time for changes. How that slogan was used during Obama’s election, of course, he didn’t dream it up. His marketers did and those who handle him dreamed it up for him. He never explained what these changes were going to be. I’m sure there are a lot of people today kind of terrified now that they see these changes come into place and they’ll be more terrified when they see the rest of it unroll.

This is the time for change. The Century of Change, all of academia was using it and all of academia runs on big grants, apart from the money that they get from governments. They get big grants from the so-called philanthropies, what Carroll Quigley called the Parallel Government that sit on trillions of dollars and mandate how the world should really be run, by dishing out their cash and running thousands of non-governmental organizations, in the Soviet fashion. That’s how the Soviet fashion ran, supposedly, on paper, is that it was a ‘rule by council’ and rule by MANY councils; that’s what the word ‘soviet’ means. And the non-governmental organizations existed in the Soviet Union. The difference being that the Politburo appointed the leaders and then they would speak on behalf of the people who followed them. Then they would take all their demands to government and government would say, that’s a quite a coincidence, we just happen to have this drafted up here and you asked for it; we are so happy to sign it. That’s how the cozy arrangement really worked.

It’s just the same in the Western world. We see all this stuff coming up about carbon taxes and ya-da, ya-da, ya and there are thousands of NGO groups in the Western world, WELL funded by the same foundations that just happen to lobby government when government is talking SERIOUSLY and drafting up stuff to deal with all the carbon problems, that is a lot of hot air to be honest with you. But it doesn’t matter. For most folk, they will speak it into existence by repetition and that will become the new belief. It doesn’t matter if the king has no clothes; most people only go with OTHER PEOPLE’S OPINIONS and if they are all admiring the king, then they won’t listen to the little voice that says, but the guy is naked… because most folk cannot think for themselves. They ARE a group, they are part of the group mentality, you see. They want to be accepted. It takes a lot NOT to be accepted by the group; they will turn on you.

Society, you know, has been a collective for an awful, awful long time, different phases of it and different countries. We tend to forget that in ancient times man was a collective as well. Even the nomads were collectives, they all traveled in tribes. It wasn’t really until literature came out, and even later still, that the literature was available to the general public, which is very recently really, that the idea of individuality came to the fore and we’ve had battles between the group, the mass, and individuality ever since. We are on the road right now of CRUSHING individuality. Those who rule prefer SAMENESS. Sameness is very safe, very, very safe. And yet they leave no chances to those who might not want to live in the sameness of others. That’s why you are all going through the monitoring stuff on a daily basis with your own tax money forming a prison. It’s already formed, an information prison and a tracking prison to make sure that you all stay in the sameness. That’s really what it is for. You will have visits, probably within the next 10 years, if your routines and your patterns change and you are not chatting to your usual clusters as they call them, as they track you, and they want to know what’s wrong, what’s up with you; they want to get you back on track and submerged back into the sameness again, where you are predictable.

Most folk don’t go through life thinking of any of this at all. I’m sure you all have experienced it as you try to impart some knowledge and wisdom to those around you. They look upon you as though you are some kind of weirdo and they give you that fidgety look as their eyes look left and right and left and right and not AT you and you know they are just dying to get away. Or they just stand there with the lobster eyes because the data has been put against their hard drive in their brain and what you are telling them doesn’t compute; there is no data to verify what you are saying so they are at a dead loss as to how to answer. People are very much like computers.

We are at the age now, we are IN the age where individuality truly is being drugged. They have decided that it is an unsafe thing to have in a world society. And who decided that? Well, the United Nations decided that. They said in one of their own mandates that the greatest ENEMY to peace in the world – you’ve got to understand they are talking about the peace of those who already rule it. The greatest enemy of peace was the individual… and they mean it. Mao Tse Tung said the same thing. He said he wasn’t afraid of armies. He was the guy who also said that power came from the barrel of a gun. His big statement was even more powerful. He said that I’m more afraid of someone – SOMEONE – with an idea. That’s what he was afraid of.

Ideas catch on down through history. You see it in all your religions, an idea caught on from one fella to the next. People for thousands of years lived their lives according to all the stuff they built on top of the ideas. What you are going through is the scientific idea, where we are all basically animals. The world congresses to do with wildlife, they’ve all declared the same thing. In fact, they’ve all said through Maurice Strong and all the front men, who, again, work at the United Nations, that man has actually not even got the rights – or at least not the equivalent – of all the lesser animals… except his own kind of course, who are more evolved. I’ll be back with more after this break.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the changes we are going through, big changes, a lot more to come in fact. PERPETUAL CHANGES until we’ll supposedly BEG for them to stop. That’s supposedly how bad it will become. HG Wells who was one of the propagandists for the Fabian Society and the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the parallel government, talked about that, that people would beg them to stop, eventually stop the changes; it would be too much for them. That’s where they hope to get us all, always on edge. When you have a herd stampeding and you know how to guide the herd, you can take them an awful long distance without letting them calm down… an awful long distance. Whereas if they weren’t so neurotic and you weren’t constantly frightening them, they might run a half mile or a mile and stop again and graze. No. You keep them running because you are pushing them in a certain direction. You are breaking up the fabric of society and people even go crazy as they are going through these massive changes.

A lot of what is taken for granted today, like drugging your children, is a norm. Really, in a sense, it’s crazy too but we accept it now as normal because we’ve gone through these massive changes, the sudden, sudden attention deficit disorders and so on, and hyper activity, JUST OUT OF THE BLUE. It’s all because they keep making the psychiatric definitions thicker in their manual, in their book. Big money for pharma. The drugged society, it ties right in EXACTLY with Bertrand Russell and others talking about using pharma for behavior management of the general public. And they are doing it. We are seeing it all happen.

A lot of people don’t really understand because they get the title, the original title, stuck in their head from the big players when they announce a project. If it’s not that exact title that is used, when they see it happening in real life they won’t equate it. They can’t put 2 and 2 together; it’s the same thing happening under a different name. What’s happening in the United States right now, and Canada, and the shake-up of the dollar, is happening in Europe at the same time with the shake up of the Euro and the British pound and so on. They use different names for these particular shake-ups but it’s all under the International Monetary system that runs the world.

What is the International Monetary system? … from the IMF? The International Monetary Fund is one of these institutions that were set up, a PRIVATE INSTITUTION that runs elected governments. Something doesn’t jive here. They get money from all these governments. They ARE a private bank. Why would the governments be giving money to a PRIVATE bank that then oversees them? And is unaccountable to them? And it’s a big boss and is unelected by the peoples? What it tells you, obviously, is there has never been any real democracy. Quigley equated this to a new type of feudalism and that is exactly what it is. It’s a FEUDALISTIC system. They weren’t going to leave anything to democracy from the very beginning. Democracy helped the rebellions stop forming every 4 or 5 years; that’s why they give you elections every 4 or 5 years. People do not vote in new parties. They are so sick of the last ones, they vote them out. That’s what happens. You know that; you’ve lived long enough. Then you will only get hit with the next part of the agenda, because there are no parties. They all work for the SAME world agenda. They take their orders from the SAME bosses.

The International Monetary Fund, The World Bank was set up to BE exactly that. The first step, they said, through the Royal Institute of International Affairs was to set up central banks in each country and these central banks would be private banks. Then supposedly they would take control of the economies of the countries. Then when the next phase came, of course they would cause the upsets and upheavals, they’d give an even bigger bank to look after those central banks, all staffed by the same people who knew each other and often related to each other. That’s what’s happening right now.

There is an article from the International Monetary Fund, from their own web site.

Concluding Remarks by Dominique Strauss-Kahn, Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund, at the High-Level Conference on the International Monetary System

Zurich, May 11, 2010 / imf.org

(Alan: the International Monetary System, that was their topic of conversation. It was Mr Dominique Strauss-Kahn that was one of the speakers. He starts off being his usual… probably ate their usual 10 course lunches and stuff and drank the best wine and nodded to each other for all their successes of getting this far. He goes on thanking them all for attending and all that polite stuff that they go through.)

Thanks. Let me start by thanking each of you for coming to today’s conference on the International Monetary System, for presenting a range of useful and at times provocative ideas, and debating a very timely topic. The events of recent days have reinforced the need for a robust global monetary and financial system, and though such immediate concerns are at the forefront of our attention, it is good that we are able to set aside time to discuss these broader issues. Let me also extend a very special thanks to Philippe Hildebrand and the Swiss National Bank for graciously hosting us.

(A: This is how he heads off his topic… Now, where have you heard this before? From Hillary Clinton and you had it from, I think it was Kerry; it was one of these guys from the Council on Foreign Relations in the States. When the towers went down, crisis is an opportunity. Crisis is an opportunity…)

Crisis is an opportunity. Many of you have spoken of the need to strengthen the system and increase its resilience to recurrent crises—and current events only add intensity to this sentiment. (A: What he’s telling you is this is all planned. It’s all planned, folks. These guys are happy with the crisis. It’s an opportunity.)

International bankers by the way, when you see that stock market plummet for maybe an hour or something and then it’s suddenly steady again, like a blip, someone just made a killing of BILLIONS of dollars. That’s how they make their opportunities. So he goes on about the new system and so on and so on and so on, but what is the real goal? You have to really scour around to find it. You find that they are after all the central banks to go under the European bank for Europe. They also want one for the Americas. There is an article here…

EU bid to rule UK banks

Tuesday, 11th May 2010 / ukip.org (A: from the Independence Party in Britain.)

British plans to improve the banking industry in the aftermath of the financial crisis could be in tatters as EU bureaucrats attempt to take charge over all banks operating in the UK.

So what they are going to do is set up – they’ve already got it set up – the European Central Bank; that’s the big daddy of central banks that overshadow all the national central banks. But don’t kid yourself, it says national but it’s not yours anyway; your central bank was never yours. It’s putting it all under one system. That’s what it’s for. That’s what most of this crisis right now is all about to be honest with you, because he who rules the gold and owns the gold rules the world. It doesn’t have to be gold either; blips are good enough in the stock market. That’s what they exchange, digits, ones and zeroes. In seconds they make millions. And we, in our lives, and everything that we have to buy goes up in price and up in price and taxes go up and all the rest of it. Quite something.

Here is Germany too…

Germany ‘might have to foot entire euro aid bill’

(A: This is what they are bitching about over there.)

Germany’s opposition Social Democrats (SPD) said on Tuesday they had not decided whether to support a European rescue package for the euro, and warned the country could end up footing the entire cost of the bill. (A: Because what they are claiming is that Britain is in worse shape than Greece.)

By a Reuters reporter in Berlin / telegraph.co.uk / 11 May 2010

This is hyping up the fear. What does the fear do? Why is this hyped up? Well, we’ve got to DO something and forward comes Dominique Strauss-Kahn, you see, who says, crisis is an opportunity. It’s an opportunity to get their agenda through. This is all preplanned.

Here is an article too and it is from Holland.

Crisis coerces EU members into ever closer union

Published: 10 May 2010 / nrc.nl

By extending Brussels’ supervision over states’ budgets (A: That’s the nations of Europe… states.) and expanding the central bank’s charter, the EU has made an historical step towards a centralised budgetary policy.

So once you have a centralized bank OVER all your national centralized banks, they are then making all your budgetary policy and you can’t do your own bookkeeping at home anymore. The central, foreign, offshore bank does it all for you. They are now in charge of running the entire economy. Which also means the entire spending from your governments down through society, they are now in charge of it ALL. THAT’S what this is about. There are many ways and many arms to the world government. Many, many ways. Quite fascinating. Quite fascinating, indeed.

When they are doing that, of course, we have the World Health Organization, which is really the World DEATH Organization because their real job is to cull back the populations of the planet. You’ve got to go into your history. If you go into your histories and their own sites in fact and really dig through, you’ll find the statements by them: too many people, too many people, we’ve got to sterilize, bring down the populations. I call it doctor WHO, W-H-O. This article is from Fox News.

World Health Organization Moving Ahead on Billions in Internet and Other Taxes

By George Russell / foxnews.com / Updated May 10, 2010

(A: Now, who elected THEM? Well guess what? NOBODY! It’s like The World Bank; nobody elected them. Nobody elects anybody, in any democratic country, to the United Nations. It’s never been up to the plebes at the bottom to have anything to do with who gets to the United Nations and how it operates and how it runs and what its mandates are. It’s outside of our hands. It was set up by the Council on Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of International Affairs with the help of the big banking boys… to bring in all of this stuff, including your financial chaos and the reorganizing of it all. It was brought in by the same bunch. So here they are…)

The World Health Organization is moving full speed ahead with a controversial plan to impose billions of dollars in global consumer taxes on such things as Internet activity and everyday financial transactions like paying bills online — while its spending soars and its own financial house is in disarray. (A: Oh, they always tell us that… it’s in disarray.)

The World Health Organization (WHO), the United Nations’ public health arm, (A: Public DEATH arm…) is moving full speed ahead with a controversial plan to impose global consumer taxes on such things as Internet activity and everyday financial transactions like paying bills online — while its spending soars and its own financial house is in disarray.

Are you getting the picture about centralized World Bank? …the WORLD bank, folks? Because you know it’s all going cashless and most folk are already cashless and more folk are already doing all their banking on the net. What’s happening here? …for those that are hard of thinking? Well, The World Health Organization (WHO), the United Nations’ public health arm, is moving full speed ahead with a controversial plan to impose global consumer taxes on such things as Internet activity… etc, etc. Even financial transactions, they are going to skim money off that. And all this time you are thinking it’s your big servers that are going to cut you off or whatever, or it’s your own government that’s going to cut your access to the net. No, no, no. It’s the WORLD system. It’s the GLOBALISTS, the United Nations who will be in charge of it all. It was set up to be a form of global government… unelected.

It’s amazing too, the UN is always shouting when they want to send NATO in to standardize a country and get them into central banking – countries that generally have no debt at all when they start – it’s amazing that the UN always says, we’re going in because we’ve got to teach them democracy. There is nothing democratic about the UN. It is NOT a democratic organization. And it’s a front for the bankers. It’s a front for big pharma, as the WHO is their main proponent for pushing their drugs and their deadly inoculations. They work with Bill Gates and all these guys, the big philanthropists that say they can use vaccines to bring the population down.

Meanwhile, people petition their own governments, thinking they are real, and they fax their congressmen and all the rest of it thinking, yep, these guys are real and they still have a nation at home. Here is an article and it’s the BBC.

EU wants member countries to co-ordinate budgets

12 May 2010 / bbc.co.uk

The European Commission wants EU countries to co-ordinate plans for national budgets. (A: See, their central bank now that they set up for the EU Parliament is going to run every country’s budget and books.)

The European Commission wants EU countries to co-ordinate plans for national budgets in a move to strengthen financial co-operation.

It would involve submitting budgets to the EU for a “peer review”, possibly before they go to national parliaments. (A: So you’re not national. You’re not even in charge of anything anymore, even your domestic spending. That includes welfare, by the way, and health care and everything else. I hope you understand what I’m talking about here. This is the system Obama wants to bring in to the US. And the US, Canada and Mexico have signed 4 agreements, one coming up, the fifth and last one for total integration into the same system. Then they’ll have some super bank built, if it’s not already there, to be the super central bank of the Americas, over the US’s one and the farce they call Canada’s one. Canada’s one is not even in the phone book; it’s just a room where they meet to discuss borrowing money from the foreign money lenders. That’s what the Bank of Canada is.)

Some reports suggested the proposal would involve just the 16 countries using the euro currency, though this has not been made clear.

The Commission said its aim was to help prevent another EU financial crisis. (A: Ha, ha, ha.)

But the move, controversial as it would mean encroaching on sovereign territory, was immediately criticised by Sweden’s prime minister.

The EC statement said: “The Commission proposes to reinforce decisively (A: Decisively, right…) the economic governance (A: Not government, but governance…) in the European Union [which has 27 members].

“An early peer review of fiscal policies would help shape a fiscal stance for the EU and the euro area as a whole.

“Union countries should begin co-ordinating preparations for national budgets and economic reforms.

“Member states would benefit from early coordination at European level as they prepare their national budgets and national reform programmes,” the statement said.

(A: And they want ‘deeper surveillance’ into all the spending at home. Well, that traditionally is the job of the International Monetary Fund who comes in. They change their black hats to white hats as they come in as ‘the rescuers’ and then they slash and burn all your domestic social policies at home… to make sure the bankers get their cash back. You see, that’s who they work for.)

An interesting article here, it’s from the Jewish World Review. I don’t see anything in any other country talking about this. It ties in with Obama’s health care plan and everything else. It’s already happening in Britain.

A ‘Duty to Die’?

By Thomas Sowell / jewishworldreview.com / May 11, 2010 27 Iyar 5770

One of the many fashionable notions that have caught on among some of the intelligentsia is that old people have “a duty to die,” rather than become a burden to others. (A: Health care crisis… health care crisis, folks, cutbacks, millions of pounds in Britain to be cut and slashed by the IMF. It’s already happening; thousands of nursing staff are on welfare.)

This is more than just an idea discussed around a seminar table. Already the government-run medical system in Britain is restricting what medications or treatments it will authorize for the elderly. Moreover, it seems almost certain that similar attempts to contain runaway costs will lead to similar policies when American medical care is taken over by the government. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know some people will like upbeat shows and they even say, leave us with some HOPE, you know. What they are really saying is, leave us with the impression that things won’t get TOO bad. I want to live MY life without too many upsets; I’m quite comfy the way I am, just don’t let it get any worse. That’s what they want to hear. You don’t know your enemy until you’ve really gone through hell and seen them face to face. It’s only then that any ideas come. The old ways don’t work. They never did work. Denial never helped anybody except those that want to keep you in denial. That’s why we are in such a mess today. That’s why these big bankers, or BANKSTERS, have taken over the entire planet through a hundred-odd years war, and through their CFR and their Royal Institute of International relations.

Getting back to this Jewish World Review talking about one of the fashionable trends that are coming in, because you see, everything in this new system is based on economics, including your life. See, as I said at the start of the show and moral relativity and Darwinism, it gave them the ammunition they needed to devaluate, devalue completely the human life itself. That’s what you get when you bring in moral relativity and secular humanism and teach it in the schools. Well, I don’t care, you know, what’s happening over there; if they’re dying it’s their fault… Moral relativity, everyone is disconnected, no compassion for others. No ANGER at what’s happening to others either. That’s what they wanted. That’s what they got.

See that lovely Swiss terminal place where they EXIT you over there, for those that want euthanasia. They are making a BIG deal out of it. They’ve found hundreds and hundreds of the urns now dumped in a lake in Switzerland.

Fury as ‘up to 300 urns containing human remains from Dignitas suicide clinic are found at bottom of Lake Zurich’

By Alexandra Williams / dailymail.co.uk / 28th April 2010

They are in the process of bringing them up. But who is going to object about, ah, so what if they dump the ashes or the urn in a lake? So what, they’re dead anyway. Why not use the bodies and hang them on wires and we’ll go and google at them with our eyes… and watch these waxed CORPSES, plasticized corpses from China and call it ART. You can’t save a sick society, folks. You can’t save it at all. If you’re not objecting and feel upset, objectionable about this, you can’t even save yourself.

Back to the World Review… So the fashionable idea is that people, older folk have a DUTY to die… because it’s the new economics.

This is more than just an idea discussed around a seminar table. Already the government-run medical system in Britain is restricting what medications or treatments it will authorize for the elderly. (A: It’s been doing that for quite a few years now.) Moreover, it seems almost certain that similar attempts to contain runaway costs will lead to similar policies when American medical care is taken over by the government. (A: You see, doctors become agents of the government political policies and economic policies.)

Make no mistake about it, letting old people die is a lot cheaper than spending the kind of money required to keep them alive and well. If a government-run medical system is going to save any serious amount of money, it is almost certain to do so by sacrificing the elderly. (A: That’s a fact, folks. That’s happening. It’s been happening in other countries before it’s hitting here.)

There was a time— fortunately, now long past— when some desperately poor societies had to abandon old people to their fate, because there was just not enough margin for everyone to survive.

Well, guess what folks? In Britain they might save you. They MIGHT save your life depending on what rank in the social order of your community you happen to be standing in. Welcome to the Brave New World, folks. Now you can go back and play.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Lots of folk today know what’s happening with the internet. Many clued in quite a few years ago where it was all going and why it was actually designed and given to us and they don’t use the computer anymore, they rely on people to burn discs of talks like this and pass them around to them to play on their CD players. So, if you’re one of them, there’re lots out there, and you want to get in touch with me, you can write to [listed above].

What I try to do on this show sometimes is not just to go into all the crises that are handed out to us today because we’re given so many. This is all on purpose. Nothing happens by chance on a huge scale on this earth; it doesn’t happen that way. Crises are used to change things.

It’s interesting even reading Professor Carroll Quigley who said that wars, one of the main reasons for wars, apart from the plundering and the loot to the victors, you know, ‘to the victors go the spoils’, he also mentioned that war was intended, by those who crafted it, to change the cultures on both sides who had been opposing eachother.

It’s a strange way to think about it but it’s actually true because when an enemy attacks one country, even if it has superiority in science, the other side will adopt and use the same sciences against them. If the enemy uses drastic tactics and started slaughtering civilians, then the other side will do the same sort of thing. So they become more and more like eachother as time goes on. They both institute rationing over the public, martial law over the public and when that’s all been implemented and government’s taken over farming and vital industries then you know you’re going into a socialist system.

Out of long conflicts you find that socialism is really what comes out of it.

It’s funny to think that Britain used the slogans of keeping Britain free to get guys to join up during the war. So did America and they emerged out of them really as socialist countries although both were on the way prior to the war, the war certainly gave it them the boost to become socialist. So Britain emerged from fighting National Socialism as a national socialistic country and now it’s joined the European socialism.

Now, socialism is run by fascists and that’s something most people don’t really get because they’re trained to think in ‘this’ or ‘that’, ‘either/or’, and I’ll go into this when I come back from the following break.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just trying to point out how we’re easily drawn into arguments and part of it is due to the language and the logic that we use. We’re trained in school to see things as ‘either/or’, ‘plus/minus’, ‘correct/wrong’ and that type of thing and we get confused with words. We don’t really stop and look over the words with our minds because there’re many languages and what you see as a language itself. How you decipher what you see is a language too; it’s pictures. They used to say that a picture contains a thousand words but it’s actually more than that. It sometimes teaches you to ignore the terms that are handed to you that keep you in a loop where you just fight with other people over terminology. Sometimes people will be using the same terminology and they can actually be talking about different things.

If you get 5 different preachers together to have a talk, they can all meet together, be very friendly, say ‘God is good’ and each one makes a little statement and then they walk out. Yet it could be 5 different Gods they’re talking about; same kind of thing.

We take things on face value and don’t really look into anything and so when you see wars getting laid on and the preparations for wars being laid on as well, as World War II certainly was because Adolf Hitler’s Nazi Germany would never have gotten off the ground if it wasn’t for all the money, aid and all the Western corporations that set up in Germany under the I. G. Farben umbrella. This was all for supposedly another great experiment.

These boys at the top love experiments and that’s what we’re like to them, one big test tube after another. We’ve had the American experiment. We’ve had the Soviet experiment and then came the Nazi experiment. We’re going through experiments right now in fact; the global experiment which is ‘post-democratic’ as opposed to the ‘democratic’ experiment. But it’s always run by the same people who hold power. It’s the money boys, the big, big money boys and the international bankers, the coteries and cabals.

It’s well recorded in umpteen different books out there, not conspiracy books, I’m talking about regular books on banking and so on and histories done by people like Professor Carroll Quigley who talks about the meetings they have. They have regular meetings these international banking families. They’re all inter-married with eachother and they, of course, would never ever decide to allow the power they wield to be taken out of their hands by anybody.

People who get to that kind of stage of power don’t just give it up or walk away and say ‘well, I’ve made all I need. I’ll give someone else a chance’. It doesn’t work like that.

Countries all grovel to these guys for permission to print up their own money basically. The whole money system as we know is a con and everyone who’s on this particular show, who’s listening to this show; I’m sure they’ve heard many others explain in detail how the whole con of how the money system works. It’s all debt money. It’s all debt. It’s brought in as debt and of course, bankers live off of debt. They lose power if everybody keeps paying off their money on time and they’ve paid up their account. There’s no profit once it’s paid up so they want perpetual debt. Perpetual debt brings something much more interesting and much more vital. It gives you power over nations.

Now, the crises we’re seeing today; the many different crises all at once, which is intentional too to keep us all distracted and concentrating on the gloves. It’s like a magician who wears the white gloves with the black background and the black suit. He’ll show you the one hand with the glove and that’s the one you look at and then you’re astonished when he pulls a rabbit out of thin air with his other one because you weren’t watching the other one, you see?

These are simple techniques of distraction and the media focuses on the one you’re supposed to see, the hand in the glove you’re supposed to see. Really, the media never gives you any nitty gritty behind the scenes of what’s really ever going on because the media is an essential part of governance. It’s an essential part of governance.

I was looking at the history of alot of the newspapers, especially in the US over the last 40 years, and some very good papers came and went. They went because the big boys threatened those who were advertising in those papers, that they’d pull all their ads off their other media; the moguls, the big barons of media threatened to pull all their ads if they didn’t stop advertising with these particular newspapers and some of them were closed down overnight because they couldn’t get a single ad in. That’s the power of the big boys. That’s how the world really works.

I remember seeing that movie that was about a guy who tried to start a car company in the US. He got alot of it off the ground. It was a novel idea that one guy could get this all started when the big giants were already on the go and the giants got together threatened all the suppliers of metals, batteries etc, everything for your car. They threatened them that if they supplied this guy that they’d withdraw their purchasing from them. That’s how the world really, really works.

They can put anybody under. So anyone who’s up there and rich and famous today, the Bill Gates’, the philanthropists as they’re called are only front men, who are put up there by the guys already in power, who held power, the real power, the power of the technocrats as Quigley and Margaret Thatcher called them. They’re the ones who can get the jobs done without being responsible to the public, the ones who are unelected. If you’ve noticed, every government across the world right now in the last few years has appointed members to their official governing bodies which are not elected by the public at all. They don’t run for anything. They’re supposedly expert scientists in their fields as they pretend to run us through the logic of science rather than just the logic of dealing with human beings.

They also rely on crisis and right now we’re going through crisis creation. I’ve talked about crisis creation many, many times because it’s so important to realise how the public react in crisis. More specifically, it’s more important to know how we don’t react in times of crisis.

Crisis, on a large scale, that’s intended to make you fearful of immediate poverty, with all the things that go with it; homelessness, losing your house, losing healthcare, everybody’s afraid of being sick, all of those things are to do with the economy of course; they’ve got you by the short and curlies when they talk about the economy. We’ve all been trained to work for the economy in some capacity or another. We’re told that’s our philosophy of life. That’s what you exist for, to serve the economy. That’s basically what they said at the United Nations. ‘A good world citizen is a producer and a consumer’. So really you serve the economy. When you no longer produce and are just consuming like the elderly, you’re a burden on society, you’re a ‘taker’. That is how they put it basically.

Now, crisis knocks us off balance until we’re not thinking rationally. It’s so easy to do too when you’ve got a public who are stuck and glued to the daily media that’s not going to explain any in-depth machinations of what’s really happening and what it’s all for. You’re supposed to be the recipient of crisis so that you will do, and react, the same as everybody else is supposed to do and react and go along with whatever new rules or laws are put down upon you.

I’ve always said that in abuse the abused victim always turns to the abuser for help. We’re so well trained that we can be raped and pillaged by our governments and banks and turn round to the same ones expecting them to make it better for us. Anybody from another planet would think we’re absolutely mad and they would be correct, only you see, it’s a trained madness. We’re trained to respond this way, not logically.

Many years ago I also added to this particular part of it that when you’re in that state of crisis and all the rest of it you’ll find that there’s no ‘complaints department’ because you don’t have really what’s called ‘democracy’. You have…I always think of them and picture them as kiosks in a sense where you walk in with your complaints to the complaint kiosk. There are different kiosks for different kinds of complaints or departments of government and then your stuff goes in a circle around all different levels and comes back to you, generally answering something you never asked in the first place or certainly doesn’t give a reply to the question you did ask.

In other words, it’s all a show. It’s a show. There’s no democracy. Representatives don’t generally in these days in most countries, they don’t represent the ‘ridings’, the people. They represent the ‘party’ which literally kicked the whole idea of having a representative for your area out the window. We’ve all been trained that that’s normal now when the politician says, ‘well I had to go with the party on this one’.

All you have to do is have one guy to represent one party; one for the other and let’s cut out all the rest of them, all the rest of the politicians. It’s alot cheaper because that’s all you’re watching anyway. The rest of the politicians who want to make a name for themselves and they’re allowed a certain amount of competition on a low level are just trained seals at a circus. They clap for their boss. ‘Yeah’ and they clap, clap, clap away. They’re very noisy in the British parliament and that’s all they do.

Crisis is very, very important to get everything going. They used World War II to bring in the European Union and as I say, Carroll Quigley and others, I’ve got lots of books from the members who participated in the first meetings, who wrote about this necessity and a dream that they’d had for a long time, even Winston Churchill said it was his dream for a European Union which is kind of odd when you think about all the propaganda pieces that Churchill churned out; to go off and fight for your country, your way of life and traditions and all that stuff. At the same time, his personal secretary was writing down notes saying that Winston talked to his peer group and saying, ‘This war is great. It’ll give us a united Europe at the end.’

We’re all used.

Back with more after these messages.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just talking about ‘crisis creation’ and how it’s very handy to get big plans, long made plans into being and pushed through because the public are kept stampeded where nothing’s normal anymore. The normal of today might be completely different tomorrow as we go through all of this supposed turmoil over cash; cash and rates of money flow.

It’s odd too because I was thinking today about that oil leakage down in the gulf there where they did all the wrong things apparently. They’ve done very deep drilling right to the ocean bed and they’ve tried their big dome and all the rest of it to contain it and now they’re talking about bringing in basically concrete to pour into it like a black hole, just keep pouring thousands and thousands of tons of concrete to try to plug this particular gap. It reminded me of the other articles I’ve been reading here about how they’re still borrowing billions and billions of dollars to plug the holes in the Euro money system.

It’s the same thing isn’t it? The only difference is that with the concrete you actually see the end result. You know where it’s gone. It’s self-evident. It’s still there. It builds on itself. However, with the money hole, it’s like a black hole in outer space. It’s like money heaven where all the money disappeared supposedly from the crash from all the bubbles. They just can’t tell us where it went but they want more. They want more and more that they can keep throwing at this black hole. Maybe they’ll hit the bottom of it and we’ll suddenly be stabilised again?

This is the farce we live through. You’ve got to sit back and see what it really is. It’s a farce folks. It’s an utter farce. We accept these farces because we’ve been trained to accept them. Why? Because guys that come on television, who teach this stuff at university, say it with a very sincere face and honest face and try to put this pseudo-science across to you. However, to me, throwing money into black holes doesn’t make any sense at all.

The thing is, all the money that’s borrowed from the world bankers by the countries to throw into these black holes, is gone. You’ve got to pay it back. You’ve got to pay back the money you’ve borrowed. So the big bankers, and I’m talking about the big banking families, don’t lose anything at all.

When I was young I read about the earlier depressions, even the ones in the 1800’s and before and the South Sea bubble and all this kind of stuff when a couple of geniuses first dreamed up the idea of creating investments and foreign investments and got everybody in on it. I think James I was the first one approached and James sent ships off to the Americas. They came up with this great idea, or the guys who advised him, the guys who handled the money for him, advised him that this would be a great boon and he encouraged everyone in the nation, of all ages, to put their pennies and shillings into this great big profitable venture.

It was advertised at the time in King James’ day as a place of ‘milk and honey’ and they sent a couple of ships off to, guess where? The mouth of the Amazon River and dropped them off as the first settlement and by the time they came back everybody was long gone dead because of malaria and yellow fever and God knows what else; killed by snakes and all the rest of it.

It’s astonishing that these things have been going on forever; these ‘get rich quick’ schemes. Now people certainly did get alot of money off of it but they never left the country of Britain but they got lots and lots of money out of it. There’re always the winners in every catastrophe you know.

Then they had the same one with the French bubble which basically decimated France’s budget and helped aggravate the build up to the French Revolution and yet nothing really changes. We still allow this amazing roulette, this roulette table that spins in space and it’s got everyone’s pensions on it. It’s got everything on it apparently, national budgets and all the rest of it, are all up on it tossing around on this big roulette table in space, that when it’s working ok some of the cash falls over the side, overboard, and you get some of it. Other times it can just push away in the opposite direction and it goes back off to the black hole and supposedly we’re all supposed to live with this as if it was all quite sane, real and factual and they don’t change anything about it.

All this money we’re pumping into all these different nations after getting plundered by the same will keep the same bankers in place again to do the same thing again. That’s why they don’t change anything and how dare anybody take people’s pensions and put them in a roulette table and gamble with them or healthcare funds or anything else. Don’t you think that’s rather stupid especially when you look at the long faces and the jaws and the teeth on the foxes that are spinning the wheels on the big roulette table? But that’s how we’re trained, that it’s all quite normal. And you know something? There’re no laws on the books to go after the big boys like Soros, who a few years ago, literally collapsed Britain when he called up two of his friends, as he boasted in a newspaper in Britain afterwards, and decided to sink their economy and reap billions out of it.

That left Britain going off to the world bankers, cap in hand again, to borrow money to get the Pound afloat once more. There was nothing, no police in the world, no law to go after Soros and his pals for causing it in the first place. Amongst themselves this is good business practice. Why do we keep them folks? You see, they own us. That’s why we keep them.

Back with more after these messages.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m talking about the farce of crisis creation and how we react to it and the even bigger farce of how we just throw money at things, from us of course, because we’re put down as the guarantors for every loan governments take out and so are your children and your children’s children forever until it’s all paid off which it never will be because it’s not intended to be. Slavery is better because those who rule keep ruling. If you owe them nothing they’ve got nothing to go with, you see?

The other night I read this article here. It’s a Dutch newspaper. I read a bit of it, not much but it says…

“Crisis coerces EU members into ever closer union”

‘Crisis coerces them into ever closer union.’ It reminds me of ‘Fortress America’, that crisis on terrorism is forcing Canada and the States to integrate closer ties economically and with security forces and so on. So they use crisis to get their agenda through.

When 9/11 happened, I think it was Gary Hart who went on television a few days later talking to the CFR saying that ‘we can use this crisis as an opportunity’. You see they all do that and I read an article yesterday too where they talked about using opportunity. Everything’s an opportunity for them because they bring it on and that is their opportunity. They are opportunists.

It goes on, this particular article here, about…

“The European currency is not the only thing at stake though. Recent weeks’ events came close to setting off a new financial crisis. Little has really changed…”

(Alan: Blah, blah, blah and then it says…)

“The over 700 billion Euros in credit and guarantees that were trotted out last weekend will be supported by far-reaching monetary measures. The European Central Bank (ECB) will, again, provide…”

(A: See? They’ve got a centralised bank now for the whole of Europe. That was a prime plank of their system, centralised banking and they’re now supreme above national banks and they have access to the national banks’ books. In other words, they’re doing everything. They’re running your economy; everything and everything you spend on your services back home; healthcare etc. This article goes down and down and it talks about the fact that crisis is having a great effect for further integration; further integration. So it’s well worth reading to see how it’s put across to the general public.)

Because you’re living in fear, you’re being stampeded and they can make as many changes as they want and we can’t stop. We’re rushed. We keep running and we can’t stop and say, ‘wait a minute, let me think about this.’ We don’t get time to think. That’s the whole idea of the articles that are churned out for us to panic over basically, just panic over.

When all this is going on too, we keep forgetting about the global agenda and the guys who are part of the global agenda, the Maurice Strongs and people of the world that are high-level technocrats who’ve made more changes to our lives than you care to imagine. These are the guys who work behind the scenes at the UN and at the Rockefeller Foundation. They’re all over the place these guys, the top technocrats. And Quigley said that they’ve got more power than any prime minister or president. That’s what they wield is power. They get things set up and get things on the go and get things moving. They don’t have to go through parliaments and governments to get it done. They go ahead and do it.

This article here is from the BBC 27th April, 2010.

“Reviving the spirit of Rio”

(A: Out of Rio you understand came the ‘Earth Charter’ and all this greening stuff that we’re now going to get forced into when all these guys from private clubs got together and signed all of us on, by the way, again as the victims of all of this. We are all the participants whether we like it or not. So…)

“Reviving the spirit of Rio”

“Following the near collapse of the UN climate negotiations in December and the seeming paralysis of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES)…”

(A: That’s all under their umbrella here…)

“…in March, the whole idea of solving the world’s environmental problems through multilateral negotiations seems to be in crisis. But, argue Maurice Strong and Felix Dodds, another recent development holds out the promise of reversing the trend.

In two years’ time, Rio de Janeiro will host another Earth Summit – 20 years after the first.

The idea was proposed in 2007 by Brazil’s President Lula da Silva at the UN General Assembly.

It was clear to President Lula and to a growing number of others that the world has changed enormously since 1992, when the world…”

(A: Now, here’s how it’s typed)

“… when the world agreed to Agenda 21…”

(A: Most folk don’t even know what it is because the general population has never heard of it; they weren’t asked what they thought of it. Most of them didn’t even know it was going on but your prime ministers and your presidents did. They all agreed to it and signed it)

“…- the blueprint for creating a sustainable way of life in the 21st Century. Rio 2012…”

(A: That’s the next one)

“…could provide much-needed new momentum to international co-operation, not only on environment and sustainable development, but also on the problems that underpin the global financial crisis.”

(A: So they are also going to use crisis as their opportunity. In fact they create crisis. “Oh, there’s a crisis in the environment. The sky is falling.” The only stuff that’s falling from the sky is all the chem-sprays they’ve been spraying for 12 years and apparently they’re going to step that up)

These are the real movers and shakers and they’re never ever discussed in detail, like who they are and what they’re up to. You just get little blurbs like this in the mainstream media. Most folk once they hear it think, ‘well, it must be very official’, like part of your government, but it’s not. It is part of the United Nations that drafts up all of these bills and laws that you’ll have to answer to and that gets your leaders to sign them as treaties. Sustainable development also means vastly reducing your populations, folks.

All your leaders, across the planet, signed it and they’ll sign the next one too.

When they go into action to create the crisis, you’ll always find the first casualties in the populations when they’re terrified. I can remember Y2K and all the hype and nonsense about that when the media would go around to the man in the street and say, ‘well, do you believe in Y2K?’. Whenever you hear that, ‘Do you believe in this?’, you know it’s a con. It’s like ‘do you believe in climate change’. It’s a con. It’s a religion.

You also had the folk who were terrified; the neurotics were flooding the psychiatrist’s offices. People were getting awfully depressed thing that the world was coming to an end, no kidding. Unfortunately lots of guys even on patriot radio were making a fortune selling back-up generators and God knows what else. The world was just going to stop. If the computers stopped, everything was going to stop. Well of course, it ticked over and nothing happened. There’s always an opportunity for those who use or create or even the appearance of crisis.

With the global warming scam we’ve had people commit suicide already. I read an article about a month ago where a couple had killed themselves and their child because they didn’t want to live in a world that was totally barren and nothing lived anymore, no greens and so on.

This article here is out of, I think, Australia, Voxy News. It says…

“The Royal Australian and New Zealand Collage of Psychiatrists’ Congress at SkyCity Convention Centre in Auckland…”

(A: New Zealand)

“…brings together mental health experts in a diverse range of areas; from children and adolescents to old age, mental health across the lifespan will be discussed. Here are some highlights from this morning’s program.

Global warming fears seen in obsessive compulsive disorder patients”

(A: See, whatever the latest fear is, those who have ‘obsessive compulsive disorder’ immediately jump into it)

“A recent study has found that global warming has impacted the nature of symptoms experienced by obsessive compulsive disorder patients.

Climate change related obsessions and/or compulsions were identified in 28% of patients presenting with obsessive compulsive disorder. Their obsessions included leaving taps on and wasting water, leaving lights on and wasting electricity,…”

(A: Now they have to go and check that everything’s off to save the world)

“…pets dying of thirst, leaving the stove on and wasting gas as well as obsessions that global warming had contributed to house floors cracking, pipes leaking, roof problems and white ants eating the house.

Compulsions in response to these obsessions included the checking of taps,…”

(A: They’ve got to check them about 100 times a night to make sure they’re off, same with the light switches, there’s enough water in the pet bowl and their house structure. Everything’s going to fall apart)

“Media coverage about the possible catastrophic consequences to our planet concerning global warming is extensive and potentially anxiety provoking. We found that many obsessive compulsive disorder patients were concerned about reducing their global footprint,” said study author Dr Mairwen Jones.”

That’s because of the propaganda and the hype. There’s always the first casualties and people like this are the first to go; the neurotics. It wouldn’t matter if it was something else, as I say, a black hole in space and we’re going to go through it, there’d be the same thing. They’d be constantly checking their flashlights to see if they’ve got enough batteries to get through.

We’re played with, we’re played with all the time and it shows in many different ways.

Ages ago I talked about the fact that we’ve got a generation who’ve been trained to grow up walking through security scanners at school because you always train the group that’s going to get the biggest amount of scrutiny in their lifetime; start with the young; train them then and it’s all normal. Then they train them that you don’t need privacy. Privacy is bad. It’s anti-social. You must have something to hide.

They join all those different free sites that come up to help them, you know, this world is full of altruistic multi-millionaires who want to help them and they give them all their details like Facebook etc and oh, they’re so saddened when they find it’s all been sold to whoever wants it. Well, tough on them.

You know, only domesticated animals can be as stupid as we are and we have been thoroughly domesticated. When you think you can give out private details to people who are out to make alot of money in an age where they’re all working for, if not funded by, your secret services, your CIA and so on, then it’s tough luck on you; tough luck on you. It’s your own darn stupid fault because once you have no privacy you have nothing.

You have to even look at the Founding Fathers talking about privacy to do with search warrants and everything else. No-one can go through your personal data, but not anymore. You don’t have to. You put it all up on the web for them to do it. You’re trained; domesticated, domesticated. Wild animals wouldn’t react this way. The natural man wouldn’t react this way. Something’s happened along the way and you’re thoroughly, thoroughly domesticated.

This article here is from Business Day – Personal Tech.

“Price of Facebook privacy? Start clicking”

“If you guessed the latter, you’re right. Facebook’s Privacy Policy is 5,830 words long; the United States Constitution, without any of its amendments, is a concise 4,543 words.”

(A: In other words that’s what you have to go through to read Facebook’s policy; the new policy, if you want to get out of it)

“Facebook, one of the most popular social networks in the world, has more than 400 million registered people on its Web site. Half of these users log in to the service every day, the company says, and users spend 500 billion minutes on the site each month.

But in recent months, Facebook has revised its privacy policy to require users to opt out if they wish to keep information private, making most of that information public by default. Some personal data is now being shared with third-party Web sites.”

(A: It was from the beginning folks)

“As a result, the company has come under a blitz from privacy groups…”

(A: Etc, etc.)

I’ve got another article about it too. Now I would say this is the same as all those other big sites that you’re using. This article here is from The Register.

“Facebook founder called trusting users dumb f*cks”

(A: That’s your wonderful hero that gave you Facebook. That tells you what he really thinks of you schmucks, doesn’t it? 14th May. It says…)

“Loveable Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg called his first few thousand users “dumb f*cks” for trusting him with their data, published IM transcripts show. Facebook hasn’t disputed the authenticity of the transcript.

Zuckerberg was chatting with an unnamed friend, apparently in early 2004. Business Insider, which has a series of quite juicy anecdotes about Facebook’s early days, takes the credit for this one.

The exchange apparently ran like this:

Zuck: Yeah so if you ever need info about anyone at Harvard

Zuck: Just ask.

Zuck: I have over 4,000 emails, pictures, addresses, SNS

[Redacted Friend’s Name]: What? How’d you manage that one?

Zuck: People just submitted it.

Zuck: I don’t know why.

Zuck: They “trust me”

Zuck: Dumb f*cks

(A: You’ve been taken for a ride from the very beginning with this sucker, yeah of course you have, course you have been)

Then of course I have another thing here from Wired.com.

“Facebook’s Gone Rogue; It’s Time for an Open Alternative” May 7th, 2010

“Facebook has gone rogue, drunk on founder Mark Zuckerberg’s dreams of world domination. It’s time the rest of the web ecosystem recognizes this and works to replace it with something open and distributed.”

(A: You know, remember everything comes under homeland security now and that interesting term Bush used that they’d created the ‘total information network’ for government agencies. Now ‘total’ doesn’t say ‘most’. ‘Total’; that means everything folks is being monitored. And these boys, none of them have privacy. They’re wide open to the NSA and everybody else at the top that wants it. Folk should think about that but for most folk it’s already too late. They couldn’t imagine having to second-guess everything they’ve put up there or writing or emails they’ve sent. Again, they’re domesticated. It says…)

“Facebook used to be a place to share photos and thoughts with friends and family and maybe play a few stupid games…”

(A: Etc, etc.)

“It became a very useful way to connect with your friends, long-lost friends and family members, even if you didn’t really want to keep up with them.”

(A: And Facebook realised it owned the network. Well I think it was set up to basically take that over. We’ll never get the whole story of who put this guy up and who he fronted for in the first place)

Now, it’s astonishing as you’re going through crisis that there are world meetings like that Rio meeting that’s coming up in 2012 because these are the guys who have underneath them, the World Wildlife Fund and all these different big groups; these agencies like the Optimum Population Trust etc all to do with depopulation. As they said in their own article there, Maurice Strong, when the whole world signed on. See you’ve all been signed on to mandatory depopulation folks. That’s what it meant and I’ll read some of these quotes from some of the members of it when I come back.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’ll put up these articles on my website www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com at the end of the night, even though they’ve put a choke on my upload speed. There’s one here from The Sovereign Independent and that was put up on April 8th. It’s got all the quotes from some of these big characters, well known people who’ll attend the Rio meeting and they’ll be pushing for more depopulation shortly and I’ll also put up another set of links to do with the falling sperm count, that I mentioned last night on the show, that’s rapidly falling and there’re reasons behind it because it’s intended that way. That’s why it’s not called a crisis.

There’s a caller there. It’s A.G. from New York. Is he there?

Alan – Hello A.G.

A.G. Hi Alan, I’d like to tell some of your listeners something new about some of the things they’re teaching the High School students. There’s been actually alot of talk about vaccinations for the past couple of weeks. They’ve been handing out tests and spreading alot of propaganda. Some of the questions are like ‘Children must be vaccinated against certain diseases like H1N1 before they can enter school. Some parents feel these vaccinations are dangerous. Explain to these parents what the vaccination is and what it does to protect the body.’ Now this is a pure BS.

Now I wrote down an answer about Thimerosal and Ethyl Mercury and what it does to the body and I was shunned. I was told to be quiet. You can’t even get anything out there.

Alan – No, I know you can’t. In fact, the pharmas signed a deal with the US government just about 2 or 3 weeks ago, which now allows the pharma companies to quadruple the dose of mercury in the vaccines and not have to label it anymore so that the public will not be afraid. That was passed a month ago.

A.G. – There’re also alot of role-playing activities. A majority of the class would have to stand on one side of the room and 2 or 3 kids would have to stand on the other side. The teacher would point to the large mass of kids and say that these are the ones who have gotten sick or died and it’s pure propaganda and brainwashing.

Alan – It is. They use these psycho-dramas to try to reinforce their points of view and instil the fear in the people if they don’t comply. You’re quite right. I noticed too that they’ve got $98 million worth of shots left in some parts of the US and even though it’s old stuff and all the rest of it they still want them to be used, which is for a flu that never even existed. It’s astonishing.

A.G. – Yeah. This was pushed during October and November when they really hyped it but it’s also coming back so I thought I should call in and tell you.

Alan – Well I always tie it in, and I kid you not, I’m quite serious about it, when they talked about it, when Bill Gates at that multi millionaires club on depopulation and he said we can use vaccines for depopulation purposes. I wonder what people think? That’s in the mainstream media. What do the public…Do they ever think beyond what he’s actually saying? You know?

A.G. – Yeah, they used the double play on words for a while and he would kind of trick the audience saying we could double it and reduce the population with vaccines.

Alan – Yes, because it’s sterilising. It’s sterilising the public. That’s what it’s doing and the UN’s been caught at it already with their free tetanus shots that sterilised millions of women in India and Africa because it targeted the ovaries and caused massive infections and they became sterile and they admitted they’d done that on purpose.

A.G. – Thanks Alan.

Alan – Thanks for calling.

And we never learn. One thing about history, folk never learn by their mistakes.

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, It’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on the 17th May, 2010.

Newcomers look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. I always advise you to bookmark the other sites I have listed there. There’s a very good reason for it and while you’re at it go into the few articles I have for sale there, books, DVD’s and CD’s and I’d appreciate it if you send some orders in because that makes me trickle over. I don’t get paid by advertisers. Most hosts do and I could if I wanted to but this way I’ve got a freer hand to go into different things and I don’t have to bring on guests really who have to sell their wares. That’s what commerce is all about really so I’ve no beef against it but an hour isn’t a long time to talk so it’s best to try and get to the meat of what’s happening in this world.

So it’s up to you, the listeners, to keep me going. You can do so by purchasing the books and discs I have for sale or donating to me. Remember from the US you can use personal cheque to Canada for ordering. You can use an International Postal Money Order from the US to Canada. Moneygram is ok, Western Union or some people send cash. It’s all the same to me and I’ll get the order out to you as fast as I can. If you want to purchase through Paypal through the donation button, send the appropriate donation and a separate email with your name and address and order and I’ll get it out to you. It’s the same across the rest of the world, Moneygram, Western Union, Paypal or cash.

Now, I’ve had some hassles, as I’ve been telling you, about the Yahoo sites. I’m on unlimited diskspace apparently. I have been for a few years but every so often they stop upping it and they don’t say that I’m now on limited. They actually just tell me that they’d prefer if I didn’t put so much stuff up there. Now what they’ve done is put on a ‘choke’ so that regardless of the speed I’m uploading it’s down to 40% regardless of speed to upload onto the Yahoo .com. So I had that on Friday night again and at the same time, Xplornet the satellite company decided to allow me only I think it was 1 ½ minutes or up to 5 minutes to upload to one site then they cut me off completely. So it took the whole weekend of arguing with Xplornet to try and get the rest of the sites all up to date. This is the sort of thing I get continuously, which I always say is proof that you’re not authorised to be out there and whatever I’m saying is annoying somebody and I’ll have to go back into all the archives to find out exactly what it is they don’t like.

Maybe it’s the presentation, who knows? But this is incessant; incessant. The woman on Xplornet at the weekend gave me the usual responses at her level and she admitted that all the complaints I’d put in and the fact that nothing’s ever been remedied was abysmal. She had all the records of complaints there and I got an acknowledgment from Xplornet this morning by email saying that they found my upload speed of 40-50kbps was acceptable for high speed so there you go. That’s the real world folks. That’s how it really does work. If you’re not authorised to be out there you’re going to get nothing but troubles and troubles and troubles. That’s how it really works. They don’t have to use their cyber warfare teams which they do use. They admit themselves that they can also interfere with uploads or downloads and the 5 ‘D’s they go by. I remember reading about it in the paper when they published it; disable, destroy, deny etc etc and they are using this on selected people. But I’d like to hear from other people out there too who are getting similar problems because of whatever they’re saying that someone doesn’t like in a very high position.

I’ll be back with more after these messages.

Hi, Alan Watt back with Cutting Through the Matrix

I’m just grieving over the weekend because the weekends here are generally just as fast and furious as it is during the week because of the things that always happen so there’re no breaks here at all. When you’re getting hassled with the major servers and hassles with the main providers…I love how they call themselves ‘services’. You pay for this and they call it a ‘service’. You might be getting service but in a different way than you think if you understand farming terminology. But the fact is that they’re really coming at me now by giving me the hassles for uploading to different sites.

So it seems to be coordinated between the providers and the satellite upload boys as well. As I say, I told the woman at Xplornet that I’ll keep telling people ‘don’t get Xplornet’. I’ll make it a mandate to do that until they take all the locks that they’ve put on me off because, you see, I’m not even going over what I’m allowed per hour to upload. I’m using about half of that at the most per hour for upload and yet they’re giving me all these hassles by putting chokes on. As I say, come one upload on Friday, just one to a single site, I had no more uploads until Sunday. The whole day on Saturday was spent arguing with them to get the thing restored. So this is ongoing and it is coordinated.

What on earth are we talking about here that upsets people? Well I could go into today’s news, like everyone else I’m sure before me has today on different radio shows and given you ‘oh my God, the sky’s falling’ and ‘oh look at this’ and ‘look at that’ or ‘look what they want to do now to us’ or what they are doing now to us but I don’t see the world that way at all. I don’t see it that way at all. Everything you’re experiencing today is just part of a plan to bring in a closer, more integrated world society, under more control through a world authority. That goes for economics, military, politics, everything. This is what all this is intended to do. These are the shockwaves that are meant to scare us all, to get us on our knees and start begging them to fix it all for us. Lots of people will accept that. Whatever the outcome is they’ll accept it and I guarantee that what it means for the average person in the Western world is less and less and less of everything, not that you just want but what they actually need. That’s what it’s about. It’s a planned society; on the go for an awful long time. You can trace it down through history. You can trace the associations that were clusters in a sense that intermingled with other associations; they called them circles in those days, to do with bringing in a planned ‘utopic’ society. That’s their terminology; utopia. The utopias went through the Soviet Revolution slaughters and the massacres all through the Soviet era. Their utopias went through the Hitler regime of Nazism and slaughters. They did the same thing in every other communist country they went through too to create these amazing utopias, where really, very old ideas going back into the 1800’s and 1700’s to do with an ‘elite’ running the world as it should properly be run according to themselves, would be forced into the open and upon the public through one means or another.

We forget in the Western world that we have not been free for a long time, if ever really. We came from a feudal system, up then through the capitalist system, ‘laissez faire’ and factories, no welfare and no unemployment money for a long time until about the 1950’s or so and then it was supposed to get better.

For a little while, it did get better as they taxed people and you got something back for your taxes. They even gave you a health service which of course doesn’t show its real face until 30 years down the road when it becomes an authority and mandates inoculations and mandates that your children can be taken from you by the state if they claim they’re obese or you’re depriving them of the Rights of the Child under the UN and so on and so on. This was all talked about by Lenin long before that. He said, ‘The services we shall institute in the Western world will become authorities over the people’.

You find a mixture in all areas of controlling life and controlling society from banking to sciences, all kinds of sciences, physicists, biologists, bio-engineers. You’ll find the behaviourists like Skinner involved in it too because their idea was to bring in a new type of society; a new type of creature or man, and it was all born out of the eugenics movement of course, this whole idea of creating a ‘superman’. Then it eventually it would come to a docile society that would probably be dosed with drugs and dumbed down through inoculations and sterilised as well by the way. That was a big part of it because they wanted to control the planet, on a workable basis, by keeping the population at just the right kind of figures to serve those at the top.

Now that sounds like an awful lot to come out with but you have to go into these actual societies and associations that are still on the go today and you’ll find they’re all throughout your governments. Every government that’s ever been in since the early 1900’s, according to Carroll Quigley, had their presidents and prime ministers chosen by one in particular. That was the Royal Institute for International Affairs which is a private organisation. All these groups are private. They all get public funding but they’re actually private. That way they’re not answerable to the public. They do insert their members into political positions and they try to staff most countries’ high bureaucracies with their own people too who are their members. That’s what Quigley called the parallel government.

Let’s go into the utopias he talked about and you can go back into the 1800’s and Albert Pike talked about it; the Brotherhood of Man across the world and all that stuff. It sounded really wonderful except if you read Manly P. Hall, who was also involved in it, he said ‘Man was not fit to rule himself. Man therefore had to be, and had been, ruled by the fittest’. The fittest he meant were those of his own association and that’s still the same today. We find people like Skinner, B.F. Skinner, who had wonderful things to do with animals. He was very much like Pavlov and had no compassion when he watched anything screaming. He was just intensely curious what caused it and he also said the same kind of thing; that man was too wild, he was too unpredictable and therefore man would have to be ruled over and that the behavioural sciences would be a big part of conditioning the new type of man for the new order of things.

Alot of this goes back to Harvard Universities and other universities that took part in it and still alot of it is led from there today, and M.I.T. I should say. Because during World War II, different groups were formed under the directives of the president of the United States of finding ways of bringing in a post World War II society based on these principles which they’d wanted to bring in for a very long time. They tried to bring it in after World War I but it didn’t work so they kept at it. World War II was a little ‘Godsend’ to them and I’m sure they did alot to bring it on too, mind you, but then they started to bring in these organisations and specialists.

One of the groups they formed was the World Federalist Association. You should look that up. They’ve got alot of history there. The World Federalist Association has departments in every country, including Canada, and every major player in politics in Canada is a member of it. You will also find that they had the Macy Group. The Macy Group was comprised as a big think tank that became a foundation and it brought in people who were from European countries; the ‘dispossessed’ they called themselves from the Frankfurt School, many of the members, like Adorno etc and their whole idea, Margaret Mead was there as well. Their whole idea was to reshape humanity itself by controlling the culture and giving the people exactly what was necessary to destroy the old culture which was a counter culture. They designed a system that would really attract the youth, take them away like the Pied Piper from their parents and they would destroy the order of things. They were all basically Marxists or Trotskyites as they liked to call themselves.

They were interconnected, as I say, with all the universities. They had a free reign to push ahead at all the universities. The CIA worked with them.

I went through a book before with you on the radio to do with ‘America’s Cultural Cold War’ on how the CIA, from the OSS onwards, with Britain working with it, decided to give a whole new culture and it had to be based on literally creating a youth generation that would be drastically different from its parent group. They decided to bring in what became known as ‘pop’ then ‘rock’ music; the ‘hippie’ era.

In the ‘hippie’ era they knew how to introduce it because they tried it in the 1920’s in Germany on a smaller scale. So they reintroduced it along with drugs. Sandoz was the big company there to push out the LSD. They sent out rock stars or the budding rock stars across the country. They were funded by the CIA. Many of the guys who ran these rock groups were from military families and ex military themselves. They had the Laurel Canyon Group in California of course and Frank Zappa and different ones were there. They belonged to the Frankfurt School and they had other ones being worked through, as I say, the Macy Group and their offsprings at Harvard University.

They put out front men who had been in the CIA. A Mr. Brockman eventually came out of the military and started immediately as an investment banker. His job was to create artists and make them superstars from nothing; people who would starve to death with tin cans were to be made famous for the new culture.

Back with more after these messages.

Hi, Alan Watt Cutting Through the Matrix.

We’re just going over some of the pertinent things which led up to today. It’s an ongoing thing as I say because they said, before World War II and after World War II, these big think tanks, foundations and interlocking clubs and societies all funded by foundations they’re fronting for from the private bankers basically, with unlimited financing to get NGO’s and movements working; movements within society.

They decided to take over the whole culture industry which they did, not just in the US but across the whole of Europe. The CIA, working with Britain’s MI6, and that’s documented in the book ‘America’s Cultural Cold War’. It only goes up to the mid 60’s and then it’s taken over from the stuff I’m talking about now with people like Brockman who obviously fit the type they were putting out there; ex military, straight into investment banking who only backed these so-called budding, new type of artists, the psychedelic era mixed with drugs etc. But not just stars or rock stars. It was meant to elevate scientists and people in the news or make them news because we were going into a scientific era and your new bosses would be ‘experts’. We’d listen to the ‘experts’ and we’ve had nothing but a mass, a plethora of ‘experts’ in the 60’s and 70’s changing everything upside down like Dr. Spock who admitted at the end, after telling you ‘don’t discipline your children’ that ‘we’ve raised a nation of psychopaths’.

The fact is, these were all big experiments to go and destroy all that was to bring in the new. They also worked, by the way, with the MK Ultra and Artichoke projects which were CIA run and funded again. The whole idea was; how can you eradicate certain patterns of behaviour right out of the brain itself and bring in the new type of man? Now, a new type of man sounds crazy but it’s in the media even today. It was in the media in the early 1900’s when the founders of the Fabian Society said they’d bring in the new type of man. The Soviets had a term too; the new ‘Sovieticus’ I think they called it, ‘Homo Sovieticus’. Adolf Hitler wanted to bring in a superman as well. Superman, superman was all over from the 20’s right through World War II then they quietened it down a bit and the same groups turned from calling themselves eugenicists to transhumanists and then to bioethicists. These are the groups that decide which way we’re going to go in bioethics. What is ethical and what isn’t.

Well you’ve got to understand their mandate to see what’s ethical and what isn’t and where they want to go with it because they were set up with a particular direction and a mandate to follow and it’s to bring in, again, the controlled society; a socialised controlled society because ‘man’ they claim is just too wild to rule himself; he’s not fit. Therefore the fittest should rule them; and who are the fittest? They themselves, the experts you see? That’s what you’re living through today.

They’re into all economics. The biggest bankers in the world are all part of it and the set up of it. They sat in on alot of these meetings because they had to fund most of it and this is the world they’re bringing in; a totally controlled society from birth to grave and as people like Shaw said, one of the founders of the Fabian Society, ‘you the people will have to come to us and ask us why we should allow you to live’. You see, you won’t be allowed to live unless you’re there to serve their society.

So they call it a utopia. Utopias are the worst horrors we ever go through with wars and slaughtering of all and even in the quieter times we’re still being slaughtered in ways you don’t realise. They advocated the use of big pharma. That’s why they brought out the people like Brockman with The Grateful Dead who toured in a bus called ‘The Experiment’ with masses of LSD to throw around, all supplied by the big pharma companies and funnelled through the CIA to them, to bring in the hippie culture, where if you go back to Karl Marx’s manifesto when he’s talking about the overthrow of all existing institutions, that meant family and everything else that went with it and even what we’d call the normal family structure of man, woman and child. Now we have ‘Mark 4’ or ‘Mark 5’ families as they keep going on with it.

This is the same agenda ongoing. People didn’t realise that even the Hell’s Angels were set up by the CIA initially because they all came out of the American Air Force. They were given the style, the gear, the ‘bad boy’ image and they would make sure of the distribution because you must have distribution of drugs on a vast scale if you’re going to bring in a new culture where the people are going to be half stoned out of their heads, willing and very suggestible to any new idea that’s pushed at them and directed at them. That’s what the whole 60’s and 70’s really was all about.

The writings of Huxley I’ve gone into, Julian Huxley, the descendent of Charles Darwin and others. He was the first UNESCO CEO and he talked about the need to properly drug society, especially the children. Well, how many children today are now on drugs from school, mandated at school often because teachers don’t like fidgety children, especially ones who ask pertinent questions that they can’t answer, in other words leaders or those with leadership abilities? What do they do with them? They fry their brains with drugs. It’s well known what Ritalin does to them. It shrinks the brain. No more future leaders, no more problems.

If you go into the writings of the United Nations, what do they talk about in their declaration of interdependence; the abolition of individuality. We’re all a group now. We’re all one.

Back with more after these messages.

(Break message) You’re listening to the Republic Broadcasting Network because you can handle the truth.

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

The controlled society, the planned society, the regulated society, the totalitarian society really where masses of bureaucracies and agencies will descend on you right down to checking your garbage and everything else and the weight of your child at the house to see if they have to take them away, you see, and stuff like that. This is what they’re talking about; a controlled society that the lesser people, those with lower IQ’s who are simply not capable of living up to the Harvard type standards of guys at 170 IQ so therefore the guys with 170+ IQ’s should rule the rest. That’s what it was all really about. That’s what’s been behind every major movement for well over a hundred years.

Even in their own writings, in their own publications and in their own books they’ve come out and said the same darn thing, that man wasn’t capable of managing himself so the ones who were fit, or fittest, should do it instead for them.

We’ve been trained out of any idea of what we thought was democracy. It’s been gradually trained out of us. Again, the whole concept of the forces that used to protect you and defend you and help you out, which was the family unit, is well nigh destroyed now. It’s gone. It’s pretty well gone for most people.

Then you had all the schools, the experimental schools, like Bertrand Russell’s from the 1920’s who was trying to introduce pre-pubertal sex as part of this ongoing experiment to see if they could separate the sexual act from the physical bonding and therefore end marriage altogether. Marriage you see is a small tribe. When you think about a small tribe you stand up together, you protect eachother. For governments to be truly effective in a totally controlled society, where people are constantly monitored 24 hours a day wherever they happen to be or whatever they happen to be doing, they must have no interference from family members or anyone else around you. You’re on your own and that’s what George Orwell tried to show us in ‘1984’, that Big Brother talks directly to you when he wants to and no-one else but you and no-one else will come near you to help you out.

Governments also instituted all the so-called ‘safety nets’. In other words, they took away all the responsibilities that communities used to supply for themselves where they helped the sick, the needy and the dying in their own areas and all the rest of it. Even when I was small in Britain alot of that happened there too and then in came the agencies and literally stopped all that. Now they’ve become authorities over the people. Now you can’t stay in your home and die anymore. Not only that, you can’t get buried anymore without getting autopsied. They want to get the cash off that too and maybe see what organs they can sell at the same time. You’ve got to get permission to get the body back from the morgue. Sometimes it takes 3 months before you can bury your mother or your dad.

That’s totalitarianism you see, because we’re just too stupid. All these old silly customs that are all nice and quaint from the past just have to be abolished completely and now they bring in the fact that man is dethroned from his high and mighty pedestal and he’s brought down to the level of the animals under the Earth Charter, through Maurice Strong at the United Nations and so on.

Getting back to the ‘superman’ and the ‘new man’ and all that kind of wonderful stuff, when they talked about literally mixing it with cybernetics, way back in the 40’s, 50’s and 60’s. As I say, one part of the experiment was to see if they could do it by altering humanity purely through drugs themselves and controlling and giving a new culture to the youth like ‘do what you want/just hang loose/let it all happen man!’, you know, and give it a long enough period of time to crash all the old ties that carried on from one generation to the next. That’s what it was really all about and we all know the fallout from that.

They’ve achieved basically what they wanted to do. Man really is no longer supreme in anything and as we become less supreme, we have less rights and freedoms at the same time because you’re just another one of billions of human beings and you’re not an endangered species so the government is taking the same approach to all of us. We’re just ‘nothings’. In fact, we’re less than ‘nothings’. We’re just down amongst the ‘its’ as Plato would call the general people.

A big part of it too was sterilisation through different techniques. They tried to mandate it. They had worked through alot of the US states and they were doing it in Britain too, to the so-called ‘feeble minded’.

Everything that Germany did, it simply copied from what it saw happening elsewhere in the world long before it started. That’s still ongoing today when you look at the big Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. The Billionaires Club too where all the ‘philanthropists’ go, like Oprah Winfrey, to dish out where they want to sterilise the public next and what nations; what Third World countries and so on; where do they want the abortions to start etc etc.

It’s an ongoing war and you’re living through it now. The part you’re really scared about now is the financial part but I’m not worried about it because it’s the shock necessary to get us on our knees, to bring in the next world central banking system and to get every country to agree that they can no longer take care of their own books and keep it private. Out of that comes that you’ll no longer be allowed to dish out the money into your own country into the same areas you have before. It’ll have to go through a world body to do so. It was written about long ago. Go into the writings of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs and you’ll see all that there.

Now, sterilisation…Big players like Holdren who’s up there with Obama right now. Quite a guy Obama. I’ve got 2 links too to show you all the Goldman Sachs players that are on his teams and it’s just about everybody who’s worked with Goldman Sachs and the Brookings Institute and the Hamilton Group attached to it; very important players in this big control system, so I’ll put those links up.

Back to Holdren, he wanted compulsory sterilisation. He said in ‘Ecoscience’, a book he helped write with Paul Ehrlich, another total Marxist/Trotskyist globalist, that they’d have to drastically reduce the population. They could do it in the Third World Countries because the people were basically ignorant and would do what they were told. They’d take their injections that sterilise them and stuff like that but in the West it would be more difficult with a literate population so they’d have to do it through stealth. In other words, they wouldn’t tell you. They wouldn’t tell you.

Now, I’ll put up some links tonight to do with the population plummet in the Western male in the last 50 years. I’ve got 3 or 4 links here on that and this is all deliberate folks because they knew what these particular chemicals, the phthalates and so on did in the late 1800’s. They knew if it was put in cosmetics it would go through the skin (it’s called insufflation) of the female. If she was pregnant between 8 and 12 weeks it could literally stop the production of spermatozoa as the child reached puberty. It was that crucial 8 to 12 weeks period that it had to get into the womb. It’s been put into all your plastic bottles. You’re drinking the darned stuff. That’s why they made bottled water so popular. They made it a fad. Whenever you see a fad coming, don’t touch it if you have any sense at all. It doesn’t work.

Now, back to Huxley and all the big players. Now, Huxley wrote ‘Brave New World’ and he gave us a system where everybody was born by invitro-fertilisation but really they’d be brought up in artificial wombs and they’d be perfected for every class of society, the Alpha, Beta, Theta and so on. You’d be given an IQ to match the kind of work you did, so those who were doing the menial tasks would be very dull but they would do repetitive work and everyone could have sex but no-one could reproduce. That’s because everything had been mandated as to who was to get reproduced etc; standardised humanity.

Here’s an article today in the Mail Online.

“Sex will not be used to have babies in just 10 years, as couples turn to IVF”

Now tie that in with the sterilisation that’s going on folks. 17th May, 2010.

“Couples will stop having sex to conceive babies within a decade and use IVF instead, scientists said yesterday.”

(Alan: See, they’re the high priests. I could easily put the word ‘priests’ in there now because that’s what they’re telling us. Remember what Russell said, ‘we will train the public to be ruled by a world of experts)

“They say 30-somethings will increasingly rely on artificial methods of fertilisation because natural human reproduction is ‘fairly inefficient’.”

(A: Now, if natural reproduction is ‘fairly inefficient’, why did Kissinger put out his bill back in the 70’s that the greatest crisis and enemy to the state was overpopulation in mainly the Third World countries? There seems to be no problem there with fertility. It seems to be rather efficient alright so what’s the problem about it? It’s become ‘inefficient’ now because most of the men are becoming sterile and it’s by design. It says…)

“If the experts are right, it means the sci-fi world of books such as Brave New World, in which all children are born in ‘hatcheries’, could soon be closer to reality.”

(A: And you better believe it because you see, they’ve been working on this agenda since the 30’s since Huxley worked on his book)

“And it raises ethical questions over whether greater use of IVF will lead to eugenics…”

(A: See? It’s all coming together folks)

“…with couples screening out characteristics they regard as undesirable.”

(A: Let’s rephrase that. Now, since we’re run by totalitarians, who are all interconnected with their various circles, all funded by the same big foundations, all in total agreement with eachother that they have the right to rule and design the future world. Let’s see who would be screening out characteristics they regard as undesirable, the parents or the state? Well guess who?)

“The startling vision of the future comes from John Yovich, a veterinary doctor from Murdoch University in Perth, Australia.

He believes IVF can ease the pressure on couples who have delayed having children to pursue a career, because going for the test-tube option will be more effective than trying for a baby naturally.

Even young adults have no more than a one-in-four chance every month of reproducing through sex. Among the over-35s, this falls to one in ten.”

(A: And really there’re only about 15% of the males has about 10% of motile sperm that can actually find the target and impregnate now. It’s about 85% down from what it was in 1950 but that of course is supposed to be some kind of pure coincidence)

Now, getting back to the groups that were formed during World War II and ordered to be formed and backed up by their president himself during World War II, the president of the United States, you had the World Federalist Society, big players in this. You’d be surprised how many major media stars, especially the ones retiring now, are all members of World Federalism. It was put together through the Rockefeller Foundation. Will Durant was approached to set it up. The idea again was to bring in a new world society of interdependence; a declaration of interdependence that was signed and almost every congressman in the US signed it. They signed away their independence. Here’s what they said…

“Just as independence has been the motto of states and individuals since 1750…”

(A: Now, for the hard of thinking, I’ll say this again)

“Just as independence has been the motto of states and individuals since 1750 so the motto of the coming generations should be interdependence…”

(A: That means interdependence and no individuality, do you understand that?)

“…and just as no state can now survive by its own unaided power, so no democracy can long endure without recognising and encouraging the interdependence of the religious and racial groups composing it. The declaration of interdependence was launched in March 22nd, 1945 at a gala event in Hollywood. The following is a transcript of the LA Times report.”

(A: And I’ll put this link up if Yahoo obliges and allows me to load up into my site and Xplornet gives me the speed that’s a bit above dial-up to put it up on one of my sites at least tonight. But you can read through this and see where it’s going. World Federalists are also World Citizens. They get World Citizens awards from the Rockefeller Foundation again. You’ve got to understand that these people see themselves as the guiders, the leaders and the mentors of humankind. They are elitist and they believe they have the right to rule the rest of us.)

Now, here’s an article here to show that every country’s signed onto this. In Canada in fact they signed onto an agreement when Trudeau was in, Pierre Trudeau. He was also a communist, a millionaire communist of course. There are lots of them. He actually signed on at the United Nations that if the correct world government was formed he was signing Canada over to it right now. That was back then.

“The World Federalist Movement – Canada (WFMC) is a not-for-profit research, education and advocacy organization. WFMC has approximately 1,000 members and supporters across Canada. The WFMC President is the Hon. Warren Allmand.”

(A: And they belong to the International World Federalist Movement. At the top they welcome Lloyd Axworthy who’s a member also of the Council on Foreign Relations. Lloyd Axworthy was Canada’s former foreign affairs minister. So here’s a Council on Foreign Relations’ guy for world government who was Canada’s former foreign affairs minister. He also came out, on behalf of the Council on Foreign Relations, on national Canadian television and told Canadians in 2005 that they were signing the first part of the total integration of the Americas, which was really the natural thing to do to follow Europe’s total integration. The last part was to be signed this year)

Now, the media don’t make a big thing about this. They don’t make a big thing about anything that’s really interesting. The media’s job is to give out the shocks and ‘be afraid, be very, very afraid, oh look what they’re doing to Greece, look Britain might be next’ and that’s meant to create the fear and panic so that all these boys, these globalists will come together and offer you the solution and you’ll be awfully, awfully grateful when they do until you find out you’re wearing rags at the end of it.

There’s nothing happening today that’s not a continuation, especially in the world of economics, of the Bretton Woods Agreement. Bretton Woods was part one and I read the article from John Maynard Keynes himself. He said…‘We today are setting up part one as we shall not see the completion of it, part two, which will happen in about 50 years from now’. We he was dead on. This is time for it; the total integration of the economic system under one total world body. Do you realise the power that has? Do you realise the power that these amalgamations cause? Look what Europe’s doing to all the countries that it’s picking on. They are picking on them because they all lied about their books when they joined the European Union. At one time a little country could probably pull itself out of it but you’re not allowed to under the EU rules. Germany’s bitching about having to basically bail out the whole of the EU and take the worst of the burden. That’s what you get out of it, all for one and one for all; and guess who the one is? The ones at the top. Well they’re rather illumined and they generally have Harvard degrees or Cambridge or Oxford.

Back with more after these messages.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting through the Matrix.

I’m just trying to get you to understand that tyrants down through the ages have dreamt of having total power over the entire planet and here we all are getting rushed through this stampede of fear after fear, one after the other. We’re going through the age of terrorism now and into the total surveillance society, a total information network society etc etc and no privacy whatsoever for the safe society and all of this. Do you realise the power that’s going to give a small plutocracy? Across the whole world there’ll be nowhere you could run to get away from it. This is our worst nightmare that these elitists, these psychopathic, and they are psychopathic and very arrogant, completely egocentrical with their views and opinions, never doubting themselves in anything or their right to do any of this, can you imagine what life’s going to be like under those guys? And the public haven’t a clue, most of them, of what’s really going on or why.

Now there’s a caller there. It’s Eric from Ontario. Are you there Eric?

Eric – Yeah I’m here.

Alan – Yes, go ahead.

Eric – Thanks for taking my call. The first thing I want to say is just thanks for doing the program Alan because personally I really appreciate it and I’m sure alot of other people do because it’s kind of like…especially for people who have really kind of been aware for a long time, it’s kind of like a breath of fresh air to have someone else who you know can see things, you know? So thanks for that and I guess if I had to really talk about one thing, I think that alot of people have this idea, that in order to, you know, take back our planet, we need to form one form of great plan. But really what it comes down to and what is missing on this planet is the knowledge itself, the individual. Because I mean, even this whole system that is just so insane and massive, it comes down to individual wills that are pushed forward.

Alan – That’s right. People have to realise that the whole system, from the 50’s onwards especially, was designed to knock out the individual altogether. You’re part of the whole, the oneness. The New Age movement was created by the culture creators too you know; the oneness idea, we’re all interconnected, interwoven and that was all to get us to doubt our own ability to make the correct decisions for ourselves. We have the same bunch at Harvard today under Sunstein, working with Obama as well by the way, the same group of culture creators, designing new internet programs to give us ‘nudges’ on what decisions to make on the net, what things to choose, what things to look at. We won’t even know we’re being ‘nudged’. We are under the scientific dictatorship the Huxley’s said would be brought in. We’re under it now and most folks don’t even know.

Eric – You know, it’s funny. I actually went to this group a couple of years ago that was supposed to be getting together to discuss philosophy and I was kind of saddened when I saw the people because it was a very sad philosophy group to put it simply but I remember this one guy bringing up the whole Google…how Google suggests different ads for you based on what you’re searching. It’ll put in the ‘correct’ ads for you and this guy was actually like… I don’t know, he somehow had the idea that this was for his benefit.

Alan – I know, that’s the beauty of the techniques of this kind of control in a scientific dictatorship. You’re unaware that you’re not making your own decisions. You’re being prompted and nudged to make decisions that those who program them want you to take and that goes through all the things you will choose from here on in life because everything’s to be on the ‘singularity’ they call it from the same group on the web. Thanks for calling.

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on the 18th May 2010.

For newcomers I always suggest you look into www.cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. It’s important that you bookmark all the other sites I have up there because I’m getting trouble, big trouble from all the servers right now. There seems to be a concentrated and concerted effort amongst them to get me off the air basically or get my sites off for sure. So if I get trouble uploading which I do by the way, they’ve put a choke on the ‘com’ site and I can only upload at 40% regardless of the speed. They’ve cut me down to 40% so it takes 2 or 3 times longer to upload just to that one site and they say it’s within their legal entitlement to do so and all this stuff because they write the rules as they go along obviously and depending on who you are. So if you bookmark all the sites there, hopefully for a while, you’ll be able to get the latest shows for download from the alternate sites. While you’re at it remember that I don’t get financed by the advertisers. The ads on this show I’ve got nothing to do with. It’s paid by the advertisers straight to RBN. That pays for the airtime. It pays for their staff, equipment, bills and so on and the transmission of the show.

So you the listeners, go into my sites, see what I have for sale, the books, the CD’s, the discs because that’s all I trickle by on and I don’t have time to churn out more stuff really because this is more than a full-time occupation and it’s certainly not a job and I wouldn’t pick it for a vocation either personally or as something you loved. It’s something that has to be done at this time and that’s why I’ve come out and given all this information out to try to wake people up and I seem to be successful in doing so. So much so that different authorities, including the satellite for upload who have cut back my speed as well. That doesn’t happen if you’re churning out the usual stuff. Whatever I’m saying, or am saying in such a way, is getting through to people and giving them shortcuts to the higher realities, as opposed to their conditioned reality that they’ve been born into. So you can pay remember from the US to Canada and order by using Paypal, for ordering and donating. Just send a separate email for the order. A personal cheque is good from the US to Canada and an International Postal Money Order is good from the US to Canada as well. Cash is accepted and that’s the same across the rest of the world. You can wire it through Western Union or use Paypal for donating or purchasing with a separate email, Western Union and Moneygram and cash again is acceptable, so far. So that’s that part over with really but you’ve got to keep me going because it costs me money as I fight this. That’s why there are so many websites up there as I’ve trouble with them all in the past.

Now generally at this time of year, even though you’re on unlimited diskspace, they hammer me with the fact that ‘well, unlimited doesn’t mean unlimited diskspace’. It does for a lot of people and so on who put videos up but I’m just putting audios up but for me I guess I’m in a special category of some kind or another classified by some strange agency I can’t get in touch with or who really rules them because, for you out there who think these are all independent companies, you’re up a gum tree as they used to say. There’s nothing independent in all these corporations. They’re all connected with each other because during the Cold War they said they couldn’t allow independent corporations to do with the transmission of any kind of information to be free from governmental and CIA and NSA control and they set up real, real companies back in the Cold War and they set up real companies today.

If you look at the founders of the Verichip and so on you’ll see they all worked for the NSA.

Back with more after these messages.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

Rather than go into all the problems you get when you try to do this kind of show because most folk won’t believe it, they can’t imagine it, these kind of incessant hassles you get and there’s no complaints department. You go round in loops and circles within divisions of departments and of course they pass you back to the beginning. That’s the technique of hoping that you’ll just go away basically. But I’ve told them already, I’ve told the uploaders Xplornet, that I will not go away and if they keep hassling me, even if I have to use some other service or get someone else to upload, I’ll dedicate a whole website to complaints about Xplornet and put it across the planet and I’ll do the same with Yahoo as well.

Yahoo isn’t scared. Yahoo isn’t scared; they’re funded by bigger powers than you think. They’re not just a private corporation. Nothing is private here. Why do you think they can take all of your data? All of them have been doing this from the beginning including Google. There’s even the CEO of Google in Britain admitting to selling all the information to the so-called security services of Britain, whenever they’re asked, no problem whatsoever. That’s why they gave you the internet. That’s why they made sure that they would control it; the big boys would control it.

The small providers start up at the beginning and think they can compete. Then they find out quickly that they can’t. They’re cut off from a whole different bunch of sources until they sell out and they’re amalgamated into the big boys.

What they say in business is ‘business is war’. The Japanese said that. They learned it from the guys that had run business for thousands of years and it is war. It’s completely ruthless. As they say in business ‘there can only be one’ especially in the world of international corporations supposedly all vying with eachother for total power. It’s no different from the fact that you’re all in a world government already whether you know it or not. You think you’re losing what you had, but you’re not really. They’re just upgrading the system. The ones who own the system are upgrading their system into the next part. We’ve just got used to the part we’ve lived through. We get used to the parts regardless of the era we live in. We get used to it. Slaves can get used to anything.

If you look into the histories of Egypt for instance, they never had slave revolts and they ruled for thousands of years. Talking about slavery, if you look into the writings of the big boys, who again were all connected just like the ones today who run the culture industry, the entertainment industry and academia, they put their professors across the main universities who all belong to the same associations. Aldous Huxley was a member of lots of them. He knew the whole agenda back in the 1930’s when he wrote ‘Brave New World’.

Now in the 30’s remember they were still running around in their bi-planes. They were still using castor oil even for lubrication in some of these old planes and stuff like that. And here he is going into genetics and genetic engineering and creating the perfect types of society and the kind of perfect types for the classifications who would run and rule that society and all the lessers who would work in the different categories in that society.

Again, it all ties in with predecessors, such as Karl Marx and the ‘division of labour’. What’s the most painless way, equal way or best way, humane way of giving people really dirty jobs at the bottom? Well, you create the people with a very low IQ with very little need for external stimuli and that way you’d be creating the perfect worker in a humane way, you see. Big associations, who all worked together, really being one association, came out of philosophy and academia, with a grounding in religions going way back, way, way back, including how religions had already worked so well in different parts of their own histories, for ruling peoples and the minds of people and using the same principles basically and calling it a scientific era. By using the same learnings, techniques and principles they realised first of all that they could get society ready for this new type of genetically engineered society. You know, the world would be made the way it should have been made in the first place. That’s their attitude, you see?

They had it all figured out in world meetings, long before Huxley wrote his book ‘Brave New World’ but he certainly participated with alot of the big think tanks along with the other big players of his day like Bertrand Russell who also worked with the Vienna Group and they worked with the Macy Group and so on.

You’ve got to look into these people because the Macy Group really came over from Vienna and they had a whole world plan for a global society with a conditioned and mind-controlled society living underneath it oblivious of the fact that they would be ruled in such a manner. They would think they were free. They were given orders, by the president, to work on creating this global society. That is why in the 1950’s, when Norman Dodd and the Reece Commission looked into the big foundations and asked them why they were funding what appeared to be globalist, socialist or communistic movements, it’s up there, it’s in official records, Norman Dodd talks about it in his old stuff up on Google, Norman Dodd actually gives the story himself, and he said that the heads and the CEO’s of the foundations sent their report right to the White House. They take their orders from the White House which threw him right off balance because the White House supposedly was serving the people, not some foundation that appeared to funding communistic groups. The function of the CEO’s was to blend the Soviet system painlessly with that of the West.

But first they had to so radically alter the culture of America and the Western world so that they would blend painlessly with that of the Soviet Union; a predetermined world society. The last people to know obviously would be the people themselves who were just working away and playing and so on.

Therefore, they decided on this, as I say, long before in world meetings to do with world federalism. Durant wrote about it. He was set up. Will Durant was a front man for Rockefeller. His job was to set out a whole bunch of histories of the world with a particular slant intended – and he admitted this at the end because apparently, supposedly he committed suicide because of what he’d done – but he said, this slant on history, was to take all hope away from people that individuality could leave the world in safety. It was to make them think that dictators and tyrants just arose spontaneously in populations and societies and slaughtered lots of people and dominated peoples for a while until another one took over somewhere else; just ‘happenings’, you might say in the hippie terminology, when nothing’s further from the truth. Because you’ll find even in ancient times the bankers funded nations to go to war. Money ruled then and money rules today and banking families are intergenerational down through the ages and very powerful people.

As I say, Will Durant was found with his wife eventually, after doing this massive compendium of histories, slanted histories, on behalf of and paid for totally by the Rockefeller Foundation to take the hope away from people and he said in his suicide note, ‘This is terrible, we are taking the hope, we are taking the hope away from people; the hope of creating a better world for themselves by giving them this bleak future in a slanted fashion’. The idea of slanting it was so that we’d give up all our rights and allow those that were ‘fittest’ to rule us, to come forward and do so.

Now, the Trilateral Commission, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs are all one big group with special departments within it, many special departments within it.

Professor Carroll Quigley, the historian for the group wrote ‘Tragedy & Hope’. You will never understand the missing pieces and the whys of history unless you read his book ‘Tragedy & Hope’ and his other book called ‘The Anglo American Establishment’.

Their idea, was not only to spearhead, British style, Commonwealth countries across the world and dominate them and change the culture to adopt the same system, but also to set them up to amalgamate into bigger and bigger unions. The whole idea of taking over and creating the area called Rhodesia and then taking over South Africa by causing a war; they admit they brought on the war as a ruse to get the British public and the British government to finance it sending in troops and they did. They sent in raiders, the ‘Jameson Raiders’ into South Africa, killed a whole bunch of the Boers, had their own reporter, because they owned the newspapers in London, and the reporter mailed back that the Boers had attacked and slaughtered whites which was completely untrue. It was the other way around. Of course the British government said ‘oh dear, dear’ as they waited for this, you see, ‘we have no option but to go in and take this over and deal with it.’

That’s how they work.

As they would use even white peoples to rule over an area for a while, and the boys they served, because you see part of the group of the Royal Institute for International Affairs, was the Milner Group and they were all international bankers, they also decided that they would loot those countries and when it served their purposes, they would eliminate the white populations and unite the whole of Africa but still rule it.

Back after this break.

This is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

I’m just briefly touching on the way this, one of the techniques of how this system operates, this group operates down through time and it’s well catalogued through Quigley himself and many other books out there giving you other bits and pieces of it, but for the whole lot really you can’t go past ‘Tragedy & Hope’ and ‘The Anglo American Establishment’ that outlines the whole plan.

They set up a whole bunch of front organisations for world government under many names, the World Citizenship Association, the British Israel Association, the World Federalist Association and I think it was Cronkite I think was a member of the World Federalists and there’s a video up there on YouTube where he’s been given some award at the end when he retired.

These characters are the ones who give you your news all the time; the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations. They own the media. All the big players and moguls are members of this.

To control the mind you must control the information that goes to the mind. You must feed the programs that go to the mind so you will come to the conclusions that they want you to come to. That’s continuous, ongoing. You cannot have really independent mainstream media going in their own direction. It could never be allowed to happen. It couldn’t be allowed to happen. Remember that everything is licensed too and there’re reasons for licensing. That’s to make sure, as they say themselves, that you ‘toe the line’.

I should also mention too, be careful as well. The guys also control the information that’s put out for you to follow to complain about, even in what you think is the ‘patriot’ movement. When anything’s released to the general public by these organisations, you can’t believe a thing they tell you unless you understand their language and I really mean understand their language and their techniques which they admit. Quigley goes through their techniques. They thrive on deception. They thrive on conflict. They cannot get their program through without shake-ups and conflict. It’s essential for them to get forward with this agenda.

They always say they can turn any crisis into an opportunity for their agenda. They say this openly, time after time after time and they don’t go this far to give it all up at the end. If they say they’re losing control they’re lying again.

Now, there’re two callers on the line so I’ll take them first before I continue and tie it in with the present day as to what’s happening. There’s Rico from Toronto. Are you there Rico?

Rico – Hi Alan, how are you?

Alan – Not so bad.

Rico – I have a question for you. I don’t know if you’ve had a question like this before. My question is, is it even kind of worse that…I’m at the age where now all my friends are getting properties, do you know what I mean? They’re paying for them, getting mortgages and all that stuff. Is it even worse to look to get that if later on their plan is to take it away from you?

Alan – Why, when we get slapped in the face time after time with bank crashes, at least twice every century, that’s standard, recessions in between and mortgage failures, why do we keep throwing money into black holes to keep the same system going when it’s never worked on behalf and to the benefit of the public? The public really don’t figure this out. They take it for granted that this benevolent government that they have allows it to keep going because it’ll rectify itself. Never in the history of banking has it rectified itself and stopped crashes and stopped ripping off the public twice in every century. So we never learn.

Now part of their mandate is the end of private property. There are many ways to bring this about over a period of time. It depends on the particular dates they have set to end it all or phase it in, but that’s a definite mandate from the UN all right down. It’s the end of private property. It’s through all the world manifestos and yet we still fall into the same trap, giving ourselves this sense of security that we actually own something, Because somewhere in the deep recesses of our intellect, if we’ve got any left at all, that’s come through unscathed from the indoctrination of the public school system, somewhere we realise that if you own nothing then you’re at the mercy of someone else, you see.

You own nothing even when you buy your property. If you buy a spade and don’t get conditioned with the spade and that an inspector can come in and inspect my spade, measure it and tax me on it. He doesn’t come in and say, ‘you can’t use it on sand, you can only use it in gravel’ and stuff like that, you see? No, someone else owns that spade if that’s the case. I don’t own that spade. You either own something outright or you don’t.

We go through this illusion that we are buying our houses. Now, if you go into any lawyer’s office in Canada or the States or Britain or any of the Commonwealth countries and you will find when you get the little fast-talking guy saying ‘sign this, sign that’. No, you go through all the stuff he asks you to sign, and you will see that you’re put down as ‘tenant’ not ‘owner’. A ‘tenant’ is not an ‘owner’. You reside there and therefore the ‘owner’ can tax you. The ‘Crown’ in Canada is the owner.

Hold on and I’ll be back after this break.

(Break message) You’re listening to the Republic Broadcasting Network because you can handle the truth.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

Alan – We’re talking to Rico from Toronto who’s asking about whether it’s worthwhile trying to make a place for yourself really in this life, by using the system and I’m explaining really what the system is because there’s nothing really in this life that you’re allowed to own outright under this particular system. The definition of owning something is that it means it’s yours. It means that no-one can take it from you. If they take it from you it’s called stealing. It doesn’t matter if they change the terminology and say ‘we’re putting a ‘lien’ on it because you haven’t paid taxes’. If you have to pay taxes, you’re paying a rent. In other words it’s called ‘extortion’. It’s an extortion racket.

If you own something and you own a home you should have perfect peace, safety and privacy and security in that home from all outsiders and all so-called government agencies of all kinds. You should be able to survive through a depression and unemployment without being kicked out of your home because the government has decided that you owe them rent which is called ‘taxes’.

So, we’re very, very confused with the terminology we’re given because most folks take things for granted. It sounds nice: ‘Buy your home’. If you can afford to play the game and you are well employed and generally work for government, you’re pretty secure. You can maybe own it for a while then resell it and recoup some cash. But if you’re on the bottom level you’re at the mercy of the whims of a controlled and manipulated market, run by very clever people, who know when to crash it and reap the benefits. They’ve done it so many times over and over.

I understand what you’re saying. You still have to live through this life. It’s going to be here. There’s always been the dominant minority, the same dominant minority, and it’s going to be here for the whole of your life. How do you get through it? I tell people that if you’re going to buy a home, because you do know the histories of this racket, then buy something that’s cheap enough, don’t repair it and don’t put so much money or work into it that you’re afraid to walk away from it because you might have to walk away from it one day. That’s my advice.

Rico – Thank you. That’s a very complete answer. I think this question is also because alot of people feel like…My sister tells me all the time with the information that you expose through this, that you read…you don’t go along to get along. You’re aware; your eyes are open…you have motivation…and not like everyone else, which is, I want to get this just to play the game. Do you see what I’m saying?

Alan – That’s right. Always look after yourself knowing what the history of what you’re doing has done in the past, and just the recent past as well, it’s happened again and the guys who do it get rewarded for ripping you off and nothing goes to ‘money heaven’ It doesn’t disappear. Real estate is exchanged from people who thought they owned it to ones who now do own it. That’s ‘money heaven’ when they collapse the market and they always benefit. Then they get rewarded for ripping off the public because, you see, the same bankers and so on rule the governments. You cannot have a separate banking system and a world society of control and commerce all separate from eachother. They’re all the one system and that’s the key to it.

Rico – Well, thank you so much and I’ll let somebody else get on the line.

Alan – Thanks for calling.

It’s such a deep topic with so much history behind it but that’s really what it is and it’s hard for people to get through that because of their conditioning. Most folk, and this is good what Jacques Ellul said, ‘you know, if you want to know what people want, just look at what all the other people are doing.’ They all do the same things and they all want the same things because they’re told to do and want the same things. They don’t stop and think for themselves and therefore they repeat the same things over and over.

We’re expected to believe that governments just relax all the rules on ‘free market’ like Margaret Thatcher did and so on and other ones and somehow it ‘manages itself’ they said, like the greediest psychopaths on the planet, who run the system, will suddenly become benevolent. No, no, no. They stay sharks but they become bigger sharks. That’s what they allowed them to do and this whole crash was manipulated, not just for profit and more power. That’s part of it. This whole crash was manipulated to move the whole of the world society into a new system of more control under this world centralised banking system; and it’s working.

The general public, like it says in the New Testament and many other holy books, right to the end they’ll be giving in marriage, partying and boozing it up like nothing’s happening because they never learn, and that’s so true; so true.

They always want to believe that their masters are benevolent and want to take care of them. Well tell that to all the thousands who are still losing their homes in the States and elsewhere and they’re getting kicked off into the streets.

Now, we’ll go to Zack in New England. Are you there Zack?

Zack – Yeah, I was just listening to your response there. It’s amazing the clarity with which you present your opening talks; a big picture presentation and then the last answer you gave about the housing situation with the same amount of clarity for a small subject. I hope to be as efficient in my words. But anyway, what you were saying about benevolent rulers, I was looking at Plato’s ‘Republic’ there and it reminded me of Thrasymachus’ view of ‘injustice’ being better than ‘justice’ and that pretty much sums it up with the benevolent rulers, you know, people that are definitely preying on those that think we have altruistic rulers when we really don’t.

Alan – When you look at the psychopathic personality, and there’s that very good book out there called ‘Political Ponerology’, about the study of psychopaths and how they rule societies because they crave power and they’re born within every generation. If you look at the average history of a particular psychopath, you can pick a criminal or whoever that’s been caught at something, they love to boast about what they did once they’re caught because they’re egocentric. The world spins around them. They’re ultra confident but they never admit that they did anything wrong. They always blame the victims. They literally…If it’s a serial rapist who gets off on the power over others, they will actually tell you that the victims, in a sense, actually demanded that they get raped. They can never blame themselves for anything they do, never.

When you look at these big professors that talk at the big groups that change your culture and manage your culture and work at Berkeley and M.I.T. and literally direct the culture towards this path we’re on, they talk with the exact same confidence. Some of them like Brockman admit that yeah, they flooded the US with LSD and the whole ‘free love’ stuff, end marriage, just do as you want, and all the fallout and chaos from that and folk going crazy and shooting people, killing eachother, drowning themselves and walking out of buildings. ‘Well, that’s unfortunate’. They don’t even discuss that because they’re psychopaths, you see?

Zack – Yeah. I don’t know. There’s some amount of optimism there in your opening talk where you mentioned Will Durant and how he had, you know, some regret or grief over, you know, knowing the big picture.

Alan – Well he was found in his hotel. He was found in his hotel and he’d regretted what he did; he left a suicide note. His wife and he were both dead after completing this massive compendium and he wrote to every world leader, at the time, with the same letter. I’ve got copies of it here. It’s even in one of the books that were published at the end and he said, ‘the group I work for are bringing no hope whatsoever into the world of humankind’.

He knew that the work he’d been doing was to convince humankind that they themselves were hopeless and always in danger from eachother unless they were ruled by those that were ‘fittest’. So he’d lied to the public. He spent years taking big money to do all this stuff and set up the World Federalists as well. He was approached to be the spokesman for them. He wrote to Stalin. He wrote to Churchill. He wrote to all the big leaders admitting that he’d basically fudged all the work on behalf of the Rockefeller Foundation and the globalists who wanted to bring in this world society with benevolent dictators.

Zack – I had a strange moment yesterday, just normal living I suppose and my brother just came out of a relationship like me. It was long term. But anyway, he’s been seeing this other girl and we both live with my parents for a short time here. But anyway, my mom was getting upset with my brother but for the fact that he wouldn’t call this girl that he was seeing his girlfriend even though he would spend the night at her place. So she told me ‘did you hear me tell Jack this or that?’ She went to do something else and when she left my dad came in to talk to me and said ‘jeez, if she only knew the stuff that I’ve dealt with on a regular basis,’ he works for the department of education in the state of Maine and he’s told me about all the cases he hears of erotic play between the young kids there, you know. He said one story he heard today on the bus that I didn’t ask him to repeat but I thought, ‘jeez that’s exactly right out of Aldous Huxley’s ‘Brave New World’. It’s really scary. It’s like they really are destroying the bonds and any chance for people to have, you know, kids.

Alan – You’ve got it.

Zack – And you’re talking about the money system. I mean I’ve had quite a few relationships that were, well I don’t know, 3 or so that were 2 years plus and in a different system I kind of think ‘well jeez, I should really have kids from any one of those relationships or still be in them and just on the basis that we have a monetary system, where, you know, people put off their futures, you know.

Alan – You postpone the future.

Zack – It never takes off the ground.

Alan – That’s what Charles Galton Darwin said in his book ‘The Next Million Years’, If we can convince the public and forego families and buy the car instead and the goodies, then that will stop them from having children. So materialism was to be replaced for it but they also had big groups working, especially during the drugs era and so on working on this very thing, of separating emotional bonding from the sexual act and that was to get mandated by teaching it in school and causing obsessional fixations, neurotic fixations on sexual gratification without bonding and that’s what you’re seeing today. It’s through every so-called rock music or pop or whatever they want to call it today. It’s just no melody music. When you see the females they’re putting out there into erotica and now you’ve got children at 8 years old trying to dance like them and gesticulate like strippers, they’re already being trained for their ‘Brave New World’ roles.

Zack – It’s pretty sick. You mentioned music and I don’t want to hold up the line too long but there was a song from a British folk group that I liked. It was a good music video but one of the lines in it said something like ‘when you pray to a God who you never believed’. And there’s a new guy, well not a new guy but somebody new to my particular line of work who’s been travelling with us because we have another one that’s out for surgery. So the channel for the music is on ‘pop music’ and one of the lines from a mainstream song now is very similar and they repeat ‘pray to a God you don’t believe in’ which is very similar to that same lyric from 2 or 3 years ago from England. It might have been more than that. But that’s classic doublespeak, doublethink bringing in a scientific dictatorship if you will because they’re already saying in the song that you don’t believe in God.

Alan – They’re always programming you, programming you. As I say, if you look into ‘START’ with the Vienna Group and their inner circle. They also had a musical group doing experimental music from the 1800’s into the 1900’s. Then they combined with the philosophical groups and then they also created the movements, the Frankfurt Group. They decided to use art, music and psychology and philosophy mixed together with the precision of wording; word precision of mind control wording from the actual Vienna Group itself running through the lyrics.

That hasn’t changed today and also with the incredible use of symbology; the incredible use of symbology as a language, a definite mental language which we all subconsciously understand. It programs us subconsciously and it doesn’t come into our consciousness that we’ve even been programmed. There’re stacks of stuff out there on these particular groups and they were brought into the US in the 1930’s and given presidential rights through the Macy Group to form, create and take over the American culture of the future. Alot of them belonged to the OSS. They then transformed into the CIA, still working with the same groups and that’s why they published that book too, that only goes up to around 1967 about America and how the CIA controlled America’s culture during the Cold War.

It was all these groups that gave you your culture. They brought in the drugs with the permission of the government and the big pharma companies that made those drugs, the LSD and so on and they were also given millions and millions of dollars to train specific people to be the first ‘stars’. Their job was to make them stars with unlimited funding; people who could never make a dime on the street with a guitar and a hat were to be made stars but as long as they followed orders and sang about the things that brought in the sex and the free love and all that stuff into it. Their stuff was all written for them.

Theo Adorno was a big player with the Frankfurt Group.

Zack – And his work with the Beatles there.

Alan – He owned the rights to all the Beatles’ songs and when he died and they went up for auction, Michael Jackson competed with Paul McCartney for the titles and Jackson won out and I read recently when Jackson died, I suppose the rights of the Beatles’ titles will be up for sale again. I don’t know what’s happened or who’s bought them.

Zack – Anyway, it’s a pretty hopeless picture, you know. I know that I’ve been mind-bombed with the chemtrails and the Ritalin as a kid and everything else but I try to cling to hope that, you know, by solving, by getting into this stuff that maybe you can you know…

Alan – There’s hope, there’s hope but you’ve got to understand the enemy no matter how painful it is.

I’ll be back with more after this break.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.

It’s overwhelming to people when they haven’t really studied it all and even when you study alot of it, it still seems overwhelming but you’ve got to break through the conditioning that you’ve had a system – that’s my whole point here – that you’ve had a system that served you. You’ve never had a system that served you. It never existed. The greatest trick is to train peoples into nations and then tell them that they have a nation. Well, if you have a nation, once again you’ve a right to this and a right to that and a right to private property, but you don’t. Your government then comes in and tells you that you don’t serve you at all. They order you. They dictate to you but they don’t serve you.

When they can tell you to go off and fight in some war they’ve planned on, that alot of their boys will profit on, you don’t have a nation. No, you’re serving a private business here. But the best person to work in such a system is someone who’s a good slave who really thinks that they’re fighting for themselves. The slaves don’t like being upgraded to the next pasture because you’ve gotten used to the pasture you’re in because you’ve been left a certain amount of your freedoms to play yourself in your spare time; lots of entertainment, bread and circuses like never before. That’s what we’ve got now. That’s why we’ve got so much like never before, now.

Look at the countries that were set up to be the test beds for all of this, the ones that pushed the very foundation of this global society. Look at England.

There’s an article here…

“The nine-bin nightmare: Families forced to follow green zealots’ new recycling diktats”

Diktats! 24th April, 2010. You’ve got 9 different things to sort out into 9 separate bags now or you get £2000 fine if you don’t. You work for them. You see, you’re working for private business. You’re doing the recycling. You’re sorting it all out. The companies get their factories built to recycle all the plastics by government grants, which is your tax money again. You’re working for free and you can’t figure that simple thing out. That’s Britain, as I say, the home of ‘democracy’. Remember the UN said they based their system for world government on the British Commonwealth.

“Parents of under-fives face ‘nanny state’ home inspections [from the government] to keep children safe”

A new law they just passed. 18th May 2010 from Britain. Your private property? The state’s coming in there to make sure the children are going to be safe in your house and that you’ve got thermal safety stops and so on all the water supplies so the little child won’t scald itself and all this stuff; special stairs, gates and locks on medicines and stuff like that; inspections, inspections, inspections. That is your benevolent dictatorship run by control freaks and they keep creating more and more jobs for their family members who all have the psychopathic control freak gene in them.

There’s no end to this. Do you realise that you cannot fix a system that has gone this far that even has lots of thousands of families now where they’ve put mandatory cameras in their homes so government agencies can watch you. You can’t fix this system, you can’t negotiate with these people, you understand? You can’t do it. It’s beyond repair and it’s non-negotiable. What’s left to lose?

From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada, it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 19, 2010. For newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com and bookmark all the pages you see up there for the alternate sites. I’ve got problems right now with the .com site and if you bookmark these other sites you can always download the latest shows as time goes on; that’s if I can get to use them too because I’m getting problems not with just uploading through the server but I’m getting problems from the different sites themselves and the providers. Hopefully that will be taken care of over the next week or so. [Official sites listed above.] When you are in there you can see the archives; there are hundreds of audios there. Make use of them while you can. I try to fill in the big blanks in history and the present blanks that you are not given by the mainstream media, to show you how you are simply living through a script, a script that was planned long ago and played by all parties because all parties really take their orders from the SAME source towards a common goal which they are brining into place right now. I’ll be talking about that tonight. When you are in the site too, see the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale and purchase them. I tell you, or show you in a certain technique how to deprogram yourself from your linear thinking. Those who rule you know and understand and are taught non linear thinking, and some of them are actually raised that way. That’s why the people never benefit from anything that happens from the big boys at the top. We get bread and circuses and lots of shows. Sometimes they change their faces but it’s all the same organization that they have loyalty to and they are working towards the same agenda. [Ordering and donation option listed above.] For those that get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

Tonight I’m going to show you some of how this agenda we are going through works. You can’t do an awful lot in an hour; that’s the unfortunate thing. There is so much history to it and so many names and organizations and connections and histories of the connections between the cooperating organizations – that run our lives – going WAY back, so far, it would take volumes and volumes of just reading through them to understand them. I have done a lot of this myself over many, many years. What happens now is simply a new phase and I’ll be talking about what’s happening in Britain right now with the election and what happened and what is declared in the newspapers as ‘amazing new changes…’ amazing new changes that have to come into place in Britain. I’ll explain what these changes really are because the media isn’t really explaining what’s behind it, who planned it, or all the agreements that have already been signed towards it. However, to the general public it will sound kind of wonderful, kind of like a reenactment of the hippy era. There is a sense of excitement and change… generated by the media and even from the government at the top and even from the Conservatives such as the BBC, as they call them, which really is anything but conservative; it’s internationalist. I’ll show you how this will all tie together because we are living through a script.

Some people say to me, it must be tough to prepare for the show. I don’t prepare for the show in the way that you think. I don’t prepare what I’m going to say. I generally decide on the spur of the moment. I’ll be back with more, on a particular thought that came into my head just at the start, after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the big changes that we’re going through and we’ve been going through them for a long time, in fact our whole lives. People don’t even know what set up the start of the changes before they were born. It’s not taught in schools. It’s not taught in history because most of the REAL histories are OMITTED from general schools. Special schools, Ivy League schools and so on tend to have them there; all the best books written by their own, all the associations and the players and so on, but other schools omit them all together.

We’ve watched the amalgamation of Europe for instance. We’ve had exposés on television in Canada about the integration of the Americas. In fact, it was announced in Canada on the mainstream CBC – that’s our version of the BBC in Canada, government funded – and Global television as well, by the Council on Foreign Relations own staff who are all ex-politicians who said that they drafted up the integration charter for the Americas to be signed in 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010. Supposedly the last one is to be signed this year. They came out openly for the first time, not as advisors to politicians; they came out openly AS the Council on Foreign Relations itself.

In the UK they have the Royal Institute of International Affairs because it exists under Royal Charter. It’s a PRIVATE organization, as is the CFR itself. They do place their members all through bureaucracies across the world and all through the British Commonwealth and they put them through the US government as well, under the Council on Foreign Relations. ‘Royal’ doesn’t go down too well in the United States; that’s why they called it the Council on Foreign Relations. These guys work towards a world society, a world society they seldom talk about, at least to the public. It’s so intertwined… so intertwined, there are so many different departments, special departments working together towards a particular type of society but it will GIVE THE APPEARANCE OF A SOCIALIST SOCIETY. We’ve been going through the changes for that really since the ‘50s and speeding up in the ‘60s and then the massive welfare state part of it. Then the plundering of the banks part of it and the banks always stay supreme because they will continue onto the next phase as well, which is COMMUTARIANISM, it’s called.

Commutarianism is an idea which is based, really, when you compare it to what it looks like, as the Soviet model, where people live in their communities, you all participate in civic society, you do voluntary work when you are told to, and supposedly you get the right to decide what happens in your community. It all sounds rather wonderful but in reality, like the Soviet Union, it wasn’t run that way at all. You’ll find the head ones are appointed or they are already TRAINED for their positions, coming out FROM you, appearing AS you, and taking over the leadership positions. You’ll find groups like Common Purpose are doing this. I’m going to read an article here from the BBC and explain what this is, what it means, and how this ties together.

Nick Clegg pledges biggest political reform since 1832.

bbc.co.uk / Wednesday, 19 May 2010

(Alan: They’ve got a coalition government there, that happens in Britain sometimes where you can have two parties that were neck-and-neck and they share power for about 4 years or so. They are going to take a 5 year run at it this time it says here. You have conservatives, supposedly, which are not conservatives, and you have liberal democrats, which are not really liberal democrats, working together here. So Nick Clegg, I think he’s from the liberals, is promising all the public this wonderful utopia.)

Deputy Prime Minister Nick Clegg has promised the “biggest shake-up of our democracy” in 178 years as he sets out plans for political reform.

The Tory-Lib Dem coalition is proposing fixed-term parliaments, an elected House of Lords (A: For the first time supposedly.) and a referendum on changing the voting system.

Mr Clegg said the government was “not insecure about relinquishing control”.

The Lib Dem leader also called on the public to nominate laws to be repealed, as part of a “power revolution”. (A: You’d better look up these terms because you will find that these are little slangs and slogans that they use amongst themselves and you will find they are out there and you’ll find how you can associate them with other, much bigger plans and organizations.)

Mr Clegg, who is overseeing the government’s political reform plans, said he wanted to “transform our politics so the state has far less control over you, (A: Sounds wonderful, right.) and you have far more control over the state”.

‘Centralised’

This would include scrapping the ID card scheme and accompanying National Identity Register, all future biometric passports and the children’s Contact Point Database. (A: Remember, this is a politician who will tell you whatever you want to hear to stay in power… and to pull the wool over your eyes. I hope everyone has learned that by now. Doubtful though.) It would also ensure CCTV (A: All these cameras they have up. Now listen to the terminology again…) was “properly regulated” in future (A: What does properly regulated mean? Nothing.) and the storage of innocent people’s DNA restricted. (A: Restricted. Why shouldn’t it be scrapped all together?)

Mr Clegg said: “Britain was once the cradle of modern democracy. We are now, on some measures, the most centralised country in Europe, bar Malta.” (A: What is the reality of that? Britain is locked into a European Union. It is now one of the little minions under that union. It doesn’t address that at all. What is happening now is the next phase for all those countries in the Union, as you gave up your sovereignty step by step by step with integrating into the Union. Now you go the next step, as they transform society, into the term that George Bush Sr used, ‘communitarianism.’)

The deputy prime minister promised to give voters powers to “recall” corrupt MPs and for an elected House of Lords, based on a “proportional” voting system.

He said: “I’m talking about the most significant programme of empowerment by a British government since the great enfranchisement of the 19th Century.

“The biggest shake up of our democracy since 1832, when the Great Reform Act redrew the boundaries of British democracy, for the first time extending the franchise beyond the landed classes.” (A: It took World War I actually to get the vote in for the ordinary people.)

He added: “Incremental change will not do. It is time for a wholesale, big bang approach to political reform.” (A: Remember, he will never touch on the same banking system that must always stay in place, that plunders you every couple of centuries. He won’t touch on that at all. He won’t touch on the massive, incredible debt that Britain is carrying. They can never pay it off. Even if they could breed for another thousand years they couldn’t pay it off.)

He accused the previous government of “obsessive lawmaking” and pledged to “get rid of the unnecessary laws” and “introduce a mechanism to block pointless new criminal offences”. (A: They promise, remember, they promise, you see. ‘We promise something’ is politics, it’s not legally binding, remember. I hope people have learned that in their lifetime.)

He promised to ask the public “which laws you think should go” as they “tear through the statute book”. (A: Remember, the face of Britain has been UTTERLY turned upside-down in the last quite a few years. The culture is in flux; it really doesn’t have a culture now. That was the intention of Blair then Brown. Blair, I read the articles on the radio that Blair told his next in command that he would change the face of Britain forever through massive immigration until they could never go back to any other way of thinking or doing.)

Mr Clegg added: “This government is going to persuade you to put your faith in politics once again.” (A: Well, suckers you if you do.)

He said differences between the Lib Dems and Conservatives were “almost impossible to spot” when it came to wanting to decentralise power.

The plan, if you go through the plan that the Royal Institute of International Affairs drew up when they wanted an integrated Europe, they wanted it based on the Soviet ideal. They worked with the Soviets. They also wanted to bring it in through stages… until it came down to the local area where you’d find, as I say, you not only are born as a citizen now with certain duties, which is to pay taxes and do what you are told, but you would be born with certain community duties to do as well, and lots of volunteerism and so on. Really, it will be a lot worse because it’s going even further, through the United Nations. One day in the next few years you will have your food rationed VIA the United Nations to your little community and if you have bred above your capacity or quota then you have to find ways of bringing that population down because you aren’t getting any more food. So you read all this stuff and you go right down to the bottom and then it’s about backtracking on certain things as well and they pretend they are not so pally as they really are. This is all planned that they get in together like this, with this whole thing here.

Another thing that they didn’t mention was the fact that, you see, Britain has a strange Parliament. The Queen is the ruler of the country. I’ll put a link up here along with the other articles I read tonight; go into the site and you’ll find them. It’s the opening of the Parliament by the Queen’s Body Guard of the Yeomen of the Guard.

The Queen’s Body Guard of the Yeomen of the Guard

Created and maintained by Yeoman William Norton / yeomenoftheguard.com

You see, they can’t open or close Parliament without permission of Her Majesty… because the government IS Her Majesty’s government. They can’t pass a law without her signing it. Nothing really changes folks; you just get shafted more and more under different guises, but they want your cooperation this time. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning that the Queen has to open Parliament and accept it or dismiss it and all this kind of stuff and how everything and everybody in it swears allegiance to the Crown. That’s the first oath they have. Everyone in uniform in Britain and its Commonwealth countries swears allegiance to the Crown, not to the country in which they live, or the people whom they are supposed to serve. So nothing really changes. The same players always rule. They always rule, the same players, with their banks too, always rule. I’ll put this link up and you can see this incredible pageantry that they go through to open it up and all the different characters involved and all the terms they use for the particular people in the procession, like the ‘Red Dragon’ and stuff like this. No kidding. No kidding. This is from their official web site on it. And you think you’re going to get a change and some kind of for-the-people democracy.

Where are they going with all of this? They are bound together under treaty which takes away sovereignty, a lot of sovereignty and the rights as to what you can do in your own country. They are centralizing their bookkeeping system for the bankers because the bankers are in charge of all that, and the Central Bank for the European Parliament. The next step is the communitarian phase which was planned and talked about a long time ago. It’s had different names and in the ‘90s they changed it again to communitarianism.

This particular article I’m going to read now is about global governance. Then I’ll go on to communitarianism which all ties in from this site too, and many other sites out there. It’s from globalgovernancewatch.org. It’s a site that’s put up FOR all those active in bringing in global governance and have been for a long time, involved in it. Not the higher players mind you; remember, there is always the OUTER PARTY and there is an INNER PARTY, as Orwell told us.

G-20 and IMF Officials Institutionalize Economic Global Governance

by Jim Kelly / Wednesday, April 28, 2010 / globalgovernancewatch.org

In particular, we are floating the idea of a new multilateral surveillance procedure. . . . I believe the world is ready for a shift to this more “systemic” vision of IMF surveillance. A clear indication is the G-20’s launch of the Mutual Assessment Process. The so-called MAP aims to reduce risks to the system by making the world’s largest economies accountable-to each other-for ensuring the global consistency of their economic policies. . . Of course, there is a much broader range of international policy challenges than those currently being considered by the MAP. And an enhanced multilateral approach, with increased accountability between countries, is essential for finding lasting solutions. I see a role for the IMF to help address these kinds of multilateral problems.

~ From an address by Dominique Strauss-Kahn, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund, (A: Which is nothing but a front really, for the World Bank and it’s the same few banking families that run it and supposedly every government appoints a member to it, just like the UN, exactly the same as the UN in fact; it has to swear allegiance TO the organization and not to their country when they go there.) at the Bretton Woods Committee Annual Meeting, Washington D.C., February 26, 2010.

The Group of Twenty (“G-20”) nations, the new Financial Stability Board (“FSB”), and the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”) are progressing on two fronts: the monitoring and revision of national and regional economic plans (A: National and REGIONAL economic plans…) to facilitate global economic governance and the pursuit of a financial industry regulatory reform agenda.

Big shake-ups all right. And here is this guy in Britain promising people they are going to have some kind of wonderful participation in decision making… using the exact same system under a hierarchy of Royalty who are intermarried with the banking communities and we’ve seen what they do time after time after time. Don’t forget, they were the same Royal families who gave you the charter for the Royal Institute of International Affairs which was made up of the Cecil Rhodes Group and the Lord Milner Group. The Lord Alfred Milner Group were the bankers and they became the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations who work all over the world to bring in this plan, step by step by step. They use all academia; they change culture in society, through academia and the culture creators, a generation at a time. Now it is much quicker. It’s not 70 years; they can change it and upgrade it every 2 to 3 to 5 years.

We’re all integrated monetary-wise now and it’s time for – since we’ve lost sovereignty and are losing sovereignty – it’s time for bringing out communitarianism. When you look at the Conservative / Liberal Democrat government coalition, they’ve put out something called…

Building the Big Society

cabinetoffice.gov.uk

Our Conservative – Liberal Democrat Government has come together with a driving ambition: to put more power and opportunity into people’s hands.

We want to give citizens, communities and local government the power and information they need to come together, solve the problems they face and build the Britain they want. (A: That will be the day when the people build something they want. They get taxed on it. I’ll be back with more and explain this to you and dissect it after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading this ‘Big Society’ that is supposed to be brought in, starting again with the flagship Britain. This is how it always goes because Britain has always been the flagship for this new world order. The plans were hatched there too, in London, long, long ago. Carroll Quigley documented a lot of it in his book, Tragedy and Hope and his other one, The Anglo-American Establishment. He showed you how the wars came about and he showed you how these guys were behind the setting up of wars, of conflict for geopolitical reasons. Not only change in the world as such but also to change societies and the cultures of the societies as well. But to go on with their ‘Big Society’ and building it…

We want society – the families, networks, neighbourhoods and communities that form the fabric of so much of our everyday lives – to be bigger and stronger than ever before. Only when people and communities are given more power and take more responsibility can we achieve fairness and opportunity for all.

Building this Big Society isn’t just the responsibility of just one or two departments. It is the responsibility of every department of Government, and the responsibility of every citizen too. Government on its own cannot fix every problem. We are all in this together. (A: There is that famous line, again, from the movie Brazil, the comedy, totalitarian movie which basically showed you a society of total centralization, all data collection and so on. The slogans were everywhere. You are under a big war all the time against terrorists that no one ever sees. The slogans are always ‘we are all in this together’. You’ll hear that through every war.) We need to draw on the skills and expertise of people across the country as we respond to the social, political and economic challenges Britain faces.

This document outlines the already agreed policies that we believe will help make that possible. It is the first strand of a comprehensive Programme for Government to be published in the coming days, which will deliver the reform, renewal, fairness and change Britain needs. (A: Once again, they are telling you what it needs. Politicians are telling you what you need.)

1. Give communities more powers (A: You’d better sit and think about that. Remember what I said before, the BLEND that was to come out of the Soviet/Western pact, according to Norman Dodd, was a combination of the two together. I’ve always told you it would be a fascist bunch on the top living high off the hog; you are all of the hogs of course, that’s how they talk about us. Down below, people live in the little communities where everything is shared, that also – if you go into it deeper – would mean the END OF ALL PRIVATE PROPERTY and private business ownership. TECHNICALLY your community is going to own all of this stuff. But of course they don’t say it in this particular little part here.)

– We will radically reform the planning system to give neighbourhoods far more ability to determine the shape of the places in which their inhabitants live.

– We will introduce new powers to help communities save local facilities (A: So you will be left with the burden. After building hospitals and all the rest of it and watching them being sold off, you’ll be given the burden of keeping them going. If you can’t keep them going, well, you’re going to blame your government. They’ll say well, you are in charge of it, you people there; you are just not producing enough; that’s your problem, deal with it.) and services threatened with closure, and give communities the right to bid to take over local state-run services. (A: The sharing of massive taxes locally. It means that too. Of course you will still have federal ones as well.)

– We will train a new generation (A: This is the part the interests me because it’s right out of the techniques and the wording of the Chatham House Group, the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Their whole idea, in every generation, they’ve been doing it for 100 years, is to train certain people, from childhood, to be local and governmental leaders, as is the organization that is called Common Purpose.) of community organisers and support the creation of neighbourhood groups across the UK, especially in the most deprived areas.

2. Encourage people to take an active role in their communities (A: Remember I told you, one day if you don’t turn up at a community event, they will be coming and looking for you… What’s wrong, are you anti-social? I’ve said that over and over for years.)

– We will take a range of measures to encourage volunteering and involvement in social action, including launching a national ‘Big Society Day’ and making regular community involvement a key element of civil service staff appraisals. (A: For years and years and years they have been retiring federal civil servants and scattering them across the countries. They start up little NGO groups that become rather big and popular. That’s how your environmental groups got started folks, by semi-retired or retired top civil servants across the world; it’s happened here in Canada. I watched it happen. I followed them. I traced them. I watched what was going on.)

– We will take a range of measures to encourage charitable giving and philanthropy. (A: So you will be blended in your communitarian groups, with the George Soroses of the world, you see, and the Bill Gates and all these philanthropies because after all, they are all part of the foundations that have always been the parallel government, or work for them, and created the NGOs and funded them.)

– We will introduce a National Citizen Service. The initial flagship project will provide a programme for 16 year olds to give them a chance to develop the skills needed to be active and responsible citizens, (A: Once again, you are being TAUGHT, as you go through these courses, what KIND of citizen they are talking about because they’ve already got a preconceived idea. It will be different from YOURS; I can guarantee it.) mix with people from different backgrounds, (A: For the global society.) and start getting involved in their communities. (A: It is going to be mandatory, eventually… to get any work if you are not involved in your community and you’re politically correct. Remember, ‘soviet’ means ‘rule by councils’. Their charter sounded WONDERFUL in theory, but of course the big boys put all of their own leaders in, on top of the NGOS that represent YOU and your community and the people get the dregs at the end, of the economy.)

3. Transfer power from central to local government

– We will promote the radical devolution of power and greater financial autonomy to local government, including a full review of local government finance. (A: Well, how much of the debt are they going to slap on these emerging, new little communities? Because they are not going to write that off.)

– We will give councils a general power of competence.

– We will abolish Regional Spatial Strategies and return decision-making powers on housing and planning to local councils. (A: You will have to belong to the proper cliques to get anything done, just like it was in the Soviet Union.)

4. Support co-ops, mutuals, charities and social enterprises

– We will support the creation and expansion of mutuals, co-operatives, charities and social enterprises, and support these groups to have much greater involvement in the running of public services.

– We will give public sector workers a new right to form employee-owned co-operatives (A: See, it’s cooperative. That’s how it going to be folks, no private business.) and bid to take over the services they deliver. This will empower millions of public sector workers to become their own boss and help them to deliver better services. (A: Right!)

– We will use funds from dormant bank accounts to establish a Big Society Bank, which will provide new finance for neighbourhood groups, charities, social enterprises and other nongovernmental bodies. (A: Non-governmental bodies… NGOs.)

5. Publish government data

– We will create a new ‘right to data’ so that government-held datasets can be requested and used by the public, and then published on a regular basis.

– We will oblige the police to publish detailed local crime data statistics every month, (A: They are already doing that in Britain, by the way. See, they are already underway with all of this stuff before they actually come out and announce it. There are web sites up in Britain where you can actually look in to see the worst crime areas and what it is that day and so on.) so the public can get proper information about crime in their neighbourhoods and hold the police to account for their performance.

Commutarianism. What do they stand for, commutarianism? Well, the NGOs have been formed long ago for them by, again, the big foundations in the US, Canada, across the British Commonwealth countries and Britain itself. It says…

Quotes and Excerpts – Reinventing Government

What the Communitarians Stand For

Compiled by Niki Raapana, revised 3/04/05 – crosssedroad.to

Communitarianism (Idea and Movement in politics) – “With the demise of true socialism as a viable intellectual force, communitarianism is now the most active philosophical opposition to libertarianism. Communitarianism is usually presented in a vague terms, but it is probably best understood as a mild form of collectivism or “democratic socialism.” From the The Ism Book

“The theory is based on a two-dimensional political grid that rejects the one-dimensional, liberal-conservative spectrum. It’s explained in detail on a Web site Janda created, www.idealog.org, which also offers a self-test to determine where you fall on the grid. (A: You can actually look further into it at this site, but you’ll also find it in the university sites as well. They are against INDIVIDUALISM. That’s part of their manifesto. The individual is a problem, to the world controllers obviously. That’s who it’s a problem to. That’s why you are going to work co-operatively, in co-ops, for the community. If you want to know more about it, go back a few years to Alvin Toffler. You’ll find Newt Gingrich was passing out Toffler’s book called The Third Way to every Congressman in the United States to let them know what their real mission was all about. The Third Way… look into it yourselves; I won’t do all the homework for you. You can do something for yourself I am sure.)

In Their Own Words – The Communitarian Network

“The Communitarian Network is a coalition of individuals and organizations who have come together to shore up the moral, social, and political environment. We are a nonsectarian, nonpartisan, transnational association…. The Communitarian Network investigates issues and policies such as the balance between rights and responsibilities in society, community justice, multiculturalism, the community’s moral voice, and developing global society.” (A: What it actually is folks is the epitome of political correctness. To survive in these communities you’ll have to constantly update yourself in political correctness for what’s right TODAY, as opposed from yesterday and tomorrow.)

“Communitarian thinking is not an American import. Its roots sprout from ancient Greece and the Old and New Testaments. (I was trained by Martin Buber in Jerusalem.) While each society must evolve its own communitarian answers, the challenges are similar. Man and woman do not live by bread alone; it is unwise to believe that all we need is economic rehabilitation. We require our daily acts to be placed into a context of transcendent meaning and their moral import made clear.” (A: And there are various professors who’ve written books on it, quite a few in the US as well.)

That was the end goal of a big part of the manifesto set out by Chatham House, the Royal Institute of International Affairs. It’s also what’s really referred to as ‘Century of Change’ that we are NOW in. The 21st century was to be THE Century of Change. Under all these ideas of what APPEARS to be on paper, like the Soviet, the Soviet Charter, unlike what it says on paper, it’s going to be an absolute nightmare for people unless you literally rub shoulders with people all the time in your community and say and do all the right things, attend all the proper functions, or else you have a new Stasi turning up to find out why you didn’t, or the psychological team backed by a SWAT team to find out why you didn’t attend these particular functions. Are you anti-social?

Of course they use psychiatry in it in a big way. The whole thing is about reshaping our way of thinking. Psychology and behaviorists’ theology, they’ve already stacked all the universities with the right people through testing of these people when they were students who will also become teachers and professors to ensure that they teach it. When you go into the science of propaganda and the science of mind control, when the top group wants evangelists out there amongst the public, you must create TRUE BELIEVERS. True believers, only a true believing evangelist will be believed by the people he is trying to convince. They have massive, incredible psychological tests; they’ve had them for an awful long time. It was the same test that they used to pick guys for the CIA, designed by the same person in fact. They can tell every flaw that you have and every weak area that you have and where to bolster it and how to BLOCK your own personality from developing so you don’t fudge your job. Perfect sciences. Then they go into the universities and teach the children. Then they in turn pick ones for likely candidates.

Communitarian is simply the next step after you amalgamate into and give up sovereignty to a centralized power of Europe. Then it is your responsibility in your community, all of you in your community, to make sure you can get by with food, the distribution of wealth and clothing and shoes and everything else down the road. That’s what’s coming down the road. As time goes on in Britain – this will unfold there because the country is too broke you see, just SO incredibly broke that they can’t pay off this massive debt – everyone has got to sacrifice and really tighten their belts. Just like the Soviet Union, they will have competitions between communities to see who is doing well – in their propaganda papers, the British Pravda – and who the best workers are and what they’ve achieved and sacrificed to get and so on. That’s what it’s all about.

You see, every election is rigged. The people are all chosen in advance. The parties are chosen. The winners are chosen. …all in advance… and always have been, always have been. Those who ruled never, ever decided to let go of rulership and power, any more than their relatives in the banking industry ever decided to let go of their stranglehold of their corrupt system. That’s what they have to live through now in Britain. After all, Britain is the flagship, as I say. Some very good movies came out of Britain years ago, one was Fahrenheit 451. In it you see the regimented society, very much like George Orwell’s, where the vans from the local government come around and order everyone out into their lawns, every member of the family so they can be inspected and seen and so on… and they all obey quietly and do so. That sounded crazy when it came out in Britain, but it’s not crazy now. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the coming system that Britain is to spearhead and test pilot it basically. People in Britain always get the suffering edge of things to be tried on the rest of the planet. That’s just the way it goes. Step by step they will introduce exactly what I’m talking about here over a period of time. They will keep their pulse on the public to see if they are ready for the next step and the next step and the next step, with constant data collection. Quite easy to do.

This is all under global governance. The whole idea was to end sovereignty of nations, bind then through treaties and alliances – initially through treaties – to the UN, and then denationalize them. As you decentralize their power, at the same time centralize the governments into a central body like the EU parliament that’s now supreme over the whole of Europe, the WHOLE of Europe with its own central banking system. Everything becomes a little colony around it; all those countries are now little colonies, you might say. They call them regions. That was the big plan to bring in the new feudal system, the new feudal system that Quigley talked about. The big corporations keep going, the big international, multi national corporations keep going. They are the new feudal overlords and of course they will also be negotiating with these little, lovely communities, as they do their basket weaving and so on and trading amongst themselves, supposedly, in theory at least.

Going back to Global Governance Watch, it tells you what they are.

About Global Governance Watch

Globalgovernancewatch.org

Global Governance Watch (GGW) is a joint project of the American Enterprise Institute (AEI) and the Federalist Society for Law and Public Policy Studies. Its goal is to raise awareness about global governance, to monitor how international organizations influence domestic political outcomes, and to address issues of transparency and accountability within the United Nations, related intergovernmental organizations (IGOs), and other non-state actors.

GGW focuses on four thematic pillar areas: Human Rights, Environment & Health, Law & Sovereignty, and Economics & Development. The GGW website catalogues legal resources, commentaries, and academic papers related to global governance. It also posts up-to-date content with In the Spotlight and On the Issues commentaries written by GGW staff and occasional outside contributors. In addition to the website, GGW hosts public events and participates in related conferences dealing with global governance themes. (A: They’ve got a lot of stuff on their site about various topics and so on. Their whole point… this site is FOR the non-governmental organizations to follow, and who to lobby, and all the rest of it.)

GGW also promotes transparency and accountability in nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) on the NGOWatch section of its website. NGOs are key influencers of governments, corporations, and international institutions. (A: And you thought… why were you voting all this time? What were you voting for if these little organization, these thousands of them, these ‘thousand points of light’ as Mr Bush referred to them, were actually making the decisions, for their masters of course, who fund them, the big foundations, who are owned by the big bankers.) As NGOs address critical issues – human rights, environmental protection, and poverty reduction, among them – and often receive funding in whole or in part from governments, (A: Your tax money funds these guys too, because they call themselves charities and non-governmental organizations.) it is important that they are encouraged to embrace the same standards of transparency and accountability that they demand from governments and corporations.

That will be the day because they’ve been liars since they were set up, all these NGOs were… ALL these NGOs. If Jesus Christ came back tomorrow to set one up to get back to the truth, or at least some decent way of living where you’re left alone, they’d have it taken over as soon as he turned his back.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 20, 2010. Newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com. Scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there because I’m in the midst of moving around to the different servers right now and if you bookmark the other sites at least you’ll get the latest shows from one of them, until I have all the other servers up and running. [Official sites listed above.] While you are there, look into the items I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs or you can donate and THAT will help keep me trickling over here because that’s all I do is trickle over. [Ordering and donation option listed above.] For those that get the disks burned and passed to them – and lots of folk do; it’s amazing how people are passing disks of talks around at different meetings all over the place, all over Europe and different parts of the world – you can get in touch with me at [address above].

It’s astonishing really, as we live through these transitions… remember this is the age of transition. This is the new century. This is the Century of Change. They’ve used different terms for the same program and agenda because there only is ONE program and agenda and that is a very old one, the planned society, post-democratic, to be ruled and governed – that’s why they call it governance. Even the national politicians are using governance now. They’re all on board with it because the rats smell the wind and politicians come from that particular type of family so they’re very politically correct and they jump on board and whatever their big masters say, they do without question. It’s interesting with the psychopath because they know that even in the military type, they have a dictator at the top and the lesser psychopaths beneath in a descending order; each one admires the one above them because they admire power, and they kind of despise the person just one rank below them. It’s the same with politicians. These politicians are trained years in advance for their role. I have been certain for many, many years that Presidents and Prime Ministers and the coteries that come in behind them, that really do the governing, I’ve been convinced for years that they are all PRESELECTED and TRAINED and even told, probably, when their turn will be to get in at the top because, power can’t ALLOW democracy. Power, total power, eugenical power, planned society power, the big banking power cannot EVER afford democracy and so they never allowed it to happen in the first place. We never had it. It’s a nice term. They keep prattling on about ancient Greece and how democratic it was but in reality you had to be one of the big boys in the landed owners and they even had the Nazi philosophy: you had to be third, fourth, fifth generation Athenian to get the vote. All the rest, well, you were either a slave or just a commoner, weren’t you? I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve been going on a bit about the big Royal Institute of International Affairs system/Council on Foreign Relations, the Milner Group, the big banking boys and so on and how they really all came out of the same beginnings.

People at the beginning of the 1900s and just before, the late 1800s, realized – I’m talking about the banking families, of course – they realized that democracy would be not too good a thing for them because it could be unpredictable and they don’t like that kind of thing. They want things to be very predictable. So the way that they saw to go around this was to not only start in Britain, but make this a world wide global effort through FREE TRADE. They used the free trade idea that really came up with Francis Bacon. Free trade was an idea that Bacon came up with and presented to the Royalty at the time. He was the one who also coined the term, ‘the Brytish Empire’, a conglomerate of nations that eventually would ALL be based on the SAME parliamentary or governing system with all these rules to do with trade. Even then they knew that ALL the laws of the land center around economics. When you kill someone and they send you off to prison for killing them, believe you me, it’s taken into account the value as a taxpayer and the level of the person that you killed… and that will help decide your sentence. That’s ALL taken into account.

Everything, all the laws revolve around economics. In fact, economics runs everything in your life. Everything. When the cash stops flowing, of course, the factories can sit there, business can sit there, but nothing moves… because of this odd thing that is supposed to be CURRENT, and that’s why they call it CURRENCY. You see, it FLOWS… supposedly. The beauty of this currency is that it can be diluted over and over again and then they call that inflation and hyperinflation. The big boys who rule the banks and so on established central banking systems, which they all own; they are all interconnected. Many of the leaders of the central banks are all intermarried with each other. They are also intermarried all the way up to the IMF and The World Bank itself. So you literally have FAMILIES running the WORLD banking systems.

They have never made such a killing as they have this last while, as they looted the public. They put speculations on who would fail and got profits off of that too. I mean, it’s an amazing, again, non-linear way of thinking. It’s so easy to do when you’ve trained the world and established the same educational system to be taught around the world to make sure all the sheep have pure linear thinking. It doesn’t stop when you complain. It never has stopped. Why should it stop? It puts out its politicians, that you reelect, and they stand up for it and they keep the same system going.

Looking at the Gulf and this big oil plug that they have and it’s pouring out of the bottom of the Gulf there… They’ve floated all these ideas of sinking millions of golf balls and everything else into it and putting a dome over it and ya-da, ya-da, ya. It’s no different… at the same time you wonder if someone is playing a joke with you. While the countries in Europe are constantly borrowing money, at least they say they are borrowing money. Now, are they borrowing real money or are they just numbers or figures or money they’ve still got to get from some other world bank or… where are they getting it from? They are throwing these billions and billions of Euros into the big black hole called the Free Market, for speculators. Once again, the same guys that caused the last problem, run by the bankers to profit from.

There is a Der Spiegel article up there from one of the top guys in the central bank talking about this and who’s making a killing off of it.

Bailout Plan Is All About ‘Rescuing Banks and Rich Greeks’

spiegel.de / 05/18/2010

And they can’t lose, these guys, these speculators because all these counties have signed agreements to back up each other; so none of them can fail. It’s an incredible con. So as I say, we’ve got one in the Gulf to get plugged with billions of golf balls and one in Europe that’s going to be plugged with trillions and trillions of Euro dollars, Yen and everything else, I suppose, as time goes on, BUT it will all be in IOUs left for the taxpayers at the bottom. But that is the way it’s always been and not one single politician is EVER going to stand up and say, we’ve got to change this corrupt and PRIVATE banking system and these central banks, with names like Federal Reserve or Bank of Canada, which aren’t Canadian or Federal at all.

The politicians get the rewards after they’ve served their masters. As I say, the CFR, the Fabian Society, the Royal Institute of International Affairs are ALL connected together. We saw what happened to Tony Blair, the man who said that he would completely alter the face and cultural system of Britain so much that they could never go back to it. Total deculturalization for total immersion into an INTEGRATED EUROPE, that is part of the idea. That’s part of their manifesto. I read the articles from the newspaper where his second in command admitted that was his job, was to make that happen. That was accomplished.

The next part of course, is to bring a SINGLE PARTY SYSTEM in. That’s what you have now, a single party system, a so-called coalition of liberals and a coalition of the labor. It’s a single party system that is promising them the earth… communitarianism and how all local areas will run themselves; self governing in a sense. That’s straight out of communitarianism. Once you’ve merged totally with the EU, you are no longer a nation as such. Now they have to break you down even further into communities, in regions… written about LONG ago, long, long ago. If you want to know about regions, go into the UN web sites and read for yourself what they say about regions. They’ve got the whole globe carved up into varying regions and sub regions and so on.

As I say, the politicians do their thing to direct the countries and then they get rewarded. Blair got rewarded. He is now worth millions and millions and millions of pounds. They just can’t help but get it in, you know. They get paid millions in advance for their terrible biographies that they never write themselves either. These are called payoffs. They just buy houses all over the place, about 5 million each, or 11 million here and there. That’s how they pay off these guys once they get out.

In the UK Column, for May’s issue, on the front page – I’ll try to get the link for that too – they talk about the COMING election. The election has been held already and they’ve got this coalition government. So the article on the front page was spot on; it’s going to end up with a one party system, which is the plan. They also go through, on the front page, how the BBC, again, the government controlled, definitely Fabian, television station…

UK Column – May issue

The BBC surpassed itself in producing bland orchestrated theater of so-called debate between the 3 leaders, Brown, Cameron and Clegg.

Heavily stage managed, manipulated with over 50 rules of engagement, the voters are treated as children, expected to believe that these men are the only voices we need to hear in the election campaign.

It was very, very theatrical apparently and he’s right, they really talk down to you as though you’re children. You know, you’re children. So I’m not surprised that they got what they wanted. They got their collation in, the one party system, all on board, all agreeing with each other because you see, all parties obey the same one master.

As I say, Blair was well rewarded. We saw the chaos and the havoc he caused and the massive debt he left. There was a great interview in a newspaper I read a while back on Blair when he was asked if there was anything that he’d regretted in his whole time in Parliament. He said, very quickly, no, no. See, he’s a psychopath; psychopaths have no regrets. They PICK psychopathic personalities for these positions. They don’t have to be the brightest either, just have the psychopathic traits, who can stand up, stare at cameras, and lie efficiently, all the time. That’s all you have to do. The guys that are appointed behind you are the guys who run the show. Most governments are run by appointees now, not by elected officials… in ALL countries.

Mr Brown is out supposedly, right. No. You see, it was MEANT that Mr Brown leave. It was meant that Mr Brown leave, the ex Prime Minister of Britain after Blair. It’s TIME for him to leave because he accomplished his mission. And what does it say here? This is the Mirror.co.uk.

Brown’s heading to US for IMF (Alan: International Monetary Fund) role

By Stephen Martin 16/05/2010 / mirror.co.uk

(A: That’s part of his reward, you see, for wrecking the UK, destroying what was left, leaving them in a big PIT, a money hole that can never get filled with all the borrowing. Again, he encouraged the incredible change in culture, following on from his pal Blair. So this is part of his reward. They’d have it planned to go to the US for YEARS, of course. I’m sure their master says, what would you like, Gordon, once you leave? Well, I wouldn’t mind getting something kind of big, you know, maybe the IMF, The World Bank, something like that; maybe move to the US because by the time I leave it, Britain is going to be in one hell of a state; who would want to live there? So it says…)

The couple indicated to friends they see their long-term future there – with the ex-Prime Minister tipped to head the International Monetary Fund in Washington when the job comes up in 2012. (A: So God help you, Washington and the States, when the Prime Wrecker gets sent in there.)

Former Chancellor Mr Brown was widely praised for his role in fighting the global financial crisis. (A: Ho, really, fighting… fighting it, really?) And before the election, as the Browns discussed their options with friends, Sarah said she expected him to take “one more big job”.

A source said: “The unspoken assumption was it would absolutely not be a Tony-and-Cherie style retirement into riches, lucrative speaking dates and globe-trotting.

“Gordon would relish the IMF job – not for the status – for a chance to tackle world poverty.” (A: Since he’s created a hell of a lot of it. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about Mr Brown, the ex Prime Minister of Britain. He’s stepped down there to let this one party system in, to finish off the job. He’s going to go over to the States and take up the International Monetary Fund, which again, is a PRIVATE organization run by The World Bank, which is a PRIVATE organization run by 12 or 13 banking families. Of course, Mr Brown got his job in the first place because he was into economics. He was the guy in charge of Britain’s economy, supposedly, for a while there; the Chancellor of the H-Checker, a term that goes all the way back to the Knights Templar’s days, and Temple Bar and Temple Square in London. He’s off to get part of his reward with the International Monetary Fund.

The International Monetary Fund, as I say, is run by the top bankers and is owned by the top bankers. If HE was such an awful catastrophe, financial wise for a country, why would they give him a top job? Well, he did what they wanted him to do, you see. That’s why he’s getting rewarded. If the world was run the way that you’ve been trained to think it’s run, he would be the last guy… you wouldn’t even read his resumé, at least all of it; you would toss it in the bin before you got halfway through it. You would think he’s a top wrecker. Well, that’s his job. You’ve got to wreck everything to bring in a new society. He’s the same Prime Minister that at the last G20 meeting said, we are bringing in the New World Order. It’s up there on Google. It was put out by the BBC and everybody else.

Which world order are they talking about? What is this world order? Most folk will just hear these phrases and it goes over their head and they don’t ask any questions. How long has it been going on? Well, I’ve gone through Norman Dodd’s inquiry into the big, tax free, multi trillionaire foundations that ran the US back in the 1950s. I put links up where Dodd himself, who was told to lead the inquiry on behalf of the Senate and Congress, was told that they were going to blend the Sovietized system with the West, the Capitalist system. Now we already know that the same banking families funded all sides in World War II. They funded the Soviets, as Professor Anthony Sutton put out so well in his different books. They funded the rise of Hitler… to bring in this society. And folk cannot quite separate these slight differences. They can’t separate them first to see what they are, to find out they are ALL the same THINGS working together towards a common goal. Most of the US citizens don’t even know their OWN history of what was happening in their own country in the 50s, 60s, 70s, 80s. A lot don’t even know today; they haven’t a clue.

When you go back into the IMF, you’ve got to go back into the Bretton Woods Agreement and John Maynard Keynes. You’ve got to look at some of their top players back then, a few years back. Here is one of them. I’m going to put the links up for you. It’s from Wikipedia and you can read it for yourself. I’m not lying about this.

Harry Dexter White

[Article on Wikipedia has been altered. Following is excerpt from May 20, 2010 version.]

Harry Dexter White (October 9, 1892 – August 16, 1948) was an American economist, and senior U.S. Treasury department official. He was a primary participant in the Bretton Woods conference (A: He was a communist, by the way. I’ll get on to that later.) and the formation of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. (A: …and get all the countries to sign on to it, on behalf of the world bankers.) A number of sources from the FBI and Soviet archives, and messages decoded by the Venona project, suggest that he may have passed government documents to the Soviet Union prior to World War II. (A: Well, it didn’t stop with World War II.)

Early life

Harry Dexter White was born in Boston, Massachusetts, the seventh and youngest child of Jewish Lithuanian immigrants, Joseph Weit and Sarah Magilewski, (A: So he changed his name to White, blah, blah, blah.) who had settled in America in 1885. In 1917 he enlisted in the U.S. Army, and was commissioned as lieutenant and served in France in a non-combat capacity in World War I. He did not begin his university studies until age 30, first at Columbia University, then at Stanford, where he earned a first degree in economics. (A: Columbia and then Stanford… he just shot right up.) Ph.D. in economics at Harvard University at 38 years of age.

(A: Then you go into what his politics were. He believed in John Maynard Keynes. He was a total world socialist, the planned society, the planned regime, eugenics, the whole lot, superior types, inferior types and all of that. Yeah, communism actually has all of that in it too, you see. Call it communism, socialism, it doesn’t matter; it’s all the same thing.)

As a dedicated Rooseveltian internationalist, his energies were directed at continuing the Grand Alliance and maintaining peace through a liberal trade regime. (A: See, that’s the trade, the free trade thing and so on. Then they go through all the stuff that he did.)

Treasury Department

(A: He was passing stuff all through, before and all through World War II onto the Soviets. He even sent them printing press plates so that they could print up BILLIONS of dollars of US money in the occupied zones at the end of World War II. All his pals were in it together.)

White was appointed assistant to Henry Morgenthau, Jr., the Secretary of the Treasury (A: at the time), to act as liaison between the Treasury and the State Department on all matters bearing on foreign relations. He was also made responsible for the “management and operation of the Exchange Stabilization Fund (A: Which is quite the thing. It went right through up to the Bush era. They were using the Stabilization Fund to make sure that the US big corporations wouldn’t drop in their stocks. I used to watch it dropping and suddenly an injection of money would go in there and up they’d go again. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just going through some of the previous occupants in the US of the same position that Mr Brown is just stepping into. Harry Dexter White was a well-known communist and people can’t figure out… they still think of communists as being sort of working class people. That was a great image that they put into our brains. Of course it had nothing to do with the working class; it was an elitist organization. It was the big experiment in socialism where the intelligentsia, who were properly trained – PROPERLY trained is the way to say it – in the way that things should be run, would run the country and everyone else simply obeyed. Of course they would live much higher in a standard than the average person that they were supposedly serving. Service, isn’t it? They always are upside-down, backside-foremost, these guys, with the way that they talk. This guy was the best pal of FDR.

FDR knew because the different agencies and police agencies were putting reports in on this particular guy, Harry Dexter White, and he kept covering up for him. Why would he cover up for him? Have you ever looked into the genealogy and the histories of FDR? You should. You should look into it. Get the books written by his wife because she puts family trees in there and he’s related to the Sachs family. That’s the big boys that are still running it today. Same people. It says here…

White was the senior American official at the 1944 Bretton Woods conference, which he and Keynes dominated. After the war, White was closely involved with setting up what were called the Bretton Woods institutions – the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank. These institutions were intended to prevent some of the economic problems that had occurred after World War I, (A: Yeah, sure. They’ve happened time and time again, as we just found out recently.) and help ensure that capitalism became the dominant post-war economic system. (A: What it meant was, The World Bank monetary system for the big bankers became the dominant economic system. That’s what they mean when they say Capitalism.) As late as November 1945, White continued to argue for improved relations with the Soviet Union. White later became a director and U.S. representative of the IMF.

The same job that Mr Brown is going to be rewarded with in Washington. Not bad, eh? How it repeats itself and folk never catch on to it. Then you can go into the ‘Accusations of Espionage” and go through all the different links that you are given here. There are lots of books that have verified all of this stuff. And the guy got off with it, of course. No one touched him because he’s too high to touch, you understand. Even J Edgar Hoover was told to stand down, which he did. But they all knew what he was up to. They all knew his contacts. They all knew the agents. Yep. All of them.

There is no opposition to any of this because there never was any opposition. The only opposition are the ones who are trained at the bottom to catch these characters but they are not allowed to. You find that happened in Britain too, with Dick White. He tried to catch some of the characters he was after and everything got blocked, higher up than him, and strangely enough, Lord Victor Rothschild was eventually put in charge of ALL the security services of Britain. Lord Victor Rothschild, once he died, a book comes out and tells us – The Fifth Man by Perry – that he was the main one sending all of this stuff from the British military, all their advances and so on, TO the Soviet Union. This is verified stuff. He was sending it all to two places, to Moscow and Israel; every invention that came out of Britain to do with radar and so on, and communications and listening in and so on… all getting given away to those two.

Nothing is going to change, folks. I don’t care what puppet gets voted in. If the whole corrupt money system isn’t addressed, nothing can possibly change it. They don’t want to change it because that’s the main power those who control the world have. Why would they change it? No, they’ll keep just shooting billions and billions and billions of Euro into that big, black hole so their own speculators can make rip-offs of government and then lend them more to put into it. They live off interest, remember. Quite something. Quite something.

While all of this is going on, I mentioned communitarianism last night. That is the next step for the whole of Europe, as you are now DE-nationalized. You are in a sense DE-sovereignized. The whole idea is to bring you down to the LOCALIZED level where supposedly, over a period of time, institutions will be set up where people will SELF govern. You know, the cliques are already trained to be there, like Common Purpose. They’ve already trained the leaders who are going to be your SOVIETIZED leaders for your area. They will tell you what to do and what YOUR service to the community WILL be. How you all have to get into the fields, just like the Stalinist era and the Lenin era, and grow your own stuff and all that kind of nonsense. Mind you, you’re still saddled with national debt. There will still be a federal input to do with the national debt. You are stuck with that forever. That’s how it’s supposed to go. That’s how it’s planned to go. That was the very old plan and that’s what Carroll Quigley was talking about, the NEW FEUDAL SYSTEM, in his book Tragedy and Hope, being the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations and an elitist himself who was all for their agenda.

As we are post industrial, post democratic and post everything else, you know, they have this new economy based on carbon. It’s done by equations basically, mathematical equations. Energy in = carbon out; this is their phony equation that they’re using. We’ve all to get taxed into the ground for that too. We’ll be paying for the air that we breathe eventually. We’re certainly going to pay for the air that we breathe out… as they teach us to be AUSTERE, meaning to live in utter, abject poverty. It will take some years in the States before all private property goes but that is DEFINITELY on the cards. The only thing they have in the US are so many local and state laws that have to be maneuvered around with more difficulty than any other country. That’s what’s held it back in the US. Plus, people in the US tend, even if they don’t know exactly what it’s all about, they tend to form opposition groups to certain bills very quickly and stand up together to stop certain things.

Here is an article from the San Francisco Examiner. It says…

Cap and trade is a license to cheat and steal

By: William O’Keefe / Special to The Examiner / May 19, 2009

One of James Bond’s first movies captured attention with the title “License to Kill.” Today, Washington, D.C., is setting the stage to compete with Hollywood in the sensational headlines market. Members of the House Energy and Commerce Committee are in the process of scripting climate change legislation worthy of being titled “License to Cheat and Steal.”

This cap-and-trade bill — actually called the American Clean Energy and Security Act of 2009, or the Waxman-Markey bill (A: Who would think it too. See how they word… They know what they are doing, don’t they? Most people read that, American Clean Energy and Security Act of 2009, and think that’s quite nice. We like clean; clean is a positive word. American is good and energy and security. See, it’s all very nice… but it’s to do with taxing the public… for this invisible stuff, that everything gives off, that breathes, even insects.) — would mandate severe reductions in U.S. greenhouse gas emissions. Since emissions are mostly generated by energy use (heating your home, cooling your groceries, driving to work, etc.), these targets would effectively mandate energy rationing. (A: Rationing folks… it’ll soon be in your little communities if you don’t stop this… your little communities with your appointed Sovietized leaders.) Since these targets are not based on economic or technological realities, (A: Based on NO reality actually.) there can only be one outcome: much higher energy prices.

Severe limitations on emissions could easily turn well-intentioned (A: No, they are not well-intentioned policy. It’s a political agenda.) policy into an opportunity for shady moneymaking schemes at the expense of the environment and American households.

Research indicates that implementation of a U.S. emissions market could drive up energy costs for Americans anywhere from $324 to a whopping $3,100 per year. (A: It’s going to be 10 grand, $10,000 I say minimum.) And because low-income families spend a greater percentage of their earnings on energy, this burden would fall heaviest on those least able to afford it. (A: Well, that’s good you see, because they want to bring down the population. if you can’t heat yourself in winter, it’s a shame. It’s a shame.)

In contrast, the financial benefits would be enjoyed by Wall Street opportunists and special-interest groups. (A: They already do.) The government-regulated trade of carbon dioxide opens the door to the creation of risky financial tools like the derivatives, hedges and credit default swaps that led to our recent economic crisis and the scandals associated with it.

Do you understand what I’m trying to say here? …is you cannot fix a crooked system. You can’t fix the Tower of Babel that is held together with glue and sticky tape. It’s still going to be decrepit. Its foundations are rotten. And until this whole monetary system that runs politics, runs all the governments, is utterly separated and even put out to outer space, while a new monetary system where folk can get debt-free money to start with is put in place, this will continue and they cannot lose. They cannot lose until that’s done. A debt based system, that’s what we live in, that’s what the great Harry Dexter White and John Maynard Keynes and all these other world socialists/globalists wanted… a debt based system. That means the big bankers have total control over ALL government. Can’t fix it. You cannot fix it. It has to be completely dismantled and something put in its stead. Even then, the sharks will be right in there to con you again if you are not watching… very easy to do.

Here is another article. It’s about something similar. It was in Yahoo.

US top scientists urge coal, oil use penalties

(A: You are going to start getting penalties now for using your heating.)

By SETH BORENSTEIN, AP Science Writer / yahoo.com / Wed May 19

WASHINGTON – Ditching its past cautious tone, the nation’s top scientists urged the government Wednesday to take drastic action to raise the cost of using coal and oil to slow global warming. (A: This is a complete farce.) I’ll also put up the article by James Delingpole about the farce of global warming.

Only morons, cheats and liars still believe in Man-Made Global Warming

By James Delingpole Politics Last updated: May 19th, 2010 / telegraph.co.uk

Any farce will do as long as the mantra keeps going and they brainwash the youth to believe it.)

The academy, which advises the government on scientific matters, (A: Who gave them the authority to advise the government? Did the public ever get asked this? Did the public get told what this particular body’s politics are? What their agendas are? What their members are? No. These are social policies, or POLITICS… these advisory groups, unelected, who are VERY, VERY RICH working for the biggest foundations and world bankers who want to make sure their agenda goes through.) said the nation needs to cut the pollution that causes global warming by about 57 percent to 83 percent by 2050. That’s close to President Barack Obama’s goal.

“We really need to get started right away. It’s not opinion, it’s what the science tells you,” (A: So were are just supposed to OBEY the BS nonsense that comes out of the scientists’ mouths.) said Robert Fri, (A: …do what science tells you.) who chaired one of the three panels producing separate climate reports. (A: Well we know who he works for.)

Fri was acting Environmental Protection Agency chief under President Richard Nixon and until recently on the board of American Electric Power Co., a major producer of carbon dioxide. “The country needs both a prompt and a sustained commitment to reducing greenhouse gas emissions,” he said Wednesday.

So what they don’t call taxes, they will call penalties and fees. You understand. You are all getting the Smart Meters installed right now as I speak. I’ve had it happen in Canada where I live. The real intention of this, apart from monitoring all your use, is to eventually cut you off, as they bring in the rationing down the road… depending, of course, on your social status and how valuable you are in standing to your particular little communitarian area. That’s what it’s about.

There is another article I wanted to touch on tonight briefly. It was about how the whole computer system is all … People are finding things out – at the right time we are allowed to find certain things out – about how they track and trace you and all the rest of it. It doesn’t stop most folk from joining up with all these free sites and using them. Most folk now are quite comfortable having no privacy. They’ve been trained. They don’t think through life; they go through by osmosis. Everything comes into their mind through osmosis, as Jacques Ellul said. The computer industry was set up for total tracking and tracing and monitoring and all that kind of thing… FROM THE VERY BEGINNING, by the same guys who run the banks and your central banking systems and your governments and politics. This article says…

Virtual fingerprinting exposes computer users

LOUISA HEARN / May 19, 2010 / smh.com.au

A US privacy group has discovered the existence of a virtual fingerprint that can be matched up with most computers to monitor the online habits of individuals.

According to the Electronic Frontier Foundation, most web browsers carry a unique signature that can help websites gather information about online activities. Although this data does not directly identify you as a person, (A: or THE person.) it can be used to build a very detailed internet profile.

“Several companies are already selling products that claim to use browser fingerprinting to help websites identify users and their online activities. This experiment is an important reality check, showing just how powerful these tracking mechanisms are,” senior EFF technologist Peter Eckersley said.

Data privacy has emerged as one of the key public concerns this year with market-leading companies such as Google and Facebook coming under fire for making too much information about their subscribers publicly accessible.

Google dismayed many of its Gmail users in February by making their email contacts public to other subscribers when it launched its new Buzz social platform. Facebook has also recently angered users and privacy advocates with changes to its privacy policy that allow third-party websites to incorporate members’ profile data.

Google right now is out with their phone and some program – at least they are thinking about putting it out there – to match their competitors because the next thing is you will be photographing people and getting instant readings on facial recognition and digital photographs as to exactly who they are, where they live, and all about them. You are getting TRAINED to have no privacy and most folk are helping them do it.

Google debates face recognition technology

By Maija Palmer in London / ft.com / May 20 2010

I’ll be back with more after this break.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just tying some things together to show you that your perception of the world, with different sides, different parties, and east and west and red and blue, and all the other stuff – I’m talking about communism, capitalism – are all one thing because they are all set up by the same bankers in the first place. You’ve got read Anthony Sutton’s books, such as Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution, and who financed Hitler and so on. You’ll find the same big players, big boys, that still run the world’s banks today – at least their families do, their offspring do, their nephews because they let you marry within each other and put them across into central banks to make sure the central banks are in obedience to their big world bank. They’ve got it all sewn up.

They also have a parallel government that funds thousands of NGO (non-governmental organization) groups. These are not little tin can, ring-the-door characters. These are groups which have their own office towers and pension plans and are fully staffed and all the rest of it because the foundations are worth trillions and trillions of dollars. They are owned by the big boys like The Rockefeller Foundation and many, many others; there are THOUSANDS of them. They are all connected to working on the same globalist, communitarian agenda where you are going back to peasantry. They call themselves philanthropists, you see. Wonderful name, philanthropists; they like to help the poor and needy. Here is the last article….

The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation working on

Sweat-Triggered Vaccines

10.05.2010 / wiseupjournal.com

Foundation Funds 78 New Innovative Global Health Projects, Including Cell Phone Blood Tests, Carnivorous Plants, and Sweat-Triggered Vaccines.

It’s all part of the Military-Industrial Complex. Yep, sweat-triggered vaccines, nanotechnology. Billy Gates there, you know, the guy who was chosen to be the head of one of the biggest corporations to make sure there was no competition, carries on just like Brown carries on, and Blair carries on… all given their rewards. They all end up as some kind of philanthropists doing wonderful things for humanity. So they go on about, the first thing they go on about is malaria. These are the same boys, remember, Gates and them, that went to the Millionaires Club and discussed the need to REALLY bring the population rate down drastically, quickly and he actually said that vaccines was a good way to do it.

These guys have no problem with this agenda because I’ve heard one of them; I’ve actually spoken to one of these people. It was a woman and she said to me, well, if we don’t do it, who will? Meaning, they were actually DOING it. They are actually sterilizing people in reality. They wouldn’t get their cooperation if they asked for volunteers, so they can’t ask for volunteers. They must just keep their mouths shut and pretend they are helping people. Now they’ve got a sweat-triggered vaccine, nanotechnology that’s going to go into your system. They talk about ways to put it across, even SPRAYING IT FROM THE SKIES just like the chemtrails that we all get already. Wonderful isn’t it? Strange how they can release all these new nanoparticles into the atmosphere and into nature with impunity isn’t it? …since there is always some government or group going to stop them through the world, through the United Nations. Why aren’t THEY coming out and saying wait a minute here, this is a bit dangerous, new nanoparticles, nanotechnology into the atmosphere, what’s it going to do on humans, animals and all other kinds of life? It doesn’t seem to enter into it.

I’ll put all these links up on my site IF I can get the satellite speed up. I can tell right now they are going to give me a hard time tonight so it might not be up tonight. The link just keeps breaking so I’m getting hassles from lots of places because I’m saying something right.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 21, 2010. Newcomers, look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site; bookmark all the other sites I’ve got listed there. These are the only official sites I have. If you can’t get me on the .com some night, which is going to happen, then you can get me on the alternate sites. [Official sites listed above.] While you are there look into the items I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs, and purchase them because I show you how to think, in a sense, NONLINEARLY. We are taught to think in a straight line using basic logic and it is trained into us from a very early age. Once you go into Kindergarten right through school, it’s all reinforced. Yet the ones who rule the world, as you know by their games and their deceiving ways that they can manage to keep going and keep dominating the planet, they think in a nonlinear way. They think of all the scams which YOU would never dream of, it would never occur to you. It comes to them instinctively. They can see things from all different angles. So you can purchase these by [ordering and donation option listed above]. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

For those out there who have been listening for a while, they’ve known I’ve had problems with the Yahoo every year, as they try to stop my uploading to unlimited disk space. I got the strangest mail back from them telling me – and I put it up on my .com web site because that’s the one they are hitting right now – that I am paying for unlimited disk space but unlimited disk space might not mean unlimited disk space and therefore they put a throttle on my uploads to dissuade me from uploading to my site, even though I am paying to do it. So you understand, in this world the people think they have rights and so on, you have none at all. How do you hit back at these guys? Who could afford to take these characters to court? …unless you want to spend half your life doing it and you’ve got the money. It’s the same with everything that is around you today; all the complaints departments don’t really exist. It’s all in your imagination.

I’ll give you an example. I was on the phone last night AGAIN with XplorNet to upload through this satellite system and it was crawling from the get-go. Eventually I get their first line of defense – they are all the same kind of people, probably give you fake names, first names – and they listen and they give you the usual cluck, cluck, oh, that’s terrible and then you do the silly little speed test where you are putting up something that is about the size of an email and then they come back and tell you, it seems fine to us. But anything over 2 Megs and that’s when your problem happens. You just slow right down until you are at a dead loss and when you are uploading to the site, you are almost there, almost 100%, and then they just cut you and you lose it all and start all over again. This is called harassment. Believe you me, people are targeted for harassment by the big boys.

The big boys all work together. You cannot have many different agencies all going off in their own directions and not cooperating with each other. In the information age, it HAS to be totalitarian in structure. Most things that happen in this world are ‘on the dirty’ or ‘on the fly,’ as they say, are done underhandedly. It’s done through the ‘old school tie’. That’s how they get to you. …and you try and take that into court with you, you’ve got nothing to go on. But I’ve recorded every conversation I’ve had with these guys and it’s quite fascinating. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just complaining off about the particular services I get, or disservices, the ones that I pay for, for the sites. What I am uploading is nothing compared to most people on the same plans, nothing at all; I’m not even halfway there, including XplorNet. Well, after being on the phone again with XplorNet last night, I got an email from their marketing department today saying I can get a $50 reduction from my monthly fee if I bring in and show new members the wonders of XplorNet high-speed internet. No kidding. Can you believe that? Can you believe that? They are paying folk, PAYING folk to bring in customers. You see, that’s how they live. They live on the intakes of customers in a new area. There are always folk like me just dropping off with the awful service.

So they saturate an area. They do bombardments of mails when they go into an area and once they have enough people signed on, they cut the bandwidth. They don’t purchase more bandwidth for their customers, they cut it to share and it plummets. But by that time most folk are locked in for 2 years. 2 year plans, their wonderful, good 2 year plans and say my God, I’ve got a month here and it’s worked great and boom, down it goes. That actually came up at one of their meetings in California recently. One person I know attended it and he asked what this hockey stick graph was that suddenly went downwards. They guy said to him, that’s once we’ve got enough people in the area and it is saturated and then the speed drops. They can also target you individually because they program your actual modem from the satellite all the time. I’ve had stories from them telling me, yeah, I’m on a lock… and then I’m not on a lock… and then I’m back on a lock again and stuff like this to prohibit me from uploading to the site. I had to read back to them their own guarantee and their plans and all the rest of it, to show them I’m not using half of what I’m supposed to be getting – not that I’m even getting half of the speed I’m supposed to be getting. It just shows you the cons and the rip-offs that really are above you.

This is the age of corporations and corporations are amongst the rulers in the new feudal system, exactly as Carroll Quigley said. Exactly as he said. You see, your government is totally in bed with corporations, completely. They’ve been like that for years and years. It’s pervasive all through the system… all through the system. Everybody today is a product, in your social behavior; your likes, your dislikes, your attitudes and your opinions. You are each a product of your total conditioning. Most folk are unaware of it naturally. They are like the people in the movie Brave New World. They laugh at what they think are crazy, silly ideas; they can’t comprehend a different style than utter promiscuity and not bearing children yourself. Anything can be taught to people with enough indoctrination.

UNESCO knows that and of course I’ve talked before about Julian Huxley, one of the guys who was the CEO of UNESCO. He went through a good part of the plan openly. He wanted to raise children according to a good conditioning system for social, international, or world citizenship status. That’s all being done today.

Now, you go back to the Communist Manifesto and all the other writings churned out by the mob and you’ll find that they also talked about the total overthrow of all society and all existing institutions. That meant everything. That means the entire culture, what you thought was right and wrong, are now out the window and in came moral relativity. You see, people with strong morals – and it doesn’t matter what they are, if they are all in it together and they believe in it themselves – they don’t like it being changed. That’s your customary taboos in the tribe. Once you are in the flow of moral relativity, then anything goes. Believe you me, anything doesn’t go, it’s what’s PLANNED to go that goes. You see.

The family unit was a big, big part of that of course. Intersexual relations, even the whole idea, the taboos of sex with children and adults, it was up for grabs. Of course Kinsey, the pervert himself that was funded by the Rockefeller Foundation and the Guggenheim Institution, another foundation, and the Ford Foundation came out with his totally scandalous book. It was scandalous because it was not a work of any science whatsoever. It was an agenda where he tried… well, he did; it worked. He fooled the whole world, because he had such big money backing him, into, you know, here is what REALLY goes on in bed. He used people as the ‘average’ American male and most of the people he worked with were all perverts. He worked in the prison. He took the prisoners, convicted perverts, as average Americans. The women that he used in the interviews were mainly prostitutes. He encouraged his own staff – I mentioned the video that’s up on Google about a year ago; very well done exposé, well documented – he used the pedophiles for the studies. He told his own staff to try everything… homosexuality, lesbianism, the whole lot. No holds barred because everything that man does is therefore normal. Moral relativity.

After that was done, he was flown across the whole of the United States, courtesy again of the Rockefellers who had to destroy all that was to bring in the new, which was their domain of course, their kingdom. Every judge in the land… I think it was 600-odd laws or more that were affected in the United States alone to do with rape, rights of the child and not getting raped or touched or molested by adults, and all of that kind of stuff. Now it doesn’t matter that the lies are later exposed. This is how these guys at the top work always with everything. It’s the same with the Gulf War scenario where we find out they were all ready to go in long before Saddam Hussein made any kind of moves. We find the same with the 9/11 scenario; they were ready to go into Afghanistan before that happened; they all knew about it. IT’S GETTING THE DEED DONE that is important. It only takes a few years for people to start to ACT OUT the new mores of living to destroy the old society and generation by generation we’ve plummeted down to the darkest depths today.

There is another good exposé of Kinsey, for instance, and it documented a lot of this stuff. It’s called the Kinsey Syndrome. That’s maybe up on YouTube or you can do a search yourselves. It’s very well done. As I say, it really won’t matter today because you understand, today you are not getting the same outrage at things. People TODAY, in turn, have all been contaminated, as their generation before was contaminated, bit by bit to the present. I’ll put that up if I can find the link for it and go through it yourself. It’s quite, it gets you angry. It gets you angry. Some things will get you angry so that you can’t go right through something at once… because it’s so disgusting when everything is so transparent as to HOW these things were actually pulled on whole societies, marketed from the top, the old boys club, the very rich multi-millionaires. Also, some of them front for the multi-trillionaires, I should add to that too, have owned the US congress for years and years and years. In fact Quigley said that they had already owned it for 60 years and he wrote his book in the 1960s.

They had a grand design. They’ve followed it through until people don’t even get up in arms when they hear about pedophilia anymore. It doesn’t really bother them. Why? Because they are contaminated themselves. They are sitting and watching stuff on television and mainstream television, entertainment and movies that literally is bringing them down further into degradation and they are enjoying it… actually enjoying it. That’s how contamination works.

The word ‘contamination’ is actually the term that the communists used on the way the people are programmed. For them, they have to get rid of all the old people, the older generations, who would not accept communism by simply slaughtering them, because they were ‘contaminated.’ Many prisoners that came back into the Soviet system after World War II, who were imprisoned by the Germans, were actually slaughtered because they now believed they were contaminated with Western ideas. You’d better understand this contamination works very, very well indeed. It’s very accurate, especially if you can start off with the very, very young. When you see classrooms of children around the age of 5 or 6 or 7 watching this perv put on a condom in front of a class and we don’t get pissed off about it, well you see, you are thoroughly contaminated; Kinsey has succeeded on you. That’s right across the board now.

I’ve told you before, the next push by the mass media, entertainment, is for BESTIALITY and for INTERGENERATIONAL SEX, as they prefer to call pedophilia. That’s coming. There are movies out already and you’ll see it in certain ways without even realizing it because you are engrossed in the movie; they’ve caught you. The masters of magic have caught you up and you are forgetting what you are actually seeing. In 2001, about a month before 9/11 happened, in the newspapers it came out with the International Censors Board – that’s all the different censors that you have on your boards of countries that you think are there to safeguard you and your culture and protect it, and the children. They met at a world meeting and they decided that now they had won the rights for homosexual stuff to be put on television, it was right to go for bestiality and intergenerational sex and out came the movies after that. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just in a brief amount of time, so short a time really, to explain how we are contaminated. It’s incremental and it’s intergenerational. I’ve read the article before that came out of the Comintern, the Communist International, from the 1930s. Beria who was the NKVD leader at the time made a speech and it was written down and published all across the West and you can go into all the second-hand bookstores in New York, you’ll find them there. He basically said, it used to take about 70 years – that was a generation then – to create even one particular major shift in social behavior, with them at the top of course. He says, now we have it down to a perfected level; we can actually upgrade the people every 4 or 5 years. He said, it will be made shorter and shorter as times goes on because they were using all the techniques and so on of Pavlov and others who were working on these very problems, how to condition the perfect society. That was all done and it was done perfectly.

The foundations in the West, I’ve mentioned it ad nauseam that the Reece Commission went in to investigate why these BIG multi trillion dollar foundations all seemed to be funding left wing groups that wanted to destroy the Western way of life and especially America and its Constitution and bring in this SOCIALIST type of system. Well, the socialist system is a TOTALITARIAN, AUTHORITARIAN regime where you have a massive bureaucracy and experts that run everybody else’s lives beneath them. They were told that their job in the foundations was to fund all those groups and agitate and keep pushing. It wasn’t just in the streets, it was all through academia. They were pushing it through academia because you see, these big foundations had their own people PLACED in academia to make sure the generations were taught the new, proper way of behaving.

Very shortly, once they got that out, they could bring in, they brought out… they separated the ‘teenager’. They actually coined the term back then in the ‘50s, the ‘teenager’; it didn’t exist before. They did that to separate a generation from the rest; gave them what they said was their own culture. It’s amazing when you are young you think everything is YOURS. The present generation thinks it’s THEIR internet. They always think in each generation, oh, this is our music. Nothing is designed by them, nothing at all. Everything is designed by very elderly people with lots of knowledge on how to manipulate YOU through various arts and sciences.

We’ve gone down the slippery slope. Most of the morals went out the window. Even pedophilia today really doesn’t cause the outrage it did before. And it really did cause outrage before. Every country had its way of dealing with pedophiles… and they were very quiet about it too. Today they are released back into the community like a revolving door. Why? Well you’ve got to go into the particular lifestyles of YOUR RULERS, folks. You have to find out exactly what their little preferences happened to be as well because every darn newspaper man out there knows who they are and they know what they do. They’ve got all the photographs that they’ve never published to the general public. They daren’t do it. Famous people, Royal people, all the top people, the very respectable people, the ones at the VERY top that are managing your lives… ARE PERVERTS, psychopathic perverts.

They are bringing in THEIR system, so that they’ve got an open hand to play with little Johnny or little Suzy. They are teaching them in school, well, if you haven’t done this or you haven’t done that with a male or a female, or both at the same time, then maybe something is wrong with you. What chance do the youngsters have today? You see, you’ve got no moral background and cultural background left to compare with. People live in their own time. The old safeguards have been successfully and completely demolished.

With this moral relativity comes sustainability, you see. It’s all part of it too; that we’ve got to sacrifice so many to save the rest and all this kind of stuff. Mind you, the same people who run your world will continue to run it regardless of what regime they call it or system they call it because they will always use their own money system. Whatever it happens to be, blips on a screen or whatever, they will still run and own it. They will never give it up. They haven’t for centuries. So really, you can’t fight them by trying to get enough cash to go up against them. It doesn’t work that way. They have all of academia on board. Darwinism, moral relativity, no moral absolutes whatsoever, and this is what they are drumming into the next bunch of even more useless sheep than the last bunch of useless sheep.

It’s a slippery slope and of course, then they can come down and dictate everything to you from above. From housing inspections to whatever they want, garbage bin inspections, and so on. The most authoritarian regime the planet can ever have, because these people are absolute psychopathic, perverted control freaks. Ordinary folk can’t understand that mindset and therefore they prefer to shy away from even trying to understand that mindset… and that is to their doom. I’ll be back with more after this break.

I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just bitching on a bit, as they say, about what’s happening in society and how it’s gotten to where it is. I’ve mentioned many authors who have gone through the whole agenda in their own textbooks, well known famous people who work with the big think tanks for what’s called ‘world socialism,’ which is a totally different meaning for those at the top from those at the bottom. They outlined the whole agenda including the shake-up and utter destruction of what used to be society, and mores and morals and all that kind of stuff.

One you’re into moral relativity, you’re on a slippery slope because anything goes. Anything goes, mind you, because they plan it to go that way. From getting automatically registered as a donor when you end up in a hospital, as they were pushing through in Canada a while back. I don’t know if they got it through in Ontario hospitals. That’s quite the thing. You go into a hospital and you are not quite sure now if the doctor is going to try to help you live or maybe waiting for you to die, maybe help you die because there is more profit in transplanting one of your organs. Big bucks in organs. Do you think that doesn’t go on? Do you really think that doesn’t go on?

To understand an enemy you must really go into the pits of hell to see them. Most folk shy away. They prefer to go into the positive… let’s be positive about this; Don’t look at the negative, it will just get you down. That’s why they pushed all this positive-thinking nonsense from the same groups from the top funded by the same foundations, until it’s like mantras today, all through what they call themselves, the New Age. And if you don’t want to look at the train coming up behind you, well, you are going to get HIT by it and all the positive thinking in the world isn’t going to change it. So you’ve got to know your enemy. You have to go into their mind to understand it.

I truly advise people to go into videos like the exposé I’ve just mentioned, The Kinsey Syndrome. I’ll try and find the link from last year which is a kind of a precursor of it with the exposés on what the guy really was up to, how they used BABIES… for INTERCOURSE… funded and scientific investigation, mind you, for SCIENCE and funded by the big foundations and various professors. They TIMED every thing that happened with stopwatches. When does the baby start screaming? Of course, Kinsey fudged all his reports and said actually children like to have multiple orgasms, so it’s quite a natural thing for children to be engaged in sex from the minute they open their eyes, basically. No kidding. You know the Kinsey system is still on the go today, a very important foundation and organization, still ongoing with their experiments, with the blessings of the Pentagon of course. After all, that’s part of the whole structure that rules your lives. They’ve got to know how you tick, to alter you. Unbelievable. Yet that’s how they changed society DRASTICALLY and RADICALLY till we are in the mess we are in today.

I’m always surprised by the only ones who really profit from the fallout of society, with massive divorces and God knows what else and lawsuits, are the LAWYERS. No matter what happens and is brought along, the lawyers, because you see, the legal system is part of the big boys system as well. There are signs and symptoms to the disease, lots of them. And don’t be fooled by terminology.

Now they are advertising abortions on television. Selling abortions on television.

First TV advert selling abortion – but pro-life groups demand a ban

By Sean Poulter / mail.co.uk / 20th May 2010

The first abortion commercial on British television is to be broadcast next week – in defiance of concerns from family groups and church leaders. (Alan: Well, I hate to say it, family groups, see, that’s an obsolete word, in the old term of it. You’ve got Mark 4 or 5 family now apparently. Church leaders, well, they are out of the picture now too. See, most of society is already corrupted. Strange thing when you are corrupted, you start to enjoy your corruption. It’s like any addition; you are all given your particular addictions. The masters that gave you all this stuff and the internet had been using the porno industry long, long before you were given the internet… for the same reasons, to bring it down and get you obsessed with something. People have become obsessed with this. There are so many people now that are stuck watching porn, porn, porn. Of all ages, that’s the surprising thing. And all youngsters naturally go right into it, out of their curiosity.)

The Marie Stopes organisation, which receives an estimated £30million a year from the National Health Service (A: National Health Service, right.) to carry out abortions, is behind the controversial advert. (A: So they use the taxpayers’ money, that’s a good socialist system you see; it doesn’t cost the elite anything. They make sure that the socialists at the bottom pay for it all. So they are paying them £30 Million a year and they put their ads on television, all courtesy of the taxpayer.)

Angry campaigners claimed that Marie Stopes is taking advantage of a loophole in advertising regulations. (A: Where have they been?)

Yesterday they called on the Advertising Standards Authority (A: Again, that’s one of those rubber tools they put out for you to pick up. You think they are there until you pick it up and then you bounce that pick off of the road and then it bounces back up again. It’s made of rubber. Just like the Censor Boards. Just like the Censor Boards, that’s what their job is, to see, are they ready to push the envelope further; are they ready to take it?) to ban the commercial until there is a proper public debate on whether it should be allowed.

They also warned Channel 4, which has agreed to broadcast the ad, that it should not take sides in the debate.

‘Channel 4, as a publicly-funded broadcaster, (A: …big foundations in there again.) needs to reassure people that it is not going to take sides on one of the most controversial issues in British culture,’ said Simon Calvert, of The Christian Institute.

He added: ‘The public and Parliament are split right down the middle on this. Why on earth can’t the regulator stop the advertising of abortion services on TV until there has been proper consideration?’

Marie Stopes should not be allowed to ‘ride roughshod over the widely held and deeply felt objections of a very large section of the British public’, said Mr Calvert.

Clinics which make a profit from carrying out abortions are banned from advertising their services on TV. (A: So they are finding ways around it. See, it’s time to push the envelope further. That’s all it is, pushing the envelope, are the public ready? Yeah, most will accept it now. So, how do they get this is in?)

However, a loophole means that Marie Stopes, a ‘not for profit organisation’, (A: You know, one of these CHARITABLE organizations that happens to get – what was it – £30 Million a year, from one source, just from the taxpayer.) is not subject to the same restrictions. (A: You see, because it’s a not-for-profit organization. It’s non-profit.)

The ad will be screened for the first time at 10.10pm on Monday during a new, live show – The Million Pound Drop – presented by Davina McCall.

The commercial will then run throughout June. While the first showing of the ad is after the 9pm watershed, the organisation that pre-vets TV ads, (A: That’s your Censorship committees.) Clearcast UK, has not imposed any restrictions on the time of day it can be aired.

So you are altered bit by bit down the slippery path, you see. We’ve already seen the introduction of euthanasia, which always was one of their sustainability plans. After all, if you are not working and contributing to your community you should not really live should you. You should just do your duty and die… and don’t be a burden on those left behind who have to pay for it all. It’s amazing though, those that run your system can be into their 90s, like Mr Rockefeller. He’s still going around the world pushing his depopulation plans. It doesn’t apply to those ones. They are SPECIAL people, you see, with special genes.

There has been a WAR on for an awful long time and generations have been oblivious to it. Oblivious to it. Here is an article as they get into… See, they are right into… Remember, they wanted to get the child at the womb if possible. That’s what Bertrand Russell said. They had worked to see if they could find ways to literally take the children from the mothers at BIRTH and bring them up in a Brave New World type where you wouldn’t know who your father was, or your mother. Then YOU wouldn’t be contaminated with old-fashioned ideas. Then they found out through the scientific school that he was funded by a Royal grant to do so, that they could introduce PRE-PUBERTAL SEX amongst children at a very early age and with scientific indoctrination, when the children went home, after school, it didn’t matter what morals the parents tried to pass on to them, they would have no effect whatsoever. He said it was more economically feasible – and better for his own group, I guess, and the country – if parents were just in charge of feeding and clothing and basic care of the child and the STATE would supply everything else.

Here is an article…

Pregnant? Uncle Sam wants to text

(A: It’s an ad actually. It’s really an ad.)

By Nate Anderson | arstechica.com / May 10, 2010

Here’s a program we missed out on when it was announced back in February: Text4baby. The government has partnered with private businesses to offer pregnant women three free text messages a week—which will continue until the child is a year old. (A: Isn’t that nice of them?)

After registering online or by phone (text BABY or BEBE [for Spanish] to 511411), the Text4baby service will push out messages about “immunization (shots), nutrition, seasonal flu, prenatal care, emotional well being, drugs and alcohol, labor and delivery, stopping smoking, breastfeeding, mental health, birth defects prevention, (A: You know what that means? If they say something COULD be wrong with this child it is aborted.) oral health, car seat safety, exercise and fitness, developmental milestones, safe sleep, family violence, and more.” (A: BIG BROTHER, eh. BIG, BIG BROTHER. Uncle Sam wants to text you.)

By supplying one’s due date, the messages are tailored to the various stages of pregnancy and the first year of life, though they are not customized for individuals.

Since launching a few months ago, the service has sent more than a million messages to 36,000 soon-to-be-moms. The White House, which is a partner in the initiative, (A: There you go.) recognizes that text messages alone can’t convey much information, but they can point people (A: You know, like [Cass] Sunstein’s ‘nudges’.) to other resources, such as national prenatal helplines. (A: Quite something. FREE though… hey folks, it’s free. You’d better grab it now, eh?)

I read an article about a week ago about Facebook. When the creator of it was asked about selling people’s private info and all the rest of it and he called people dumb, stupid f-u-c-k-s. And people get all upset about that. I congratulate the guy, because he said the truth. He told you the truth. Wouldn’t you rather have the truth from these characters? It’s a pity they won’t tell you the truth and the INTENT of their free services BEFORE they start them or when you sign on. Wasn’t he telling the truth? Here you are, going into some site; you have no idea what their intentions are. Although you should, you should… if you were uncontaminated you would still be suspicious of it. Then he’s selling all of your information all over the planet. But it’s free. It’s free.

I’ve always shook my head when I see the Pentagon and DARPA leading the charge for brain chips. It’s been ongoing. I’ve read the articles over the YEARS from the Pentagon who are really into this stuff. Part of the real project, of course, is to make super soldiers that they can really use in battle, who will not be themselves you might say, they’ll be programmable. The first thing that they came out with was when they tried the chip, and DARPA put out a big publicity report, how they got a paraplegic to text the occasional email successfully with his brain chip. So we know that really, the Pentagon is really spearheading the medical profession because they care. That’s what the Pentagon is there for, to fix bodies. We know that of course, don’t we? Here is it and it says…

Pentagon enlists universities to collaborate on brain implants

to repair brain injury

By Andrew Nusca | May 7, 2010 | smartplanet.com

DARPA, the U.S. Department of Defense’s research arm, has announced $14.9 million in funding for major research institutions to collaborate on brain implants that can help repair traumatic brain injury. (A: That’s their cover, of course, as always. We KNOW that’s their REAL prime concern, wounded soldiers, isn’t it?)

The Pentagon project, called RePAIR (A: They love their little codes here.) (”Reorganization and Plasticity to Accelerate Injury Recovery“), aims to find a way to better analyze brain activity to develop more advanced models of how it operates.

The effort is comprised of 10 professors (A: They’ve got universities; they work hand-in-glove with universities and have done so since before World War II… in all aspects including all your social engineering departments as well.) and their research teams, culled from fields such as neurobiology, psychiatry and network engineering.

The researchers hail from Stanford and Brown universities, the University of California-San Francisco and University College London.

(A: Then they go on with their little spiel…) Brain injury is not an uncommon injury. It affects vehicular accident victims (A: You see, the Pentagon really CARES about your driving habits.), stroke patients (A: They really care about them, as they pull the plug on them. You’re brain dead; I have to pull the plug.) and military veterans alike, totaling 1.7 million Americans each year. (A: That’s why when you’re broke the Pentagon is throwing money at brain chips.)

The problem? Scientists know very little about it. (A: That is utter rubbish. They know an awful lot about the brain.)

Currently, scientists can create conceptual models of brain activity and can record electrical pulses emitted by individual neurons in the brain. But they can’t yet manipulate those pulses to reprogram the brain. (A: Well, not all of it. They don’t even need the chip for that actually.)

Enter optogenetics. The new technique involves emitting pulses of light to pinpoint and trigger a single neuron. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. We’ll go onto Brandon from Florida. Is Brandon there?

Brandon: Pretty scary these days isn’t it, Alan?

Alan: Yeah, it’s scary. It’s only scary if…

Brandon: It seems like they are doing a pretty good job of bludgeoning us to death with constant fear and all sorts of things. I can see myself getting to a point where I’ll be like that guy in Brave New World, I just want to go off and find my own place by myself and not even want to associate with anybody. With their sciences and technology they can, they pretty much have all the answers to our minds now so they can do anything they want.

Alan: They can. They can and there is always the Q factor though. There is always something that can crop up that’s outside all the plans that they make. If you stick to your own moral senses and you might find people with their own similar mindset, you can certainly start ripples like you wouldn’t believe. Mao Tse Tung said he wasn’t afraid of cannons or anything like that; he was afraid of someone with an IDEA. That’s the truth. Don’t let the scare tactics get you down; it’s meant to petrify you and disable you. You are still yourself. Keep a hold of yourself. THAT is the main enemy of them, is yourself, KEEP A HOLD OF IT AND NEVER LET IT GO.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 24, 2010. Newcomers look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. I always advise you to bookmark the other sties you’ll see on the .com site for future use because sometimes the .com site goes down and this one is going down right now in fact, up and down like a yo-yo. [Official sites listed above.] If you have them bookmarked you can always download the latest shows from the alternate sites. Remember too, that all the sites contain the audios. They all have the English transcripts, a lot of the English transcripts of the shows for download and print up. The alanwattsentientsentinel.eu site also has the transcripts in other languages, so visit them all. Remember, when you are there don’t just listen to all the audios, it’s good to help me out here. You can buy the books and DVDs and CDs I have for sale or you can donate to me. That will make me just tick over, as I keep putting more and more money out for different web sites as different servers try and put chokes on me and they actually have said that. They are putting chokes on my uploads to combine with the chokes already on my server for the satellite. So it’s getting harder to get the stuff up there but so far there has always been an alternate method to do so. If you help me out I can always pay for more and more sites as the other ones go down. [Ordering and donation option listed above.]

So far the banks still accept cash from other countries, although it seems that a lot of countries are about to go down and we hear today in fact that one of the big banks failed in Spain and they are bailing that out right now and trying to cover it up. This is expected because we are going through into the big time of CHANGE, when the power of the purse is the last part to be used to bring it the final stages of this controlled, new, globalize system, this centrally globalized or orchestrated system, a centralized global government for us all with one big central bank. These are all the birth pangs of it. They have to bring us through this to make it all happen. It’s very important we all have some suffering to do in order to praise them when they come out with their solution. That’s how they always do it.

For those who get the shows and have gone off the computer all together but some people burn them and pass them around at meetings and so on, you can get in touch with me by writing – yep, the postal works believe it or not – to [address above]. That should get to me although they hold it up a few days while they check it all in their special post offices but they do pass it on with nice blue rubber bands around bundles of them. That’s the real world we are living in, folks, because we are totally monitored, watched, and I don’t think there is anybody out there that they don’t have a complete file upon. Even on all of those who think they’ve done nothing wrong. They seem to still think that they only watch people who have done something wrong and if I’m good, they will leave me alone and I can play. No. They’ve been watching everyone for an awful, awful long time. An awful long time, before you were born in fact, they were watching generations. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I could easily go off and give a hundred examples of what’s happened over the weekend, and in a thousand different areas even, and just hype it into pure terror and fear but there is no point in doing that. Everyone reads, everyone is on the internet these days and you just can’t avoid all the bad news.

It’s intentionally all out there of course, to make sure that we all get the message that we are going through amazing crisis. We tend to expect, being domesticated that is, that the masters and governments will take care of the big problems for us. We get more nervous when they don’t seem to be doing what we think are the right things or at least the proper safeguards to protect us all. That’s really what it’s about, isn’t it? We are domesticated and we want protection from the shepherd and we don’t realize that the shepherd was never our friend. The shepherd is meant to dominate you and control you and have you very peaceful, that way you don’t run off and stampede and run away from his grasp. He wants to feed off you. So far human beings have been awfully good at feeding their masters.

Today, there are too many of us. They don’t need us, you see, in the West anymore. They talked about this even before World War II that the time would come that there would be too many people. They already planned, before World War II, that there would be an end to the whole industrial era of the West. They’d already talked about setting it up in third world countries where the labor would be cheap. They even set in the motions, through various United Nations institutions and agreements, to set up departments within every government that signed on to the United Nations to do investment in third world countries FOR big international corporations. Politicians who would often retire from politics were put into these OECD companies where they went abroad and used your tax money to fund the setting up of plants for the private corporations to take over and move into. That’s the real history of the world. We are used and then the big boys simply move on.

We have a problem with that because we think that our own kind tend to rule us, our own kind. We identify those at the top with the national symbols and emblems and the tribal symbols and all that kind of stuff. Every country has got its own indoctrination into that and you think they must be YOURS. And yet, big players in international organizations that were set up to bring in globalism, like the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations, have been working steadily since about the 1920s to bring in this world order. It’s staffed with people who don’t believe in nationalism of any kind. Their whole goal is INTERNATIONALISM.

We’ve got to remember too that the elite in all ages have simply moved from place to place. I used to wonder about that because you would get your basic histories where they’d give you the rising of empires and the big generals and the wars they fought and who got the medals and all that kind of stuff, but they never really told you who funded it. Obviously the merchant classes and the bankers existed in ancient times; we know this from writings from people like Aristotle, whose wife was given to him from another country and she was a daughter of an international banker of that period. They funded wars for Athens and other countries. So when a country fails and goes down, you’d better believe that the elite of that country know it’s coming because they are probably financing the bunch that are going to bring you down and they’ve already moved on from there.

You’d be surprised how many very old families – who are not bankrupt by any means at all; they never suffer from recessions and that kind of stuff – how many families have been moving out of Europe, old families with old estates, who certainly are raking in the money. It’s not because they need the money that they are selling off their mansions and their big estates, their historical houses. They are simply moving out but you know, no one can find out where they are going… and yet they are all listed, these big mansions, in certain directories. Where are they moving off to? We know these massive super cities have been built abroad. We’ve even had documentaries on television from CBC and BBC and so on about the new super cities built in China for Westerners. Brand new, state of the art, completely modern and high tech… But it’s not for the likes of you or I. We just simply get managed as we go downhill.

We are going into a new order where we redefine everything for sustainability. That’s why they brought in the term sustainability. If we were still needed to manufacture and still needed to be the pure war machine, you would be having a lot of goodies, right now. You’d have your junker cars and the cops would leave you alone. You’d have your booze and your cigarettes and everything else and no one would bother you. You would be quite secure in your homes. You wouldn’t be hassled on the streets and so on, as you are today. That only happens when your usefulness is over. The ones who are getting the cheap smokes and the cheap booze and the partying and so on are the laboring class in China right now. That’s the standard procedure.

When you have lived long enough, you’ve seen this. You SEE it. You’ve got to always be aware of what’s happening in your own time. You must remember each period within your own time as things really changed. You’ve got to go into and study the system that you are living under. The books are out there. The books have always been PUT out there. Legally they are put out there generally by politicians who have been in politics for their entire lives, or top-level bureaucrats or people like Kissinger, or Brzezinski. Very boring books… they love to write their memoirs and they put stuff in there that really gives you a completely different view of everything that’s been and what is and what’s to come that was never published and spoken about by them personally when they were in the public limelight, at least to the general press. At least if it was to the press, it was never released to the public.

Remember that during World War II many groups were formed from ONE top group already established. They decided that the whole problem with World War II was the masses… and that the masses were just too dumb and stupid that some guy like Hitler might come along in any country and they’d all rise up, in any country with the same intentions and methods and do the same things. That’s what they claimed. I’ve told you before that psychopaths never, ever blame themselves for causing anything; they always blame the victim. The ordinary people have never demanded war at any time. Never. The ordinary people wait to get told what to do. The ordinary people get ordered by those who rule over them. The ordinary people wouldn’t even think of getting a whip around the streets for a few pennies to buy a battleship and go off to war. It’s impossible. It’s ridiculous. Nevertheless, the conclusions they came to, at least decided to blame anyway, the ultimate conclusions were that the masses were responsible for all of this and therefore they’d have to do things in the future to make sure that it would never happen again.

They’d already figured out different techniques to control the minds of the public through people like Bertrand Russell and Aldous Huxley and many, many, many more specialists that were brought in from Europe BEFORE World War II. Eventually they settled them in London and the United States, mainly in the big universities to do experimental studies and so on and implement their techniques ON the population to create a brand new culture. The CIA was also involved in that. The CIA simply came out of the OSS and the order was given from the President of the United States to literally create a brand new culture. He gave permission to groups like the Macy Group and the different groups that came in from Frankfurt and so on, the Frankfurt School. They created the whole drug scene, a whole new movement to break the conditioning of learning from one generation to the other. All that was normal had to be destroyed. What had become normal had to be destroyed. A NEW normal was created… through the ‘free love’ and all the rest of it.

They understood perfectly well what the fallout would be and they brought in psychiatry and therapy and all the rest of it to deal with the fallout. Abortion clinics sprung up. They basically said, do what you want to DO; you have no responsibility, have a good time. They made sure that the LSD and all the other drugs flooded into the country and were widely distributed. There are people up on video today admitting that they were part of it. Professors were part of this whole thing.

I’ve also talked about the book, America’s Cultural Cold War, which gives you a lot of this information but it only goes up to about 1967; the rest of it is still classified from then on. Why? Because they were still at it and they are at it today, constantly creating the new culture. A new type of culture, a culture where no one bonds with anyone, which is beautiful because if you can’t bond with anyone and you are the problem and you are the causes of war, you see, or the masses, then you can’t even bond together in any common purpose or any common cause. You can’t do it. That’s what you find today. People can’t do it. What they do is actually wait for leaders to be supplied TO them and the government makes sure that they are supplied with the leaders who are trained in how to speak, how to get through to certain types, the type they want to attract, and you are tailor-made for them. You are open minds waiting to be downloaded into and used. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the things that have happened in the past leading up to the present because you’ve got to understand what has been happening for an awful long time, as we are deculturalized and the old system is in shambles. There are new types of families redefined where women are quite happy to be supported by the state. THAT’S the new husband, you see. Government is the husband, something they’d always wanted to be. They now have complete access to the children’s minds. Remember Bertrand Russell said, the state must give the children the values, the NEW values, and that’s been happening.

I personally can hardly watch a documentary about Britain in the shambles it is in and the state of the youngsters there who have absolutely no hope at all because this is the legacy of the complete takedown. They were used for a few centuries and completely run dry of everything. They still have got masses of debt to pay. Their governments, through the GATT Treaties and other treaties, signed away their right to have work in their own country by allowing ALL the companies within their countries – they used to get state subsidies too, mind you – to go offshore to China and elsewhere, for cheap labor and leave nothing behind, except massive unemployment. They knew the ramifications of this before they signed the treaties. They don’t sign the treaties and say, yeah, now all the companies will go abroad, we’ll even pay them to go abroad with the tax money, and of course no one will have any work to do. Do you think they just realized that long after the fact? No. Nothing happens like that. Everything is planned METICULOUSLY and the fallouts of everything that they do, by their own think tanks and their RAND Corporation and all the other corporations they have running all data constantly through computers. They know exactly all the spin-offs and fallouts and so on.

You’ve got to realize who has been running the culture for such a long time. I mentioned that book and the title is actually, The Cultural Cold War: the CIA and the World of Arts and Letters, by Frances Stonor Saunders. It’s an excellent book to read. It’s a bit long winded at times, well padded, a bit too well padded, but the data is in there. Literally, how they decided to take over and give a new culture to a whole new generation of youngsters, with a whole new way of living. They promoted almost every famous poet, artist, musician, the guys who ran the music industry, the rock industry. They made sure there were lots of various drugs flooding the countries, not just in Britain but in the US. As I say, the OSS split up into MI-5 and MI-6 and the CIA, with the same people in charge. They had bases in France and Germany and other countries to make sure that everyone was going along the same path at the same time. They funded the nihilistic art, that turned up everywhere, because they wanted to create a feeling of apathy as well. Where beauty had to go, traditional ideas and ideals of beauty had to go and this modernistic nihilism was to be introduced… which helps to disconnect, disconnect from the past. They have been very, very successful.

They also knew, as I say, the different departments were also moving into creating economies in third world countries at the same time. The problem is, how do you take down countries and still manage the people, still get enough of them going into the armies because you’ve still got wars to fight in the Middle East and other countries before it’s all over and then China can take over as the policeman of the world. The US right now is in the state of… and I’m not kidding you. I’ve heard a lot of people think they are waking up but what they are doing is simply reacting, REACTING to the conditions that they can’t escape anymore, that they can’t be blind to. They are reacting. They have no idea that this has been going on for such a long time and they floated and dreamed their way through it. They’ve got to catch up awfully quick because the US is being drained, as it took over from Britain and funded the whole new world order through its taxes. They also had all their industry taken abroad through the GATT Treaty. Because it was such a big country they still have some work left a home, but they are now feeling the pinch as more and more people are unemployed. They have been raped of their housing industry and their houses. There are still people losing their houses every day, because of licensing that the government has put out to let these shyster mortgage brokers operate in the US. They got permission from the government to do that. They knew what was going to happen. They could pull the plug any time they wanted to, or keep the bubbles going for as long as they wanted to, but that was the time to do it.

We are just simply following a long-term business plan, you understand. That’s what it is. It’s a long-term business plan but everything is phased in on queue at the right time, like any TV production. It’s as precise as that. Not too late, not too early, but right on queue. I’ve said for years that as the US was the military machine and the financing machine of the big boys, the new world order, and bringing all this in in the Middle East and finishing it off, they will be pulling the rug from under your feet at home and that’s exactly what they are doing. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and the United States, really, is the last place to go down in all of this. The only difference with the US, and other countries that have already fallen, is that other countries are much, much older, they are used to just simply taking commands from the authorities at the top. They have never really had any idea of real freedoms or real democracies. It was always strict party lines always under this strange monarchy; regardless of the country, they were all under some form of monarchy, except for France. They don’t have a MEMORY of anything before that because what was before it really was feudalism and serfdom. The US was the last place to have a memory of freedoms and rights and all the rest of it, even though the government is stampeding all over them and have been for a long time. The fact is the memory survives and that’s the only hope that they’ve got really, is the fact that they KNOW there was another way of living before this, before what’s coming down even existed. That’s where its best hope lies, in not just reviving a memory but reliving it as a way of life.

That can be a hard thing to do once you are corrupted and believe you me, the whole society has been corrupted through a war upon them, an invisible war really, an unspoken war that was relentless and done through their schooling, their education, through their entertainment, through the companies and organizations that work through the CIA flooding the country with drugs. As I say, it was authorized from the top down to do so, to destroy all that was to bring in the new. What is the new? It’s the totally controlled society. Totally controlled. I’ve always said that we pay for our chains. We pay for the making of our chains and for transfers from one over to the next, to us, then put on us and we accept them. That has got to stop. That’s got to stop because the chains simply pull you down into the dungeon.

I’ve often said too, it’s odd how we are trained into obedience. I’ve gone through different textbooks that they use at the top, on obedience to authority. One of the books is actually called that, Obedience to Authority, excellent book. They know how we respond to authority. They know that through our training and conditioning that very few people will ever break free and think, wait a minute now, technically that person has no more right to tell me what to do than I’ve got to tell THEM what to do, but you obey them because you’ve been trained to obey what you see are authority figures. There is so much more to it and of course FEAR comes into it to, what happens if you don’t obey? The governments know. They’ve been building up an internal army for over 25 years to ensure they can cope with the chaos that they knew was coming way back then.

For the rest of the world, they are in an awful, awful state. Now they have to be trained and taught, what’s left of them, that they’ve got to be MORE AUSTERE than they already are. The unemployment rates across Europe are staggering. There is literally no hope for the youth, at all. Staggering. They are bringing the same thing to North America. It’s amazing how no one is concerned until it actually hits them personally. I’ve often said that, that’s when you think you are waking up but you are really reacting to something hitting YOU. You are quite content as long as everyone else is getting laid off. That’s what they rely upon at the top, the selfish nature of people.

How else have they ensured that the present generation, or try to ensure the present generation is going to be malleable? Remember what they said, and Huxley said it a long time ago, so did Julian Huxley, Aldous brother. Julian was the first CEO of UNESCO and they talked about using pharmacology upon the people. Now you all think it’s like mandatory pharmacology. Well, that IS being used, certainly in the schools where there is a massive lot of youngsters, especially the males, being drugged by society. Society is accepting the fact that children are being drugged by the state. Can you believe that? I can’t even believe it yet, to be honest with you. There is also the other kind of pharmacology that’s put out on the streets. They also meant that too. Because when people are taking the street drugs they don’t feel like banding together and standing up for rights and human rights and their own rights and all the rest of it. It doesn’t occur to them, they are too far gone, and they are somewhere else in outer space, all space cadets.

There are many ways to disable the mind. Then the massive inoculation campaigns and ever-increasing inoculations, with autism being blatant at the bottom level and all degrees of it supposedly going up all the way into attention deficit disorder and hyperactivity disorders and all the other multiple disorders. They keep reclassifying the psychiatric textbooks and never, even saying how come this is all happening NOW when it didn’t happen before? When autism was incredibly RARE back in the 1950s. Now they say it could be 1 in 4.

Here is an article, and I’ll put these articles up on my web site at the end of the show.

Britain bans doctor who linked autism to vaccine

(Alan: That’s what you get… see, if you break ranks with these guys and you are licensed, they come after you.)

By MARIA CHENG / The Associated Press / MSNBC.com / Mon., May 24, 2010

LONDON – The doctor whose research linking autism and the vaccine for measles, mumps and rubella influenced millions of parents to refuse the shot for their children was banned Monday from practicing medicine in his native Britain.

Dr. Andrew Wakefield’s 1998 study was discredited — but vaccination rates have never fully recovered and he continues to enjoy a vocal following, helped in the U.S. by endorsements from celebrities like Jim Carrey and Jenny McCarthy.

Then they go on to REALLY slam him and slam him and slam him and try to ridicule him by making the statement that his research, etc, is null and void and they have proven that vaccines work, etc, and it’s got nothing to do with it. Which is nothing of the kind; I’ve never yet seen any of their studies saying their vaccines are definitely NOT responsible. I’m talking about SCIENTIFICALLY put out studies to say that. I’ve seen lots of comments in the media from them but I’ve never seen the studies to PROVE that vaccines aren’t causing this. And if the vaccines weren’t causing this, why AREN’T they investigating into what HAS caused autism to be so common? Hmm? They’re not looking into that at all. You think they would be a little curious, wouldn’t they? That’s another part of it too; it’s an attack on the mind. People who are autistic have problems communicating with other people. They can’t form relationships. So again, people who can’t form relationships won’t band together, protest or riot. The last thing they wanted was a resurgence of the 1980s riots they had through Britain. That won’t happen again. They make sure of these things.

The drug companies literally are all a part of it. They’ve always been a big part of this whole New World Order. They’re all owned by the same bankers. Here is an article to prove how corrupt they are…

FDA: Glaxo, Merck vaccines OK despite pig virus

(Reuters) – Rotavirus vaccines made by GlaxoSmithKline Plc and Merck & Co Inc are safe to use despite being contaminated with a pig virus, U.S. health regulators ruled on Friday.

WASHINGTON / Reuters.com / Fri May 14, 2010

(A: That’s only been 2 or 3 months since it came out; maybe even less, maybe 2 months that they came out with the statement that they’d found, an independent group looked into their vaccines and found this strange pig virus. I read it on the air at the time and according to the companies that make them, they were absolutely stunned and didn’t know how it got there. They didn’t seem to be too curious as to why it was there either. But they didn’t know it was there. This is what they claimed, they didn’t know it was there. Now, if you get a complaint like that put in and you accept that it is there, you’ve found it, yep, sure enough it is there, you have to then take it off the market and put it into testing for 5 or more years to test this virus out on other animals and species BEFORE you could possibly come back with a study to say it’s harmless, right. That’s how it works folks. However, 2 months later or so, it’s just been ruled that it’s okay to use.)

The Food and Drug administration, in a statement, said it was safe for doctors to resume giving patients Glaxo’s Rotarix and continue using Merck’s Rotateq. The agency said there was no evidence the contamination caused any harm (A: As I say, it takes 5 or more years to test all this stuff out. They haven’t tested it; they just come out with a statement.) and the vaccines were important in preventing hospitalizations and death. (A: That’s exactly what they said about the measles, mumps and rubella, the benefits outweigh the risks.)

Rotavirus can cause fatal diarrhea. (A: At the time too, it even says, why are they using it in the US because the incidence of this rotavirus is so tiny in the US; it’s mainly in third world countries. It’s big bucks too but it’s also got other reasons too I’m sure. I’m sure that this pig virus has got something that will show itself down the road and they will all be stunned and shocked of course when it happens.) Both vaccines target the virus, but pieces of DNA from porcine circovirus (PCV) have been found in both companies’ products.

The FDA’s decision follows a May 7 recommendation by its advisory panel, which ruled that the risk to humans from the pig virus was theoretical at best. (A: Now that is completely unscientific because you can’t come back with a theoretical answer; it’s got to be a scientific answer through investigative research and proof in testing.) It called for continued use of the vaccines, saying their benefits outweighed any potential risk. (A: They say that with everything. And the mercury, of course they said the same thing with the mercury in the vaccines.)

Some strains of the pig virus are believed to cause a wasting syndrome in young piglets, marked by diarrhea and an inability to gain weight, but they are not known to injure humans. (A: Because they haven’t tested it supposedly to see what happens when they put it in your bloodstream.) Tests found DNA from the virus in master cells used to make the Glaxo’s product.

Glaxo officials have said the DNA may have come from a pig-derived enzyme called trypsin used early in development. (A: It MAY have, they don’t know and they’re not really too concerned to find out.) The company has said there is no manufacturing or safety issue with its vaccine. Merck has also said its product is safe.

So there you are, they SAY it is safe, they haven’t tested to see what this virus will cause in a human being, or anything else for that matter, except what it does to pigs; it gives them a wasting disease and all the rest of it. So I guess maybe they expect us, you know, the pigs that we are, to come down with the same kind of wasting diseases. Who knows? Who knows folks because I’m telling you, that’s how callous it is at the top. The FDA is staffed by guys who worked FOR these corporations and STILL, I’ve read the articles on the air, they still do reports and work for these organizations and the big pharma companies. And they are passing this stuff as safe for you. Amazing eh?

They say the first bank in Spain went down, you all know about that.

Cajasur bank bail-out prompts euro falls

Monday, 24 May 2010 / bbc.co.uk

The euro has fallen and shares in Spanish banks have been hit following the government rescue of one of the country’s biggest regional lenders.

That’s all over the media and they are waiting to see who goes down next. We’re supposed to all get terrified now and start gnashing our teeth and biting our nails and hoping our governments are going to save us when it’s our turn. We’ve all to get taught the big lesson.

It’s also going all around the internet too, from mainstream news that the Canadians are all being monitored on their online chat rooms. Well, they’ve always been monitored in their online chat rooms and the different forums that they go into. They have been from the very beginning. You know the Psy-Ops stuff that I’ve read on the air from the official sites of the governments SAID they’d put out operatives who would go into the chat rooms and even take over and dominate them. I’ve gone through the Sunstein techniques as well, where you infiltrate and then you start to take down groups that are forming by making them quite unsure of the beliefs of why they are getting together in the first place. They’ve also been monitoring all of us from the very, very beginning. They were monitoring us ALL before they GAVE us the internet and other means as well. This article is about Canada.

Harper government monitoring online chats about politics

Correcting what it calls ‘misinformation’

Sheila Scott May 23, 2010 / news1130.com

OTTAWA (NEWS1130) – The Harper government has been monitoring political messages online, and even correcting what it considers misinformation. One local expert says the government is taking things too far.

Under the pilot program the Harper government paid a media company $75,000 to monitor and respond to online postings about the east coast seal hunt. (A: This is the excuse they give you.)

UBC Computer Science professor and President of the BC Freedom of Information and Privacy Association, Richard Rosenberg, says it seems unnecessary for the government to be going this far. “The government has a lot of power, that it feels the need to monitor public bulletin boards, or places where people express views and then to respond to that, seems to me going beyond a reasonable action the government should be taking.”

Then it goes on and on and on, but it doesn’t surprise me because they have been at it in other ways. You don’t know WHO is in the chat room. You don’t know who it is in the forum. They are all being manipulated. All. Someone comes in and takes over, frightens them all. Strange how when they frighten them all, they give more respect to the guy that’s frightening them. Then they start doing his bidding. They get turned against different people and they shower them with emails and they all get used. They are so easily used, people, you know, and think they know how to do it at the top.

Getting the next generation that is growing up ready for the sustainable community, they will be in Brave New World. These youngsters that are growing up now WILL experience the Brave New World scenario in a time when most eventually, after them, will be born without the need of parents as we know it. That generation that’s growing up now is getting taught to be sustainable and green and all nice and so on. They are getting taught nothing but communitarianism and social policy and politics, really. Socialism, not education to survive because really, they don’t need to survive in this new system, in the old way. They won’t be going into jobs that used to be there, for instance, but they’ve got to be politically correct. So they are teaching children, about the age of 11 about rape, pornography and prostitution. Mind you, they’ve already been taught all about masturbation and all different things before that, from UNESCO. This is from the Daily Mail. I’ll read this when I get back from this break.

I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading an article to show Americans… see, all this has happened already in Europe and European countries but this is the last bastion, the States, and it’s going down fast. This is what you have to look forward to if you allow it. That’s what it’s about, IF YOU ALLOW IT.

Pupils aged 11 debate rape, pornography and prostitution

By Daily Mail Reporter / dailymail.co.uk / 24th May 2010

Educational packs for pupils as young as 11 contain ‘over-explicit’ information about rape, pornography and prostitution, it was claimed today.

The packs, produced by the charity (A: A charity, you know, the philanthropists, again, that have got authorization from the UN.) Rape Crisis, also cover female genital mutilation, forced marriages and human trafficking. (A: These are 11 year olds remember.)

Its author claims children are already ‘sexualised’ (A: That’s true, they are because they’ve already had years of being told about masturbation and all kinds of various kinds of sexual preferences and so on.) and teachers can use their discretion to decide what they discuss.

But the Campaign for Real Education (CRE) has branded the initiative irresponsible and said parents will be horrified. (A: Well, I don’t know. I don’t know if the parents will be horrified; they’ve already let all the other stuff go down without murmuring too much, as they watch all the stuff on TV in front of the children that they shouldn’t be.)

The packs encourage mixed classes of boys and girls to discuss whether ‘women ask for it (A: I guess that’s sex, etc.) by wearing short skirts, drinking alcohol etc’. (A: Then they get them into role-playing things. This is what they always do, role-playing. They do it with adults too in fact, when they are training them and all this stuff. Role-playing… to make sure that it really gets fixed there, sort of imprinting on the brain. This is what the US has got to look forward to. It’s all been done elsewhere.)

Here is what else they are doing in countries that they’ve already got down to a completely demoralized state, a completely dysfunctional society. Britain again…

Mum’s fury after being approached in the street

and offered £200 to get sterilised

May 23 2010 Exclusive by Stephen Stewart, Sunday Mail / dailyrecord.co.uk

POLICE launched an investigation yesterday after a mum was stopped in the street and offered £200 to become sterilised.

Outraged Deborah Wilson, 33, was leaving a health centre (A: That’s where you’ve got health centers over there.) with son Jay when she was approached by controversial Project Prevention. (A: That’s what it’s called, Project Prevention, this big CHARITABLE organization that’s, again, authorized by the United Nations and funded through the United States.)

The US-funded group were set up to stop drug addicts having babies. (A: But they are approaching everybody, by the way.)

They asked Deborah, who is not a drug user, to agree to have a contraceptive implant or full sterilisation. (A: Just imagine walking your child along the street and these people come up and harass you and ask you to get sterilized…)

She said last night: “I have never been so insulted in my life. Who are these people?”

“I was absolutely mortified when they came up to me. I couldn’t believe what I was actually hearing. (A: I can imagine it.)

“I was just taking my son Jay to get checked up and was coming out of the health centre when these women just strolled up to me.

“They seemed to be filming the whole thing as well.”

Deborah and Jay, nine, were stopped by the volunteers on Friday in the grounds of Possilpark Health Centre in Glasgow.

Amazing. Amazing. That’s what you’ve got to look forward to in the US if you don’t really stand up now and start dictating TO your government as you should be, that’s supposed to serve YOU… and I don’t think it has for an awful long time.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 25, 2010. Newcomers should look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site and bookmark all the other sites I have listed there for future use because I’m getting and awful lot of problems with the .com site right now. I’ll say some more about that later. If you have these alternate sites bookmarked you can always download the latest shows – hopefully – for free. Go into the archives and help yourselves to that too. There is a lot of information going back from shows I’ve given over the years; hundreds of them. There are also lots and lots of links and so on, and subjects and topics covered for you to try and catch up to the real world, the world that the media doesn’t talk about much, the ones that control the whole planet and direct us as to where we are going. [Official sites listed above.] While you are there, go into the items I have for sale. There are books, CDs and DVDs that I put out and purchase them because that helps me to just tick over and I mean just tick over; there is hardly anything coming in right now. Please donate as well. As I say, that’s the only way I really trickle over here. It’s incessant the cost of trying to keep sites up and so on. I’m in the process of moving a whole bunch at the moment because of the troubles with Yahoo, satellite uploads and all the rest of it. It’s all money. So that will help me keep going. Purchase these things. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash is accepted as well, that is as long as cash is still exchanged that is. I think shortly some of the European cash won’t be accepted here; I’ve got a funny feeling about that. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

That will help me keep putting out these shows because this is alternate news. I try to give you reasons behind things and show you the big picture as to why you have all this chaos heaped upon you at the same time. We are DRIVEN. The society is driven by media and the media is controlled by the big boys. They will cover up for the big boys themselves and expose the lesser ones when required; they just throw them to the dogs… of course, that’s us at the bottom. We glory in that when we seem them fall but that’s the risk that the ones who want to get up there take to serve their masters. Sometimes they are thrown to the dogs like a bone. There is lots of that happening right now, but the whole impression is to give the public the impression that everything is going out of control. Financially, militarily, immigration wise, all of that is all coming to a head with mass demonstrations in different countries. They’ve got Islam on the march in different countries as well, with the paid leaders. They’ve got Mexicans flooding across the borders into the US and have been for years, setting up their drug rackets. Of course, that was all foretold by Jacques Attali in his book, Millennium: Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order. He wrote that in 1990 I think it was and he prophesized what was going to come. He worked at the United Nations; he still does. It’s all MEANT to happen this way… to bring about a new system. They will come forward, our masters will come forward shortly with the solutions and the benevolent dictator. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I should add too that there are written transcripts of all of the talks that I’ve given in English on ALL the web sites that you’ll see listed at cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. There are also a lot of them translated into other languages on alanwattsentientsentinel.eu site; so don’t forget to look in there too. They all [the official sites] have the audios – hopefully – still up there.

The other thing I wanted to mention too was, I didn’t know this, but I had some complaints from people who were trying to get the .com site up and I found out that for 12 hours after I uploaded, somehow Yahoo manages to alter the IP address and if you type in ‘www.’ it doesn’t come up that way and it gets directed to a blacklisted site. That was only for 12 hours because come noon the next day it’s back to normal again. So I got in touch with Yahoo to see if they will deign to tell me what they are really up to because they are giving me a lot of hassles at the moment. They’ve actually put a choke, and I put the email questionnaire to them, it’s up on my .com site and the reply is there that they put a choke on my upload speed to them, just to slow it all down and sort of put me off. It’s just astonishing in a sense what happens when the big boys just have it in for you or they’ve been asked to give you a hard time. It’s the same with the satellite company I deal with too. They thoroughly restrict my upload speed as well. So I’ve got a double whammy there from both the servers and the satellite internet company. I’m paying for it all of course. They have no problems taking the cash but of course, as they always tell you, everything is on their terms and their terms are rubber. They’re like a rubber band, they can flex them any way they wish, depending on who you are of course. They really do this kind of stuff. It’s hard for some people to imagine when you’re just looking at the usual stuff, like porn and all that, then you’re okay. However, if it’s me putting this stuff up here, they really don’t want it getting out. I explain, or I try to explain what’s really happening behind the news.

You can’t help but to even look at today’s mail and today’s newspapers across the planet and see the chaos that’s implanted SUDDENLY, by ALL the media… and remember, we are run by the media. We are run by entertainment as well, and CELEBRITIES. A whole generation has grown up, maybe the second generation has grown up on this method of control, where people WORSHIP the stars, they soak up Hollywood, and they soak up the celebrities. When celebrities talk, they suddenly have to listen because they are very important people. I’m going to put a link up tonight to a very good exposé on celebrity culture and how the big media boys use them to manipulate all of us and how it really DOES work. They explain WHY it works.

starsuckers

tagtel.com

Starsuckers is the most controversial documentary of the year, and was released in British cinemas in November 2009 to critical acclaim. It’s a darkly humourous and shocking exposé of the celebrity obsessed media, that uncovers the real reasons behind our addiction to fame and blows the lid on the corporations and individuals who profit from it.

There are a few parts to the series. If you get past the first part – which is like a primer, very basic but they show you a few things – you’ll get into the interesting stuff where professors and different people who have studied this explain what’s actually happening and HOW they use it to control the masses. It works VERY, VERY, VERY well. That’s why they put people like Bono up there and other ones, Geldoff, to try and get the public, supposedly, to forgive their debts to third world countries, through their politicians. It all sounds wonderful but they never tell you that they really work for the banks because the banks love this. They give the loans to your country to then loan out to those third world countries that then default and you are then stuck with the debt, as the guarantor, you the taxpayers. This con has been going on forever. Going on forever, but the media doesn’t bother to tell you that, yeah, you are still stuck with the tab. Then your government gives them another loan right after it and keeps the whole thing going on forever; perpetual debt and the money never gets to where it’s supposed to go of course.

Then you see the big mess down in the Gulf there with BP Oil Company and the black hole that’s flooding the oil into the sea. Then you look at the European papers and all the money that’s getting thrown into the stock market, this other big black hole. So one is pumping it out and one is sucking it in. We are supposed to get all hyper about this kind of stuff, you see, the world is coming to an end as we know it. That’s kind of the message behind the message getting us all ready for the answers.

In the mean time they must step up all the crisis… crisis that was laid out long ago, long ago, when they decided to reorganize the world and destroy existing cultures because nationalism HAD to go. It HAD to go, that was on the books from BEFORE they set up the League of Nations and then to the United Nations. Nationalist countries HAD to go. They had this whole idea of free trade and open borders, but it wasn’t open borders really. It was selectively open to certain peoples and they had to make sure it was from the most diverse cultures. When I saw this happening, I lived through it and I went through all of Europe and saw the same thing happening. I thought, why are they flooding the countries, especially the ones that are completely economically depressed, like Britain, with so many immigrants when there was no work there for the people already growing up? I realized then they were setting up the chess board for the future which is NOW. That’s why.

They will intensify the conflicts with these people and they’d have a war down the road with them or the countries they came from. I knew that too. I told people that. I just knew it and sure enough, that’s what’s happening. They go into the Middle East at the right time and then there is all hell to pay back home with demonstrations and all the rest of it. Within these demonstrations, with Muslims, they have all the PLANTS that carry the nasty, nasty placards about beheading people and all the rest of it IN countries like Britain. And they get away with it. They don’t get arrested for carrying these things, even though anyone else carrying something with threatening people in the UK, you are immediately arrested… which means they are obviously protected and allowed to do this.

Crisis creation is to be intensified. We’ve all to bite our nails as we come through this listening to all the advisors as they try to fix and patch it all up and fix the economies as they pump billions… You realize too, that since all this crashing of money in the last few years, countries have never been spending as much as they are now. They are throwing money, billions and billions of dollars at everything. Where are they getting it all from? …if we are broke? Have you noticed that? It’s just utterly, utterly astonishing. There is an article in the paper today about the cost of the G8 and the G20 security meetings and what they are going to cost to people.

G8/G20 security costs could reach $900-million!

Colin Freeze / sovereignindependent.com / Globe and Mail May. 25, 2010

Military helicopters fly, April 20, 2010, in and out of a DZ right beside the doors of the Metro Toronto Convention Centre in preparation for the June 26/27 meetings (Alan: So they are practicing for it.) of the G20 in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. (A: Then it goes on about the cost of all of this kind of stuff.)

Security for the G8-G20 summits will cost taxpayers close to $1-billion. (A: We are BROKE supposedly! Broke!)

Supplementary estimates released by Parliament Tuesday indicate federal government will spend $654-million on security on top of the $179-million announced in March, for a total of $833-million.

The total figure greatly exceeds some published media estimates of the overall costs.

In fact, the government anticipates the final cost could exceed $900-million, meaning that the cost of providing security to world leaders meeting for a few days of meetings near Huntsville, and then Toronto, will cost as about as much as was believed to be spent for security during the two-week-long Vancouver Olympic Games. (A: Then it goes on and on and on… and that happens everywhere these characters go… and the taxpayers foot the bill for it, wherever they go… and their big, big luncheons and so on as they discuss ways of trimming the public back a bit and telling us to be austere, and eat less, and tighten our belts.)

Then you look at the chaos with immigration too, and it isn’t just immigration. Jacques Attali in his book Millennium… He was really the boss behind France. He was an advisor to Presidents and then he was sent up to the United Nations. He was a sort of Kissinger of France you might say. He wrote the book Millennium and he said what was going to happen to the United States. He says, the next boat people looking for work across the world and leaving their shores will be Americans because they will be flooded with immigration from Latin America, South America… starting with Mexico and then all the ones coming up through Mexico. It’s not all Mexicans that are coming in. He said, the ones who are the most adventurous, meaning the gangs, etc, the real tough hombres, will be amongst the spearhead of it all because they are going into a land of easy pickings. Well, this article is in the paper today…

Troops to the Mexican border: Obama to send 1,200

By Erica Werner and Jacques Billeaud, Associated Press Writers | May 25, 2010

WASHINGTON –Under pressure to take action, President Barack Obama on Tuesday ordered 1,200 National Guard troops to boost security along the U.S.-Mexico border, pre-empting Republican efforts to force a congressional vote to send the troops.

Obama will also request $500 million for border protection and law enforcement activities, according to lawmakers and administration officials.

The president’s action comes as chances for comprehensive immigration reform, Obama’s long-stated goal, look increasingly dim in this election year. Obama has been all but compelled to do something since Arizona’s passage of a tough illegal-immigration law thrust the border problem into the public spotlight. (A: Along with all the massive photographs too. There are photographs everywhere of slaughtering and killings and all the rest of it as they come up through into the US and the drug gangs of course are leading the charge.)

The National Guard troops will work on intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance support, analysis and training, and support efforts to block drug trafficking. They will temporarily supplement Border Patrol agents until Customs and Border Protection can recruit and train additional officers and agents to serve on the border… (A: There are a lot more reasons for this too folks and I’ll tell you why when I come back from this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The articles that I read I always put up the links for them on all my sites at the end of the show for you to look at yourself. This follows on from the last thing about the border and so on.

People have no idea of what’s really going on down there, outside of the people involved in the areas. They’ve been trying to get the word out for so long about the horrific carnage of the people coming over the border and the gangs with the guns and all the rest of it and the bodies they leave behind them. It’s been going on for an awful long time. The US federal government’s policy was to totally ignore it because there are bigger plans than that. The US of course, is supposed to be merging into the global system and we are all one wonderful family, one family together, just wonderful and happy and they can’t have bad news. Just like the New Agers, don’t look at the negative, just look at the positive and everything will turn out nicey, nicey in the end. That’s what they’ve been plugging for so long but it doesn’t stop the facts does it? It doesn’t stop the horror of what lies around you and what’s coming your way and what’s already there in many, many places.

This article is from the AP Press.

Deadly, ultra-pure heroin arrives in US

Alicia A. Caldwell, Associated Press Writers / yahoo.com / Mon May 24

WINFIELD, Mo. – Mexican drug smugglers are increasingly peddling a form of ultra-potent heroin that sells for as little as $10 a bag (A: Actually it’s down to $7 in some places I hear.) and is so pure it can kill unsuspecting users instantly, sometimes before they even remove the syringe from their veins.

An Associated Press review of drug overdose data shows that so-called “black tar” heroin – named for its dark, gooey consistency – and other forms of the drug are contributing to a spike in overdose deaths across the nation and attracting a new generation of users who are caught off guard by its potency. (A: You see, the youngsters can really afford this stuff. But the fact is, it’s been grown, the poppies have been grown in Mexico and further south of them. Not just the Middle East, that’s the traditional area. That’s why they’ve got Afghanistan. When Bush took over Afghanistan he lifted the ban on growing poppies to get the heroin flowing again… because they big boys use this stuff to deal for their black budgets and all the rest of it; it’s been well exposed in the past. Now the Mexicans have got their own brand and I’ve no doubt it’s genetically modified to be more potent. Of course that means the big companies are in on it too. Of course it does. The most potent forms of marijuana hit the streets of the US and they had been created by the US military.)

“We found people who snorted it lying face-down with the straw lying next to them,” said Patrick O’Neil, (A: You can snort this stuff too.) coroner in suburban Chicago’s Will County, where annual heroin deaths have nearly tripled – from 10 to 29 – since 2006. “It’s so potent that we occasionally find the needle in the arm at the death scene.”

Authorities are concerned that the potency and price of the heroin from Mexico and Colombia could widen the drug’s appeal, just as crack did for cocaine decades ago. (A: Of course it will at that kind of price… being $7-10! Some of it is 80% pure.)

The Latin American heroin comes in the form of black tar or brown powder, and it has proven especially popular in rural and suburban areas. (A: You see, they’ve got their networks already set up through the immigration, the guys who came in with the immigrants.)

Originally associated with rock stars, hippies and inner-city junkies, heroin in the 1970s was usually smuggled from Asia and the Middle East (A: That’s Afghanistan primarily.) and was around 5 percent pure. The rest was “filler” (A: This is what these guys, the big boys at the top with the military helping them of course because they are allowed to grow all their poppies again in Afghanistan for the opium and they derive the heroin from it.) such as sugar, starch, powdered milk, even brick dust. (A: That’s how much they love their customers eh?) The low potency meant that many users injected the drug to maximize the effect.

But in recent years, Mexican drug dealers have improved the way they process poppies, the brightly colored flowers supplied by drug farmers that provide the raw ingredients for heroin, opium and painkillers such as morphine. Purity levels have increased, and prices have fallen.

Federal agents now commonly find heroin that is 50 percent pure and sometimes as much as 80 percent pure. (A: Remember what they said earlier on there, the stuff they were peddling before was sometimes 5%.)

The greater potency allows more heroin users to snort the drug or smoke it and still achieve a sustained high (A: Now, can you imagine when crack came in, you know all about that and how QUICKLY the youngsters were addicted on that stuff because it was cheap. You could smoke it or snort it and you can do the same with this stuff. Well, you can see this sweeping right through very, very quickly… $7, $8-10 a bag.) – an attractive alternative for teenagers and suburbanites who don’t want the HIV risk or the track marks on their arms that come with repeated injections.

“That has opened up heroin to a whole different group of users,” (A: You’re darn right it is, a very young group, at 7 bucks a bag.) said Harry Sommers, the agent in charge of the Drug Enforcement Agency office in St. Louis.

Among the drug’s casualties was William Henderson, a 29-year-old welder from rural Missouri who died in his sleep in 2009, hours after snorting heroin. A bear of a man at 6-foot-1 and 300 pounds, he had tried the drug only a few times. (A: Well, he’s dead now.)

An increasing amount of the deadliest heroin appears to be coming from Mexico. Although the vast majority still arrives from overseas, Mexican dealers appear to be chipping away at the U.S. market. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the chaos that’s being brought on and carefully planned for years and allowed to go on for years because you can’t bring on the chaos unless you allow it to go forward… and then you point to the problems and then you come up with solutions which generally are never close to what you think.

Laws are generally slapped on everyone to take all your rights away from everyone. That’s what they do, isn’t it? We’ve been living through this for years… years… and accepting it. No privacy. Everyone is living in a world now with no privacy because you see, there are radicals and crazy people out there and there are terrorists and all that kind of stuff and you’ve all got to get monitored and watched. Well, guess what? Who brought them all in, in the first place? Who set up the chess board for today? The same boys that are going to give you the solutions! And what are the solutions? You can have no rights at all. None of you. In fact, you’ve got to be monitored 24 hours a day wherever you go… every single one of you. And monitored from birth to death. Everything about you… monitored and noted. No privacy at all. Can’t have peace and privacy at the same time, they tell us.

We watch the aggression of society who has been fed the most outrageous, disgusting culture of any culture that has been there before them. Believe you me, those at the top of the culture industry take their orders from a higher source. They know what they are going to push. They know if they are going to push good stuff to make people happy and easy going or angry stuff, aggressive stuff, even deadly stuff to bring out a generation who are going to be pretty hard to handle, to say the least. When you look at all the movies that they soak up for instance, every one has got a hero and you can’t tell if he is a good guy or a bad guy. I guess he’s good because he wins. See, that’s what they SEE. He’s good because he wins and he’s got the biggest guns and he slaughters the most people, just like a video game. Over 20 years of this. Well over 20 years of this… coupled with music. They call it music, that is nothing but anger and kill and do what you want sexually and so on and so on and so on. You create the morals for the society in the generation you want to USE to cause the problems and then you point to them down the road. But again, you don’t deal with them. No, you deal with everyone, laws for everyone. That’s what comes all from it.

We watched the cops too, getting more and more aggressive as they SEPARATE themselves psychically from the general population and start calling them civilians now. That’s the term they are using in every country, ‘the civilians’. There is us and there is them; they are the civilians. We all belong to a unformed army. We’ve got to be tough, you see. And as everyone is being dumbed down and slowed down with hyper estrogen in their bodies – that’s the males of course, through all the chemicals that are out there to make sure that they are sterile – they pump up the cops with hormones. They’ve been doing this for years as well, which makes them ultra aggressive. I’ve watched them for years doing it. I used to see them outside Toronto, outside their gym they used to go into with their bags and their vials and syringes. Here is an article here, for instance. It’s getting plugged all through the cops now openly. This is now in the regular media to show you it’s in the open.

Fort Worth police chief promotes hormone therapy

SHELLY SLATER / wfaa.com / May 24, 2010

FORT WORTH — Sex drive. Mental focus. Energy.

All were topics of discussion at a recent voluntary Wellness Seminar for Fort Worth police officers. Chief Jeffrey Halstead called the meeting to share his testimony about testosterone. (A: That’s the stuff that all the guys are lacking now. They start plummeting in their 20s now because of the injections they’ve been given, inoculations and the food that’s highly contaminated with the stuff too, of estrogen and all the plastics in their food plus all the chemicals that mommy took for cosmetics. I’ve put lots of stuff on my sites before and exposés about it… including the video, The Disappearing Male. You should watch that again.)

He said he didn’t have enough, and hit rock bottom, until he was treated with hormone therapy.

Halstead said he believes some of his officers may be better officers with a hormone adjustment. But is the product he’s sharing safe?

A police chief works long hours and has to make some tough decisions. Managing hundreds of police officers is a challenge.

But recently, Halstead noticed something in his life was off. “Stress of the job, long hours and work — everything was getting pulled from both ends,” he said.

So the chief turned to SottoPelle Pellet Therapy to boost his testosterone levels.

The therapy starts with a small incision under the skin. A pellet containing testosterone is inserted to raise levels of the hormone.

Halstead said he now feels great again, and to share his success, he created a voluntary wellness program for the entire Fort Worth Police Department and invited the SottoPelle team.

“When your boss tells you to be there for the wellness seminar, a lot of people do show up,” Halstead said. “But afterwards, it was amazing: Five of them texted me and told me that was a very important day to them.”

Halstead released the content of one of those messages:

“Thanks chief for bringing in the group today at all-staff. I will be checking this out to hopefully assist me in my personal life.”

“It may be uncomfortable for many other people in my position, but I have absolutely no problems whatsoever discussing this,” Halstead said, adding that the information was for the betterment of his officers.

“My benefit in sharing this? I’m going to have a better K-9 officer, a better SWAT officer, better police executives, and people who are going to have better retirements,” the chief said.

(A: Then they go into the levels of testosterone. He’s way over even a dose of a guy who, I’d say 50 years ago, was 30 years old. Way over that. They all agreed he was taking too much.)

News 8 checked with independent sources about the product Chief Halstead is sharing with officers. Five North Texas doctors with expertise in hormones — representing five different hospitals and clinics — all agreed, first and foremost, that the Chief’s testosterone level is too high.

He went from 125, which experts said is too low, to nearly 1,000. On average, the doctors said levels should not exceed 400 to 500. (A: Why is 1,000… 1,000 is going to make you one VERY ANGRY character. Now what do you see in the cops now? Trigger-happy cops. All hyper excited whenever they stop anybody for anything. They can’t wait to use their tazers or shoot you. This is happening not just in the US. It’s through Canada. It’s through Britain as well. You see them too, when they’re not exercising they put on an awful lot of weight very quickly, and they’re hyper aggressive. They don’t approach the people like citizens and police officers any more. They CONFRONT them aggressively, for anything.)

That means Halstead has twice the testosterone they would recommend.

So there is a great big ad for cops and testosterone. Believe you me, I’m sure they are having these seminars across many, many police stations across the different countries, especially in Canada and the US. As I say, you can see it in the police themselves and their behavior and in the news reports that you get when you can’t understand why they suddenly want to start tazering people for hardly any reason at all. It starts to make sense doesn’t it? Somebody wants this to happen. Somebody is behind it. You’ve got to start thinking why things work this way. Believe you me, there is nothing THEY do or anyone else does that isn’t monitored and watched carefully and followed. Always. So why would they want hyper-aggressive police all the time? Why? Think about it. Nothing happens for no reason.

Another things I’ve noticed too, is that some of the bones that are thrown to the dogs would have never gotten in the news before; the same news used to cover everything up. You wouldn’t believe the things I could tell you, but I can’t tell you because the reporters who have all the evidence won’t give me the actual photographs, although they’ve all told me about them. These are mainstream guys, about what important people get up to in very, very compromising positions, generally of not a heterosexual nature, put it that way. They’ve been putting up some of the personalities out there for years for the public to follow. They’ve also been using Royalty for different things, and members of Royalty, and the lesser Royalty. Again, we’re in the age of the ‘celebrity’ diplomat and the ‘celebrity’ messenger to the public.

The Duchess of York, Fergie they call her, has been on different sponsored TV shows, going into communities and wrecked Britain, and I mean WRECKED, in some of these places, where there is nothing functional; there is not a functional family anywhere. A normal functional family now is the mum on welfare from the state and the dad is way off somewhere or he’s getting soaked to the gills with taxes and payments living in some dump somewhere. Men have been simply put out of the picture in many, many areas. So she went into these areas to get the women together to find ways of getting some ‘spirit’ back into the community, for the collectivist era, you see. They did all this PR stuff about her sorting all this out and so on and so on and so on and how wonderful she was at getting involved. Well here is an article today about the real Fergie, because who is kidding who here? This is still the same Fergie… that has probably snorted more stuff than half these Mexican guys. Anyway, it says here,

Shamed Duchess of York Sarah Ferguson puts on a brave face as she prepares for ‘showdown’ with Prince Andrew

By Rebecca English, Julie Moult and Sara Nathan / dailymail.co.uk / 25th May 2010

I’m so very sorry, Shamed Duchess of York Sarah Ferguson sobs as she apologies for letting people down. (A: I should add… again, you know.)

A distraught Duchess of York poured her heart out in an emotional phone call from the United States, sobbing: ‘I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I’m sorry.’

Speaking to her most trusted confidantes, Sarah Ferguson apologised for the embarrassment she had heaped on her family and friends after being exposed offering access to Prince Andrew for £500,000. (A: See, he’s the diplomat for trade for Britain and what she was promising them was that they would get it back tenfold, you see. You be good to us and we’ll be good to you, is what she said. This is STANDARD though. Why are they exposing this now? Like this is news? Where is your brain if you believe this is news? This is always how it’s always been. This GRAFT is NORMAL up there. They don’t think like WE do at the bottom; we’ve been trained to think in a very naïve manner, and behave in a more naïve manner. Not these guys at the top; they’ve never followed the rules that they set for the people to follow down below them. And actually too, for £500,000, she’ll actually take installment payments, but it’s got to be cash; that also came out as well.)

Those close to the shamed Duchess say they are worried about her state of mind. (A: Ah, so right away there is your PR spiel: poor, poor Fergie, she’s done it again.) Friends describe her as ‘fragile’, ‘desperate’ and ‘in a very bad place’. (A: Maybe we should get a whip-round, should we, a whip-round and get her to a better treatment center than the National Health Service, or does she even know what the National Health Service is. I’d very much doubt it, at her level.)

One said: ‘No one is excusing what she has done and it will take those who trusted her a long time to forgive, but essentially she is a decent person and it’s hard not to feel slightly sorry for her. She is clearly at the end of her tether.’

Prince Andrew’s 50-year-old former wife was taped last week by an undercover News of the World reporter greedily pocketing $40,000 (£27,000) in cash as a down payment. (A: And there she is, ‘for charity’, you know. Telling the folk to collect their money out of the dole and welfare, to get money together for clubhouses to get community spirit going again where you can get cakes and cookies and stuff and maybe a game of Snooker. For the girls; I guess none of the guys will go there.)

She offered to introduce the reporter, posing as an international businessman, to Andrew, claiming the Queen’s son, who works as a UK trade envoy, could help with his business deals. (A: Well, I’m damn sure he could too.) She boasted: ‘Look after me and he (Andrew) will look after you… you’ll get it back tenfold. I can open any door you want.’ (A: We had a politician in Canada that said that recently too. That’s standard business. Actually, she was the politician and it was her husband that was doing this stuff behind the scenes. That’s how it all works. It’s all lobbyists and payoffs and so on.)

In the aftermath of the scandal, Sarah – who later admitted her former husband knew nothing about her plans (A: She has to say that.) – flew to Los Angeles to collect a Variety Award for her charity work. [Alan laughing.] (A: I wonder who paid for that?)

Attempting to put a brave face on things she told the audience: ‘When I got on that flight from London today I thought “Phew, I’ve had a heavy day”.’

She appeared touched as the assembled guests, which included X Factor impresario Simon Cowell, roared with laughter and continued: ‘I learnt today it’s about making a difference. Most importantly I learnt that I hate grown-ups and I love children.’ [Alan laughing.] (A: I can’t read anymore of this, folks. It’s a comedy script obviously. But this is reality. This is reality of the corruption at the top.)

You understand, that kings and queens have never, ever, ever been anything like the public or the people they rule and dominate and live off of. Never. The reason you’ve got the balcony and a king and queen is to show you what YOU are supposed to COPY. Man, wife, and family. See, the difference about them is they are selected to mate just for the offspring to continue the rulership, and what they do in their spare time is up to themselves. They’re all arranged marriages. Believe you me, they generally prefer their own gender than each other. That’s the history of the world. Have you looked into how they started off dynasties? They SLAUGHTERED people. They loved being in armies. They loved the body-beautiful image of the soldier. Look at all your old Greek statues. Look at the ‘Dying Gaul’ and all these things. What do you think all that’s about? They love that stuff. Alexander the Great… the masculine figure… war, blood, guts, domination, sado-masochism… it’s all wrapped up together. That’s how they got to be very important people, by slaughtering everyone around them.

That link I’ll put up for you as well and how the media helps promote all of this whole agenda for these types of characters. I’ll put this up; you’ve got to see it, to show you how you are manipulated… by CELEBRITIES, the people that are put up there for you to follow and worship… because that’s what they are. They give you celebrities, complete fantasies really. You don’t know them. All you know is the PR image. You don’t know them any more than you know Obama. Everything that came about Obama was put out by the press, with photo-ops, the family man. Here is a picture, you see, he’s a family man, there he is at home, see. That’s it. That’s all we need, you know. And people GROVEL, they GROVEL in the presence of what they think is celebrity and power and money. Unfortunately, they grovel; they really do.

Again, that series of the media and the personality cults and so on, watch the exposé to show you how you are manipulated by them. They explain it all for you. It’s always been like that though. Then the hangers-on, the ones who get nearest to them and get their cast-offs – the cast-off mistresses, the cast-off this and the cast-off that – they live better than the rest of the public. We now call them politicians. It’s all the same old thing, you know, and as long as we worship these characters who turn around and get us slaughtered, and when they want to cull us down they have us all injected… with laws, laws put through to inject us with all these different poisons and pig viruses and stuff and say it’s okay for us. They don’t take this stuff. They don’t take this stuff at all. NO, they don’t. They don’t eat the same GM food that you do either… at all. It’s all organically grown on special farms for them. You’ve got to wake up folks or you are done for. Aren’t you sick of getting manipulated from every direction? I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. That was the wailing bit of the guitar because this is a wailing night, of course. Sometimes you’ve got to wail when you know all this stuff and you’ve got to let it out.

Talking about con men, they are all con men that are put up there for us to follow. They are managed and they have their PR specialists and they’ve got all their advisors behind them, all the politicians, who put them in place and make sure they follow their scripts, etc. They are nothing but greedy little con men, really, who will do what they are told and do anything at all to get up there, like Tony Blair, for instance. Here is an article on Tony Blair, the guy who got Britain into a war that they knew nothing about and didn’t understand; still don’t. But it was very important to get that war set off there to start off all the trouble in Britain and get everybody monitored and watched and all the rest of it. It made great sales for cameras, CCTV cameras watching everybody, make-work projects for more and more police and different associations and agencies to monitor everybody’s email and what they were up to and so on. Very important job. This article here, the money keeps rolling in…

The money keeps rolling in: Tony Blair gets ANOTHER new job –

(A: He’s made millions of pounds since leaving office, as they say, in various shady deals. But that’s how they pay off the little worker boys.)

this time telling U.S. billionaire how to cash in on climate change

(A: That’s what it’s all about, this climate change nonsense, apart from the controlling of the public and the whole world.)

By Jason Groves / dailymail.co.uk / 26th May 2010

Tony Blair has landed a lucrative job advising an American billionaire on how to make money out of tackling climate change.

The former Prime Minister who is thought to have made at least £20 million since leaving his office is to act as ‘strategic adviser’ to Khosla Ventures, a firm of venture capitalists based in California’s Silicon Valley.

The firm, set up by Indian-born dollar billionaire Vinod Khosla, backs firms looking to make a fortune out of developing technology to tackle climate change.

So there you go, there is Tony at it again. Last I heard of him, he was trying to get the Pope to put himself in as the new Pope. He was advising the new Pope on how to reorganize the Vatican. I thought he’d go off and go to the Dalai Lama and teach him how to reorganize and restructure Buddhism, after that. But no, he took this instead. So there you go; it pays more. It pays more and Tony will get his payoffs; that’s how they pay off these characters. It’s wonderful how they get maybe £15 million or dollars, depends on what country he is in, for a book on their memoirs that hasn’t even been written yet by the ghostwriter. This is a payoff. That’s how they do these things… for all of them, all of them. These characters will say and do whatever they are told to say and do… by those who own them. They ARE owned, you see. Look at the characters that are really behind them, all the advisors and all the appointees, the REAL bosses. Democracy… oh, come on folks. Wake up. It’s never been here. Never had it, never will.

Remember too, that the man who understood the Council on Foreign Relations, since he was the historian for them and had access to all the records, was Carroll Quigley and he talked about the new feudal system, as they privatize everything and international corporations will be the new feudal overlords. He was talking about a POST democratic system, a world system. You always find the same names though, whether it’s private or democratic or governmentally run, or whatever… the same names cropping up. Like Rothschild, who is behind the plan to radicalize the privatization of the motorway networks throughout Britain.

Radical plan to privatise motorway network

which could pave the way for toll system

By Daily Mail Reporter / dailymail.co.uk / 23rd May 2010

Privatize it… NM Rothschild, the same guy that’s got the bank set up for all the carbon taxes, with his help from Al Gore. I’ll put all these links up for you tonight.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 26, 2010. Newcomers look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. I suggest that you bookmark all the other sites I’ve got listed there for future use in case the .com goes down which it does once in a while. That way you can always get the latest shows for download for free from the alternate sites. [Official sites listed above.] Remember, all these sites have the audios. They all have transcripts for print up in English of a lot of the shows I’ve done. The alanwattsentientsentinel.eu site, the European site, also has transcripts as well as the audios, but the transcripts are in the various languages of Europe. You can help yourself there too. While you are at it, purchase the books that I have for sale. They teach you techniques, as you read through them – which you learn by reading them, in fact – of how you can think non-linearly, or outside the box you might say. We are taught to think in a straight sequence and that’s how it is so easy to manage all of us with the media and our brainwashing and our education. So get the books or you can also buy the CDs and DVDs that I have for sale or you can donate to me; that keeps me going. If you want me on the air, that’s how you do it. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash is okay so far, until the countries start collapsing over there, in Europe. Believe you me, donations are really appreciated from the same people who generally do it over and over again… out of the many thousands that listen. But that’s how life really goes. Lots of folk get the disks burned and passed to them because they are off the computer all together, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. If you want to get some information from me, write to me; the post service still works, believe it or not.

I’ve often talked about our versions of reality and our training into the authorized reality that really is all pervasive. It’s mandatory in fact that we all go along with authorized versions of things. Most folk accept the initial indoctrination; they don’t look beyond it. They quote the usual quotes they’ve heard and not read in fact, but they will actually quote things they’ve heard. They will say things like, well everybody knows… Just like they do with the climate warming nonsense, well everybody knows… all the ones who are advocating it. Of course, everybody doesn’t know. Again, they are using social techniques; we all like to be the same, inclusive, you see, and you don’t want to be excluded from the group. So they use terminology to its maximum advantage. I’ll be back with more on reality after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking again about reality because we don’t have very much of it. We have a presentation given to us by media at the moment that everything is in chaos and flux. Of course, they want us to believe and think this because big, powerful people, belonging to very big powerful organizations, who run the world and always have, are bringing us into a new phase, a new sort of amalgamation, a conglomerate planet earth type of deal.

We see that happening in Europe as they go ahead with each plank of their manifesto in the further integration of Europe for instance. Now of course, you are not to be allowed to look at your own books. The Central Bank for the European community is to go over your national budget and all that before the politicians and everybody else does. That was all a plank of their integration. They always lie to you when they are pulling off big stunts and they lie at every phase of it. At the moment the whole world is supposed to be in this chaos and whatever happens over on that side of the planet – like the butterfly effect – it affects us over here as well and if they go down, we go down and all this kind of stuff. But it’s all based on a racket, of course, which is called money.

I think there have been very few topics that have so many different books put out about it and it’s called money, the whole con game that runs the world. Money and debt, I mean, every country with its central banking system is based upon fraud really. They don’t have anything to back up their cash with, especially those, EVEN those that still say they’ve got a fractional reserve there, meaning a fraction of what they should have if they had to put out the real gold or whatever they are supposed to be backed with to replace the money; it can’t be done. So it’s all a con game and it’s based upon loaning money out. Banks make their money off of loaning money out. I used to be surprised at the socialists when I was really interested to find out, how did they, what did they think and all the rest of it.

You go into socialism and of course they believed, like the Fabian Society and you’ve GOT to look into the writings of the Fabians; you must do that if you want to understand the REAL socialist agenda. They were all financed by big bankers. You’d think that would be detrimental to them; that’s the way it’s always been presented to the public. Oh, socialism is really communism and it’s detrimental to Capitalism and it’s nothing of the kind. True socialism still keeps the banking system, the big banks, there, the big boys that own the banks. They love it because socialists love to borrow money for programs, which keeps debt going and the banks love that kind of stuff. They love DEBT; they live off debt. That’s what their interest means, they’ve got interest in it, you see. They’ve got to get the whole population of a country, now whole countries involved in paying off not only national debts but international debts. For other people too, because we’re all in it together. That’s the whole mantra of war: we’re all in it together, you see.

That guarantees that further generations are born into a debt system and having to pay back loans from previous generations that existed before them. When you go into the history of money, it truly is fascinating. It truly is fascinating to understand that even the Phoenicians in ancient times were financing wars between countries. Taking the countries over through debt and then using those countries for further wars – by massive unemployment and so on and recruiting the youngsters and getting them to go off and fight other countries that hadn’t succumbed to their money systems. They wanted a standardized weight for silver; a weight and measures for silver. That’s what they were doing, standardizing across the whole planet.

They also had an amazing system very similar to what we see today because when they went around the costal areas, eventually they conquered those areas through debt and they used little factory towns. People worked as slaves to produce all the wares that they then took across into other countries for trade and so on. It’s a horror story really. We find they even had gold mines as far into Russia even, into the Ural Mountains; the Phoenicians owned them. What they did was always make bargains with the different warlords when they wanted to go off and fight. Yeah, we will loan you the money for your ships and all the rest of it, or you can rent ours – because they had fleets to rent as well – and they always demanded in part payment for their loans, so many of the captured soldiers of the defeated enemy and they used them for slaves. They worked out that, they went through, I think it was a person would get maybe one ounce of gold before they died in the mines. That was how fast they lasted in the mines. Incredible.

This con has gone on forever. It’s just con after con after con. Now it’s all IOUs which we call money today. Everything is based on IOUs and the guys that own most of the IOUs can collect interest on the IOUs. It’s just fantastic and bizarre. We go along with this because we are trained to. We are trained to. We have specialists always coming on who are economists and so on and they tell us how it all works and of course no one understands them because it’s based on baloney. Really, it truly is baloney.

Getting back to reality again, John Maynard Keynes was the big professor who they brought in to bring in this cashless, non gold or silver backed type of system. You just print money out and sell off the debt. Those who would hold the bonds for that would therefore collect and so on and then trade it amongst themselves. He wanted international socialism. He said, Bretton Woods – Bretton Woods is what we’ve lived on up until now with the agreements and international trade and all the rest of it. He said, this is only part one, part 2 would come maybe in 50 years, which is about now, you see. We’d see the whole implementation of a global structure of socialist control. Socialists are about control through governments, from birth to death in a scientifically managed society; that’s what it really is.

The big bankers love socialism because they go to the banks with the strange Keynesian idea that they can borrow money and spend your way out of depression or recession. It’s a complete farce. There is an article here…

The Keynesian Fraud

By Monty Pelerin / americanthinker.com / March 17, 2010

Keynesian economics is mostly a fraud and always has been. It has little theoretical basis and no empirical support, (Alan: In other words, provable support.) as I have previous explained. (A: And he’s got a link to it.)

Our school system has convinced the public that government is the source of most good and can solve all problems. (A: And that’s true, isn’t it. That’s what most folk… oh, the government should do something about that… whatever it is, the government should do something.) Generations of children have been taught that Franklin Delano Roosevelt “saved” us from the Great Depression. History textbooks proclaim this. Yet Roosevelt’s Treasury Secretary clearly contradicted this myth:

We have tried spending money. (A: This is right before the beginning of World War II. That’s what got them out of it, nothing that Roosevelt did.) We are spending more than we have ever spent before and it does not work. And I have just one interest, and if I am wrong … somebody else can have my job. I want to see this country prosperous. I want to see people get a job. I want to see people get enough to eat. We have never made good on our promises … I say after eight years of this Administration we have just as much unemployment as when we started … And an enormous debt to boot! (A: So you’ve got another massive debt on top of it, with all these make work projects and so on.)

– Henry Morganthau, Treasury Secretary, May 1939

(A: Who was Roosevelt anyway? Who put him in? Wall Street put him in, the great socialist, you know. Wall Street bankers put him in, but the myth continues. World War II was what got the countries in the West out of the depression. War. It’s amazing too, I’ve never fathomed it, how can you be completely broke and you can suddenly find money to go off to war? The bankers are just so happy to throw money at you then as you go off to war. It’s because the bankers also have control over the big corporations that are going to make a massive profits and a killing off of war. War is great. Every shell that goes off, every bomb that explodes has to get replaced. Big, big bucks for war. That’s what got everybody out of the Great Depression. It didn’t last a few years and just disappear. It went right into the start of World War II.)

Morganthau’s statement is the equivalent of Ben Bernanke and Tim Geithner stating that “everything we have done has done no good.” When the architect and manager of the program admits it failed, on what basis can honest historians claim that it was successful?

If only current political appointees could be as honest as Morgenthau. But the Keynesian myth is too important and must survive at all costs. (A: That’s true, to keep the socialism going. What they con the public with is, well, you see, we take all this cash but look at all the services we provide in return. Most of the cash that they spend is CORPORATE WELFARE for international corporations, not on the public.) It is a source of government power and an inspiration for more government spending. It is a source of many economists’ income and prestige. Keynesian economics is the bedrock supporting the entire myth of expansive government. (A: It’s true. Socialism expands government. Britain went into World War II supposedly as a free country and came out of it, after the government had taken over EVERY department, agriculture, everything, massively expanded. They were fighting National Socialism, supposedly, and they came out as a completely socialist country.) If it is debunked, then so is the twentieth-century conception of government.

In “Keynesian Economics and the Wizard of Oz,” Dan Mitchell does an excellent job of exposing what more and more observers believe to be a fraud. Mitchell states:

In the ultimate triumph of theory over reality, the Keynesians say all that matters is the macroeconomic model behind the curtain showing that more government spending leads to more jobs and growth. (A: But then you’ll see how they actually get these models done. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about the Keynesians and their policies and so on. It’s all bogus… but that’s what we’ve been living on all this time. It’s not meant to be understood by ordinary people because if you try to understand it, it’s illogical and you’re not supposed to get to that stage; you give up before you get to that stage you realize it’s illogical. That’s how cons work of course. It says…

In the ultimate triumph of theory (A: and this is very important, the TRIUMPH OF THEORY OVER REALITY…) over reality, the Keynesians say all that matters is the macroeconomic model behind the curtain showing that more government spending leads to more jobs and growth. Consider the recent report from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO), which claimed that Obama’s stimulus created at least one million jobs. (A: Every country does this; every country uses this same nonsense: Yeah, this latest thing created a million jobs.) As Brian Riedl of the Heritage Foundation noted:

CBO’s calculations are not based on actually observing the economy’s recent performance. Rather, they used an economic model that was programmed to assume that stimulus spending automatically creates jobs (A: It’s one of these computer models, you see.) — thus guaranteeing their result. …The problem here is obvious. Once CBO decided to assume that every dollar of government spending increased GDP…, its conclusion that the stimulus saved jobs was pre-ordained. (A: It’s just like the climate model, the computers they use. The THEORY triumphs over fact.)

But surely this can’t be true, you may be thinking. Our public servants in Washington would not make important policy decisions based on a model that automatically produces a certain result, would they? Peter Suderman of Reason pulls aside the curtain:

… those reports rely on assumption-packed models that effectively predetermine their outcomes; what they say, in essence, is that the stimulus worked because we assume it did. (A: And that’s it, that’s good enough.)

Hypotheses in the physical sciences can be more reasonably tested. (A: When you are testing and dissecting things and so on.) Here, data have validity because experiments are repeatable. Yet even in the purest of sciences, political influence can corrupt. The modification of data to support the global warming scam is recent evidence of that. (A: By the way, I’ll put a link up to show you that in action. Lord Monckton won the debate in the Oxford debating society, the union, on the global warming farce, he won the debate. “Lord Monckton wins global warming debate at Oxford Union” (wattsupwiththat.com). That’s one of the top debating societies on the planet. Again, all the stuff that they are using and all these different guys that are cashing in on it, all these agencies that are making their money of the global warming scam used these models, they support all the models all the theories but not the facts.)

Economics is a complex behavioral science. Like all behavioral sciences, it is difficult to use data to support or refute hypotheses. (A: A hypothesis is a GUESS by the way folks.) Compounding this problem is the political influence on any investigation. Ideology of either the researcher or the grant provider easily influences conclusions. (A: Well you know that from the pharma industry and all the exposés they’ve had and the guys who are guaranteed to give them good results on whatever they test. Who is paying you? That’s who you please.)

The behavioral sciences offer great opportunity to “fudge” conclusions. “Rent-an-economists” are available who will provide whatever conclusion you want, including the absurdity that raising the minimum wage increases employment at the lowest wage levels.

President Dwight D. Eisenhower issued an omniscient warning in his Farewell Address that pertains to all research: (A: This is a very, very important little statement. Some of these guys, even though they talk from both sides of their mouth, often will say some really, really profound truths, which they all know themselves of course.)

The prospect of domination of the nation’s scholars (A: Academia and so on, right.) by Federal employment, project allocations (A: That’s grants by the way. They all live off of, all these scientists and so on, they all live off of grants.), and the power of money is ever present — and is gravely to be regarded. (A: Simple little statement but SO important to understand.)

The prospect of domination (A: Now who’s talking about domination of whom? Dominating all of YOU, whole countries.) of the nation’s scholars by Federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever present — and is gravely to be regarded.

Any economist who works for the government must compromise his integrity. He becomes part of a political team with political goals. (A: By they way, that also pertains to when you go into medicine as well and bringing National Health Services in. Now you’ve got political goals. That’s been proven in countries like Britain.) Either he or his scientific integrity must go when it conflicts with these goals.

Milton Friedman recognized this conflict and never would accept a government policy position as a result. He always felt that his advice could be more helpful if it were freely given and not subject to a particular administration’s goals. It is a pity that so many second-rate economists seek fame and fortune by becoming political hacks and lackeys.

That’s so very, very true, isn’t it? Everything, again, gets back to what? Money and paychecks and grants. In academia they live off it. Academia are bought and sold. The characters within it are bought and sold for bags of gold, or paper substitutes. That’s how the world really works. Then they come out and help their masters dominate the public and the minds of the public and help to try and validate all the crazy policies they introduce, to tax you more and more and take more and more rights away from you, and to explain, in a very sophisticated manner that most folk can’t follow, why it must be so. That’s the reality of it.

So myths persist. It will still persist and youngsters will still get taught in school, after they are taught that George Washington could not tell a lie then they will also be taught that Keynes helped save us with the Bretton Woods Agreement and FDR pulled us out of the depression, not World War II. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Last night after the show I was doing something I sometimes indulge in, it’s an odd habit, but I sat and thought a bit about things; I was thinking. I do that sometimes and if you want to try it, it takes a bit of patience because you are used to getting so much stimulation from electronic sources and noises and so on and sounds coming in your ears from devices and all that kind of stuff, that you don’t do much thinking. Even with the written word now, the mainstream media, they hype us into a stampede.

We are not supposed to stop and think about anything but I’ve got this odd characteristic, I do sit back once in a while and I think. I was thinking last night to myself, you know, we really are in the dark about things. The whole intention of hyping up fear and crisis, my God, is to make you turn towards the very politicians that have been put in place now to come out eventually, eventually with the solutions, which you won’t like initially but you’ll be kind of pleased in a way that something is going to be done. And because you don’t see where they are going with it, the full scope of it, you’ll accept it. It won’t be until 10 years down the road that you’ll say, my God, look at the mess we are in now; that’s worse than the last one. Last night I was thinking about these things. It’s an intentional stampede we are going through right now, like there is CHAOS everywhere, my God, oh… and it’s utter nonsense. It’s all part of the plan. They cause the problems; you panic and demand answers and they give you the solutions. It’s all been written probably… They take down the solutions off of dusty shelves and blow off the dust and present them at the right time.

I thought last night, I can remember a few years ago there was a plague of ladybugs in Ontario and in part of Canada. They also eventually went down through the States as well, the Pennsylvania area. Literally you had millions of ladybugs all over the place. They were getting into your houses; they’d get into little cracks and so on. They were even coming out the following winter there were so many of them. I had opened up my telephone box outside one day to wonder why it wasn’t working and there were thousands of them packed in there. The difference with these bugs too, is there were different kind of weird ones amongst them. There were some with no spots at all and some were kind of yellow and some would have a couple of dots and other ones would have a bunch. People eventually started complaining to the government about it. On the CBC News it came out that people complained about this plague of ladybugs and then they came out with a professor who said that it just happens once in a while and you get swarms of them, and that was good enough for us. Then, of course, the woman went on to say, by the way, people have said these ones are actually biting them; they don’t bite and that’s all nonsense and ya-da, ya-da, ya. Well, people kept persisting about this because they were getting bitten. A month later the government came out again. There’s the government spokesman, well actually, the government has released millions of ladybugs. The department of agriculture has released them to kill the aphids, those tiny little insects on crops, but when they released them the crops had already been harvested about the month before. It was all over. So why would they release them then? It made no sense.

Again, I was thinking about that and that’s a habit I have. Anyway… What I did note too in the conversation, they said that the government had bred billions of these things and they had underground facilities. I thought, well, wait a minute, the Ministry of Agriculture has underground facilities? Why would the Ministry of Agriculture have underground facilities? Just like the military. You see, we are living in a fake reality. We don’t even know what’s going on, and how long it’s been going on, and where these things are, and how many of them they have. Why would the Ministry of Agriculture have these things underground? Then they admitted too, yeah, some of these things were kind of modified and reports of biting had occurred and blah, blah, blah and so on. So first a complete denial and then an admission a month later by your same government.

It wasn’t long after that, the government came out with its medicinal marijuana, which some people can get on prescription apparently. They showed you this facility, all hydroponic and so on, underground again. This is where the government was growing it. Well, we didn’t even know that they were growing it or how long they had been growing that as well. How many other things do they have under the ground that we have no idea about? We really don’t know what’s going on. These things are never put out, like most important things, where your money is being spent by the government. They don’t mention any of these things. We’re kept in the dark. And I’ll bet you something else too, if the Ministry of Agriculture have these underground facilities, I’ll bet you anything they grow incredibly good food that’s not soaked in pesticides, not GM modified, and not soaked as well from the rains from the aluminum oxide and barium that comes down from all the sky spraying that goes on as well. It makes perfect sense to grow it all underground for themselves, you know, the wealthy elite at the top.

Here is an article…

Chemtrails and Monsanto’s New Aluminum Resistance Gene – Coincidence?

By Barbara H. Peterson / farmwars.info

Why did Monsanto Develop an Aluminum Resistance Gene?

Monsanto is currently marketing an aluminum resistance gene. Here’s the spin, folks:

Small-scale, resource-poor farmers in developing countries face daily stresses, including poor soils, drought, and lack of inputs. Ongoing trends such as climate change and population growth will likely exacerbate binding stresses. A new generation of genetically engineered (GE) crop research aims to alleviate these pressures through the improvement of subsistence crops—such as cassava, sorghum, and millet—that incorporate traits such as tolerance to drought, water, and aluminum in soils as well as plants with more efficient nitrogen and phosphorus use. (http://www.ifpri.org/publication/delivering-genetically-engineered-crops-poor-farmers)

Now, let’s take a look at journalist Michael Murphy’s research into chemtrails, geo-engineering, and the fact that extremely high levels of aluminum and barium are found in water, snow and soil, (A: And this is true.) in areas shown to have heavy chemtrail patterns (three-part video): (A: Folk should watch this. There are quite a few videos out there and there are more to come actually.)

Coincidence that Monsanto will “come to the rescue” with aluminum resistance genes because normal plants die off in the presence of excess aluminum? Or opportunistic capitalism and planned corporate food monopoly courtesy of Monsanto and the Hegelian Dialectic based on insider information that a proposed “geo-engineering” scheme is already in place that is filling our atmosphere with chemtrails containing aluminum and barium?

This is no game folks. We are being hit from all sides with a planned, homicidal, genocidal agenda to make a very few families even richer than they already are, and reduce the world’s population to 500 million (A: That’s really what’s been said umpteen times at the big meetings, folks. It’s true enough.) as set forth in the Georgia Guidestones. This is nothing short of biological warfare.

That might sound far fetched to some people but it’s not far fetched at all. You have to go into who said what – the big statements about reducing the world’s population – who they work for, the kind of incomes they get, and from what sources and the power they wield. Then you’ll say it’s not so far fetched after all.

We also have this idea that the parasites always need all of us. NO. They don’t always need ALL of us folk. We are awfully good when we are coming through an industrial era. We fill the factories for them and the assembly lines and the boring, monotonous, dirty and dangerous jobs. We supply the armies for them to go off and conquer and standardize the planet for them. But there comes a time when they don’t need all of us, you see. They’ve already thought about that too. They don’t sit back and say, I wonder what will happen when there are just too many of the peasants. No. They PLAN the future. That’s what you always do in big, big business; you plan the future. It’s called a business strategy.

The world is just one giant BUSINESS PLAN… using left and right paradigms to get to the end goal. That’s how it always works; it’s quite simple. The left comes in and they nationalize everything and they take over all of the big projects. What they actually do is use the taxpayer’s money to refurbish all the main institutions and things like that you need, like gas works and road ways and ya-da, ya-da, ya. Then in comes the right wing after that and they sell it all off for peanuts to the guys who were planned to get it in the first place. Private/public, that’s how it works. And the bankers laugh all the way to their banks, but, mind you, they’ve already planned the future.

They can probably clone people very shortly, if they can’t do it already – and I believe they do because whatever is released on the news is at least 50-100 years behind the times, when it comes to sciences. I’m not kidding about that. I’m sure they can really bring in the perfect slaves to serve them very, very well. See, money, really, is a technique and a con game that WE must believe in… and we must be made to USE… so that we can work for THEM and supply THEM with their comforts and their status and the research and development workers in laboratories and all the rest of it, that brings out new techniques to manage and control US. What do you think all the stuff that’s getting used today on the general public, that you know about, which is nothing to compare to what they DO have, with monitoring and listening and all the rest of it? That all came out of the research and development, paid for by your tax money, given to universities and so on, who came up with the ideas and then patent them for the big boy companies to own. That’s where all these devises came from, the Cold War.

War is great for research and development and grabbing the loot from the taxpayers. We pay for it and they can hire scientists who get paid money, money, money, money. It’s only important that WE believe in it, you see. Whatever it happens to be, blips on a screen, whatever, it’s all a joke. Remember the first bailout part one for the United States? I think it was $700 billion dollars. When the woman from the Treasury came on, she was asked, well why did you pick that figure? She says, well, we’ve nothing to base it on; we just wanted a really big number. And that’s good enough for us isn’t it? They just wanted a really good, big number! Well, where is the science behind that? …when there are no facts to back anything up? She had no facts to go to. She SAID that. They had no idea how much they wanted or needed, supposedly. And this is what we call government? …and governance? Really? Wow.

Can you imagine, the governments now have got everybody into AUSTERITY. In Europe they are all signing agreements to go into joint economic governance and austerity. They are all signing austerity pledges… for the public. Now the public’s got all the debt stuck on them and they are throwing more money into the black hole supposedly to stop the crash. Supposedly, the more money they throw in, eventually investors will get more confidence and start investing. This is their RACKET they are telling us. What are they actually borrowing? And who are they borrowing it from? Billions and billions of Euros, WHO are they borrowing it from? We are told it’s the big international banking families that they are borrowing it from. Yet nothing is exchanged. There are no ships bringing gold or anything tangible across any waters or along railway lines to dump into someone’s deposit box. It’s all blips on a screen; it’s nonsense. And this is what they call economics. They are telling us, we’ve got to just adjust to it and accept it… and we are going to have LEAN years ahead, and to get leaner and leaner and leaner… because now it’s time to pay the piper. And everyone goes along with it. There is an article here…

EU holds first meeting on joint economic governance

(A: See, that was one of their planks of amalgamation. You need the crisis; set up the crisis and then you amalgamate into the next plank of their manifesto.)

ANDREW RETTMAN / euobserver.com / 21.05.2010

(A: Brussels, where the big Parliament is, this central Parliament that governs over all of them and they rule them in a non-democratic way; it’s not democratic at all. That’s the new Moscow for the European bloc, folks. The new SOVIETIZED BLOC, the NEW Sovietism that’s got a kind of Capitalist flavor to it.)

EUOBSERVER / BRUSSELS – EU finance ministers and treasury officials are gathering in Brussels on Friday (21 May) to debate tighter co-ordination of fiscal policy in the wake of the Greek debt crisis.

EU Council President Herman Van Rompuy is to chair the meeting of the special “task force,” which will present a preliminary report in time for the regular EU summit on 17 June in a paper that may suggest changes (A: See how they do it?) to the EU treaty.

When you read through the article, it’s total integration where the Central Bank of Europe, you see, that’s owned by the SAME international bankers now. The Central Bank now will have the right to go over all their books and manage all their books, of the nations, rather than the nations doing it themselves. THIS IS A TAKEOVER folks. It’s a takeover. It’s a business takeover. That’s what the European Union is, a big business takeover, a step at a time. Total integration. Yet all people see, in the middle of it, is their panic and fear as prices go up and they get riddled every day with the debt crisis, the massive debt, etc. Oh, can you stop this big black hole? Can they fill it up, so the people will start buying our debt again? No kidding. No kidding.

Now, as I say, the stampeding technique is wonderful as the big boys make all their moves across the world in a hundred different ways that you’ll never even hear about. Well coordinated strikes and management and takeovers and manipulations of WHOLE countries and continents is going on RIGHT NOW. You’ll always see it, too, they always know when their propaganda is working when the FRINGE groups start acting up. They are the first to go, the ones who are neurotic and obsessive and so on are the first to show signs that the EXCESSIVE propaganda is having an effect. I read an article a while back about a couple who killed themselves and their child because they were petrified of global warming coming. What’s the future got to hold? it’s going to be awful and barren and sand, all sand like a desert and they killed themselves. See, that’s the fringe group; that shows you that it’s GETTING THROUGH to the state of neurosis. In this article here, it says…

Global Warming Fears Seen In Obsessive Compulsive Disorder Patients

voxy.co.nz / Thursday, 6 May, 2010

(A: So it’s really working. They take note of these things and it’s really working.)

The Royal Australian and New Zealand Collage of Psychiatrists’ Congress at SkyCity Convention Centre in Auckland brings together mental health experts in a diverse range of areas; from children and adolescents to old age, mental health across the lifespan will be discussed. Here are some highlights from this morning’s program.

Global warming fears seen in obsessive compulsive disorder patients

A recent study has found that global warming has impacted the nature of symptoms experienced by obsessive compulsive disorder patients.

Climate change related obsessions and/or compulsions were identified in 28% of patients presenting with obsessive compulsive disorder. (A: See, whatever the latest horror is, is what their obsession goes in to… and it literally wrecks their lives. They can’t work, they can’t do anything. It literally stalls them where they are.) Their obsessions included leaving taps on and wasting water, (A: They go crazy, they blow up, and they might even get homicidal if someone does.) leaving lights on and wasting electricity, pets dying of thirst, leaving the stove on and wasting gas as well as obsessions that global warming had contributed to house floors cracking, pipes leaking, roof problems and white ants eating the house. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going through how propaganda, repetition of fear and terror and horror and nonsense actually, it really works but it shows first in obsessional and neurotic type characters. The ones at the top observe all this stuff and that means it’s really working because eventually THAT will filter into general society. You couple that with indoctrination of children at school who are going to grow up in this amazing socialist utopia, totally controlled from birth to grave, and you can imagine how they are going to be. The ones right now are becoming mentally ill with it. If they see ants they think, oh my God, they are going to eat all the house, it’s due to global warming. Well, ants are always there folks; they have been here for millions of years folks. It says…

Compulsions in response to these obsessions included the checking of taps, light switches, pet water bowls and house structures.

“Media coverage about the possible catastrophic consequences to our planet concerning (A: …the FARCE of global warming, that should be added…) global warming is extensive and potentially anxiety provoking. We found that many obsessive compulsive disorder patients were concerned about reducing their global footprint,” said study author Dr Mairwen Jones.

(A: Then it goes on to obese people too and all the rest of it because everyone is being modified through what they are eating, all these modified oils and all the rest of it that are supposed to be so healthy for you, rather than butter and animal fat. The body stores it as fat, but it can’t break it down once it’s on. It’s a good article too; I’ll follow on from this one.)

They know how to manipulate us all. Every generation gets worked on in turn for what’s to come. They are always starting with the school children. Whatever you want to know what’s supposed to happen in 20 years time, you go into Kindergarten books now and see what they are teaching them. That will tell you what you are going to see down the road in 20 years. You will be taught what kind of society that’s going to exist in 20 years time and what ‘normal’ relationships will be in those days and all the rest of it. That’s how they start; it’s a scientifically designed, structured society that you are ALREADY IN. YOUR reality was programmed into YOU just as carefully as the children who are going into school now are getting THEIRS for the next 20-30 years or so.

Of course most out there will say, no, no, no, I’m in charge of myself, I’m my own person. That’s what you’ll think. Are you really? ARE you really? If you were to take most of the things, your beliefs and premises, all that they are based on, and really dissect them and say, where did I get that idea, where did I get that opinion? And again, if you are a very sociable character, you’ll say, why am I becoming politically correct and going along, just so that I won’t stand out in a crowd or in a conversation with people, when I disagree about a particular topic or something. You compromise yourself. You don’t realize that YOU TRAIN YOURSELF BY COMPROMISING to be accepted by others. You are constantly given NEW lists of what’s politically correct. There are always new VICTIMS to accept as victims, you see. Of course, the victims are used to change societies… for more and more and more control over YOU and everyone else… by government agencies.

To be your own person, don’t be scared at any time, any where to say what you think on any particular topic. If you are inhibited, somebody’s got to you… or you’ve got a fear of something, a fear of the law, retribution, whatever. When you can’t say what you think and know, your society is over. it’s Over.

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.

Hi Folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix on the 27th of May, 2010. I always suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com website to find hundreds of hours of audio talks I’ve given for download for free, and while you’re at it bookmark all the other sites I have up there, these are the only official sites I have. They’re mine. And you can bookmark them for future use because the .com has problems once in a while. So you have to have these other sites in order to get the latest downloads. Remember they all carry the written transcripts as well in English of a lot of the shows that I’ve done, and the alanwattsentientsentinel.eu, the European site, also has transcripts in other languages, and the audios as well. So you have a whole variety to choose from. While you’re at it, go into the articles for sale. That’s how I live. I don’t accept money from advertising, and it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads on this show are paid by advertisers to RBN, for the airtime. That supplies the airtime and pays for the staff and equipment, and for their bills too. So it’s up to you, the audience, to keep me going. Purchase the books I have for sale, they’ll help you think in a different way then you’ve thought before, because everything’s always in front of your face, it’s your training that’s stopped you. You’ve been trained deliberately in this system, through education and media, not to ever really see what’s happening, really happening around you, or even to you. So I help you see it. There’s a lot of cons in the world, and it’s made up of chronology, as I call it. Purchase the books, the CDs, and the DVDs, and that will help me trickle over. From the US to Canada you can use personal checks, you can also use an international postal money order from your post office, cash is fine. You can also use Western Union or Moneygram. And across the rest of the world, same idea; Western Union, Moneygram, or you can all use paypal for donations. If you want to purchase the material with paypal, send a separate email along with the donation through paypal, and I’ll get it out to you. Just send your name, address, and the order in a separate email, all over the world.

It’s interesting how things will come to you at certain times in life. Quite often in fact, when you have these synchronicities, things come together. Things kind of implode toward you from different directions, and you can verify or see more clearly things which you already suspect or know, and you can formulate it into a more crystalline fashion, that crystallizes in front of you, really what’s going on in the world. And how things come together. Remember, we’re the last to know of the big plans of the masters that rule us, ever, ever, in any era in fact. We’re the last to know. Why should they tell the people at the bottom, when they make their living off the people at the bottom, and they discard them too, when they no longer need them. And you find that we’re living through a preparatory phase, worked out long ago, in advance, because those who own everything don’t wait until it runs down and runs out. They prepare for the future and for their own survivability. The elites have done this all down through history. They move on before the walls of the city goes down and the place is plundered, and falls into ruin. That’s traditional, and more than ever we have seen throughout history as we get up to the 1700s, 1800s, 1900s, 20th century, 21st century, massive international interlocking meetings of very important peoples, VIPs and their think tanks, working on the strategies and the formulas for their own survivability. Now I’m going to go into some of this tonight, because it’s very important to what’s happening today. Back after this break.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Just talking about synchronicities and how things come along at the right time for you when you’re following a certain angle, and information will hit you from different sources at the same time that kind of solidify or cement the idea in your head, and crystallize it into a more visible picture. When you look at the elite in all ages as I say, they always survive catastrophes. They move on. We find in WWI for instance that the scale of the war, with the aerial bombardments too, that were used for the first time and the incredible destruction they could heap upon whole cities in their path and destroy them all, got the Big Boys themselves a bit worried. Since then of course, they’ve had many, many meetings too, on preparatory plans for saving themselves should anything happen. You find during WWII for instance the elite of Britain and the royal families had these full-time RAF long-range bombers with their engines running 24 hours a day, being replaced all the time, of course, to take the royal family out of the country at a moment’s notice should anything happen. And that goes for any other type of catastrophe as well. Because we take the system that we live in for granted, as long as it’s going. We adapt to it, in fact we’re raised and taught to adapt to it by those who own it and rule it, those who are the owners of the big factories, and all the rest of it, that we were so used to during the industrial era, up until fairly recently. It’s through your education system too. You’re really taught to go into that system and work, and don’t think too far beyond that. And most people really don’t. They raise their families, like in factory towns, like Detroit and so on. They went through the boom times, and they partied the weekends, and they had their clubs for the working class, and all that. They were having what they thought was a good life. Then of course, at the very end, the plug was pulled, and down they went. Now it’s incredible. I’ll be mentioning tonight about a video in fact the BBC did on it, and it’s quite astounding what’s happened there, with all these empty buildings and hotels and apartment buildings and houses everywhere, just left with furniture and everything that people just evacuated at a moment’s notice and got out. Because there was a lot of violence too, and there still is a lot of violence there as well. To give you an idea of it, the BBC did a program, and it’s called in fact, Requiem for Detroit, you might be able to find that up on one of the youtube sites or something, or do a search for it, but it says here that

Julien Temple’s new film new film is a vivid evocation of an apocalyptic vision: a slow-motion Katrina that has had many more victims. Detroit was once America’s fourth largest city.

Then it goes on about its history, all of that is in the video. You’ll see about the boom times, and the partying and the fun and all the rest of it. And then you see it going down, and the fires. They had the riots there too, and then of course more job losses because the Japanese were flooding the country with smaller cars, and they refused to bring down the size of their models. There’s a series of events that the whole thing was left in a catastrophe. What was amazing too, was towards the end of it, as they’re taking you through these deserted, semi-deserted streets, you’d hear gunshots here and there, and screams here and there too, because the violence is out of control. The cops don’t even bother going down there anymore. And then you have the eternal optimists, the new hippie types are moving in. And the end of the thing leaves you with this idea they could turn it all into gardens and start farming, and grow their own foods. It’s a lovely idea of course, but remember too, you’re still going to be taxed on all of that, which means you’ve got to sell it. That’s if you can stop all the gangs that are there from robbing you of your goods. Because they’re not going to work and plant anything, you see. And really what you would have anyway is a form of subsistence farming if you were lucky. If you were lucky. Subsistence. And they think this is a good idea for collectivism. That’s really what was behind the very end of it, that’s how they left you with this particular documentary. However, the rest of it was very, very good indeed, and there’s so much to see about human nature, and how we are manipulated, and the massive propaganda from those at the top, let the good times roll, you’ve never had it so good, and all that kind of stuff. And the people believed it. And for a little while that had a little taste of it, you see. As always they’re still the workers, and at the end there’s nothing left for you. You’re broke. When the jobs stop, you’re broke.

And then, I thought about another one. It was called Collapse: Law and Disorder in Johannesburg, someone had sent me the disc. I can’t use my wonderful high-speed satellite here, because they restrict me and don’t let me watch videos. Some people send me discs in. And this was an incredible portrayal of life in modern Johannesburg, where everybody has evacuated out of it, you find all the different groups have moved in there from different parts of Africa, still coming in all the time. And the place is an absolute shambles; nothing works and it’s run by gangs. Literally, gangs. Each gang, really is a small tribe. They form the tribes very quickly, and even the security companies, they kind of work alongside the police, with their different agreements of money exchanges and so on, trying to regain properties for their owners, and so on and chase all these people out, have street battles, shooting battles with the gangs. And it’s just incredible how everything works there. You’ll see the hardened cases too, of long time, long term chaos and poverty. Chaos through many, many years of struggles and so on, and fights and riots, and changes of ownership of land, and systems. You’ll see some of the people there who are born killers. Raised quite natural, cold blooded killers, and a couple of them are interviewed by this very naive English interviewer, who really didn’t get the message at times, because he asks some really stupid questions, to these guys, and if it wasn’t for his interpreter trying to help him out, I think he might of been plugged himself. But it’s well worth watching to see what can happen, you see when the system collapses. That’s the point of it all. The system collapses. And the Big Boys move out with their money, and the know-how and their organization. They move out. And that’s what’s left. It reminded me right off of Detroit, exactly the same way. That’s the future, you see.

Interestingly, in the movie on Detroit, an elderly lady at the end of it, who’s kind of promoting this as wonderful, they’re all gardening now, sort of stuff, she thought this would be a prototype. This is where it’s all happening she says, as a lesson for America. Again for the very optimistic, there’s lots of optimistic people out there, who think in kind of a New Agey fashion, they can go back to the land, and just plant away, grow their own stuff, and have their little harvest parties and stuff. They don’t realize, No, you’re living amongst gangs as well, massive criminal elements, just like Johannesburg, and those guys live off you. That’s how they live, they live off of you. And they wouldn’t let you have your little paradise, and neither would the state either, because they’ll still want taxes and everything else, and you’ll need licenses to operate and all that kind of stuff.

When systems go down, believe you me, you see, you see the havoc and the chaos. Some people sniff it before it happens, and they get out. That’s what’s been happening over the last few years in some of the countries in the West here. They know what’s coming down. And when you see your countries building the largest military bases and cities in the Middle East that are going to last a hundred, maybe a hundred and fifty, maybe two hundred years, and super cities across the world, you better believe they’re preparing to get out for themselves. Back in the sixties they knew that this would eventually come. Jeane Kirkpatrick is the one who came up with the idea, this is going to be the inevitable route that America and the West must take to the Middle East, she said, so rather than go in there when things happen, and build temporary bases, let’s go in and build permanent ones that will last a hundred, a hundred and fifty years. And you must see what they’ve been building over in Iraq. It’s incredible. Absolutely incredible. So they’ll have an army over there, and believe you me, they’ll have an elite to move into the cities inside these massive areas, living very well. And it would make strategic sense as well, because would you want to be an elite living within America if you brought it down? Think about that. Think very hard about that. Or would you rather have a well-equipped army somewhere else and living inside that well-equipped army surrounded by people who don’t have very much to fight you with. These things have all been discussed in high places over many, many, many years. We’ve heard about continuity of government. Do people realize that in the U.S. that ten years ago they were building bases in Australia for the continuity of the U.S. government from Australia. Money’s no object. Whatever choices they have, whatever possibilities may come up, they plan and prepare for, even if they don’t use them. And we live our little naive lives here, thinking that the iPhones and so on will keep getting churned out, and we can play, and all that kind of stuff, and somehow money will trickle down to us, and we can carry on forever. Even though they’re telling us all that this crisis hasn’t hit you yet. This financial crisis. It’s all planned this way, of course. As I say, they knew back in the sixties, they have think tanks that have all the data that look forward all the time, what’s coming next, where will this lead too, how long can this go on. And I’ll continue on this theme when I come back from this break.

This is Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Talking about what happens when the system breaks apart, mainly because those who rule the system, with their systems of money and connections and infrastructure pull out of it, and they leave it behind to collapse. That’s happened down through history, when the elites move out. We’ve had so many clues over many, many years that the same thing of course is planned for us as well. All this stuff about austerity, get used to austerity in a post-consuming society. Well, what do you think that means? What do you think it means? Are they trying to get us to behave ourselves as we end up learning how to be poor? I mean really poor. On the knife’s edge sort of thing. Because they’re talking really about subsistence eventually. What did you think all these well-funded organizations under the U.N.’s umbrella to do with the environment and the ecology are all really about? I’ve read the articles from their own websites, these characters attend these global meetings with your leaders of government. They have members of the boards of your governments as appointees, and they’ve said they could never allow another U.S. to develop anywhere in the world with its manufacturing and all the rest of it. That must never be allowed to happen again. They’ve all said the same kind of things, all of them. They’d like us all to be wearing grass skirts, you see, and just working happily planting things, and living a very simple agricultural life. Maybe go back to worshiping the moon or something in Harvest time. That’s how they’d like to have us. And that could be done by the way, anything can be done with humanity, over time. Plato said you only have to teach one generation, and they’ll teach the next. The first generation you’re teaching might think it a bit weird, but if you force them under threat of violence, they’ll learn it all right. And their children will learn it and think it’s normal, and carry on from there. All these kind of experiments have been done in the past.

And as I say, if you look at what’s happened, at examples we have on the go now, with places going down, and so-called failed states and so on. It can happen anywhere, anywhere at all, with any so-called civilization. Anywhere at all. So I’ll put the links up to these articles. You’ll have to search yourself for the BBC one, on the Requiem for Detroit, that you’ve got to see it. You’ve got to see it. And also do the same for the one for Africa, Collapse: Law and Disorder in Johannesburg. You’ve got to see it. It’s a lesson to us all. And then you tie this in with this article here from the German papers, the Deutsche Welle:

Experts are concerned that the continuing financial crisis and associated austerity measures could lead to global social unrest should conditions worsen and populations lose faith and patience in their governments.

At the end of 2008, Secretary General of the United Nations Ban Ki-moon painted a grim picture of the future when he said that the financial crisis – which was just beginning to have a global impact – could lead to social unrest and political instability and could exacerbate many other problems facing humanity.

The UN chief warned that “today’s financial crisis will become tomorrow’s human crisis” and that the shockwaves from the financial crash, if not handled properly, could “compound other major threats such as climate change, food insecurity and the terrible persistence of extreme poverty.”

A month later, Dominique Strauss-Kahn, the head of the International Monetary Fund (IMF), said that “social unrest may happen in many countries – including advanced economies” if governments failed to adequately respond to the financial crisis.

In May last year, in the midst of the collapse, Robert Zoellick, head of the World Bank, also warned that the global economic crisis could lead to serious social upheaval. “If we do not take measures, there is a risk of a serious human and social crisis with very serious political implications,” he said

(Alan: Then they give you Greece as an example, but it’s happening elsewhere.)

With debt-ridden Greece experiencing periods of strikes, protests and riots, and other governments around the world beginning to feel the anger of societies railing against them, the human crisis of tomorrow that Ban Ki-moon spoke of two years ago looks closer today than at any other time since this current financial crisis – the worst since 1929 – began.

Hundreds of thousands of demonstrators have been mobilized across Greece over the past few weeks by left-wing parties and trade unions protesting the austerity measures agreed by the Greek government with the European Union and the IMF.

According to those organizing the protests, Greece is a tinderbox. “We expect a social explosion some time soon,” Ilias Iliopoulos, secretary general of the Greek public sector union ADEDY, told reporters. “The possibility of the IMF asking for more measures will trigger this.”

And you know that the debt, even though it’s all a joke anyway, because money is really a joke in all this banking con game. It’s a joke. But it’s a power structure of control, that’s how, you see, even though it’s all a con game, it’s a rigged structure that holds its own rigged structure together. And there’s no way that any country is going to pay this off. Because they’re borrowing billions and billions, trillions in fact, everybody’s borrowing trillions of dollars or Euros to plug a hole supposedly, to get investors to start getting confidence again. The same investors that sunk us the last time by the way, and to give these countries enough money to start paying the interest only off of their loans. This con game’s been going on too long. We’ve haven’t paid it off from WWII yet. Back with more after this break.

Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Just putting a few things together to show people how tenuous really our lives are, and the systems in which we live, especially when they’ve been planned to fail, obviously. They could have kept the bubbles going forever, they’ve done it long enough, that’s all really the stock market is. It’s a lot of optimism. They must create massive optimism. The first rule in fact for people who are involved in investing and the economists, is never to say bad news to the public. And so they lie and tell you nice wonderful things that you want to hear, and you invest in them, and that’s how the stock market really works. And so when you remember too, that it was Bush himself that came out and told the American nation that this could be the worst disaster since the Great Depression, that was a signal that someone had given him the nod to say this because you’d never tell the public that, never, nor the investors either. As soon as you tell them, everyone pulls out their cash, and down it goes. It’s a self-fulfilling prophecy. At the same time too, we found at a few years before that, for people that can remember, the head of the US Treasury had said they were not going to pump money into the U.S. stock market as they always had done before, always had done. Do you ever wonder why when American stocks were down towards the evening there was a sudden injection and poom! up it went again. Well the Treasury had been pumping it up for thirty years. They’d been doing that all along. But he said, we’re not doing that anymore, we’re going to let the market flow its own way. Well the inevitable had to happen. It was time. Everything is planned in time. No one works on their own and just makes a decision and lets it happen. It’s all discussed at big high-level meetings with the guys who run and own the system. Getting back to this article here form the German newspaper. It’s talking about the government is bracing for popular revolts as crisis deepens. It says:

Spain’s largest union Comisiones Obreras (CCOO) has been talking about calling a general strike to protest against the Spanish government’s planned austerity measures while fears abound that unrest like that seen in Greece may follow.

(A: Now Italy has also signed on. All the European countries have been asked to sign austerity measures. Now I’d like to see what they’re signing. I’d really love to see the documents, and exactly how it’s worded and what they’re signing. What do they mean by austerity? Do they list a whole bunch of things you’re cutting back on? Are they going to bring in rationing down the road? Because they will bring in rationing in down the road folks. And I’m talking about basic things, like food for instance. Especially now that the Big Boys have won their long war to gain control of almost the whole world’s farming industries. The Five Big Agri-businesses own them. They’ve put everyone at their mercy. It says:

Thai soldiers stand their guard against some black smoke as anti-government protesters burn tires in downtown Bangkok. Thailand, of course, has seen some of the worst violence so far, but experts say this level of unrest could happen globally.

(A: Globally)

There have also been recent public demonstrations against perceived government incompetence and financial irresponsibility in Britain, France and Russia, while the ruling elites in Japan, Brazil, Israel, Canada and the United States have all seen protesters take to the streets.

In the Balkans and Eastern Europe, there were large strikes last week in Slovenia, Albania, Croatia, Bulgaria, and Romania – which also saw its largest public protest since the fall of communism.

Thailand, of course, has seen some of the worst violence with banks set on fire, major department stores attacked and protesters staging running battles with armed police and the military. The protests against the growing divide between rich and poor and the perceived corruption of the government has also led to a number of deaths.

Prolonged crisis stokes fears of global instability-

There is a feeling among experts

(A: Again, that’s the boys at the top in big think tanks that sit and meet with their masters.)

that the deep anger brewing in these countries is fermenting worldwide against the same institutions, the same people, and the failure of global capitalism.

Anti-capitalists and climate change activists display a large banner…

(A: Well, of course they are. You’ve got to understand within, you’ve got to understand too that the Left Wing are still Marxist. And they still believe in stoking the fires of malcontent and discontent, make it as bad as it can be, and then the mob rallies, and then you jump over their heads like the Bolsheviks did, and you seize power. That’s a tenet of their technique. And even in the West here, I know the ones here who give stuff out to patriot groups. Big organizations give out wonderful articles to Patriot groups, but their intention, as they issue true statements and stuff on what’s happening, their intention is to get the anger brewing so they themselves can bring in a Marxist, Trotskyist World. All that’s happening too, and most folk don’t even realize that. Stir the fire, and jump over the heads of the mob that you’ve used, and seize power. Anyway, as I say, so here’s the well funded “anti-capitalists and climate change activists” all paid and financed by the big foundations in the U.S. itself mainly, like the Rockefellers)

Anti-capitalist and climate change activists display a large banner with text “capitalism kills” as they stage a protest march outside the Bank of England, in the City of London, Britain, 1 April 2009.

(A: Anyway, it says:)

Public discontent is growing in countries across the world as governments struggle to solve the crisis

(A: Well, are they really trying to solve it? They knew when they signed the GATT treaty, because they used Britain as a test case first, turning it into a service economy. At the time the arguments in Britain came out to the public that a service economy was like a dog in a swimming pool paddling water, until it runs out of steam. It’s producing nothing. You’re passing things around. You’re floating and paddling. And that’s what service economy is. They knew it cannot last long. They have done the same with Canada and the States because we’re now a service economy. Everything’s made in China. How did China rise up? By its own bootstraps? No. China was funded into existence by the West. From twenty-five years to thirty years, Chinese engineers have been taught in Canadian and U.S. universities, before they had the factories to go back to. And it was the West, through the GATT treaty, all your leaders signed the GATT treaty on behalf of their masters, because your leaders do serve their masters, to make sure they’d leave shores and go off to China. And it was heralded as a great thing, great thing. And the taxpayers of the West funded the transfer, and the uplifting of the factories and plants across to China. You paid for all that. Also they had it written in their GATT agreement, of course overseen by the United Nations, that we’d also pay for ten years to each one of these plants for the first ten years of setting up, in case they had any losses which could be extended for a further period. And I’ve watched the people going through their lives, and if you mention GATT and so on, they’ll say what are you talking about. They could tell me who the latest bimbo in Hollywood was and so on, but they couldn’t tell me anything about GATT as they started buying their Chinese stuff, and it says “Made in China” and they never seem to even notice it, most of them. Except the ones in the factory areas, who got laid off. Most folk floated right through it, asked no questions. “I’m okay, Jack. I don’t want to know. That’s a downer, man, don’t talk about that. It’s heavy.” That’s what they used to say in the hippy days. It’s all back again. Anyway it says here:

“Instability can loosen the fragile hold that many developing countries have on law and order, which can spill out in dangerous ways into the international community,” he wrote.

“What’s happening in Greece will spread worldwide as economies decline,” Gerald Celente, financial and political trends forecaster and publisher of the Trends Journal, told Deutsche Welle. “We will see social unrest growing in all nations which are facing sovereign debt crisis, the most obvious being Spain, Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Iceland, the Ukraine, Hungary followed by the United Kingdom and the United States.”

The potential for widespread social unrest in response to the continuing financial crisis has many experts fearing the worst for the world’s current political and social structures with dramatic, perhaps catastrophic, changes ahead.

Continuing unrest could lead to dramatic scenarios-

“We could see a rise in power of extreme right governments, secessions of some of the bigger states in the US and more devolution of powers to Scotland, Ulster and Wales in the UK,” Marie-Hélène Caillol, president of the European Laboratory of Political Anticipation,

(A: That’s quite a name.)

an economic think-tank told Deutsche Welle. “A similar risk, though in the longer term, exists for China whose growth cannot survive a chaotic evolution in the rest of the world.”

Then it goes on and on about this. Now don’t think for a minute, as I say, that the Masters of the World didn’t see all this coming. Of course they see, they plan the world in phases like a long-range business plan. Everything’s a long-range business plan to them. Twenty-five years of this, fifty years of that, ten years of this, and then a takedown. And you’ve watched the incredible buildup of an internal military, inside the so-called Western countries, and calling them police and different names, and so on, sections of police, and special police. You’ve got an army. They dress like an army to me. They have machine guns and all the rest of it. They’re not policemen. Policemen talk to you as though you’re a person. These guys don’t; they call you civilians. They’ve been trained to see you as a civilian, separate from their own little brotherhood, you see. Why do you think they built all of that up, that massive? They’ve been building it up for years, and years, and years, even before the latest crisis. That’s to handle it as it’s taken down, in case all this kind of stuff starts, you see. So, nothing happens by chance. Everything is always planned well ahead at the top in think tanks and world meetings and as I say the masters who they all work for don’t just take the advice they’re given of what’s coming and turn a deaf ear and go and play polo. They take this to heart, and they prepare for it all. As I say, you’ve watched the rise of supercities across the world, that aren’t occupied yet. Who do you think is going to live in them?

I’ve read the report here, the 90-odd page report that the British think tank for the Department of Defence for the Military and NATO issued a couple of years ago. It’s still there in my archives section. And they see all this, then. They see all of it coming, they wrote that all of this is coming down. And they talk about continuity of government, and all the rest of it, and containing riots and even whole cities and so on, and the takedown. Eventually they foresee this happening over a period of thirty-odd to fifty years. And by the end of fifty years the future of the world will have gone from a World Globalist System to a New Type of City-State System, across the world. That’s really what they want, where there will be high technology, high scientific communities, and families living in these places with incredible armaments and weaponry. While the rest of the world is turned back to barbarianism around them, and gradually dies off. That was followed by the U.S. military’s one about six months later, that’s in my archives section, too. You should read it. These are the top think tanks for your military, using all the foresight, their intelligence gathering, with all the economists bunged in there too, and so on. At the moment we’re just being managed, to see how long they can string it out. See, they’d really like to train us into a new type of village peasant, over maybe twenty, thirty years, if we were willing to go along with it, and live on subsistence farming. And living in a type of Johannesburg across the world. That’s really what they’re after. However, if that fails, and they can’t get their little Green Children who are getting brainwashed right now for exactly that. They won’t know much else by the way. They’ll know all about sexual orientations and all types of relationships etc, because they’re getting socially engineered, but they’ll nothing really about anything they’ll need to know in an industrialized society. They might know how to plant beans, maybe. Maybe. And they’ll be very, very docile. Have you noticed that too? That’s what they’re getting trained for. So if that works, they might not have to go through a very fast transition of total disaster. Otherwise we do. And they’re prepared for all emergencies of any kinds, whichever way it goes.

Now people often wonder how we get into these kinds of messes. Well, it’s to do with human nature, because most people are followers. They’re followers and whenever there’s a crisis they turn to the guy who always appears on the stage, who’s got the smooth velvet tongue, the winning personality and the charm, and he’s pretty well always a psychopath. That’s really it, you see. The ones who get to the top of the gangs in Africa are psychopaths. The guys love and hate him at the same time who follow him. Love and hate, you see. And they’re afraid of him, and they respect that too. They don’t respect people who they aren’t afraid of. But they’ve always got up to the top in all societies in all ages. The deviant creation of the psychopath always does. And they’ve got a lot of tell-tale signs and symptoms. There’s an article here for instance, I’ve seen it before, and I’ve gone on about psychopaths before in government over many years.

Police Chief study finds Serial Killers and Politicians share traits

The Examiner / 12.06.2009 / By Jim Kouri

Serial killers and politicians share traits

[Jim Kouri, vice-president of the National Association of Chiefs of Police]

The following commentary includes material obtained by the National Association of Chiefs of Police from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Behavioral Analysis Unit.

Psychopathy is a personality disorder manifested in people who use a mixture of charm, manipulation, intimidation, and occasionally violence to control others, in order to satisfy their own selfish needs. Although the concept of psychopathy has been known for centuries, the FBI leads the world in the research effort to develop a series of assessment tools, to evaluate the personality traits and behaviors attributable to psychopaths.

(A: It’s about time the FBI admitted this, because you see, J Edgar Hoover was one of the worst psychopaths that ever got to the top of the FBI. Because you see, they get on top of everything. With all of his deviations, which are well known, and there’s more of it coming all the time with people who knew him. They get to the top of all departments.)

Interpersonal traits include glibness, superficial charm, a grandiose sense of self-worth, pathological lying, and the manipulation of others.

(A: They have a gift to manipulate other people. They’ll tell you what you want to hear.)

The affective traits include a lack of remorse

(A: They don’t feel guilt)

and/or guilt, shallow affect,

(A: That’s emotion)

a lack of empathy,

(A: For Others)

and failure to accept responsibility.

(A: For their own actions)

The lifestyle behaviors include stimulation-seeking behavior,

(A: They’re often really into weird sexual stuff, often with the same sex, or children or whatever)

impulsivity, irresponsibility, parasitic orientation, and a lack of realistic life goals.

Research has demonstrated that in those criminals who are psychopathic, scores vary, ranging from a high degree of psychopathy to some measure of psychopathy. However, not all violent offenders are psychopaths and not all psychopaths are violent offenders.

They get others to do their dirty work for them if they get up in power. Back with more on this, after this break.

Hi folks, this is Alan Watt, and We’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Just tying some things together to help fill in some blanks for people out there who see that everything is so scattered, the information that comes to them, but there’s always a plan to everything. The world is directed, always directed. That’s what the U.N. was set up to do, and all the groups underneath its umbrella, to bring in this nice pleasant society across the world, and an elite rule of master-race basically living in elite cities, well equipped, living in a completely different lifestyle that you couldn’t ever imagine. While the peasants are uneducated, but they know how to plant beans. Again, back to this article on psychopaths and politicians. It says here:

If violent offenders are psychopathic, they are able to assault, rape, and murder without concern for legal, moral, or social consequences. This allows them to do what they want, whenever they want. Ironically, these same traits exist in men and women who are drawn to high-profile and powerful positions in society including political officeholders.

The relationship between psychopathy and serial killers is particularly interesting. All psychopaths do not become serial murderers. Rather, serial murderers may possess some or many of the traits consistent with psychopathy. Psychopaths who commit serial murder do not value human life and are extremely callous in their interactions with their victims. However, psychopathy alone does not explain the motivations of a serial killer.

What doesn’t go unnoticed is the fact that some of the character traits exhibited by serial killers or criminals may be observed in many within the political arena. While not exhibiting physical violence, many political leaders display varying degrees of anger, feigned outrage and other behaviors. They also lack what most consider a “shame” mechanism.

(A: And that is true. When they run for politics, the mud is smeared on them, the skeletons come out of the closet, and nothing makes them blush you’ll notice. You see a psychopath doesn’t feel emotions. They don’t feel shame. So politicians are generally psychopathic in nature. They play the game with each other, as they’re all benefiting, like gangs of psychopaths. They also get up, mind you, into high positions as CEOs as well. CEOs of corporations, very powerful ones. And they also get up there on the top of the military. The military has got a lot to answer for when you really see what’s behind it and what’s really in it, that the public have no idea about. And the Sado-Masochism that goes on in there because it’s a sado-masochistic institution. It says here:)

They also lack what most consider a “shame” mechanism. Quite simply, most serial killers and many professional politicians must mimic what they believe,

(A: They observe other peoples and how you react in situations, and they act. They’re very good actors. By the way that’s another category of psychopathy, the hysterical attention-seeking psychopath; they go into acting. So it says: )

what they believe, are appropriate responses to situations they face such as sadness, empathy, sympathy, and other human responses to outside stimuli.

Understanding psychopathy becomes particularly critical to law enforcement during a serial murder investigation and upon the arrest of a psychopathic serial killer.

(A: And so on and so on.)

Psychopaths are not sensitive to altruistic interview themes, such as sympathy for their victims or remorse/guilt over their crimes.

(A: They don’t have it)

They do possess certain personality traits that can be exploited, particularly their inherent narcissism,

(A: They’re awfully narcissistic)

selfishness, and vanity.

That’s how you get round them, and when you help the gang boss. The lesser politicians gather round the top one. I could go on and on and on, but that’s quite a lot for tonight folks. An hour’s not enough, is it? From Hamish and myself in Ontario Canada, and please help me out as I say, use paypal and so on, it’s Good Night, and may your god or your gods go with you.

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on the 28th of May, 2010. I always suggest that newcomers look into the cuttingthroughthematrix.com website. You’ll find hundreds of audios for download, and talks I’ve given over the years. And remember all the sites you’ll see listed on the front page, bookmark them. They all have the same audios. They all have a lot of English transcripts of the talks I’ve given for type or print-up. If you go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu you’ll find a lot of transcripts in other languages too. These are all my backups because I have problems every week with at least one or two of the sites. They alternate it seems. And bookmark them for future use, that way you can always get the latest shows. Remember too, to go into the things I have for sale, the few things I have for sale there, I don’t have time to put a lot of stuff out. I’m doing shows and other things too; I’ve got to live here. And that will help me pay the costs on this end here, I hope. Sometimes it doesn’t quite do it. There are thousands and thousands who listen, I know that for a fact, all over the world. It’s the same people who help me out every so often by contributions, and remember too, nothing is too small. Most of them are small. And it’s amazing to me too, to watch the world go down, as people start to get laid off and can’t help out anymore. Or their contributions slow right down because of the cost of living, or they’ve lost their houses. Lots of them have lost homes and so on. That’s also how you can keep tabs on what’s happening across the world. People you know start going down too, all over the place. So, purchase things that I have for sale. Now, most of the customers come from the U.S. – you can order through personal check to Canada, that’s fine; you can also use an international money order to order from your post office. And you can use paypal for donations and to order. If you want to order send me a separate email: name, address, and order, along with a paypal donation, and I’ll get it out to you. Same across the rest of the world remember. You can also use Western Union or MoneyGram or cash, some people send the cash, and that saves the too many bankers and their fat little fingers getting their cuts off it, because they get enough of everything else that’s out there anyway. And for that get the discs burned and passed to them, who’ve gone off computer all together, they play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me [listed above]. And I’ll get back to you as well. As I say, I need your help to keep pushing this out. Remember, the ads on this show are paid directly by the advertisers to RBN for the airtime, and for the staff, and equipment and their board-ops, and their bills, we all have bills, so it’s up to you to keep me going, if you like what you hear, and if you don’t then I’ll just simply go and do other things. It’s no big problem.

We’re in a time now when we’re kind of overloaded with information, and this was also known by those who gave us the internet. I’ve read the articles from the Big Boys themselves, when they say that we have lots and lots of data, but we don’t know how to process information, and because of that they can flood it out there, and remember too, we’ve been led along by the nose for a long, long time, with regular media, and don’t be surprised to find that they’ve completely infiltrated every other means as well of communication. Why would they sit back and allow the public for the first time to start and come to their own conclusions by getting all factual stuff. There’s so many spins on things, from all sides, and even people who are very well meaning will spin things off too, according to their particular world view, and their own experiences, which is not all of the experiences obviously, so we’re limited. Back with more after this break.

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Just talking about data, and data overload, and in these times of massive change, and that’s the whole plan of course, is massive change, the century of change, a century that was planned long before we came along by elite groups, who all got together like a big cabal, a big mafia, to look after their own turf you might say, Planet Earth, which they plan to keep ruling with their offspring, and they’ll have power over whatever’s left of the public. They talked about a new, scientific type of society, scientifically run where experts would guide everybody along the right path and the people were just too silly and stupid to really plan things out for themselves, or work things out for themselves, or live responsibly. And responsibly means they had their own minds. They didn’t like them having their own minds because they didn’t know how to use them properly, otherwise they’d be amongst the elite themselves, you see. Since they obviously weren’t, it was more than a class thing, it was a genetic thing, and they decided to bring in this new system. And it seems to many onlookers and participants too, that it’s a big unwieldy ship that’s ready to break apart at times, but it isn’t really. Even the economic crash is all part of it, to integrate everything further into a singular system of world control. That’s really what all this is about. And the chaos that’s wreathed upon a people is nothing to them at the top. In fact they like a bit of chaos at times to terrify us all, so that we’ll kind of breathe a sigh of relief when they take half or more of whatever you’ve got left off of you. And we’re thankful to have a little bit left at all, that’s how it generally works in society. They understand the psychology of the people at the bottom. Unfortunately they’re also right at times too, and they do say incredible truths about the people, because they’ve studied us all you see, for so, so long. But they’ve also manipulated the cultures up to this point as well. So technically we’re kind of stupid in certain areas, because they’ve directed us to be so. We’ve been trained you see. We’ve been trained like any other creature, any animal, and very well trained indeed to serve the purposes of the elite. We go off and fight their wars, even though we don’t understand them and it’s in places we’ve never heard of until they mention it, we’re so proud to come back from them, at least those who are still alive, and wear little bits of tin metal, and that’s why they call them medals, it’s from metal, you see. You don’t get a big, big fat paycheck; you get a little bit of tin. And people have been trained to believe this is very, it’s a symbol of to be proud of, you see. Meanwhile the Big Boys themselves make a fortune off these wars, but it also fulfills their geo-political strategies, which really, it’s like a chess game. You’ve got to understand, we’re lost before we get halfway through imagining where they’re going with it all. Because it’s so complicated and complex, and all depending on knocking down dominoes along the way to get to the end, that we generally cannot figure out the entire game plan. When we think we do, we’re generally wrong. That’s how we’re conned, over and over and over again.

WWI, they said in their own books from the Royal Institute of International Affairs, they hoped to get the League of Nations to get all the nations under one system then, including a monetary system eventually. That turned into the United Nations. They needed a WWII, and big writers like H.G. Wells who were propagandists for this outfit, and the Fabian society, another branch of them, talked about this. We need another war he said, another world war, and bingo, we had it. And they would have had no enemy to fight if they hadn’t funded the particular man they chose to demonize, and rose, and helped them to rise to power and created the Nazi war machine with I.G. Farben, all funded by the big banks that were funding the politicians in the West. So, it’s an ongoing strategy, you see, and we’re never really in on all the facts. We’re not supposed to be. We’re supposed to feel proud of this and nationalistic when required and in-between times, we’re global again, you see. And then you’re suddenly nationalistic when they need more troops to go off and fight. And then that’s kind of watered down back to global again. I’ve watched this back and forth my whole life long. It’s quite interesting how we just fulfill the parts for them like little actors at the bottom, without thinking very much.

We can’t either imagine this whole con game called money, and there’s so much humor to be pushed out there, by satire on this topic. I’m going to put a link up tonight on my website, cuttingthroughthematrix.com, and you can look at how the global economic crisis is explained in 3 minutes by satire. Satire, which pushes the truth, because it helps you strain your credulity, you see, and it helps you laugh at it. Because what the guy will tell you in this piece of satire is exactly what we’re being told, and yet it’s said with a straight face, and so we have to take it so seriously. It’s fantastic. Satire is the best way to get things across to people. Once they get into political arguments, forget it, they’ll walk away and leave them fighting. It’s really all satire, and a joke. Money remember, is a means to an end. It’s a means to an end. And it’s so important that we all believe in money, so that we can work a plan in for those really who don’t need it. They already have everything. They call it real estate. They own countries. Land everywhere, and all the minerals, and all the iron and steel, and plutonium, and everything else; they have the rights for all of that stuff. They don’t need the thing called money. Money is only good for giving to the peasants, including the scientists, they’re still peasants, who work for them, and create new weapons of mass destruction and stuff like that, and ways to make us all grow up in a big, perfect prison, where we’re all observed from cradle to grave, and watched in everything we do. Which is already here. And we’re taught again, that this is all quite natural and normal, and just accept it. The whole world is accepting it, you see.

I mean everyone knows, everyone really does know, I think out there, that 9/11 stinks to high heaven. They needed something to happen to kick off this whole scheme of things. They talked about it in the Project for the New American Century, before it all happened; they needed something on the scale of a Pearl Harbor event to motivate the American people and the world into action. And bingo, they get their wish. I mean these guys, I guarantee you, would go for a scratch-and-win, and every card would be bingo, they’d win. They’ve got so much luck, don’t they? They always seem to get what they want. What surprised me, it was the first time in history that the whole world pretty well, all the Western countries for sure, and all the NATO countries that signed on, all went into action as though they personally had been attacked at the same time. Which tells you that was already pre-planned as well, with the same total observation of all citizens, the end of all privacy, yadda, yadda, ya, everything was identical in every country at the same time. First time in history. Why? Because you see this whole war on terror is simply a prelude that’s an excuse to bring in their Global Society, which you’re not going to like at all. Not at all. And they have to have a massive army; they must know what everyone is doing at all times to feel secure, as they bring us through these changes. That’s so they can react to every individual instance of someone who’s woken up, or not too happy with what they’re doing or being forced to do, and deal with it, anything before it happens. Including using psychological taskforces and psychiatric SWAT teams, literally, they’ll come in and grab you. Stuff like that. That’s all been discussed at the top, and tried out in some areas. That’s the kinds of things it’s about, so that’s why the world’s under this guise of anti-terrorism, while in reality too, they’re looting the rest of the world’s oil supply to make sure they’ve got it all under wraps.

It was not long ago I read in the paper, and from the paper, on the air who got the contracts in Iraq, all the big boys, all the usual names were given all the contracts for the oil fields over there. And remember too, if you can think back that far, when they went into Iraq, they destroyed most of the existing oil wells and refineries. They destroyed them; they blew them all up from the air. At the time they said they were obsolete, and that the U.S. would have to go in with Britain and build new ones. Well, it wasn’t for the Iraqis, it was for the boys that ended up getting the contracts, but the taxpayers of these countries, Britain, the U.S., and a few others paid to have these new refineries built, before they were handed over to the usual suspects. That’s how it works at the top. It’s like one big cabal you see, one big mafia, and the things that they do are so out of the proportion of anything we can imagine when we consider crime. It’s beyond all of that. It’s beyond all of that, but that’s the real world, and then they toss figures around that we cannot comprehend, billions and billions, then trillions of dollars, and then the Federal Reserve says, we need 700 billion dollars to bail us all out, and the Federal Reserve was asked, well why did you pick 700 billion dollars. That was the first package. Remember, we were told, well, we didn’t know you see, we had nothing to go on, so we just picked a nice big number. Can you imagine going up to your boss and saying I want a pay raise; well what do you want? I want the lot, you know. We’re given this as official news with a straight face. And we swallow it. Even then, I said that they’ll be back for more, and sure enough they are. They got off with it then, they’re going to keep doing it, and doing it, and doing it, aren’t they, until it’s trillions of bucks. And we cannot imagine this, because we’re supposedly all broke. We’re all broke, waiting for the domino banks to fail, we’re told, while government has been spending money like never, ever before. Never before. A few nights ago, I read an article about the cost of the upcoming summits they’re having in Canada here, and I read an article from the Globe and Mail, and lo and behold, it was pulled before midnight after I mentioned it, so I had to find it from another link, but by God, it’s been updated to 1.1 Billion Dollars! And I’ll tell you about that, after this break.

Hi folks, I am Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. Just talking about the cost that’s getting pushed on the taxpayers of Canada, as we’re helping save the world and all that stuff of having these upcoming summit meetings in Canada, with the big G8 and G20 summits. I’ll preface this with saying, that it reminds me of Alexander Hamilton who wasn’t much loved by anybody, because he spoke what he believed to be the truth. At least he was honest about it. He like the tyrants in history, and those who’d conquered and slaughtered, and used force and so on. He did say one thing that was interesting, he said, you know if you’ve got a king and queen, and their servants and their small army around them to take care of, then you have that expense, but when you’ve got thousands of them, meaning massive government, thousands of them and their families, then the burden is incredible in taxation on the public. He told the truth on that one. So this summit here, under this great democracy is to hit 1.1 billion dollars, from an already, Canada, who’s borrowing money from the same World Banks everybody else is borrowing money from, 1.1 billion dollars, and it says here,

The cost of hosting the G8 and G20 summits next month in Ontario now stands at $1.1 billion and further outlays are likely

(Alan: Well, that will be guaranteed.)

Federal documents show.

(A: I like how they word it, federal documents show. So I guess we’re getting the news from the federal documents. You can’t really blame these documents.)

The price tag includes $160 million for hospitality, infrastructure, food safety and extra staffing.

(A: This is the extra part they added on to what they already said, which was 933 million dollars. We all held our breath at that one. An extra $160 million for hospitality, infrastructure, food safety and extra staffing. And that’s in addition and so on, but more is to come this week it says:)

Protesters confront police in London in…

(A: Well they show the London ones as demonstrators converged on that one. It says:)

“This might be the most expensive 72 hours in Canadian history,” Liberal MP Mark Holland said.

But Public Safety Minister

(A: We’ve all got public safety ministers. The first time I heard of a public safety minister was after the Revolution in France, but we’ve all got them now. And it says that:)

Vic Toews defended the costs for security, saying Canada has an obligation to make sure world leaders are safe while visiting Toronto and Huntsville, Ont.

(A: Maybe they should make it safe for anybody, and Canadians as well to visit Toronto, but anyway, that’s what it costs to keep them safe.)

Liberal Leader Michael Ignatieff blamed the Conservative government’s “poor management” for the ballooning cost estimates.

(A: But they’re all hypocrites, because they all play party politics. Anyway it says:)

Wednesday that Canadians can’t understand how the government’s initial earmarking of $179 million for security has multiplied in the space of a couple months.

(A: Have you ever seen the government tell the public the cost of a building project, and it’s always about tenfold or more by the time they’re finished? I mean that’s normal, isn’t it? This is what it costs for previous summits:)

Security costs at previous summits

• G8 summit Japan, October 2008: $381 million

• G8 summit Gleneagles, Scotland, July 2005: $110 million

• G20 summit London, April 2009: $30 million

• G20 summit Pittsburgh, September 2009: $18 million US

(A: But Canada is 1.1 Billion. Eh? It says:)

“These numbers are off the scale with other G8s and G20s,” Ignatieff told reporters outside his party’s weekly caucus meeting in Ottawa.

“We’re three weeks away from the event where Canada will be on the world stage, and I want to be proud of Canada. For now, I’m embarrassed.”

In an interview with CBC News earlier in the day, Toews defended the security estimate as the “most efficient and effective” use of public money for Canada’s “unprecedented” hosting of back-to-back international summits. He also insisted the estimate was not a cost overrun.

“This has been budgeted for, and the money is released as it is required,” Toews said.

(A: I love this stuff, when they always say that. That they find money down the back seats and stuff down in Parliament. They just find it.)

The estimated cost for security over the course of seven days

(A: Seven days, for 1.1 Billion Dollars)

in June dwarfs the amount spent at previous international summits and is expected to surpass the $898 million spent during the Vancouver Olympics — which spanned 14 days.

The official price tag for security at last year’s G20 summit in Pittsburgh was listed at $18 million US, according to municipal and U.S. federal officials.

(A: Now the thing is, too, so the extra cash is for their food and stuff, you see. Because these guys don’t eat the crap that ordinary Canadians have to eat. They don’t eat GMO stuff, and they actually have meat and stuff that really has taste to it. You know, specially grown stuff that doesn’t have injections, and their chicken isn’t brought up in these factory farms. They actually have taste to it, so I guess it’s very expensive for real food these days. And you must get a special pass to have access to it. These guys live very, very well. And I remember a few years ago when they had one of these big summits in Vancouver, that was the famous one where they put all the protestors about half a mile away from the road and the cops used things about the size of fire extinguishers on them for tear gas, just to make sure they got the message, and it was all over the papers, but a little scandal broke out after that. They spent a fortune securing prostitutes, both male and female, lots of male ones for these international visitors, because you see, that’s normal diplomacy apparently. That’s all factored into it, flying in high-class male and female prostitutes and things of their liking. Because they have different sets of laws at that level of society, and apparently, it’s a very ancient tradition that must be carried on. So that will be included in this bunch as well. I’d like to have a look at these characters. But I guess that won’t happen: I’m just a little plebian at the bottom. Back with more, after these messages.)

This is Alan Watt, and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix. The Matrix is an amazing place, isn’t it? You’re born into it, and it’s drummed into your head from a very, very early age that what you see around you is reality. And your parents don’t know to tell you any different, and you try and conform into that reality, and if you don’t conform quite properly, now they drug you to death and all this kind of stuff to make sure that you’re compliant and a good, what they call responsible citizen, that does what you’re told to do. You work, you pay taxes, you go home, you watch TV, and you talk about nothing except trivia. And that’s very good for those who manage society, you see. But then you wake out of it, the matrix, you break out of it, hopefully, and if you do, you’ll have a hard time communicating to those around you, because they’re still in it, and they quite like it actually, it’s all that they’ve ever known, as Plato’s cave for them. People can live and grow their whole lives and learn nothing. When you’re totally indoctrinated into a system, you learn nothing at all. They don’t study human behavior. They don’t observe by themselves those around them, and they keep voting the same way too. In fact they keep voting, that surprises me at all, they keep voting. In democracy they always say that you don’t vote a new party in, you’re so sick of the last ones, you’re voting them out. And they never learn that promises are never fulfilled, they’re always broken, and that’s what politicians do. They’re called liars, and they compromise. How can you have something you truly believe and compromise on it? You can’t. You have no integrity if you do. Well, they compromise on everything, and that’s what they tell the public, well we had to come to an understanding and compromise, and here’s the deal. So, it’s your own fault when you get them in, and you keep doing it. This left-wing, right-wing paradigm always makes me laugh. I’ve laughed since I was a child at left-wing and right-wing. Sure enough, I grew up too with people saying I vote this, because my dad did too, and we can’t vote for that other bunch, and they both had all their suppositions drawn up for them by those with the words and so on at the top. And you get examples like this one here, and this is like satire, and it’s from a mainstream article about something that’s actually happened, but it’s satire, isn’t it. And they won’t change anything, but they never learn from anything either from those that have gone before, and did the same thing. From parties, and this one’s particularly about the Labour Party, and it’s from the Mail Online:

Lord Prezza gives up class war:

(A: You see, pretending he was a good Oxford, probably Oxford trained or Cambridge trained working man type. Which is alien to me. Anyway it says:)

Lord Prezza gives up class war: But I’m only taking a peerage

(A: That’s a Knighthood)

to turn Pauline

(A: Who’s his wife.)

into a Lady, he says

(A: You see, here’s utter hypocrisy, but what do you expect from politicians. And, 20th of May.)

John Prescott completed his transformation from working class bruiser to establishment pillar yesterday when he accepted a peerage

(A: And this is the excuse he gave.)

– to placate his wife’s fury over his affair with a secretary.

That’s the rubbish they turn out to the public. Really. They can’t get it through their heads that they’re all the same, and they all want to get up there, and get that little knighthood, and get special privileges, and be included then into a new set of laws where they can do certain things, that’s not unlawful anymore at that level. That’s really what it’s all about. Plus, you see, it helps you after politics because when you get a peerage, and you’re a Sir or a Lord, then you have more sway when it comes to working on behalf of the big international corporations as a lobbyist. I read that thing a few days ago with Ferguson, the Duchess, who’s selling her husband at half a million dollars to get to him, because he’s in charge of Britain’s trade. And she said you’ll get it back tenfold. I mean, this is normal stuff, but you see, people who go into politics have told you what they are by the fact that they go into politics. Only the psychopathic types get into politics. A truly honest person would be demolished by those around them, the peer group in politics, if you don’t take your little scams, you know, little bits out of the kitty, like they all do. They test them out. There have been a couple of politicians in the whole history that I can remember in Canada, who actually wrote about it. They said if you don’t join them, in all their scams, and wheelings and dealings, they’ll set you up to ridicule you and get you out, because they can’t trust you, you’ll open your mouth. That’s the reality; it’s always been like that though. Only the psychopathic type goes into politics. And here’s this weasel claiming it’s to placate his wife he’s taken the peerage so she’ll be a Lady. A Lady. I wonder what she was before. Anyway, well who knows these days, eh?

And then as all this is going on we’ve got things like the Billionaire Club. This article here, I’ve read it before, what happened at the time it broke out across from the Irish news, it happened in New York but it had to break out in Ireland first of all, before anybody else would dare to pick it up, and this is from May 24th, 2009. It’s from the Sunday Times, and it says:

Billionaire club in bid to curb overpopulation

America’s richest people meet to discuss ways of tackling a ‘disastrous’ environmental, social and industrial threat

Some of America’s leading billionaires have met secretly to consider how their wealth could be used to slow the growth of the world’s population and speed up improvements in health and education.

The philanthropists

(A: Now remember what they said, the parallel government are run by philanthropists. And it seems once you’re a philanthropist, and you’ve got multi-million dollars to back it up like George Soros, you can go around the world and sterilize people, and there is no laws that affect them for doing it. Can you imagine if you and your neighbor were to start to go into people’s homes and sterilize them? Do you think you’d get away with it? Have you ever thought about that? If you did the things these characters openly do, and talk about, if you actually went and did it in your own area, what would happen to you? Well how come it’s any different here? That’s when people go into the spin mode. Duh, duh, duh. They can’t, it’s doublethink. They can’t fathom that one. Anyway it says here.)

The philanthropists who attended a summit convened on the initiative of Bill Gates,

(A: You know that guy, that self-made wonder, Ha, ha, ha. It says:)

the Microsoft co-founder, discussed joining forces to overcome political and religious obstacles to change.

(A: Change. Change is good. You know, they snip you.)

Described as the Good Club

(A: They love these names too, it puts you off. It puts you into doublethink again. It’s a Good Club, and most folk, again, go into that click, click, click, they can’t get past that. It’s a good club, the words confuse them.)

by one insider it included David Rockefeller Jr, the patriarch of America’s wealthiest dynasty, Warren Buffett and George Soros, the financiers, Michael Bloomberg, the mayor of New York, and the media moguls Ted Turner and Oprah Winfrey.

These members, along with Gates, have given away more than £45 billion

(A: £45 billion, they should pay for the summit here. You know.)

since 1996 to causes ranging from health programmes

(A: They call it health programs when they sterilize you.)

in developing countries to ghetto schools nearer to home.

(A: Of course, it’s a tax write-off for them too, mind you.)

They gathered at the home of Sir Paul Nurse,

(A: This interesting character, Sir Paul Nurse, he’s a top guy on depopulation in Britain right now.)

a British Nobel prize biochemist

(A: I’ve got stuff on Nobel Prize winners I’ve got to put it up there one day, and some interesting photographs of them. And some of the strange things they get up to at their little party meetings. They have an odd thing in common with each other. Anyway, it says:)

prize biochemist and president of the private Rockefeller University,

(A: That’s who Paul Nurse is.)

in Manhattan on May 5. The informal afternoon session was so discreet that some of the billionaires’ aides were told they were at “security briefings”.

Stacy Palmer, editor of the Chronicle of Philanthropy, said the summit was unprecedented. “We only learnt about it afterwards, by accident. Normally these people are happy to talk good causes, but this is different – maybe because they don’t want to be seen as a global cabal,” he said.

(A: Everything that runs the world is cabals.)

Some details were emerging this weekend, however. The billionaires were each given 15 minutes to present their favourite cause. Over dinner they discussed how they might settle on an “umbrella cause” that could harness their interests.

(A: Their interests.)

The issues debated included reforming the supervision of overseas aid spending to setting up rural schools and water systems in developing countries.

(A: That’s their cover.)

Taking their cue from Gates they agreed that overpopulation was a priority.

(A: Now they said that at their last meeting, the previous meeting they had, as well. And Gates came out of course and actually said that vaccination would help bring down the population, and again folks go into that click mode again, doublethink. Well, Good Man, Philanthropist, the Good Club, Sterilization, Depopulation, and they go click-click. They can’t put the two together, it confuses them. It says:)

This could result in a challenge to some Third World politicians who believe contraception and female education

(A: This is where they guise under, education)

weaken traditional values.

(A: Well they’ve got to destroy all traditional values. They’ve already said that in their writings, to bring in this new world, you see.)

Gates, 53, who is giving away most of his fortune, argued that healthier families,

(A: Now listen to this.)

freed from malaria and extreme poverty, would change their habits and have fewer children within half a generation.

(A: So that means if you’re really sick, and not eating very well, you overpopulate. Is that what they mean by that? So that means if you’re healthy and you’re not breeding, then that’s what they classify as a healthy person. Obviously that’s what they mean, hmm? So:)

freed from malaria and extreme poverty, would change their habits and have fewer children within half a generation.

(A: Well, what do you do when you’ve got malaria? Do you just go around procreating or something? Hmm? Have you ever thought about that? And they’re to have fewer children within half a generation.)

At a conference in Long Beach, California, last February, he had made similar points. “Official projections say the world’s population will peak at 9.3 billion [up from 6.6 billion today] but with charitable initiatives, such as better reproductive healthcare,

(A: That’s abortion, sterilization)

we think we can cap that at 8.3 billion,” Gates said then.

(A: Now what on Earth is this guy involved in this for anyway? Why is it all, all these characters that get up there, all front people of course for much bigger institutions that you’ll never hear of, the ones who get up there, and are pushed up there like Oprah Winfrey, you know the star that guides all the women’s minds. How come they all get fixated on depopulation as a priority? Is it something that just happens to you when you get up and get billions of bucks, and everybody is admiring you? and you say, I want to sterilize the world. Is it something that just comes over you all the sudden? Is that what it is? Some kind of strange, demonic conversion? What is it? They’re told what to do, by their bosses. They have bosses. The same bosses that bring them up there, that’s what it is. The Parallel Government, CFR, etc. They’re told what to do. The people follow stars. You make stars)

I read an article about a week ago too, how through the different organizations they’d put, like the Macy group, they put money out there to create the American cultural industry, they put out guys as front men investor bankers who started getting all these weirdoes and crazies who couldn’t earn a penny on the streets with their art work and made them all stars. But they also took scientists and made them stars too. Because they have to bring in a world where we would believe in experts, and whatever they said. What we’ve had these last few years, you must take these inoculations to save you, and then bring on experts. You got experts on the weather channel, telling you what to wear, when it’s going to rain, because you can’t think for yourselves anymore. And so on, and so on. Moms have to go and take prenatal courses to find out what to do, and how to change diapers, and things like that. Things that everybody knew when I was young. No one went to school for it. No one went to get taught by ‘professionals.’ And guess what, we all survived. We survived against all odds, including all the inoculations they wangled into us, nothing like they put into them today. But then again, they did manage to sterilize most of the people, at least bring their sperm count to, it’s hardly even motile or worth worrying about. Anyway, people never get into this. You know when you follow the stars, you’re asking for it. You’re asking for everything. When you give your mind over to someone because they’re up there on a stage, that’s an altar you understand, that’s why stages are altars. Your mind is altered, when you start worshipping them. And they guide you. And then they take these characters and put them up as front people. And dying pop stars, they’ve also brought up there to change the culture, work on behalf of the international bankers, to give more loans to 3rd world countries, so as they can write them off, and your countries can pay them off because you’re the guarantors. Yeah. And the con goes on and on. People never wisen up to reality. Doesn’t matter how old you live, you know. It’s far easier to live in a security of fiction and make-believe, especially in this world socialism that we’ve got so used to. It’s comfortable, you’re comfortable there. You know, animals know when to get out of their burrows when they know there’s a flood coming in their area. We don’t. We sit to the bitter end, and you end up with places like Detroit, and so on like that. We just wait; we get comfortable because we’re so used to being looked after, we’ve been taught that we’re actually being looked after by superior people, and have no independence of our own, you can’t trust our own judgment in anything. And unfortunately people accept that. They cannot go by their own experiences and their own observations; they’re taught to mistrust them. Experts know better. We’re in a sad state, folks. Sad, sad state.

These groups can have their international meetings, these big philanthropists, you know, these front people. None of them had any specialties whatsoever, in humanities, or populations, or fertility, and sterility and all the rest of it. Or diseases, none of them at all. They’re put up there because they’re good fronts to funnel the cash through, to get something done where governments can say, well, we’re not responsible for it, they’re private organizations doing that, so don’t complain to us. But as I say, if you start your own little private organization, go around to your neighbor and said, excuse me, do you mind if we sterilize you? Something that you see from Monty Python, you know. You’d see how fast they’d come down on you. You wouldn’t get away with it. Because you’re not authorized you see, you have to be authorized to do this. And you’re not authorized through governments, you’re authorized by those who own your governments, and they’re not responsible to you at all for anything. And you always well they’re doing it to Third World countries, too many people. Yep, that’s it. They never clue in, no. These same characters mean you all as well folks. Because you see, they started sterilizing the West before they went into the Third World countries, and I’ve read the reports here over and over and over again, on the fertility rates, from their own sites at the U.N. and different places. How it’s plummeted since 1950, when the big inoculation programs started in the West, long before they started in the so-called Third World countries. If the Third World countries were so unhealthy with disease, how come they could be procreating at this level? It’s because they’re procreating normally and they’re fertile, that’s why. They’re fertile. Here, everybody has to go to clinics now, to try and become fertile. Think about it folks. It’s the real world. Painful, isn’t it, though. Painful. Back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt, we’re Cutting through the Matrix and trying to stimulate people to think a little bit for themselves and think back for themselves and what they’ve experienced, seen, heard, and read and so on, and studied. That’s how you come to conclusions, and you’ve got to come to your own conclusions. It’s not difficult. And the conclusions I’ve come to are well documented by evidence. And published by the ones who are perpetrating this on all the public. Yet it’s so unbelievable to the public, they don’t want to believe it. They just, don’t worry, be happy, that stupid song they put out a few years back there to give us the new era. Don’t look at the negative, think of the positive, and all that kind of stuff. And it’s all around you, it’s all there. There’s an article from Peter Hitchens blog as well, from the Mail, the 27th of May, Trying to blind us with ‘Science’ and he demolishes the so-called science and psychiatry as they add new medical terms or psychiatric terms to their book. And they go on about ADHD, you know the hyperactive and so on, and attention deficit disorders, and it shows you how completely unscientific any of it is. And the fact that none of them can validate it by experiment, or classification to all the symptoms to even put you in that category, but the fact is, they’re also drugging so many of the children. It’s generally the ones who are a bit extraverted and have leadership abilities. They can’t sit still, listening to the moronic nonsense they’re fed in school. And they’re drugging them with amphetamines, stuff that you get locked up for if you get caught in the streets with it. They prescribe it to the children and make sure they take it, double click again, double click, people can’t figure that one out, you know. They don’t like these little puzzles, to them it’s a puzzle, it’s a puzzle to most people. They’ve been trained to see it that way, double-click. Their heads click back and forth, and their eyes go back and forth, as they try to assimilate this. “Well that’s true, but they wouldn’t prescribe it unless it was good for you.” And they go back and forth, “but it’s bad to have junkies on it,” and they literally just give up and they accept the expert’s opinions. Which are just that of course, and they’re well paid to have these opinions.

There’s also an article here, and I’ll get the link for it too, and it’s called Live with Fred Baughman, it’s a PDF. And he talks about what Canada’s doing too, with the amphetamines for children. He talks about the booklet put out by the FDA explaining amphetamines and the mechanics of it, and med-watch and similar magazines and so on. He says, “…about three or four months ago, Health Canada put Adderall back on the market. It wasn’t because they had any good evidence of its safety or effectiveness. Adderall is a mixture of the two salts of amphetamine, so it’s a pure amphetamine.” It’s the stuff you get locked up in the streets with, I’m saying, you know. The interviewer says, “I want to talk to you more about what’s actually in these drugs later,” and Baughman says, “The fascinating thing about Adderall is that it was a weight reduction drug for adults called Obetrol. It was so extremely addictive that Obetrol was taken off the market for that reason. Now we have the FDA bringing this extraordinarily addictive drug to market for little children.” Little children. And you stand up for your governments as they rob and plunder you, and change everything, and take what you’ve got left off of you, and sterilize you and drug your children, and you keep voting for them. And you can’t wait to grovel at their feet as you do, when you think there’s power in front of you.

From Hamish myself in Ontario Canada, it’s Good Night and may your god or your gods go with you

Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on May 31, 2010. Newcomers as always I suggest you look into cuttingthroughthematrix.com web site. Bookmark all the other sites for future use in case the .com goes down which it sometimes does. Sometimes the other ones go down and vice versa. You can always get the latest shows if you have these sites bookmarked. [Official sites listed above.] While you are at it you can also get downloads for print up of a lot of the talks I’ve given over the years from ALL the sites, in English, but if you want them in other languages go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu; that’s the European site and it’s listed on the front page of the .com site. You can get a choice of different languages for print up of the talks as well. They all carry the audios. While you are there, look into the books I have for sale. They are different. They teach you how, through by reading them in fact, to use parts of your brain that have been dormant for a long time because you are conditioned to think in a linear fashion and you are so easily managed by mass media, marketers and those that govern you, most of whom you don’t elect by the way; they are way above that level. I teach you the little con tricks that they pull on you to stop your mind from working and you’ll see them as you read through the books. I teach you to see things from different angles and perspectives as you are reading and that’s how you are supposed to read. You are supposed to look at things from ALL different angles, even if you get enthralled in that which you are reading. That’s a trick too. They enthrall us by the way they use the language – it’s psycho-linguistics and neuro-linguists – and you are guaranteed to come to the conclusions they want you to have and even experience emotions that you are supposed to have, even novels and things like that. These are all sciences and the last person who is supposed to know that it is working on them are the ones who it does work on and that’s YOU. We are so easily managed by behaviorists and psychologists at a very high level. Stacks of material are out there from universities on this kind of stuff which folk aren’t too interested in, except those who manage you.

Buy the books I have, the CDs and DVDs; some of the CDs have 50 shows on them. Who knows, they might just pull the sites just like that; it’s happened before and everything is gone. That’s how it works in the real world and you’ll never get recompensed from those who guide them. There is always some unfortunate accident that they have when they are maintaining the sites and stuff like that is what you get. Knowledge, once it’s gone down the memory hole, is generally never retrieved especially if they don’t want it retrieved. To order the books and so on, you can use [ordering and donation options listed above]. Postal money orders are good from the United States to Canada. It’s the only country left outside of Canada where you can still use an international postal money order. They stopped it for the rest of the world, but Canada and the United States are really all one now. We have the same call sign for your long distance dialing, for the United States and Canada. Some people just send cash and so far they still exchange this at banks, again for a small fee but it’s still smaller than wiring it. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].

I try to teach you – and it’s very important that you go through these books – a technique of non-linear thinking. You’ll see simple cons that have been in front of you all the time and which you’ve never seen before. It gets your mind working for the first time. A lot of work went into dumbing us all down and making us think in a linear fashion… predictable. I’ll be back with more after this break.

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, we’ve been living in a form of socialism for our whole lives actually and your parents were as well. Anybody really born after World War II and even during World War II and leading up to it was really in a socialist type system.

Socialism, just like communism, means many different things to the different strata of society. For those at the top there is a completely different understanding and connotation than those at the bottom. It’s important that the people at the bottom think they are going to get a lot of stuff for nothing and it’s going to be a sort of utopia for them where they are going to be taken care of like perpetual children. All the accidents of life will be looked after for you and cleaned up and they will put you to bed and tuck you in with cotton wool… That’s basically socialism at the bottom level. It preys on your fears, fears of everything, we’ll help you out should this happen and so on and so on. Those at the top of course are given the REAL, the REAL info, inside stuff as to what it’s about. It’s about controlling all of society. Those who set up the system didn’t want just National Socialism; that was a good start to things. What they wanted is INTERNATIONAL SOCIALISM.

Bertrand Russell and others talked about this. He said, on a national basis, it would break down so it would have to go international. Well, even when he was saying that he knew it was already going international because he liaised with different departments within the United Nations and that’s what it was set up to do. It was all to be run and financed and owned really, by the big banking families that formed the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations, the Milner Group and so on. Within these groups, like the Milner Group and the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations, there is an OUTER PARTY and an INNER PARTY as well. They do have meetings together sometimes but they also have their inner one, for those at the top, the big high members, guys like Maurice Strong and all the relatives because they are often related to each other like Bob Rae. Bob Rae, his Godfather was Maurice Strong.

Bob Rae was given the Premiership of Ontario, the governor of Ontario you might say. That is all that Canada is, it’s states, they call them Provinces and they call the governors Premiers. These characters get placed all throughout societal positions. They lead all the different sides of the parties because people really want to believe in parties. It gives them an understanding that there is a choice in life, but really there isn’t. That’s why the same United Nations treaty type agenda, binding signatories, and binding treaties goes ahead non-stop. And they never stop and tear up anything and say, well that didn’t work, we’ll try something else. No, they continue with the same inner, more binding and more binding, with the same treaties for INTERDEPENDENCE.

Remember, socialism came out of a massive, massive movement with Marx, well funded by the same internationalist and bankers. The society that they envisaged would be one where the governments themselves would collect the debts off the public. It’s better than hiring your own guys to door-to-door. They become hated; that’s what happened in the past. The collectors who worked for the bankers were hated by the people. They owned all the properties and the rental accommodations throughout Britain, Germany and different countries so they became hated. It was far easier to get the GOVERNMENTS to collect the money for debts, by the governments BORROWING in the first place, and then mandating income taxes and different means of recouping the debts. It’s more efficient for the boys at the top. Bankers love socialism. They love it. They are all behind it.

That’s why you will find that every socialist type movement – whether it’s to do with earth worship or earth care, sustainability, the greening movement – you’ll see at the top of them all the big CEOs of the big international corporations are on board with it. They know what they are really going to get out of it. The public think the guys at the top are all going to get screwed, but it’s the opposite. Everything is doublethink in reality, and doublespeak.

Part of it too, in socialism, is to scientifically design a society where you have strata of important people, value to society, value to your community, lesser people, lesser types, right down to the bottom. A long time ago they talked about the UNFIT. The unfit was a big part of it and you’ll find on the documentary that is out there – hopefully still up there somewhere – The Soviet Story. You’ll hear some of the founders of the Fabian Society – that is a branch, a big branch of the Royal Institute of International Affairs – George Bernard Shaw, he’s talking about, when they are in power, he says, you will have to come to us and validate why we should allow you to live. So you have to validate it by proving how valuable TO THEIR SYSTEM you would be. That IS socialism… long before Adolf Hitler came along. Adolf just copied all this stuff and agreed with it and actually put it into practice in a faster and more efficient way. In fact, he even got the idea from George Bernard Shaw. You see an old clip in The Soviet Story and you’ll hear George Bernard Shaw saying – it’s a very old news clip. He actually says at one point – I think it’s on that one; I know it’s a continuation of that speech anyway; I’ve seen it. He said that, if the scientists could just get together and find a painless euthanasia to put them out of their misery – you know, all the useless eaters. He said, …a kind of gas or something, that would be very beneficial to the world society.

We find today, when you are given these services, and Lenin talked about it. He said, services will increase in the Western world, socialist causes, etc, but their job is to become AUTHORITIES over the people. That’s what you have now. You have police AUTHORITIES. They used to be police SERVICES because YOU hired and fired them. We don’t have that anymore; they are just there. They don’t see themselves as serving YOU at all, especially for the last 25-30 years. They’ve been taught to be more brutal and act like the characters in the movies that they are constantly churning out wearing black and combat boots and carrying big guns and yelling at folk and stuff like that.

Socialism is not what people think, at the bottom. At the bottom, they always want things… Help is here, help, help, help. I can remember the slight debate – there was no real debate at all actually – to do with should the Canadian government support child care for women and supply it. It was kind of phased in very, very quickly all over the place because they wanted the women out to work so that the children themselves would get the scientific indoctrination through Kindergarten, as Lord Bertrand Russell promoted, to get the minds young. Get the women out there, that doubles the tax base, which was very successful too. All these services become authorities and a few years later when some of these authorities went on strike, for Kindergarten and day care and child care, the women were protesting the government with placards to tell them to look after their children for them. I said, whoa, it succeeded very well. Guys are out of the picture really. They are just – as they say themselves in all the women’s magazines – they are just sperm donors and the government is now big daddy. The women are being taught to like it. There are children getting brought up today in dysfunctional families – well, whatever kind of family, Mark 1, 2, 3 or 4 family – and the children are getting brought up and they are calling their social workers and advisors by their first names. They call them up for everything and chat to them. That’s their real extended family; scientists are their extended family. That’s the norm in Britain and other countries, a lot of other countries too.

Another part too, as they said, in giving you health services they become authorities, so we see nothing but mandating inoculations on behalf of big pharma. You’ve got to tie that in with Bertrand Russell and the first CEO of UNESCO who was Julian Huxley who talked about the need to use pharma, pharmacology and inoculations to dumb down the people to manage them better. I can read that once and verify it and then look at what I see happening with autism and all the rest of it and the lackluster eyes in a lot of youngsters and I say, IT’S HAPPENED. The empirical proof is out there, if you look at other studies done over the last 30-50 years. You know, they do ongoing studies in psychology, the same studies, to make sure that the agenda is working – and I’ll talk about some of that later on too.

In the US they have been taught that Canada’s health care system is wonderful. I read an article earlier this year where Canada spent about $48 million a year to propagandize and through advertising how wonderful its health care system is, to the Canadians. They have been cutting back and cutting back and cutting back for years and years and years, just as they did in Britain. They had a good working system in Britain initially and then they went in and cut it back and cut it back. I’ve gone through all the scams they have done throughout Britain as they are told to cut back and STILL PERFORM. So what they do is get priorities, so you can go for a vasectomy very quickly, you can get your tubes tied very quickly, you can get abortions very quickly, but real operations for necessary functions are actually delayed or postponed all together. A lot of dirty tricks have happened to put people off from getting them. The hospitals even send out questionnaires to see when you are going on holiday, then they send your time to come in when they know you are on holiday. Then you are put back on the bottom of the list and you’ll wait another few years.

This is the sort of system that George Bernard Shaw was talking about, your value TO society. They are bringing it in the States and they will bring it in very swiftly. It’s been happening for a few years actually, quietly and covertly. Most folk don’t know unless you are in touch with a lot of people in the medical industry in the US. You find they’ve been setting it all up before Obama even came in. Here is an article…

Sebelius: Rationing Advocate is ‘Absolutely Right Leader At This Time’ to Run Medicare

Thursday, May 27, 2010 / By Matt Cover, Staff Writer / cnsnews.com

(CNSNews.com) – Health and Human Services Secretary Kathleen Sebelius said on Wednesday that Dr. Donald Berwick, (Alan: That’s a place name; you’ve got to be suspicious of folk with place names.) an advocate of health-care rationing nominated by President Barack Obama to run Medicare and Medicaid, is “absolutely the right leader at this time” to run the government’s largest health-care entitlement programs. (A: I’ll say that again for the hard of thinking…) …an advocate of health-care rationing (A: Health care RATIONING is what this new system is all about! nominated by President Barack Obama to run Medicare and Medicaid, is “absolutely the right leader at this time” to run the government’s largest health-care entitlement programs. (A: Welcome to EUGENICS folks and SOCIALISM… all rolled into one. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the wonderful world of socialized medicine and the eugenics plan of course. It all ties together because there is just TOO MUCH MATERIAL OUT THERE put out by the big boys themselves. I mentioned in 2001, we are going to see rationing in all kinds of areas come in. That night in fact that the towers went down I said, you are going to see a war scenario, a martial law type of system with rationing of food and different things. Of course, here we go. It’s rationing of everything. That’s what it’s all about. IMPORTANT people are supposed to live and the useless eaters really should just die off. Of course they won’t tell you, you are going to die off, just make sure you eat the lowest type of food possible that’s available from the crummy supermarkets that’s all GMO, including the meat itself too, full of chemicals. You’ll just die off with cancers and stuff. They will maybe give you a few pain pills at the end and that will be your treatment. That’s actually happening in Canada. They are dishing out more pain medications to people than anything to treat their illnesses with. But it’s cheaper that way. Apart from that, when you are kind of high on painkillers you see, you don’t think too much about complaining, in fact you can’t think too clearly about maybe they can treat this instead of just doping me, you see. That’s actually policy. It says here…

Dr. Donald Berwick, an advocate of health-care rationing (A: RATIONING folks.) nominated by President Barack Obama to run Medicare and Medicaid, is “absolutely the right leader at this time” (A: That’s one of their little inside things, you know, the RIGHT time. Often they will say it’s an idea whose time has come and stuff like that. The right leader at the right time, so this guy is going to make BIG changes.) to run the government’s largest health-care entitlement programs.

Under the health-care reform law signed by President Obama in March, hundreds of billions of dollars will be cut from the Medicare program over the next decade. (A: Now, those hundreds and hundreds of millions of dollars are already closing hospitals down across the United States, who TREATED the people who have no insurance at all. They gave them stuff you’d never see in Britain or Canada… without policies; it was all charged to the state. That’s all going to get cut out, you see. So hundreds of billions of dollars will be cut from the Medicare program over the next decade.) Berwick is nominated to run the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), which oversees Medicare. (A: That’s just your socialist/eugenics program going a step further to catch up with the rest of the world.)

There is an interesting article here about empathy. Empathy, I talked about psychology and I’ve read from Bertrand Russell’s studies on the air. He worked with all these big boys. He also worked with the Macy Group. He worked with the Frankfurt Group that gave you your culture along with Bernays and so on. They all knew each other and worked with each other and talked about the right society that they would bring in, this scientifically created society. Russell said, through the creation of ego centrism and narcissism – if they can get the people to be NARCISSISTIC, break the bonds that make them a people and a REAL community where they help each other and care for each other; because they want the services to come in and take over as authorities, you see – but also to break the bond between male and female and make them very hedonistic – these are his words – hedonistic and narcissistic, then the state can go full steam ahead. When everyone is being narcissistic, running and spinning in their own little world, they tend to all go along with the flow without questioning where they are all going. It’s been very successful.

This came out of an annual meeting of psychologists, behaviorists. They do all these studies, ONGOING, the same studies, to see HOW it’s working. They give the same questionnaires out to students and test the students to see if it’s really working the way they want. And they’ve got exactly what they want. This is from livescience.com. I’ve also looked into the site itself from the meeting they had in Boston. It says here…

Today’s College Students Lack Empathy

Jeanna Bryner – LiveScience Managing Editor / livescience.com – yahoo.com / Fri May 28

College students today are less likely to “get” the emotions of others (A: To UNDERSTAND, that’s what they mean by ‘get’ – even with the minimalistic speech – to GET the emotions of others…) than their counterparts 20 and 30 years ago, a new review study suggests. (A: That’s how they phrase it, SUGGEST.)

Specifically, today’s students scored 40 percent lower on a measure of empathy than their elders did. (A: See, they use the same testing to see if their agenda is working.)

The findings are based on a review of 72 studies of 14,000 American college students overall conducted between 1979 and 2009.

“We found the biggest drop in empathy after the year 2000,” said Sara Konrath, a researcher at the University of Michigan’s Institute for Social Research. (A: Very important place the Michigan University; the Pentagon runs it.)

The study was presented this week at the annual meeting of the Association for Psychological Science in Boston.

Is “generation me” all about me?

Compared with college students of the late 1970s, current students are less likely to agree with statements such as “I sometimes try to understand my friends better by imagining how things look from their perspective,” and “I often have tender, concerned feelings for people less fortunate than me.”

“Many people see the current group of college students – sometimes called ‘Generation Me’ – as one of the most self-centered, (A: Now remember what Bertrand Russell said and Julian Huxley for UNESCO, they are creating the common culture for students across the world. Remember?) narcissistic, (A: Right on, that’s what they said they’d bring in.) competitive, confident and individualistic in recent history,” said Konrath, who is also affiliated with the University of Rochester Department of Psychiatry.

Konrath’s colleague graduate student Edward O’Brien added, “It’s not surprising that this growing emphasis on the self is accompanied by a corresponding (A: Very important part of this… as they get more narcissistic and egocentric is accompanies by a corresponding…) devaluation of others.” (A: a DEVALUATION of others, folks. Anything can be done now to society… and they don’t care. I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about the lack of empathy that’s showing with narcissistic tendencies in today’s society. The same tests they’ve been doing for 30 years to let them know at the top that it’s working. This is all done for very high studies that go way beyond the guys who take part in it and the psychologists who monitor it. It goes up to Pentagon levels and global governance levels and so on, which tells them they are right on path with it. It says…

“Compared to 30 years ago, the average American now is exposed to three times as much nonwork-related information,” Konrath said. “In terms of media content, this generation of college students grew up with video games, and a growing body of research, including work done by my colleagues at Michigan, is establishing that exposure to violent media numbs people to the pain of others.” (A: Well, of course it does. They’ve known that for a long time. They use these games for the military for THAT purpose. That’s why they invented them, so you kill without thinking or feeling.)

The rise in social media could also play a role.

“The ease of having ‘friends’ online might make people more likely to just tune out when they don’t feel like responding to others’ problems, a behavior that could carry over offline,” O’Brien said. (A: Actually what it also does too, is make them very sarcastic and almost disgusted at other people’s problems. That’s how they are amongst themselves… Oh, get off it, whatever, blah, blah. They really attack them. They hate weakness, you see. All their heroes are big strong people who slaughter folk in movies.)

In fact, past research has suggested college students are addicted to social media. (A: And of course they are. They were meant to be. It was designed for that.)

Other possible causes include a society today that’s hypercompetitive and focused on success, as well as the fast-paced nature of today, in which people are less likely than in time periods past to slow down to really listen to others, O’Brien added. (A: That’s true; it’s all data, data, isn’t it? They are flooding them with data, excess data; it doesn’t really matter what it contains. Then you tie it in with this other article here…)

Why Gen-Y Johnny Can’t Read Nonverbal Cues

(A: Very interesting; again, this is psychology.)

An emphasis on social networking puts younger people at a face-to-face

By MARK BAUERLEIN / wsj.com / SEPTEMBER 4, 2009.

In September 2008, when Nielsen Mobile announced that teenagers with cellphones each sent and received, on average, 1,742 text messages a month, the number sounded high, but just a few months later Nielsen raised the tally to 2,272. A year earlier, the National School Boards Association estimated that middle- and high-school students devoted an average of nine hours to social networking each week. Add email, blogging, IM, tweets and other digital customs and you realize what kind of hurried, 24/7 communications system young people experience today.

Unfortunately, nearly all of their communication tools involve the exchange of written words alone. At least phones, cellular and otherwise, allow the transmission of tone of voice, pauses and the like. (A: There is a lot to language. I’ve mentioned this before and I went over this article before too.) But even these clues are absent in the text-dependent world. Users insert smiley-faces into emails, but they don’t see each others’ actual faces. They read comments on Facebook, but they don’t “read” each others’ posture, hand gestures, eye movements, shifts in personal space and other nonverbal—and expressive—behaviors.

Back in 1959, anthropologist Edward T. Hall (A: Very important these anthropologists working with the psychologists, folks.) labeled these expressive human attributes “the Silent Language.” Hall passed away last month in Santa Fe at age 95, but his writings on nonverbal communication deserve continued attention. He argued that body language, facial expressions and stock mannerisms function “in juxtaposition to words,” imparting feelings, attitudes, reactions and judgments in a different register.

This is why, Hall explained, U.S. diplomats could enter a foreign country fully competent in the native language and yet still flounder from one miscommunication to another, having failed to decode the manners, gestures and subtle protocols that go along with words. And how could they, for the “silent language” is acquired through acculturation, not schooling. (A: Social interaction in other words.) Not only is it unspoken; it is largely unconscious. The meanings that pass through it remain implicit, more felt than understood.

They are, however, operative. Much of our social and workplace lives runs on them. For Hall, breakdowns in nonverbal communication took place most damagingly in cross-cultural circumstances—for instance, federal workers dealing with Navajo Indians and misconstruing their basic conceptions of time. Within cultures, Hall assumed, people more or less “spoke” the same silent language.

They may no longer, thanks to the avalanche of all-verbal communication. In Silicon Valley itself, as the Los Angeles Times reported last year, some companies have installed the “topless” meeting—in which not only laptops but iPhones and other tools are banned—to combat a new problem: “continuous partial attention.” With a device close by, attendees at workplace meetings simply cannot keep their focus on the speaker. It’s too easy to check email, stock quotes and Facebook. While a quick log-on may seem, to the user, a harmless break, others in the room receive it as a silent dismissal. It announces: “I’m not interested.” So the tools must now remain at the door.

Older employees might well accept such a ban, but younger ones might not understand it. Reading a text message in the middle of a conversation isn’t a lapse to them—it’s what you do. It has, they assume, no nonverbal meaning to anyone else.

It does, of course, but how would they know it? We live in a culture where young people—outfitted with iPhone and laptop and devoting hours every evening from age 10 onward to messaging of one kind and another—are ever less likely to develop the “silent fluency” that comes from face-to-face interaction. It is a skill that we all must learn, in actual social settings, from people (often older) who are adept in the idiom. As text-centered messaging increases, such occasions diminish. The digital natives improve their adroitness at the keyboard, but when it comes to their capacity to “read” the behavior of others, they are all thumbs.

Nobody knows the extent of the problem. It is too early to assess the effect of digital habits, (A: Well, they do know in higher studies of course, like they do at the higher MIT and so on.) and the tools change so quickly that research can’t keep up with them.

However, it goes on to say how youngsters react in company now. Because they AVOID LOOKING AT EACH OTHER, they avoid looking at even their peer group. They are losing the ability to have direct contact. You would actually think they suffered from autism to watch some of them. They turn aside and the body language there is saying, I’m tuning out here. To others who see that happening, it’s unacceptable, it’s kind of rude. They don’t know how to interact with real people. That’s the way it’s supposed to be. It was designed this way… designed this way.

Socialism, again, is all about control remember. Control. There is a very good article about control through socialism.

The Lima Declaration – Foundation Of Globalisation

(A: It wasn’t the foundation but it was certainly a further integration of their mandate.)

Mike Robinson / ukcolumn.org / March 29, 2010

On the 22nd of February, the Register, a UK technology website, published an article entitled “The Myth Of Britain’s Manufacturing Decline.” (A: I talked before about living through this massive deindustrialization that really hit from about 1969 right through for a long period. That’s all you heard on the news was closure, factories closing, but they weren’t telling the public why.) What, I wondered, could a publication that focusses on IT and finds “amusing” positions to place Playmobil plastic characters know about British Manufacturing? As I read the article, I realised the answer is, nothing.

The author makes one fundamental mistake. It’s not his fault – it’s the same mistake just about every modern economic commentator makes when discussing economy – to assume that economic value and monetary value are the same thing.

The author of The Register article wrote:

That’s from something called the Index of Production and it’s a chart of the value of manufacturing output in the UK since just after WWII. It’s an index and 100 is defined as the level of output in 2005. As you can see we produce some two and a half times what we did in the 40s, when absolutely everyone, to hear the stories told, was gainfully employed making whippet flanges. So at first glance it would seem to be untrue that we actually produce less than we used to … (A: So that’s the kind of mistake the economists go off into.)

The first and most obvious thing is to point out that the Index isn’t measuring how much we make: it’s measuring the value of what we make …

This is, of course, the only thing we should be interested in: increasing the value of what is produced means that there’s more value to be shared among all of us doing the producing.

Well, no, actually. What it means is that there’s more cash to go into the pockets of shareholders and board members. (A: Then he goes on to show you how this fallacy of the index and how they work it has nothing to do with the jobs in production.)

He goes on:

Alongside this, it is also gobsmackingly obvious that fewer people are employed in manufacturing than in the past. But we’ve got rising production and fewer workers: this is what is known technically in economic circles as a ‘good thing’.

Again, no, it isn’t. First of all, how many fewer people are employed today than in the past? What skills have we lost as a result of that reduction in the productive workforce? The author doesn’t discuss these questions.

The sad truth is that British manufacturing has been decimated, particularly in the last 30 years or so. (A: Now, they agreed to do this, by the way, at the end of World War II under the Lend Lease program and Churchill and his boys. That was part of the deal. They’d gradually bring this is and it would whip up in the ‘70s until it was gone, abroad.) Britain used to have a steel industry. We used to produce our own energy. We used to use these capabilities to produce ships, cars, military hardware, aircraft, bridges and a host of other products we could be proud of. It’s all gone, and for someone to throw up a graph and an article to suggest that it’s all ok because our collapsed manufacturing industry is actually resulting on more £££ is disingenuous at best.

You may be asking why this has happened? The normal answer is, globalisation. But globalisation is not an accident. One of its cornerstones is the Lima Declaration.

The Lima Declaration (A: You can look that up too.)

The full title of this treaty is “Lima Declaration And Plan Of Action On Industrial Development And Co-Operation. The treaty was signed in 1975 at a convention of the United Nations Industrial Development Organisation, in Lima, Peru. The treaty is an international agreement to wind down national manufacturing in developed nations, and transfer that manufacturing capability to developing nations. (A: Ever heard of GATT folks, the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs? That’s how they rammed it through later on and finished the job.)

This treaty sets the policy which has, over 30 years, encouraged corporations to build themselves into globalist multinationals. It only benefits these corporations and their international bankers.

A key clause states …

recognising the urgent need to bring about the establishment of a new international economic order based on equity, sovereign equality, interdependence and co-operation, as has been expressed in the Declaration and Programme of Action on the Establishment of a New International Economic Order, in order to transform the present structure of economic relations. (A: That’s why you were de-industrialized.)

Interdependence is the end of Independence (A: I’ve said that all along; I’m glad that folk are using it.)

The term interdependence is newspeak coined by the Club Of Rome. According to The Club of Rome, we face a set of interlocking global problems, such as over population, food shortages, non-renewable resource depletion, environmental degradation, etc. With the use of absurd, exponentially based computer models, the complete unravelling of society and perhaps the biosphere was predicted. (A: They said they’d use that as an excuse to bring it all through. Read their book from the Club of Rome, The First Global Revolution.) The only solution capable of adverting global catastrophe, according to the Club of Rome, is the development of an organic society. (A: Very interesting term, you see, because you have to go and see who first used that.)

Although it is frequently denied, it should be obvious that the idea of interdependence and independence are mutually exclusive. Any nation that has to rely on another for something it needs, must, at least, acknowledge limits to its own independence.

Interdependence is Totalitarian

One of my favourite people of the 20th Century is Bertrand Russell. (A: I’m glad other folk are reading him now.) Those who know me will recognise just how much sarcasm is dripping from that sentence.

My favourite Russell book is his 1952 “The Impact Of Science On Society.” This book should be required reading for anyone wishing to understand the agenda we are all witnessing today.

Russell had quite a lot to say about the organic society in that book:

The most obvious and inescapable effect of scientific technique is that it makes society more organic, in the sense of increasing the interdependence of its various parts …

Totalitarianism has a theory as well as a practice. As a practice, it means that a certain group, having by one means or another seized the apparatus of power, especially armaments and police, proceed to exploit their advantageous position to the utmost, by regulating everything in the way that gives them the maximum of control over others. But as a theory it is something different: it is the doctrine that the State, or the nation, or the community is capable of a good different from that of individual and not consisting of anything that individuals think or feel. This doctrine was especially advocated by Hegel, who glorified the State, and thought that a community should be as organic as possible. In an organic community, he thought, excellence would reside in the whole. An individual is an organism, and we do not think that his separate parts have separate goods: if he has a pain in his great toe it is he that suffers, not specially the great toe. So, in an organic society, good and evil will belong to the whole rather than the parts. This is the theoretical form of totalitarianism …

In concrete fact, when it is pretended that the State has a good different from that of the citizens, what is really meant is that the good of the government or of the ruling class is more important than that of other people. Such a view can have no basis except in arbitrary power …

More important than these metaphysical speculations is the question whether a scientific dictatorship, (A: This is Russell…) such as we have been considering, can be stable, or is more likely to be stable than a democracy …

(A: This is what Russell said…) I do not believe that dictatorship is a lasting form of scientific society – unless (but this proviso is important) it can become world-wide.

(A: GLOBAL folks. So, dictatorship can last in a global society… Remember, jump to Aldous Huxley what he said; he said the same thing… internationalism and an international dictatorship under a SCIENTIFIC dictatorship, there was no reason why it couldn’t last forever. See, if you have no competition, if you can’t point over there and say, gee, look at how they live, we don’t want that here, you have nothing to compare yourselves to. But when every country is under the same totalitarian, exactly the same, regime, then you think it must be normal. You have nothing to COMPARE anything to.)

Its interesting to observe the pleasant sounding words used to sell totalitarianism to us – (A: Remember, psycho-linguistics…) “organic”, “holistic”, “differentiated”, “harmonious”, “interdependent”, “balanced” and “sustainable”.

What about manufacturing?

So if the Lima Declaration is about the establishment of global totalitarianism, what does it say about manufacturing?

Resolution 27 – developed countries such as the UK should expand imports from developing countries.

Resolution 28 – Requires that developing countries increase their Industrial growth by more than the 8% recommended in earlier United Nations meetings and increase their exports by 350% by year 2000.

Resolution 35 – developed countries such as the UK should transfer technical, financial, and capital goods to developing countries to accomplish resolution 28 above. (A: This was an international agreement. EVERY Prime Minister and President across the planet signed it. And you WONDER what happened, as you floated through life? I’ll be back with more after this break.)

This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and reading an article about the Lima Declaration, one of MANY treaties, ongoing of course, always signing deeper and deeper into interdependence and the transfer of all technology and industry abroad.

It started off in a big way in about 1970 and really sped up since then. Those living through those times know the chaos across the European countries, because they all signed on to it by the way, and all you had every night on the news was factory this closing down, factory that. They didn’t tell you they were moving them all over to China and elsewhere. They were training the engineers for China to operate these factories in places like Canada, thousands of them year after year after year, training them before they even had the factories to work in. Then your leaders, again, signed the GATT Treaty, the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, which cemented it and made the taxpayer FUND the transfer of your own corporations and factories abroad, wholesale, up and over and rebuilt over there. The taxpayers in the Western countries paid for all of it including any loses they claimed to incur for the first 10 YEARS and that could be extended for another 10 years. And you think you have governments. Well, if you have governments they certainly are not serving YOU are they?

To cap off tonight too, I’ll just mention something about Google. All you people out there that just grab a hold of stuff and run with it… I told you. I like the guy from Facebook. He told you the truth. He told you what he thought of you. You seldom get that from these psychopaths. He TOLD you what he thought of you… IDIOTS. Just jump in, it’s free… Here is…

Google Street View secretly took your wi-fi details…

and will use the data to target ads at mobile phones

By Jason Lewis, Mail on Sunday Security Editor / dailymail.co.uk / 29th May 2010

I’ll put that link up there. Then you go into…

Microsoft’s Orwellian tracking system goes public

theinquirer.net / By Lawrence Latif / Fri May 28 2010

DEVELOPER OF CUTE SOFTWARE Microsoft has publically released a tagging system that will allow users to leave a breadcrumb trail for the firm, its advertisers and just about anyone else to follow. (A: Basically, those that will pay for it. Beautiful isn’t it?)

Then again you’ve got…

Microsoft Hohm (A: I like the names, Hohm, they like guys don’t they.)

Lets Users Compare Energy Use with Neighbors

By GreenerBuildings Staff / greenbiz.com / 2010-05-27

(A: What do you say, you train them with social approval and disapproval… The UN said that, didn’t they? That’s how they used it in China, where the neighbors turn on someone who is pregnant with a second child, drag her off for the abortion. SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL. Microsoft lets users compare energy use with their neighbors… it says here…)

REDMOND, WA — The Hohm website, Microsoft’s home energy management application, now provides users with energy efficiency scores for their properties that can be compared with scores for neighbors and households elsewhere in the country. (A: Oh, you’ll see them all competing to be good greenies and you’ll hear the tisk, tisk of the ones who don’t quite measure up, you know. Then it will also be a snob thing too where certain folk can afford to burn the lights and have parties, like Al Gore, you know, for his second house that he has there. It burns more than a whole bunch of apartment buildings and that’s for the occasional guest.)

Microsoft announced the new function of its free program this week and said it can provide scores for 60 million homes in the U.S. Working with real estate data, the tool operates using advanced analytics licensed from Lawrence Berkeley National Labs (A: The Military-Industrial Complex…) and statistical data from the Department of Energy.

Hohm, launched last June, is Microsoft’s bid to join the array of offerings that enable home owners to gauge their energy use with the help of dashboards and other tools — and ultimately reduce consumption. (A: Social approval and social disapproval, behaviorism, psychology, folks, you are ALL, all subject to it and you don’t even know it.)

From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.